Setting and Adjusting Patent Fees, 4211-4291 [2013-00819]
Download as PDF
Vol. 78
Friday,
No. 13
January 18, 2013
Part II
Department of Commerce
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Patent and Trademark Office
37 CFR Parts 1, 41, and 42
Setting and Adjusting Patent Fees; Final Rule
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00001
Fmt 4717
Sfmt 4717
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4212
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
37 CFR Parts 1, 41, and 42
IV. Fee Setting Methodology
V. Individual Fee Rationale
VI. Discussion of Comments
VII. Discussion of Specific Rules
VIII. Rulemaking Considerations
[Docket No. PTO–C–2011–0008]
I. Executive Summary
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
Patent and Trademark Office
RIN 0651–AC54
Setting and Adjusting Patent Fees
United States Patent and
Trademark Office, Department of
Commerce.
ACTION: Final rule.
AGENCY:
The United States Patent and
Trademark Office (Office or USPTO)
sets or adjusts patent fees in this
rulemaking as authorized by the LeahySmith America Invents Act (Act or
AIA). The fees will provide the Office
with a sufficient amount of aggregate
revenue to recover its aggregate cost of
patent operations, while helping the
Office implement a sustainable funding
model, reduce the current patent
application backlog, decrease patent
application pendency, improve patent
quality, and upgrade the Office’s patent
business information technology (IT)
capability and infrastructure. The fees
also will further key policy
considerations. The Office also reduces
fees for micro entities under section
10(b) of the Act by 75 percent in this
rulemaking and extends the existing fee
discount of 50 percent for small entities
to additional fees in this rulemaking.
DATES: This rule is effective on March
19, 2013, except for amendments to
§ 1.18(a)(1), (b)(1), (c)(1), and (d)(1)
(patent issue and publication fees);
§ 1.21(h)(1) (fee for recording a patent
assignment electronically);
§ 1.482(a)(1)(i)(A), (a)(1)(ii)(A), and
(a)(2)(i) (international application filing,
processing and search fees); and
§ 1.445(a)(1)(i)(A), (a)(2)(i), (a)(3)(i), and
(a)(4)(i) (international application
transmittal and search fees), which will
be effective on January 1, 2014.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Michelle Picard, Office of the Chief
Financial Officer, by telephone at (571)
272–6354 or by email at
michelle.picard@uspto.gov; or Dianne
Buie, Office of Planning and Budget, by
telephone at (571) 272–6301 or by email
at dianne.buie@uspto.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This rule
was proposed in a notice of proposed
rulemaking published at 77 FR 55028
(Sept. 6, 2012) (hereinafter NPRM).
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
SUMMARY:
Table of Contents
I. Executive Summary
II. Legal Framework
III. Rulemaking Goals and Strategies
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
A. Purpose of This Action
Section 10 of the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act authorizes the
Director of the USPTO to set or adjust
by rule any patent fee established,
authorized, or charged under Title 35,
United States Code (U.S.C.) for any
services performed by, or materials
furnished by, the Office. Section 10
prescribes that fees may be set or
adjusted only to recover the aggregate
estimated costs to the Office for
processing, activities, services, and
materials relating to patents, including
administrative costs to the Office with
respect to such patent operations.
Section 10 authority includes flexibility
to set individual fees in a way that
furthers key policy considerations,
while taking into account the cost of the
respective services. See Section 10 of
the Act, Public Law 112–29, 125 Stat. at
316–17. Section 10 also establishes
certain procedural requirements for
setting or adjusting fee regulations, such
as public hearings and input from the
Patent Public Advisory Committee and
oversight by Congress.
The fee schedule in this final rule will
recover the aggregate estimated costs of
the Office while achieving strategic and
operational goals, such as implementing
a sustainable funding model, reducing
the current patent application backlog,
decreasing patent application pendency,
improving patent quality, and upgrading
the patent IT business capability and
infrastructure.
The United States economy depends
on high quality and timely patents to
protect new ideas and investments for
business and job growth. To reduce the
backlog and decrease patent application
pendency, the USPTO must examine
significantly more patent applications
than it receives each year for the next
several years. Bringing the number of
applications in the backlog down to a
manageable level, while at the same
time keeping pace with the new patent
applications expected to be filed each
year, requires the Office to collect more
aggregate revenue than it estimates that
it will collect at existing fee rates. The
Office estimates that the additional
aggregate revenue derived from this fee
schedule will enable a decrease in total
patent application pendency by 11.3
months during the five-year planning
horizon (fiscal year (FY) 2013–FY 2017),
thus permitting a patentee to obtain a
patent sooner than he or she would have
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
under the status quo fee schedule. The
additional revenue from this fee
schedule also will recover the cost to
begin building a three-month patent
operating reserve. The Office estimates
that the patent operating reserve will
accumulate almost two months of patent
operating expenses by the end of the
five-year planning horizon (FY 2013–FY
2017) and will reach the three-month
target in FY 2018, thereby continuing to
build a sustainable funding model that
will aid the Office in maintaining
shorter pendency and an optimal patent
application inventory.
Additionally, the fee schedule in this
final rule will advance key policy
considerations while taking into
account the cost of individual services.
For example, the rule includes multipart
and staged fees for requests for
continued examination (RCEs), appeals,
and contested cases, all of which aim to
increase patent prosecution options for
applicants. Also, this rule includes a
new 75 percent fee reduction for micro
entities and expands the availability of
the 50 percent fee reduction for small
entities as required under section 10,
providing small entities a discount on
more than 25 patent fees that do not
currently qualify for a small entity
discount.
B. Summary of Provisions Impacted by
This Action
This final rule sets or adjusts 351
patent fees—93 apply to large entities
(any reference herein to ‘‘large entity’’
includes all entities other than small or
micro entities), 94 to small entities, 93
to micro entities, and 71 are not entityspecific. Of the 93 large entity fees, 71
are adjusted, 18 are set at existing fee
amounts, and 4 were first proposed in
the preceding NPRM. Of the 94 small
entity fees, 85 are adjusted, 5 are set at
existing fee amounts, and 4 were first
proposed in the NPRM. There are 93
new micro entity fees first proposed in
the NPRM that are set at a reduction of
75 percent from the large entity fee
amounts. Of the 71 fees that are not
entity-specific, 9 are adjusted in this
rule, and 62 are set at existing fee
amounts.
In all, once effective, the routine fees
to obtain a patent (i.e., filing, search,
examination, publication, and issue
fees) will decrease by at least 23 percent
under this final rule relative to the
current fee schedule. Also, despite
increases in some fees, applicants who
meet the new micro entity definition
will pay less than the amount paid for
small entity fees under the current fee
schedule for 87 percent of the fees
eligible for a discount under section
10(b). Additional information describing
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
the adjustments is included in Part V.
Individual Fee Rationale section of
Supplementary Information for this
final rulemaking.
TABLE 1—FINAL PATENT FEE SCHEDULE COSTS AND BENEFITS, CUMULATIVE FY 2013—FY 2017—Continued
C. Summary of Costs and Benefits of
This Action
The Office prepared a Regulatory
Impact Analysis (RIA) to consider the
costs and benefits of this final rule over
a five-year period (FY 2013–FY 2017).
In the RIA developed for the NPRM, the
Office offered a discussion of monetized
and qualitative costs that could be
derived from the proposed patent fee
schedule. The Office made several
inferences using internal data and
relevant academic literature. Upon
further review of the proposed
rulemaking and source materials, and
consistent with OMB Circular A–4,
Regulatory Analysis, as discussed
further in the RIA, the USPTO no longer
monetizes costs and benefits in the final
rule or the RIA. Rather, this final rule
for the purposes of regulatory review is
considered to be a transfer payment
from one group to another, and
discussion of all costs and benefits is
qualitative in nature. Thus, the RIA for
this final rule outlines the transfer and
assesses the qualitative benefits and
costs that accrue to patent applicants,
patent holders, and other patent
stakeholders in the United States. The
RIA includes a qualitative comparison
of the final fee schedule to the current
fee schedule (Baseline) and to three
other alternatives considered. The RIA
assesses the change in qualitative costs
or benefits related to the changes in the
final fee schedule using certain key
indicators when comparing the
Baseline. The RIA concludes that the
patent fee schedule set forth in this final
rule has the most significant net benefit
among the alternatives considered. See
Table 1. The complete RIA is available
for review at https://www.uspto.gov/
aia_implementation/fees.jsp#heading-1.
TABLE 1—FINAL PATENT FEE SCHEDULE COSTS AND BENEFITS, CUMULATIVE FY 2013—FY 2017
Transfers
Transfers ...............................
$13,993 million
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Qualitative Costs and Benefits
Costs:
Cost of patent operations
Lost patent value from a
decrease in patent applications.
Benefit:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Minimal
Minimal
Jkt 229001
Increase in private patent value from a decrease in pendency.
Fee Schedule Design
Benefits.
(Significant, Moderate,
Not Significant).
Decreased Uncertainty
Effect.
(Significant, Moderate,
Not Significant).
Net Benefit .....................
Significant
Moderate
Significant
Significant
To assess the qualitative benefits of
the final fee schedule, the Office
considered how the value of a patent
would increase under the final fee
schedule, as well as benefits from
improving the fee schedule design and
benefits from decreased uncertainty.
When patent application pendency
decreases, a patentee holds the
exclusive right to the invention sooner,
which increases the private value of that
patent. Because the outcomes of this
final rule will decrease patent
application pendency, the Office
expects that the private patent value
will increase considerably, relative to
the Baseline. Likewise, the design of the
final fee schedule offers benefits relating
to the three policy factors considered for
setting individual fees as described in
Part III of this final rule, namely,
fostering innovation, facilitating
effective administration of the patent
system, and offering patent prosecution
options to applicants. By maintaining
the current fee setting philosophy of
keeping front-end fees below the cost of
application processing and recovering
revenue from back-end fees, the final fee
schedule continues to foster innovation
and ease access to the patent system.
The final fee schedule also continues to
offer incentives and disincentives to
engage in certain activities that facilitate
effective administration of the patent
system and help reduce the amount of
time it takes to have a patent application
examined. For example, application size
fees, extension of time fees, and excess
claims fees remain in place to facilitate
the prompt conclusion of prosecution of
an application. The final fee schedule
likewise includes multipart and staged
fees for RCEs, appeals, and contested
cases, all of which aim to increase
patent prosecution options for
applicants. The qualitative benefits of
the fee schedule design include new
options for applicants to reduce their
front-end costs for some services (e.g.,
appeals) until they have more
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4213
information to determine the best
prosecution option for their innovation.
Lastly, shortening pendency reduces
uncertainty regarding the claimed
invention and scope of patent rights for
patentees, competitors, and new
entrants. Reducing uncertainty has a
significant benefit in terms of clarity of
patent rights, freedom to innovate, and
the efficient operation of markets for
technology.
To assess the qualitative costs of the
final fee schedule, the Office assessed
the costs of its patent operations. The
Office’s cost of patent operations varies
depending on the number of incoming
patent applications and the amount of
resources available. As discussed in Part
IV. Fee Setting Methodology (see Step
1), the cost of operations included in
this final rule also reduced slightly from
that estimated in the NPRM. See Table
1.
For FY 2013—FY 2015, the Office
continues to project an annual increase
in the number of serialized patent
application filings, though the increases
to some fees in the new fee structure
may result in a slightly slower growth
rate than that estimated under the
Baseline. Nevertheless, the Office
estimated that new patent application
filings would return to the same annual
growth rate anticipated in the absence of
fee increases beginning in FY 2016.
Overall, the demand for patent
application services is generally
inelastic (see USPTO Section 10 Fee
Setting—Description of Elasticity
Estimates,’’ at https://www.uspto.gov/
aia_implementation/fees.jsp#heading1), and even with these slight decreases,
the total number of patent applications
filed is projected to grow year-after-year.
The Office considered the cost
associated with this slight reduction in
patent applications filed as a reduction
to the benefit of the increased patent
value when assessing the overall net
benefit of the final fee schedule. See
Table 1.
Additional details describing the
benefits and costs of the final fee
schedule are available in the RIA at
https://www.uspto.gov/
aia_implementation/fees.jsp#heading-1.
II. Legal Framework
A. Leahy-Smith America Invents Act—
Section 10
The Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
was enacted into law on September 16,
2011. See Public Law 112–29, 125 Stat.
284. Section 10(a) of the Act authorizes
the Director of the Office to set or adjust
by rule any patent fee established,
authorized, or charged under Title 35,
U.S.C. for any services performed by, or
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4214
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
materials furnished by, the Office. Fees
under 35 U.S.C. may be set or adjusted
only to recover the aggregate estimated
cost to the Office for processing,
activities, services, and materials related
to patents, including administrative
costs to the Office with respect to such
patent operations. See 125 Stat. at 316.
Provided that the fees in the aggregate
achieve overall aggregate cost recovery,
the Director may set individual fees
under section 10 at, below, or above
their respective cost. The Office’s
current fee structure includes statutory
fees (set by Congress) that provide
lower, below cost fees on the front end
of the patent process (e.g., filing,
searching, and examination fees), which
are in turn balanced out by higher,
above cost fees on the back end (i.e.,
issue and maintenance fees). This
balance enables the Office to provide
lower costs to enter the patent system,
making it easier for inventors to pursue
patents for their innovations, and these
lower front-end fees are off-set by higher
back-end fees. Congress set this balance
when it established the existing
statutory fee structure, and the Office
continues to follow this model with the
fee structure in this final rule, because
a key policy consideration is to foster
innovation by facilitating access to the
patent system. Section 10(e) of the Act
requires the Director to publish the final
fee rule in the Federal Register and the
Official Gazette of the Patent and
Trademark Office at least 45 days before
the final fees become effective. Section
10(i) terminates the Director’s authority
to prospectively set or adjust any fee
under section 10(a) upon the expiration
of the seven-year period that began on
September 16, 2011.
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
B. Small Entity Fee Reduction
Section 10(b) of the AIA requires the
Office to reduce by 50 percent the fees
for small entities that are set or adjusted
under section 10(a) for filing, searching,
examining, issuing, appealing, and
maintaining patent applications and
patents.
C. Micro Entity Fee Reduction
Section 10(g) of the AIA amends
Chapter 11 of Title 35, U.S.C. to add
section 123 concerning micro entities.
Section 10(b) of the Act requires the
Office to reduce by 75 percent the fees
for micro entities that are set or adjusted
under Section 10(a) for filing, searching,
examining, issuing, appealing, and
maintaining patent applications and
patents. In a separate rulemaking,
pursuant to 35 U.S.C. 123, the Office
implemented the micro entity
provisions of the AIA. See 77 FR 75019
(Dec. 19, 2012).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
D. Patent Public Advisory Committee
Role
The Secretary of Commerce
established the Patent Public Advisory
Committee (PPAC) under the American
Inventors Protection Act of 1999. 35
U.S.C. 5. The PPAC advises the Under
Secretary of Commerce for Intellectual
Property and Director of the USPTO on
the management, policies, goals,
performance, budget, and user fees of
patent operations.
When adopting patent fees under
section 10 of the Act, the Director must
provide the PPAC with the proposed
fees at least 45 days prior to publishing
the proposed fees in the Federal
Register. The PPAC then has at least 30
days within which to deliberate,
consider, and comment on the proposal,
as well as to hold public hearing(s) on
the proposed fees. The PPAC must make
a written report available to the public
of the comments, advice, and
recommendations of the committee
regarding the proposed fees before the
Office issues any final fees. The Office
will consider and analyze any
comments, advice, or recommendations
received from the PPAC before finally
setting or adjusting fees.
Consistent with this framework, on
February 7, 2012, the Director notified
the PPAC of the Office’s intent to set or
adjust patent fees and submitted a
preliminary patent fee proposal with
supporting materials. The preliminary
patent fee proposal and associated
materials are available at https://
www.uspto.gov/about/advisory/ppac/.
The PPAC held two public hearings: one
in Alexandria, Virginia, on February 15,
2012, and another in Sunnyvale,
California, on February 23, 2012.
Transcripts of these hearings and
comments submitted to the PPAC in
writing are available for review at https://
www.uspto.gov/about/advisory/ppac/.
The PPAC submitted a written report
on September 24, 2012, setting forth in
detail the comments, advice, and
recommendations of the committee
regarding the proposed fees. The report
is available for review at https://
www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/
fees.jsp#heading-1. The Office
considered and analyzed the comments,
advice, and recommendations received
from the PPAC before publishing this
final rule. The Office’s response to the
PPAC’s report is available in the
Discussion of Comments at Part VI of
this rulemaking.
III. Rulemaking Goals and Strategies
Consistent with the Office’s goals and
obligations under the AIA, the overall
strategy of this rulemaking is to ensure
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
that the fee schedule generates sufficient
revenue to recover aggregate costs.
Another strategy is to set individual fees
to further key policy considerations
while taking into account the cost of the
particular service. As to the strategy of
balancing aggregate revenue and
aggregate cost, this rule will provide
sufficient revenue for two significant
USPTO goals: (1) Implement a
sustainable funding model for
operations; and (2) optimize patent
timeliness and quality. As to the
strategy of setting individual fees to
further key policy considerations, the
policy factors contemplated are: (1)
Fostering innovation; (2) facilitating
effective administration of the patent
system; and (3) offering patent
prosecution options to applicants.
These fee schedule goals and
strategies are consistent with strategic
goals and objectives detailed in the
USPTO 2010–2015 Strategic Plan
(Strategic Plan) that is available at
https://www.uspto.gov/about/stratplan/
USPTO_2010–2015_Strategic_Plan.pdf,
as amended by Appendix #1 of the FY
2013 President’s Budget, available at
https://www.uspto.gov/about/stratplan/
budget/fy13pbr.pdf (collectively
referred to herein as ‘‘Strategic Goals’’).
The Strategic Plan defines the USPTO’s
mission and long-term goals and
presents the actions the Office will take
to realize those goals. The significant
actions the Office describes in the
Strategic Plan that are specific to the
goals of this rulemaking are
implementing a sustainable funding
model, reducing the patent application
backlog, decreasing patent application
pendency, improving patent quality,
and upgrading the Office’s patent IT
business capability and infrastructure.
Likewise, the fee schedule goals and
strategies also support the Strategy for
American Innovation—an
Administration initiative first released
in September 2009, and updated in
February 2011, that is available at
https://www.whitehouse.gov/innovation/
strategy. The Strategy for American
Innovation recognizes innovation as the
foundation of American economic
growth and national competitiveness.
Economic growth in advanced
economies like the United States is
driven by creating new and better ways
of producing goods and services, a
process that triggers new and productive
investments, which is the cornerstone of
economic growth. Achieving the
Strategy for American Innovation
depends, in part, on the USPTO’s
success in reducing the patent
application backlog and in decreasing
patent application pendency—both of
which stall the delivery of innovative
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
goods and services to market and
impede economic growth and the
creation of high-paying jobs. This rule
positions the USPTO to reduce the
patent application backlog and decrease
patent application pendency.
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
A. Ensure the Overall Fee Schedule
Generates Sufficient Revenue To
Recover Aggregate Cost
The first fee setting strategy is to
ensure that the fee schedule generates
sufficient aggregate revenue to recover
the aggregate cost to maintain USPTO
operations and accomplish USPTO
strategic goals. Two overriding
principles motivate the Office in this
regard: (1) Operating with a more
sustainable funding model than in the
past to avoid disruptions caused by
fluctuations in the economy; and (2)
accomplishing strategic goals, including
the imperatives of reducing the patent
application backlog and decreasing
patent application pendency. Each
principle is discussed in greater detail
below.
1. Implement a Sustainable Funding
Model for Operations
As explained in the Strategic Plan, the
Office’s objective of implementing a
sustainable funding model for
operations will facilitate USPTO’s longterm operational and financial planning
and enable the Office to adapt to
changes in the economy and in
operational workload.
Since 1982, patent fees that generate
most of the patent revenue (e.g., filing,
search, examination, issue, and
maintenance fees) have been set by
statute, and the Office could adjust
these fees only to reflect changes in the
Consumer Price Index (CPI) for All
Urban Consumers, as determined by the
Secretary of Labor. Because these fees
were set by statute, the USPTO could
not realign or adjust them to quickly
and effectively respond to market
demand or changes in processing costs
other than for the CPI. Over the years,
these constraints led to funding
variations and shortfalls. Section 10 of
the AIA changed this fee adjustment
model and authorized the USPTO to set
or adjust patent fees within the
regulatory process so that the Office will
be better able to respond to its rapidly
growing workload.
The Budgets (see FY 2013 and FY
2014 President’s Budget Requests at
https://www.uspto.gov/about/stratplan/
budget/index.jsp) delineate the annual
plans and prospective aggregate costs to
execute the initiatives in the Strategic
Plan. One of these costs is the growth of
a three-month patent operating reserve
to allow effective management of the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
U.S. patent system and responsiveness
to changes in the economy,
unanticipated production workload, and
revenue changes, while maintaining
operations and effectuating long-term
strategies. The Office evaluated the
optimal size of the operating reserve by
examining specific risk factors. There
are two main factors that create a risk of
volatility in patent operations—
spending levels and revenue streams.
After reviewing other organizations’
operating reserves, the Office found that
a fully fee-funded organization such as
the USPTO should maintain a minimum
of a three-month operating reserve. The
fee schedule in this final rule will
gradually build the three-month
operating reserve. The USPTO will
assess the patent operating reserve
balance against its target balance
annually and, at least every two years,
will evaluate whether the target balance
continues to be sufficient to provide the
stability in funding needed by the
Office. By implementing this fee
schedule, the USPTO anticipates that
the three-month patent operating
reserve will be achieved in FY 2018.
The fees in this final rule will provide
the USPTO with sufficient aggregate
revenue to recover the aggregate cost to
operate the Office while improving the
patent system. During FY 2013, patent
operations will cost $2.479 billion after
accounting for an offset to spending
from other income of $23 million and a
withdrawal from the operating reserve
of $28 million. The final fee schedule
should generate $2.479 billion in
aggregate revenue to offset these costs.
Once the Office transitions to the fee
levels set forth in this final rule, it
estimates an additional $11.5 billion in
aggregate revenue will be generated
from FY 2014 through FY 2017 to
recover the total aggregate cost over the
same time period—$11.1 billion in
operating costs and $0.4 billion in a
three-month operating reserve. (See
Table 3 in Part IV, Step 2 of this rule.)
Under the new fee structure, as in the
past, the Office will continue to
regularly review its operating budgets
and long-range plans to ensure that the
USPTO uses patent fees prudently.
2. Optimize Patent Quality and
Timeliness
The Office developed the strategic
goal of optimizing patent quality and
timeliness in response to intellectual
property (IP) community feedback, the
Strategy for American Innovation, and
in recognition that a sound, efficient,
and effective IP system is essential for
technological innovation and for patent
holders to reap the benefits of patent
protection.
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4215
In past years, a steady increase in
incoming patent applications and
insufficient patent examiner hiring due
to multi-year funding shortfalls has led
to a large patent application backlog and
long patent application pendency.
Decreasing pendency increases the
private value of a patent because the
faster a patent is granted, the more
quickly the patent owner can
commercialize the innovation. Shorter
pendency also allows for earlier
disclosure of the scope of the patent,
which reduces uncertainty for the
patentee, potential competitors, and
additional innovators regarding patent
rights and the validity of the patentee’s
claims.
To reduce the backlog and decrease
patent application pendency, the
USPTO must examine significantly
more patent applications than it
receives each year for the next several
years. Bringing the applications in the
backlog down to a manageable level,
while at the same time keeping pace
with the new patent applications
expected to be filed each year, requires
the Office to collect more aggregate
revenue than it estimates that it will
collect at existing fee rates. The Office
needs this additional revenue to hire
additional patent examiners, improve
the patent business IT capability and
infrastructure, and implement other
programs to optimize the timeliness of
patent examination. This final rule will
result in an average first action patent
application pendency of 10 months in
FY 2016, an average total pendency of
20 months in FY 2017, and a reduced
patent application backlog and
inventory of approximately 335,000
patent applications by FY 2016. This
would be a significant improvement
over the 21.9 months and 32.4 months
for average first action patent
application pendency and average total
pendency, respectively, at the end of FY
2012. Under this final rule, the patent
application backlog is also expected to
decrease significantly from the 608,300
applications in inventory as of the end
of FY 2012.
In addition to timeliness of patent
protection, the quality of application
review is critical to ensure that the
value of an issued patent is high.
Quality issuance of patents provides
certainty in the market and allows
businesses and innovators to make
informed and timely decisions on
product and service development.
Through this final rule, the Office will
continue to improve patent quality
through comprehensive training for new
and experienced examiners, an
expanded and enhanced ombudsmen
program to help resolve questions about
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4216
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
applications, improved hiring processes,
and guidelines for examiners to address
clarity issues in patent applications. The
Office also will continue to encourage
interviews between applicants and
examiners to help clarify allowable
subject matter early in the examination
process and to encourage interviews
later in prosecution to resolve
outstanding issues. Lastly, the Office
will continue to reengineer the
examination process, and to monitor
and measure examination using a
comprehensive set of metrics that
analyze the quality of the entire process.
In addition to direct improvements to
patent quality and timeliness, the
USPTO’s development and
implementation of the patent end-to-end
processing system using the revenue
generated from this fee structure will
improve the efficiency of the patent
system. The IT architecture and systems
in place currently are obsolete and
difficult to maintain, leaving the USPTO
highly vulnerable to disruptions in
patent operations. Additionally, the
current IT systems require patent
employees and external stakeholders to
perform labor-intensive business
processes manually, decreasing the
efficiency of the patent system. This
final rule provides the Office with
sufficient revenue to modernize its IT
systems so that the majority of
applications are submitted, handled,
and prosecuted electronically. Improved
automation will benefit both the Office
and innovation community.
B. Set Individual Fees To Further Key
Policy Considerations, While Taking
Into Account the Costs of the Particular
Service
The second fee setting strategy is to
set individual fees to further key policy
considerations, while taking into
account the cost of the associated
service or activity. This fee schedule
recovers the aggregate cost to the Office
of operations, while also considering the
individual cost of each service
provided. This includes consideration
that some applicants may use particular
services in a more costly manner than
other applicants (e.g., patent
applications cost more to process when
more claims are filed). The final fee
schedule considers three key policy
factors: (1) Fostering innovation; (2)
facilitating effective administration of
the patent system; and (3) offering
patent prosecution options to
applicants. The Office focused on these
policy factors because each promotes
particular aspects of the U.S. patent
system. Fostering innovation is an
important policy factor to ensure that
access to the U.S. patent system is
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
without significant barriers to entry, and
innovation is incentivized by granting
inventors certain short-term exclusive
rights to stimulate additional inventive
activity. Facilitating effective
administration of the patent system is
important to influence efficient patent
prosecution, resulting in compact
prosecution and a decrease in the time
it takes to obtain a patent. In addition,
the Office recognizes that patent
prosecution is not a one-size-fits-all
process and therefore, where feasible,
the Office endeavors to fulfill its third
policy factor of offering patent
prosecution options to applicants. Each
of these policy factors is discussed in
greater detail below.
1. Fostering Innovation
To encourage innovators to take
advantage of patent protection, the
Office sets basic ‘‘front-end’’ fees (e.g.,
filing, search, and examination) below
the actual cost of carrying out these
activities. Likewise, consistent with the
requirements in the Act, the Office
provides fee reductions for small and
micro entity innovators to facilitate
access to the patent system. Setting
front-end and small and micro entity
fees below cost requires, however, that
other fees be set above cost. To that end,
the Office sets basic ‘‘back-end’’ fees
(e.g., issue and maintenance) in excess
of costs to recoup revenue not collected
by front-end and small and micro entity
fees. Charging higher back-end fees also
fosters innovation and benefits the
overall patent system. After a patent is
granted, a patent owner is better
positioned, as opposed to at the time of
filing a patent application, to more
closely assess the expected value of an
invention, which is a consideration in
determining whether to pay
maintenance fees to keep the patent
protecting the invention in force.
Expiration of a patent makes the subject
matter of the patent available in the
public domain for subsequent
commercialization. Determining the
appropriate balance between front-end
and back-end fees is a critical
component of aligning the Office’s costs
and revenues.
2. Facilitating Effective Administration
of the Patent System
The fee structure in this final rule
helps facilitate effective administration
of the patent system by encouraging
applicants or patent holders to engage in
certain activities that facilitate an
effective patent system. In particular,
setting fees at the particular levels will:
(1) Encourage the submission of
applications or other actions that enable
examiners to provide prompt, quality
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
interim and final decisions; (2)
encourage the prompt conclusion of
prosecution of an application, which
results in pendency reduction, faster
dissemination of information, and
certainty in patented inventions; and (3)
help recover the additional costs
imposed by some applicants’ more
intensive use of certain services that
strain the patent system than other
applicants.
3. Offering Patent Prosecution Options
to Applicants
The final fee schedule provides
applicants with flexible and costeffective options for seeking patent
protection. For example, the Office is
setting multipart and staged fees for
RCEs, appeals, and contested cases. The
Office breaks the RCE fee into two parts.
The fee for a first RCE is set more than
30 percent below cost to facilitate access
to the service and in recognition that
most applicants using RCEs only require
one per application. The fee for a
second and subsequent RCE is set only
slightly below cost as an option for
those who require multiple RCEs.
Likewise, the staging of appeal fees
allows applicants to pay less in
situations when an application under
appeal is either allowed or reopened
rather than being forwarded to the
Patent Trial and Appeal Board (PTAB).
Finally, the establishment of multipart
and staged fees for contested cases
improves access to these proceedings
while removing low quality patents
from the patent system.
Summary of Rationale and Purpose of
the Final Rule
The final patent fee schedule will
produce aggregate revenues to recover
the aggregate costs of the USPTO,
including for its management of
strategic goals, objectives, and
initiatives in FY 2013 and beyond.
Using the two Strategic Plan goals
(implementing a sustainable funding
model for operations and optimizing
patent quality and timeliness) as a
foundation, the final rule provides
sufficient aggregate revenue to recover
the aggregate cost of patent operations,
including implementing a sustainable
funding model, reducing the current
patent application backlog, decreasing
patent application pendency, improving
patent quality, and upgrading the patent
business IT capability and
infrastructure. Additionally, in this final
rule, the Office considered individual
fees by evaluating its historical cost
(where available) and considering the
policy factors of fostering innovation,
facilitating effective administration of
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
the patent system, and offering patent
prosecution options to applicants.
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
IV. Fee Setting Methodology
As explained in the NPRM, there are
three iterative and interrelated steps
involved in developing the fees:
Step 1: Determine the prospective
aggregate costs of patent operations over
the five-year period, including the cost
of implementing new initiatives to
achieve strategic goals and objectives.
Step 2: Calculate the prospective
revenue streams derived from the
individual fee amounts (from Step 3)
that will collectively recover the
prospective aggregate cost over the fiveyear period.
Step 3: Set or adjust individual fee
amounts to collectively (through
executing Step 2) recover projected
aggregate cost over the five-year period,
while furthering key policy
considerations.
A description of how the USPTO
carries out these three steps is set forth
in turn. Where key projections or inputs
have changed since the NPRM, the
Office explains the reasons underlying
the revised estimates.
Step 1: Determine Prospective Aggregate
Costs
Calculating aggregate costs is
accomplished primarily through the
routine USPTO budget planning and
formulation process. The Budget is a
five-year plan (that the Office prepares
and updates annually) for carrying out
base programs and implementing the
strategic goals and objectives.
The first activity performed to
determine prospective aggregate cost is
to project the level of demand for patent
products and services. Demand for
products and services depends on many
factors, including domestic and global
economic activity. The USPTO also
takes into account overseas patenting
activities, policies and legislation, and
known process efficiencies. Because
examination costs are approximately 70
percent of the total patent operating
cost, a primary production workload
driver is the number of patent
application filings (i.e., incoming work
to the Office). The Office looks at
indicators such as the expected growth
in Real Gross Domestic Product (RGDP),
the leading indicator to incoming patent
applications, to estimate prospective
workload. RGDP is reported by the
Bureau of Economic Analysis
(www.bea.gov), and is forecasted each
February by the Office of Management
and Budget (OMB) (www.omb.gov) in
the Economic and Budget Analyses
section of the Analytical Perspectives,
and each January by the Congressional
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
Budget Office (CBO) (www.cbo.gov) in
the Budget and Economic Outlook. A
description of the Office’s methodology
for using RGDP can be found in the
section of the annual budget entitled,
‘‘USPTO Fee Collection Estimates/
Ranges.’’ See annual budget available at
https://www.uspto.gov/about/stratplan/
budget/index.jsp. The expected change
in the required production workload
must then be compared to the current
examination production capacity to
determine any required staffing and
operating cost (e.g., salaries, workload
processing contracts, and printing)
adjustments. The Office uses a patent
application pendency model that
estimates patent production output
based on actual historical data and
input assumptions, such as incoming
patent applications, examiner attrition
rates, and overtime hours. An overview
of the model and a simulation tool is
available at https://www.uspto.gov/
patents/stats/patent_pend_model.jsp.
Further information, including a more
detailed description of inputs, outputs,
and key data relationships, is available
from the Office upon request.
The second activity is to calculate the
aggregate costs to execute the
requirements. In developing its annual
budgets, the Office first looks at the cost
of status quo operations (the base
requirements). The base requirements
(e.g., salaries for employees on-board)
are adjusted for anticipated pay raises
and inflationary increases for the
periods FY 2013–FY 2017 (examples of
the detailed calculations and
assumptions for this adjustment to base
are available in the annual Budgets).
The Office then estimates the
prospective cost for expected changes in
production workload and new
initiatives over the same period of time
(refer to ‘‘Program Changes by SubActivity’’ sections of the Budget). The
Office reduces cost estimates for
completed initiatives and known cost
savings expected over the same five-year
horizon (see page 9 of the FY 2013
President’s Budget). Finally, the Office
estimates its three-month target
operating reserve level based on this
aggregate cost calculation for the year to
determine if operating reserve
adjustments are necessary.
The estimate for the FY 2013
aggregate costs contained in this final
rule ($2.479 billion) is $125 million less
than the estimate contained in the
NPRM ($2.604 billion). The Office
lowered its aggregate cost estimate in
response to public comments expressing
a desire for the Office to achieve its
goals over a longer timeframe and to
incorporate additional efficiencies into
operations. In some instances, the Office
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4217
was also able to use more recent data.
The most significant factors affecting the
reduction in aggregate costs include: (1)
Decreasing the amount deposited into
the operating reserve as well as
extending the timeframe for reaching
the target amount of the operating
reserve, and (2) lengthening the
timeframe for achieving pendency goals
and optimal inventory levels, and
accounting for other changes related to
operational costs and efficiencies. Each
is discussed in turn.
First, the Office decided to slow the
growth of the operating reserve, as well
as reduce the amount of fees deposited
into the operating reserve during FY
2013, in response to public and PPAC
comments. See response to PPAC
Comment 6 and Public Comments 18
and 19. The Office is slowing the growth
of the operating reserve due to a
reduction in aggregate revenue, as
explained in more detail in Step 2,
below. In the NPRM, the Office
estimated reaching a target operating
reserve level of three months in FY
2017. In this final rule, the adjustments
to aggregate revenue and fee amounts
have slowed the pace for reaching the
three month operating reserve target to
beyond the five-year planning period
(approximately FY 2018). (See PPAC
Comments 6, 7, 11, 14, 16, and 23; and
Public Comments 2, 18, 41, 42, 43, and
45 for additional information). When
estimating aggregate costs for the NPRM,
the Office planned to deposit $73
million in the operating reserve in FY
2013. In the updated estimate of
aggregate costs calculated for this final
rule, the Office plans to use $28 million
of operating reserve funds in FY 2013.
The net change of activity results in a
decrease of aggregate costs associated
with the operating reserve of $101
million.
The Office is using funds from the
operating reserve in FY 2013 due to two
main components of aggregate cost—an
increase in the cost of existing base
requirements and the timing of
implementing the fees included in the
final rule. As discussed in more detail
below, the Office experienced
historically low examiner attrition rates
(the rate at which examiners left the
Office). This lower than planned
attrition rate resulted in additional
higher paid examiners on board during
FY 2013, increasing the aggregate cost of
base requirements of patent examination
(existing examiners on board).
Additionally, the Office will publish
this final rule one month later than
originally anticipated in the NPRM
(April instead of March 2013). This later
publication date reduces the amount of
revenue originally estimated to be
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4218
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
collected during FY 2013. Further, the
Office anticipates a ‘‘bubble’’ of fee
payments paid at the current fee rates,
prior to the effective date of the fees in
this final rule. This ‘‘bubble’’ is typical
in years with fee changes. Therefore,
these situations require the Office to use
the operating reserve in FY 2013,
whereas in FY 2014 through FY 2017,
the Office estimates it will deposit funds
in the operating reserve.
Second, many public comments and
the PPAC report strongly urged the
Office to achieve the 10 month first
action patent application pendency and
the 20 month total patent application
pendency goals more gradually than
proposed, and to achieve a ‘‘soft
landing’’ to reach the optimal patent
application inventory and workforce
levels at a slower rate than proposed.
See PPAC Comment 7 and Public
Comment 2. During FY 2012, the Office
examined more patent applications than
it initially anticipated, in part because
of historically low attrition rates. In the
NPRM, the Office anticipated an
attrition of 5.8 percent in FY 2013, but
in the final rule, the Office now
anticipates an attrition rate of 4.0
percent in FY 2013 (the same attrition
rate the Office experienced in FY 2012).
In response to comments and to
capitalize on the historically low
attrition rates, the Office is recalibrating
its examination capacity during the fiveyear planning period of this final rule by
reducing the number of examiners that
are hired, increasing the amount of
overtime allotted for production, and
hiring more experienced examiners.
Instead of planning to hire 1,500 patent
examiners in FY 2013 (as the NPRM
estimated), the Office now plans to hire
1,000 patent examiners in FY 2013. The
Office also reevaluated its hiring plans
in FY 2013 to include hiring more
patent examiners with greater IP
experience and knowledge, thus making
this smaller number of hires more
productive sooner than originally
expected. This recalibration results in a
more costly examiner production
capacity (because the more experienced
hires are paid a higher salary) in the
beginning (FY 2013 and FY 2014) of the
five-year planning period when
comparing the net operating
requirements (see Table 3) per
production unit (see Table 2) in the final
rule to that in the NPRM. However, as
the Office begins reaping the benefits of
the overtime and hiring recalibration,
the examiner production capacity
begins to cost less in FY 2015, so that
the total net operating cost per
production unit over the five-year
planning period is less in the final rule
than in the NPRM. For example, in FY
2013, the net operating requirements per
production unit are approximately
$4,200 in this final rule ($2.507 billion
divided by 596,200 production units)
compared to approximately $4,100 in
the NPRM. In FY 2015, the net operating
requirements per production unit are
approximately $4,020 in this final rule
($2.779 billion divided by 691,300
production units) compared to
approximately $4,046 in the NPRM.
This initial increase in aggregate cost is
necessary to establish the examination
capacity needed to achieve the ‘‘soft
landing’’ referred to in the comments
from the PPAC and the public.
The ‘‘soft landing’’ is evident when
looking at the more gradual increase in
production units over four years
(596,200 in FY 2013 increasing to
698,500 in FY 2016) in this final rule
(see Table 2) compared to the rapid
increase in the NPRM over three years
(620,600 in FY 2013 increasing to
694,200 in FY 2015). Also, maintaining
fewer examiners on board throughout
and at the end of the five-year planning
horizon (7,800 in FY 2017 in the final
rule compared to 8,200 in FY 2017 in
the NPRM) permits the Office to use
production overtime as a lever to arrive
at the future ‘‘soft landing’’ when
evaluating actual inputs impacting the
production modeling (application filing
levels, examiner attrition rates, and
production levels).
While the examination costs
marginally increase in the early years
due to the higher cost of base
examination capacity (because the
Office has greater expenses associated
with having more examiners than
initially projected from lower attrition
rates and more experienced examiners),
the Office has more than offset this
increase by reducing patent operational
costs in other areas such as deferring
slightly some IT investment plans and
leveraging operational efficiencies,
consistent with public comments and a
routine annual review and update of the
patent operating and budget plans. See
PPAC Comment 7 and Public Comment
2. In addition, in the time between the
publication of the NPRM and the
formulation of this final rule, additional
information concerning key inputs to
the patent application pendency model
became available, so the Office revised
certain projections as discussed below.
For example, after reviewing FY 2012
filing data and RGDP information
available after the NPRM published (see
Step 2: Calculate Prospective Aggregate
Revenue), the Office lowered its
estimates for the level of demand of
patent products and services
(application filing levels). In the NPRM,
the Office projected a growth rate of 6.0
percent in FY 2013–FY 2014; 5.5
percent in FY 2015–FY 2016; and 5.0
percent in FY 2017. Based on actual
filing data from FY 2012, the Office now
believes that a projected growth rate of
5.0 percent for each of FY 2013–FY
2017 is appropriate in this final rule.
This means that examiner production
capacity and aggregate costs are reduced
because somewhat fewer patent
applications are projected to be filed,
and the work associated with those
applications is less, as compared to the
NRPM projections.
Many of the key inputs affecting
lower aggregate costs and revenue are
summarized in Table 2.
TABLE 2—PATENT PRODUCTION WORKLOAD PROJECTIONS—FY 2013–FY 2017
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Utility, Plant, and Reissue (UPR)
FY 2013
Applications * ........................................................................
Growth Rate ** .....................................................................
Production Units ...................................................................
End of Year Backlog ............................................................
Examination Capacity ** .......................................................
Performance Measures (UPR):
Avg. First Action Pendency (Months) ...........................
Avg. Total Pendency (Months) .....................................
FY 2014
FY 2015
FY 2016
FY 2017
558,900
5.0%
596,200
566,800
8,500
586,800
5.0%
655,200
486,500
8,400
616,200
5.0%
691,300
398,900
8,200
647,000
5.0%
698,500
334,300
8,000
679,300
5.0%
641,300
358,500
7,800
18.0
30.1
15.8
26.1
12.9
23.7
10.5
21.0
10.0
18.8
* In this table, the patent application filing data includes requests for continued examination (RCEs).
** In this table, demand for patent examination services, which is used to calculate aggregate cost, is not adjusted for price elasticity.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Overall, the Office estimates that
during FY 2013, patent operations will
cost $2.530 billion, including $1.761
billion for patent examination activities;
$340 million for IT systems, support,
and infrastructure contributing to patent
operations; $58 million for activities
related to patent appeals and the new
AIA inter partes dispute actions; $48
million for activities related to IP
protection, policy, and enforcement;
and $323 million for general support
costs necessary for patent operations
(e.g., rent, utilities, legal, financial,
human resources, and other
administrative services). In addition, the
Office estimates collecting $23 million
in other income associated with
reimbursable agreements (offsets to
spending) and using $28 million from
the operating reserve during FY 2013 to
sustain operations. Detailed
4219
descriptions of operating requirements
are located in the USPTO annual
budgets (see https://www.uspto.gov/
about/stratplan/budget/index.jsp).
Table 2 above provides key underlying
production workload projections and
assumptions used to calculate aggregate
cost. Table 3 presents the total
budgetary requirements (prospective
aggregate cost) for FY 2013 through FY
2017.
TABLE 3—ESTIMATED ANNUAL AGGREGATE COSTS AND FINAL FEE SCHEDULE AGGREGATE REVENUES
(In millions)
FY 2013
Aggregate Cost Estimate:
Planned Operating Requirements ................................
Less Other Income * ..............................................
Net Operating Requirements ...............................................
Planned Deposit in Operating Reserve ...............................
Total Aggregate Cost Estimate .............................
Aggregate Revenue Estimate ** ..........................................
Cumulative Operating Reserve Balance.
Target Operating Reserve ............................................
Operating Reserve Ending FY 2012 Balance $112 .....
Over/(Under) Target Balance*** ...................................
FY 2014
FY 2015
FY 2016
FY 2017
$2,530
(23)
2,507
(28)
2,479
2,479
$2,739
(23)
2,716
90
2,806
2,806
$2,802
(23)
2,779
92
2,871
2,871
$2,852
(23)
2,829
98
2,927
2,927
$2,815
(23)
2,792
117
2,909
2,909
633
84
(549)
685
174
(511)
701
266
(435)
713
364
(349)
704
481
(223)
* The Office collects other income associated with reimbursable agreements (offsets to spending) and recoveries of funds obligated in prior
years in the amount of approximately $23 million each year.
** The proposed fee schedule will generate less revenue compared to the FY 2013 President’s Budget in an effort to slow the growth of the
operating reserve over the next five years.
*** The Office estimates that it will meet the three-month operating reserve target in FY 2018.
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Step 2: Calculate Prospective Aggregate
Revenue
As described in Step 1, the USPTO’s
annual requirements-based budgets
include the aggregate prospective cost of
planned production, new initiatives,
and an operating reserve planned for the
Office to realize its strategic goals and
objectives for the next five years. The
aggregate prospective cost becomes the
target aggregate revenue level that the
new fee schedule must generate in a
given year and over the five-year
planning horizon. The estimate for the
FY 2013 aggregate revenue contained in
this final rule ($2.479 billion) is $125
million less than the estimate contained
in the NPRM ($2.604 billion). As
discussed in more detail in Step 1, the
Office has lowered its aggregate cost
estimate in response to public
comments expressing a desire for the
Office to achieve its goals over a longer
timeframe and to incorporate additional
efficiencies into operations. This
reduction in aggregate costs requires a
corresponding reduction in aggregate
revenue. The most significant factors
affecting the reduction in aggregate
revenues include: (1) Decreasing fee
amounts (see PPAC Comments 6, 7, 11,
14, 16, and 23; and Public Comments 2,
18, 41, 42, 43, and 45 for additional
information); (2) publishing this final
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
rule one month later than originally
anticipated in the NPRM (April instead
of March 2013) and thereby reducing
the amount of revenue originally
estimated to be collected during FY
2013; and (3) lengthening the timeframe
for achieving pendency goals and
optimal inventory levels (see Step 1,
above for additional information).
Following is a discussion of the
methodology used to calculate aggregate
revenue.
As explained in the NPRM, to
calculate the aggregate revenue
estimates, the Office first analyzes
relevant factors and indicators to
determine prospective fee workload
volumes (e.g., number of applications
and requests for services and products)
for the five-year planning horizon.
Economic activity is an important
consideration when developing
workload and revenue forecasts for the
USPTO’s products and services because
economic conditions affect patenting
activity, as most recently exhibited in
the recession of 2009 when incoming
workloads and renewal rates declined.
Major economic indicators include
the overall condition of the U.S. and
global economies, spending on research
and development activities, and
investments that lead to the
commercialization of new products and
services. The most relevant economic
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
indicator that the Office uses is the
RGDP, which is the broadest measure of
economic activity. RGDP growth is
factored into estimates of patent
application levels. RGDP is anticipated
to grow approximately three percent for
FY 2013 based on OMB and CBO
estimates provided in February and
January of 2012, respectively. CBO
prepared updated economic guidance in
August 2012, temporarily altering its
projection methodology to reflect
heightened uncertainty over fiscal
policy conditions and concerns. The
August 2012 CBO estimates envision
various economic scenarios instead of a
single point estimate as CBO typically
prepared. Nonetheless, the Office made
calculations based on CBO’s August
2012 estimates and they had a negligible
impact on forecasts of the Office’s
workloads given the +/¥ 5 percent
outer bounds discussed below.
Economic indicators also provide
insight into market conditions and the
management of IP portfolios, which
influence application processing
requests and post-issuance decisions to
maintain patent protection. When
developing fee workload forecasts, the
Office considers other influential factors
including overseas activity, policies and
legislation, process efficiencies, and
anticipated applicant behavior.
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4220
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
The Office’s methodology to estimate
aggregate revenue was updated to
consider two new elements related
setting and adjusting fees using the new
section 10 fee setting authority. The first
includes adjustments to fee workload
estimates as a result of changes in
demand for services. In the past, fees
that comprise a majority of the Office’s
aggregate revenue (e.g., filing, search,
examination, issue, and maintenance)
were adjusted based on minimal CPI
increases. In this rule, the Office is both
increasing and decreasing fees by
amounts larger than it experienced with
CPI increases in the past. Therefore, the
Office considered impacts of applicant
and patentee behavior in response to the
fee changes. The second incorporates
the new discount for micro entity
applicants and patentees. The
introduction of the new micro entity
fees required the Office to estimate how
many small entity applicants and
patentees would pay fees at micro entity
rates. Each of these elements is
discussed in turn below.
Elasticity and Application Filing Levels
The economic indicators discussed
previously correlate with patent
application filings, which, with
adjustments for elasticity, are a key
driver of patent fees. As discussed
previously, in the NPRM, the Office
projected an application filing growth
rate of 6.0 percent in FY 2013—FY
2014, 5.5 percent in FY 2015—FY 2016,
and 5.0 percent in FY 2017. After
reviewing actual FY 2012 filing data and
other economic indicators discussed
herein, the Office lowered its estimates
for the level of demand of patent
products and services (application filing
levels). The Office now believes that a
projected growth rate of 5.0 percent for
each of FY 2013—FY 2017 is
appropriate in this final rule.
The Office also considered how
applicant behavior in response to fee
(price) changes included in this final
rule would impact the application filing
demand referenced above. Anticipated
applicant behavior in response to fee
changes is measured using an economic
principle known as elasticity which for
the purpose of this action means how
sensitive applicants and patentees are to
fee amounts or price changes. If
elasticity is low enough (i.e., demand is
inelastic), when fees increase, patent
activities will decrease only slightly in
response thereto, and overall revenues
will still increase. Conversely, if
elasticity is high enough (i.e., demand is
elastic), when fees increase, patenting
activities will decrease significantly
enough in response thereto such that
overall revenues will decrease. When
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
developing fee forecasts, the Office
accounts for how applicant behavior
will change at different fee amounts
projected for the various patent services.
Additional detail about the Office’s
elasticity estimates is available in
‘‘USPTO Section 10 Fee Setting—
Description of Elasticity Estimates,’’ at
https://www.uspto.gov/
aia_implementation/fees.jsp#heading-1.
Some of the information on which the
Office based its elasticity estimates are
copyrighted materials and are available
for inspection at the USPTO.
Using the information contained in
the ‘‘Description of Elasticity Estimates’’
document, the Office estimated that 1.3
percent fewer new (serialized)
applications than the number estimated
to be filed in the absence of a fee
increase would be filed during FY 2013
as patent filers adjusted to the new fees,
specifically the increase in the total
filing, search, and examination fees for
most applicants. The Office further
estimated that 2.7 percent fewer new
patent applications would be filed
during FY 2014, and 4.0 percent fewer
new patent applications would be filed
during FY 2015. However, the Office
estimated that new (serialized) patent
application filings would return to the
same annual growth rate anticipated in
the absence of a fee increase beginning
in FY 2016. Overall, the demand for
patent application services is generally
inelastic, and even with these slight
decreases, the total aggregate revenue
received from patent applications filed
is projected to grow year-after-year.
Micro Entity Applicants
The introduction of a new class of
applicants, called micro entities,
requires a change to aggregate revenue
estimations, and the Office refined its
workload and fee collection estimates to
include this new applicant class. See 35
U.S.C. 123; see also Changes to
Implement Micro Entity Status for
Paying Patent Fees, 77 FR 75019 (Dec.
19, 2012). 35 U.S.C. 123, which sets
forth the requirements that must be met
in order for an applicant to claim the
micro entity discount, provides two
bases under which an applicant may
establish micro entity status.
First, section 123(a) provides that the
term ‘‘micro entity’’ means an applicant
who makes a certification that the
applicant: (1) Qualifies as a small entity
as defined in 37 CFR 1.27; (2) has not
been named as an inventor on more
than four previously filed patent
applications, other than applications
filed in another country, provisional
applications under 35 U.S.C. 111(b), or
international applications for which the
basic national fee under 35 U.S.C. 41(a)
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
was not paid (except for applications
resulting from prior employment as
defined in section 123(b)); (3) did not,
in the calendar year preceding the
calendar year in which the applicable
fee is being paid, have a gross income
exceeding three times the median
household income for that preceding
calendar year; and (4) has not assigned,
granted, or conveyed, and is not under
an obligation by contract or law to
assign, grant, or convey, a license or
other ownership interest in the
application concerned to an entity that
had a gross income exceeding the
income limit described in (3).
Second, 35 U.S.C. 123(d) provides
that a micro entity also shall include an
applicant who certifies that: (1) The
applicant’s employer, from which the
applicant obtains the majority of the
applicant’s income, is an institution of
higher education as defined in section
101(a) of the Higher Education Act of
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001(a)); or (2) the
applicant has assigned, granted,
conveyed, or is under an obligation by
contract or law, to assign, grant, or
convey, a license or other ownership
interest in the particular applications to
such an institution of higher education.
The Office revised the rules of
practice in patent cases to implement
these micro entity provisions of the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act in a
separate rulemaking. See 77 FR 75019
(Dec. 19, 2012).
The Office estimates that when micro
entity discounts on patent fees are
available, 31 percent of small entity
applications will be micro entity
applications, under the criteria set forth
in section 123(a) and (d). In making this
estimate, the Office considered several
factors, including historical data on
patents granted. The Office began with
patent grant data, because the best
available biographic data on applicant
type (e.g., independent inventor and
domestic universities) comes from
patent grant data in the Office’s
database. A series of computations led
to the estimate that 31 percent of small
entity applicants will be micro entities.
The first set of computations estimated
the number of persons who would
qualify for micro entity status under
Section 123(a). The Office began by
estimating the number of individuals
who were granted patents in FY 2011.
There were 221,350 utility patents
granted in FY 2011 as reported in the FY
2011 USPTO Performance and
Accountability Report (PAR). The PAR
is available for review at https://
www.uspto.gov/about/stratplan/ar/
2011/index.jsp. The Office’s Patent
Technology Monitoring Team (PTMT)
provides data showing the split between
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
domestic and foreign patent grants. (It
should be noted that PTMT’s data is
based on the calendar year not the fiscal
year.) PTMT’s data is available at https://
www.uspto.gov/web/offices/ac/ido/oeip/
taf/all_tech.htm#PartA1_1b. From this
data, the Office found that 5.0 percent
of utility patents granted in FY 2011
were granted to individuals in the
United States and 1.9 percent were
granted to individuals from other
countries. These figures refer to patents
where the individuals were not listed in
the USPTO database as associated with
a company. These individuals would
likely meet the criteria under section
123(a)(1) (small entity status). Using this
information, the Office estimates that
individuals in the United States
received 11,068 utility patents (221,350
times 5.0 percent) in FY 2011, and that
individuals from other countries
received 4,206 utility patents (221,350
times 1.9 percent). In total, the Office
estimates that 15,274 (11,068 plus
4,206) patents were granted to
individuals in FY 2011.
Concerning the micro entity threshold
in 35 U.S.C. 123(a)(2), the Office’s
Patent Application Locating and
Monitoring (PALM) database reports
that 62 percent of both foreign and
domestic small entity applicants filed
fewer than 5 applications in FY 2009.
As stated above, an estimated 15,274
patent grants were to individuals both
domestic (11,068) and foreign (4,206).
Using this information, the Office
estimates that 6,862 (11,068 times 62
percent) patents will be granted to
domestic applicants who meet the
thresholds for micro entity status set
forth in sections 123(a)(1) and 123(a)(2),
while 2,608 (4,206 times 62 percent)
patents will be granted to foreign
applicants who meet the same
thresholds.
Concerning the income threshold in
35 U.S.C. 123(a)(3), the median
household income for calendar year
(CY) 2011 (the year most recently
reported by the Bureau of the Census)
was $50,054. See Income, Poverty, and
Health Insurance Coverage in the United
States: 2011, at 5 and 33 (Table A–1)
(Sept. 2012) available at https://
www.census.gov/prod/2012pubs/p60243.pdf. (The Office will indicate
conspicuously on its Web site the
median household income reported by
the Bureau of the Census and the
income level that is three times the
median household income for the
calendar year most recently reported.)
Thus, the income level specified in 35
U.S.C. 1.29(a)(3) and (a)(4) (three times
the median household income) is
$150,162.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
The Internal Revenue Service (IRS)
records show that in 2009 about 97
percent of individuals (as proxied by the
total number of IRS form filings)
reported adjusted gross income of less
than $200,000, and about 87 percent of
individuals reported adjusted gross
income of less than $100,000. See Table
1.1 at: https://www.irs.gov/taxstats/
indtaxstats/article/0,,id=96981,00.html.
Using this information, the Office
estimates that 6,656 (6,862 times 97
percent) of patents granted to
individuals from the U.S. will be for
individuals under the gross income
threshold of the micro entity definition
($150,162 for CY 2011). The Office uses
97 percent as the best available estimate
of the maximum number of individuals
who satisfy the income limit. Median
household income and gross income
levels are not readily available for the
country of origin for all foreign
individuals. Therefore, the Office
conservatively estimates that all foreign
individuals will satisfy the income
requirements for micro entity fee
reductions, and that income alone
should not limit their eligibility. Using
the best available data, as presented
above, the Office estimates that the total
number of individuals who meet the
thresholds set forth in 35 U.S.C.
123(a)(1), (a)(2), and (a)(3) is 9,264
(6,656 from the United States and 2,608
foreign).
The 9,264 figure represents a
reasonable approximation of the number
of patents granted annually to persons
who would qualify as micro entities
under section 123(a). There is no data
available to indicate how many persons
would be excluded under section
123(a)(4) based upon an assignment,
grant, or conveyance or an obligation to
grant, assign, or convey to an entity with
income exceeding the limit in section
123(a)(3). However, the Office’s
approach with the other components of
section 123(a) is sufficiently
conservative to mitigate the risks of not
capturing this population. Likewise,
while a small company could qualify as
a micro entity under section 123(a), the
above calculation of individuals
represents a reasonable overall
approximation because the estimate of
affected individuals is sufficiently
conservative.
Turning to 35 U.S.C. 123(d), the most
recent data available on university
patent grants is from CY 2008.
Reviewing the data from CY 2001–CY
2008, the Office estimates that domestic
universities account for approximately
1.9 percent of all patent grants. The
Office is using this figure as a
reasonable approximation for the
number of micro entity applicants
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4221
expected under section 123(d), which
covers applicants who are employed by
universities or who have assigned their
invention to a university. Applying this
information to FY 2011, the Office
estimates that universities received
4,206 (221,350 times 1.9 percent) of the
patents granted in FY 2011. The data on
university patent grants is available at:
https://www.uspto.gov/web/offices/ac/
ido/oeip/taf/univ/asgn/
table_1_2008.htm.
To combine 123(a) and 123(d), the
Office adds the estimated number of
patents granted that could meet the
micro entity definition for individuals
(9,264) and for university grants (4,206)
to obtain a total of 13,470 patent grants.
The Office divides 13,470 micro entity
patents by the 43,827 small entity
patents in FY 2011 (per the Office’s
PALM database) to calculate that
approximately 31 percent of small entity
patents will be micro entity patents. The
Office expects a uniform distribution of
micro entities across all application
types. No data exists to suggest
otherwise. Likewise, the Office applies
the 31 percent estimate to both filings
and grants because the Office expects a
uniform distribution of micro entities
among both applicants and patentees,
and no data exists to suggest otherwise.
Thus, the Office estimates that 31
percent of all small entity applicants
will qualify as micro entity applicants.
In recent years, small entity
applicants made up approximately 25
percent of utility filings and 20 percent
of utility patent grants (per the PALM
database). Given that utility filings are
the largest category of application types,
for forecasting purposes, the Office uses
utility filing data as representative of the
universe of patent application filings.
Applying the 31 percent estimate for the
number of micro entities, the Office
estimates that micro entities will
account for 7.8 percent (25 percent
times 31 percent) of all filings, and 6.2
percent (20 percent times 31 percent) of
all grants. The Office used these
estimates (7.8 percent and 6.2 percent)
to calculate the portion of fee workloads
(e.g., number of application filings,
patent issues, and maintenance fees
paid) that should be multiplied by the
new micro entity fee amounts to include
in the estimate for aggregate revenue.
Aggregate Revenue Estimate Ranges
When calculating aggregate revenue,
the USPTO prepares a high-to-low range
of fee collection estimates that includes
a +/¥ 5 percent outer bounds to
account for: the inherent uncertainty,
sensitivity, and volatility of predicting
fluctuations in the economy and market
environment; interpreting policy and
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4222
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
process efficiencies; and developing fee
workload and fee collection estimates
from assumptions. The Office used 5
percent because historically the Office’s
actual revenue collections have
typically been within 5 percent of the
projected revenue. Additional detail
about the Office’s aggregate revenue,
including projected workloads by fee, is
available in ‘‘USPTO Section 10 Fee
Setting—Aggregate Revenue Estimates
Alternative 1: Proposed Alternative—Set
and Adjust Section 10 Fees’’ available at
https://www.uspto.gov/
aia_implementation/fees.jsp.
(patent issue and publication fees);
§ 1.21(h)(1) (fee for recording a patent
assignment electronically);
§ 1.482(a)(1)(i)(A), (a)(1)(ii)(A), and
(a)(2)(i) (international application filing,
processing and search fees); and fees
included in § 1.445(a)(1)(i)(A), (a)(2)(i),
(a)(3)(i), and (a)(4)(i) (international
application transmittal and search fees).
Using these figures, the USPTO sums
the individual fee revenue estimates,
and the result is a total aggregate
revenue estimate for a given year (see
Table 3).
Summary
Patent fees are collected for patentrelated services and products at
different points in time within the
patent application examination process
and over the life of the pending patent
application and granted patent.
Approximately half of all patent fee
collections are from issue and
maintenance fees, which subsidize
filing, search, and examination
activities. Changes in application filing
levels immediately impact current year
fee collections, because fewer patent
application filings means the Office
collects fewer fees to devote to
production-related costs, such as
additional examining staff and overtime.
The resulting reduction in production
activities creates an out-year revenue
impact because less production output
in one year results in fewer issue and
maintenance fee payments in future
years.
The USPTO’s five-year estimated
aggregate patent fee revenue (see
‘‘Aggregate Revenue Estimate’’ in Table
3) is based on the number of patent
applications it expects to receive for a
given fiscal year, work it expects to
process in a given fiscal year (an
indicator for workload of patent issue
fees), expected examination and process
requests for the fiscal year, and the
expected number of post-issuance
decisions to maintain patent protection
over that same fiscal year. Within the
iterative process for estimating aggregate
revenue, the Office adjusts individual
fees up or down based on cost and
policy decisions (see Step 3: Set
Specific Fee Amounts), estimates the
effective dates of new fee rates, and then
multiplies the resulting fees by
appropriate workload volumes to
calculate a revenue estimate for each
fee.
To calculate the aggregate revenue,
the Office assumes that all new fee rates
will be effective on April 1, 2013, except
for the following fee changes which will
be effective on January 1, 2014:
§ 1.18(a)(1), (b)(1), (c)(1), and (d)(1)
Once the Office finalizes the annual
requirements and aggregate prospective
costs for a given year during the budget
formulation process, the Office sets
specific fee amounts that, together, will
derive the aggregate revenue required to
recover the estimated aggregate
prospective costs during that timeframe.
Calculating individual fees is an
iterative process that encompasses many
variables. The historical cost estimates
associated with individual fees is one
variable that the USPTO considers to
inform fee setting. The Office’s ActivityBased Information (ABI) provides
historical cost for an organization’s
activities and outputs by individual fee
using the activity-based costing (ABC)
methodology. ABC is commonly used
for fee setting throughout the Federal
Government. Additional information
about the methodology, including the
cost components related to respective
fees, is available at https://
www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/
fees.jsp#heading-1 in the document
titled ‘‘USPTO Section 10 Fee Setting—
Activity-Based Information and Costing
Methodology.’’ The USPTO provides
data for FY 2009—FY 2011 because the
Office finds that reviewing the trend of
ABI historical cost information is the
most useful way to inform fee setting.
The underlying ABI data are available
for public inspection at the USPTO.
When the Office implements a new
process or service, historical ABI data is
typically not available. However, the
Office will use the historical cost of a
similar process or procedure as a
starting point to calculate the cost of a
new activity or service. For example, as
described in the final rulemaking for
supplemental examination, the Office
used the ABI historical cost for ex parte
reexamination procedures as a starting
point for calculating the prospective
cost to implement the new
supplemental examination procedures.
See Changes to Implement the
Supplemental Examination Provisions
of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
Step 3: Set Specific Fee Amounts
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
and To Revise Reexamination Fees, 77
FR 48828 (Aug. 14, 2012).
In other cases, ABI historical cost
information related to similar processes
is not available, and the Office estimates
cost by calculating the resources
necessary to execute the new process.
To do so, the Office estimates the
amount of time (in hours) and necessary
skill level to complete an activity. The
USPTO then multiplies the estimated
amount of time by the hourly wage(s) of
the persons required at each skill level
and adds the administrative and
indirect cost rates (derived from ABI
historical cost data) to this base cost
estimate to calculate the full cost of the
activity. One-time costs, such as IT,
training, or facilities costs, are added to
the full cost estimate to obtain the total
cost of providing the new process or
service. Lastly, the USPTO applies a rate
of inflation to estimate the prospective
unit cost. For example, the Office used
this methodology to calculate the costs
associated with the new inter partes and
post-grant review processes. See
Changes to Implement Inter Partes
Review Proceedings, Post-Grant Review
Proceedings, and Transitional Program
for Covered Business Method Patents,
77 FR 48680 (Aug. 14, 2012).
Besides using cost data as a point of
reference for setting individual fee
amounts, the USPTO also uses various
policy factors discussed in Part III.
Rulemaking Goals and Strategies to
inform fee setting. Fees are set to allow
the Office to recover its aggregate costs,
while furthering key policy
considerations. The following section
describes the rationale for setting fee
rates at specific amounts.
V. Individual Fee Rationale
The Office projects the aggregate
revenue generated from the patent fees
will recover the prospective aggregate
cost of its patent operations. However,
each individual fee is not necessarily set
equal to the estimated cost of
performing the activities related to the
fee. Instead, as described in Part III.
Rulemaking Goals and Strategies, some
of the fees are set to balance several key
policy factors: fostering innovation,
facilitating effective administration of
the patent system, and offering patent
prosecution options to applicants. As
also described in Part III, executing
these policy factors in the patent fee
schedule is consistent with the Strategy
for American Innovation and the goals
and objectives outlined in the Strategic
Plan. Once the key policy factors are
considered, fees are set at, above, or
below individual cost recovery levels
for the activity or service provided.
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
For the purpose of discussing the
changes in this rule, the rationale for
setting or adjusting individual fees are
grouped into two major categories: (1)
Fees where large entity amounts
changed from the current amount by
greater than plus or minus 5 percent and
10 dollars (described below in section
(B)); and (2) fees where large entity
amounts stayed the same or did not
change by greater than plus or minus 5
percent and 10 dollars (described below
in section (C)). The purpose of the
categorization is to identify large fee
changes for the reader and provide an
individual fee rationale for such
changes. The categorization is based on
changes in large entity fee amounts
because percentage changes for small
entity fees that are in place today would
be the same as the percentage change for
the large entity, and the dollar change
would be half of that of the large entity
change. Therefore, there will never be
an instance where the small entity fee
change meets the greater than plus or
minus 5 percent and 10 dollars criteria
and a large entity fee change does not.
The ‘‘USPTO Section 10 Fee Setting—
Table of Patent Fee Changes’’ is
available at https://www.uspto.gov/
aia_implementation/fees.jsp and the
tables in Part VI. The table of patent fee
changes presents the current fees for
large and small entities and the final
fees for large, small, and micro entities.
The table also includes the dollar and
percent changes between current fees
and final fees for large entity fees only
as well as the FY 2011, FY 2010, and FY
2009 unit costs. The Discussion of
Specific Rules in this rulemaking
contains a complete listing of fees that
are set or adjusted in this patent fee
schedule.
A. Discounts for Small and Micro Entity
Applicants
The fees described below include
discounts for small and micro entity
applicants as required by section 10.
The current small entity discount
scheme changes when fees are set in
accordance with section 10. That is,
section 10(a) provides that the USPTO
can set or adjust ‘‘any fee established,
authorized or charged under’’ Title 35,
U.S.C., and section 10(b) of the Act
provides that fees set or adjusted under
section 10(a) authority for ‘‘filing,
searching, examining, issuing,
appealing, and maintaining patent
applications and patents’’ will be
reduced by 50 percent for small entities
and 75 percent for micro entities. A
small entity is defined in 35 U.S.C.
41(h)(1), and a micro entity is defined
in 35 U.S.C. 123.
Currently, the small entity discount is
only available for statutory fees
provided under 35 U.S.C. 41(a), (b), and
(d)(1). Section 10(b) extends the
discount to some patent fees not
contained in 35 U.S.C. 41(a), (b), and
(d)(1). Thus, in this final rule, the Office
applies the discount to a number of fees
that currently do not receive the small
entity discount. There is only one fee for
which a small entity discount is
currently offered that is ineligible for a
small entity discount under the final fee
schedule: the fee for a statutory
disclaimer under 37 CFR 1.20(d). This
fee is currently $160 for a large entity
and $80 for a small entity. In this final
rule, this fee is $160 for all entities (i.e.,
large, small, and micro) because this
particular fee does not fall under one of
the six categories of patent fees set forth
in section 10(b).
Additionally, the new contested case
proceedings created under the Act (inter
partes review, post-grant review,
covered business method patent review,
and derivation proceedings) are trial
services, not appeals. As such, the fees
for these services do not fall under any
of the six categories under section 10(b),
and therefore are not eligible for
4223
discounts. Appeals before the PTAB
involve contests to an examiner’s
findings. The new trial services,
however, determine whether a patent
should have been granted. They involve
discovery, including cross-examination
of witnesses. Further, the AIA amends
sections of Title 35 that specifically
reference ‘‘appeals,’’ while separately
discussing inter partes review, postgrant review, and derivation
proceedings, highlighting that these new
services are not appeals. See section 7
of the AIA (amending 35 U.S.C. 6).
B. Fees With Proposed Changes of
Greater Than Plus or Minus 5 Percent
and 10 Dollars
For those fees that change by greater
than plus or minus 5 percent and 10
dollars, the individual fee rationale
discussion is divided into four general
subcategories: (1) Fees to be set at cost
recovery; (2) fees to be set below cost
recovery; (3) fees to be set above cost
recovery; and (4) fees that are not set
using cost data as an indicator. Table 4
contains a summary of the individual
fees that are discussed in each of the
subcategories referenced above.
For purposes of discussion within this
section, where new micro entity fees are
set, it is expected that an applicant or
a patent holder would have paid the
current small entity fee (or large entity
in the event there is not a small entity
fee), and dollar and percent changes are
calculated from the current small entity
fee amount (or large entity fee, where
applicable).
It should be noted that the ‘‘Utility
Search Fee’’ listed below does not meet
the ‘‘change by greater than plus or
minus 5 percent and 10 dollars’’
threshold, but is nonetheless included
in the discussion for comparison of total
filing, search, and examination fees—all
three of which are due upon filing an
application.
TABLE 4—PATENT FEE CHANGES
[By greater than plus or minus 5 percent and 10 dollars]
Current fees
Final fees
Dollar change
Percent change
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Fee description
(1) Fees set at cost recovery:
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Request for Prioritized Examination ................................................
$4,800
($2,400)
[N/A]
$4,000
($2,000)
[$1,000]
¥$800
(¥$400)
[¥$1,400]
¥17%
(¥17%)
[¥58%]
$280
($140)
¥$110
(¥$55)
¥28%
(¥28%)
(2) Fees set below cost recovery:
Basic Filing Fee—Utility ...................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
$390
($195)
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4224
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 4—PATENT FEE CHANGES—Continued
[By greater than plus or minus 5 percent and 10 dollars]
Current fees
Final fees
Dollar change
Percent change
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Fee description
First Request for Continued Examination (RCE) ............................
Second and Subsequent RCEs (NEW) ...........................................
Notice of Appeal ..............................................................................
Filing a Brief in Support of an Appeal in Application or Ex Parte
Reexamination Proceeding ..........................................................
[¥$125]
¥$20
(¥$10)
[¥$160]
+$470
(+$235)
[+$55]
+$340
(+170)
[¥$230]
+$270
(+$135)
[¥$165]
+$770
(+$385)
[¥$40]
+$170
(+$85)
[¥$115]
[¥64%]
¥3%
(¥3%)
[¥52%]
+188%
(+188%)
[+44%]
+27%
(+27%)
[¥37%]
+29%
(+29%)
[¥35%]
+83%
(+83%)
[¥9%]
+27%
(+27%)
[¥37%]
$630
($315)
[N/A]
$0
($0)
[$0]
¥$630
(¥$315)
[¥$315]
¥100%
(¥100%)
[¥100%]
$1,260
($630)
[N/A]
$1,260
($630)
[N/A]
$17,750
(N/A)
[N/A]
$2,000
($1,000)
[$500]
$800
($400)
[$200]
$2,800
($1,400)
[$700]
$12,000
($6,000)
[$3,000]
+$2,000
(+$1,000)
[+$500]
¥$460
(¥$230)
[¥$430]
+$1,540
(+$770)
[+$70]
¥$5,750
(¥$11,750)
[¥$14,750]
N/A
(N/A)
[N/A]
¥37%
(¥37%)
[¥68%]
+122%
(+122%)
[+11%]
¥32%
(¥66%)
[¥83%]
$5,140
(N/A)
[N/A]
$4,400
($2,200)
[$1,100]
¥$740
(¥$2,940)
[¥$4,040]
¥14%
(¥57%)
[¥79%]
$16,120
(N/A)
[N/A]
$21,260
(N/A)
[N/A]
$12,100
($6,050)
[$3,025]
$16,500
($8,250)
[$4,125]
¥$4,020
(¥$10,070)
[¥$13,095]
¥$4,760
(¥$13,010)
[¥$17,135]
¥25%
(¥62%)
[¥81%]
¥22%
(¥61%)
[¥81%]
$9,000
(N/A)
[N/A]
+$9,000
(N/A)
[N/A]
N/A
(N/A)
[N/A]
$14,000
(N/A)
[N/A]
+$14,000
(N/A)
[N/A]
N/A
(N/A)
[N/A]
$27,200
(N/A)
[N/A]
$23,000
(N/A)
[N/A]
¥$4,200
(N/A)
[N/A]
¥15%
(N/A)
[N/A]
NEW
Total Basic Filing, Search, and Exam—Utility .................................
[$70]
$600
($300)
[$150]
$720
($360)
[$180]
$1,600
($800)
[$400]
$1,200
($600)
[$300]
$1,700
($850)
[$425]
$800
($400)
[$200]
NEW
Utility Examination Fee ....................................................................
[N/A]
$620
($310)
[N/A]
$250
($125)
[N/A]
$1,260
($630)
[N/A]
$930
($465)
[N/A]
$930
($465)
[N/A]
$630
($315)
[N/A]
NEW
Utility Search Fee ............................................................................
$12,000
(N/A)
[N/A]
+$12,000
(N/A)
[N/A]
N/A
(N/A)
[N/A]
Appeal Forwarding Fee for Appeal in Examination or Ex Parte
Reexamination Proceeding or Filing a Brief in Support of an
Appeal in Inter Partes Reexamination (NEW) .............................
NEW
Total Appeal Fees (Paid before Examiner Answer) ........................
Total Appeal Fees (Paid after Examiner Answer) ...........................
Ex Parte Reexamination ..................................................................
Processing and Treating a Request for Supplemental Examination—Up to 20 Sheets ..................................................................
Ex Parte Reexamination Ordered as a Result of a Supplemental
Examination Proceeding ..............................................................
Total Supplemental Examination Fees ............................................
Inter Partes Review Request—Up to 20 Claims (Per Claim Fee
for Each Claim in Excess of 20 is $200) (NEW) .........................
Inter Partes Review Post Institution Fee—Up to 15 Claims (Per
Claim Fee for Each Claim in Excess of 15 is $400) (NEW) .......
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Total Inter Partes Review Fees (For Current Fees, Per Claim Fee
for Each Claim in Excess of 20 is $600) .....................................
Post-Grant Review or Covered Business Method Patent Review
Request—Up to 20 Claims (Per Claim Fee for Each Claim in
Excess of 20 is $250) (NEW) ......................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
4225
TABLE 4—PATENT FEE CHANGES—Continued
[By greater than plus or minus 5 percent and 10 dollars]
Current fees
Final fees
Dollar change
Percent change
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Fee description
Post-Grant Review or Covered Business Method Patent Review
Post Institution Fee—Up to 15 Claims (Per Claim Fee for Each
Claim in Excess of 15 is $550) (NEW) ........................................
NEW
Total Post-Grant Review or Covered Business Method Patent
Fees (For Current Fees, Per Claim Fee for Each Claim in Excess of 20 is $800) ......................................................................
$18,000
(N/A)
[N/A]
+$18,000
(N/A)
[N/A]
N/A
(N/A)
[N/A]
$35,800
(N/A)
[N/A]
$30,000
(N/A)
[N/A]
¥$5,800
(N/A)
[N/A]
¥16%
(N/A)
[N/A]
$0
($0)
[$0]
$960
($480)
[$240]
$960
($480)
[$240]
$1,600
($800)
[$400]
$3,600
($1,800)
[$900]
$7,400
($3,700)
[$1,850]
¥$300
(¥$300)
[¥$300]
¥$810
(¥$405)
[¥$645]
¥$1,110
(¥$705)
[¥$895]
+$450
(+$225)
[¥$175]
+$700
(+$350)
[¥$550]
+$2,590
(+$1,295)
[¥$555]
¥100%
(¥100%)
[¥100%]
¥46%
(¥46%
[¥73%]
¥54%
(¥59%)
[¥77%]
+39%
(+39%)
[¥30%]
+24%
(+24%)
[¥38%]
+54%
(+54%)
[¥23%]
(3) Fees set above cost recovery:
Publication Fee for Early, Voluntary, or Normal Publication (Pre
Grant Publication or PG Pub) ......................................................
Utility Issue Fee ...............................................................................
Combined Total—Pre-grant Publication and Issue Fee—Utility .....
Maintenance Fee Due at 3.5 Years (1st Stage) .............................
Maintenance Fee Due at 7.5 Years (2nd Stage) ............................
Maintenance Fee Due at 11.5 Years (3rd Stage) ...........................
$300
(N/A)
[N/A]
$1,770
($885)
[N/A]
$2,070
($1,185)
[N/A]
$1,150
($575)
[N/A]
$2,900
($1,450)
[N/A]
$4,810
($2,405)
[N/A]
(4) Fees not set using cost data as an indicator:
Extensions for Response within 1st Month .....................................
Extensions for Response within 2nd Month ....................................
Extensions for Response within 3rd Month .....................................
Extensions for Response within 4th Month .....................................
Extensions for Response within 5th Month .....................................
Utility Application Size Fee—For each Additional 50 Sheets that
Exceed 100 Sheets ......................................................................
Independent Claims in Excess of 3 .................................................
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Claims in Excess of 20 ....................................................................
Multiple Dependent Claim ...............................................................
$150
($75)
[N/A]
$570
($285)
[N/A]
$1,290
($645)
[N/A]
$2,010
($1,005)
[N/A]
$2,730
($1,365)
[N/A]
$200
($100)
[$50]
$600
($300)
[$150]
$1,400
($700)
[$350]
$2,200
($1,100)
[$550]
$3,000
($1,500)
[$750]
+$50
(+$25)
[¥$25]
+$30
(+$15)
[¥$135]
+$110
(+$55)
[¥$295]
+$190
(+$95)
[¥$455]
+$270
(+$135)
[¥$615]
+33%
(+33%)
[¥33%]
+5%
(+5%)
[¥47%]
+9%
(+9%)
[¥46%]
+9%
(+9%)
[¥45%]
+10%
(+10%)
[¥45%]
$320
($160)
[N/A]
$250
($125)
[N/A]
$62
($31)
[N/A]
$460
($230)
[N/A]
$400
($200)
[$100]
$420
($210)
[$105]
$80
($40)
[$20]
$780
($390)
[$195]
$600
($300)
[$150]
+$80
(+$40)
[¥$60]
+$170
(+$85)
[¥$20]
+$18
(+$9)
[¥$11]
+$320
(+$160)
[¥$35]
+$600
(+$300)
[+$150]
+25%
(+25%)
[¥38%]
+68%
(+68%)
[¥16%]
+29%
(+29%)
[¥35%]
+70%
(+70%)
[¥15%]
N/A
(N/A)
[N/A]
Correct Inventorship After First Action on the Merits (NEW) ..........
NEW
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4226
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 4—PATENT FEE CHANGES—Continued
[By greater than plus or minus 5 percent and 10 dollars]
Current fees
Final fees
Dollar change
Percent change
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Fee description
Derivation Petition Fee ....................................................................
$400
(N/A)
[N/A]
$40
(N/A)
[N/A]
$40
(N/A)
[N/A]
Assignments Submitted Electronically (NEW) .................................
Assignments Not Submitted Electronically ......................................
(1) Fees to be set at Cost Recovery
$400
N/A
N/A
$0
(N/A)
[N/A]
$40
(N/A)
[N/A]
factor of ‘‘offering patent prosecution
options to applicants’’ by providing
applicants with flexibilities in seeking
patent protection. A discussion of the
The following fee is set at cost
recovery. This fee supports the policy
$0
(N/A)
[N/A]
¥$40
(N/A)
[N/A]
$0
(N/A)
[N/A]
0%
(N/A)
[N/A]
¥100%
(N/A)
[N/A]
0%
(N/A)
[N/A]
rationale for the proposed change
follows.
Request for Prioritized Examination:
TABLE 5—REQUEST FOR PRIORITIZED EXAMINATION FEE CHANGES
Current fees
Final fees
Dollar change
Percent change
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Fee information
Request for Prioritized Examination ................................................
$4,800
($2,400)
[N/A]
$4,000
($2,000)
[$1,000]
¥$800
(¥$400)
[¥$1,400]
¥17%
(¥17%)
[¥58%]
TABLE 6—REQUEST FOR PRIORITIZED EXAMINATION COST INFORMATION
Cost information
FY 2011
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Cost calculation is available in the proposed rule published in the Federal Register Changes To Implement the Prioritized Examination Track (Track I) of the Enhanced Examination Timing Control Procedures, 76 FR 6369 (Feb. 4, 2011). .....................
A patent applicant may seek
prioritized examination at the time of
filing an original utility or plant
application or a continuation
application thereof or upon filing an
RCE in compliance with 37 CFR 1.114.
A single request for prioritized
examination may be granted for an RCE
in a plant or utility application. When
in the prioritized examination track, an
application will be accorded special
status during prosecution until a final
disposition is reached. The target for
prioritized examination is to provide a
final disposition within twelve months,
on average, of prioritized status being
granted. This prioritized examination
procedure is part of an effort by the
USPTO to offer patent prosecution
options to applicants to provide
applicants greater control over the
timing of examination of their
applications. The procedure thereby
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
enables applicants to have greater
certainty in their patent rights sooner.
The AIA established the current large
and small entity fees for prioritized
examination, which the Office put in
place in 2011. See Changes To
Implement the Prioritized Examination
Track (Track I) of the Enhanced
Examination Timing Control Procedures
Under the Leahy-Smith America Invents
Act, 76 FR 59050 (Sept. 23, 2011). The
large entity fee is greater than the
Office’s cost to process a single
prioritized examination request to
subsidize the fee revenue lost from
providing small entity applicants a 50
percent discount from the large entity
fee. The cost calculation for the
prioritized examination fees is available
in the proposed rule. See Changes To
Implement the Prioritized Examination
Track (Track I) of the Enhanced
Examination Timing Control
Procedures, 76 FR 6369 (Feb. 4, 2011).
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
$4,000
The higher large entity fee, coupled
with the lower small entity fee, recovers
the Office’s total cost for conducting all
prioritized examinations.
Under section 10, micro entities are
eligible to receive a 75 percent discount
from the large entity fee for prioritized
examination. Here, the Office sets the
large entity fee at cost ($4,000), instead
of further increasing the fee to subsidize
the new micro entity discount. The
Office will recover this subsidy through
other fees that are set above cost
recovery, rather than through a separate,
higher, large entity fee for prioritized
examinations. The Office believes this
system will foster innovation and allow
for ease of entry into the patent system.
Setting the large entity prioritized
examination fee further above cost
would contradict this policy factor and
hinder fast patent protection for large
entity applicants.
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4227
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
(2) Fees To Be Set Below Cost Recovery
There are eight fees that the Office
sets below cost recovery that meet the
greater than plus or minus 5 percent and
10 dollars criteria. The policy factors
relevant to setting fees below cost
recovery are fostering innovation and
offering patent prosecution options to
applicants. Applying these policy
factors to set fees below cost recovery
benefits the patent system by keeping
the fees low and making patent filing
and prosecution more available to
applicants, thus fostering innovation.
Although many fees are increased from
current fee rates under this rule, the
Office is not increasing ‘‘pre-grant’’ fees
(e.g., filing, search, and examination) to
avoid creating a barrier to entry as
otherwise might have been created if
fees were set to recover the full cost of
the activity. The fee schedule offers
patent prosecution options to provide
applicants flexible and cost-effective
options for seeking and completing
patent protection. This strategy provides
multipart and staged fees for certain
patent prosecution and contested case
activities. A discussion of the rationale
for each fee adjustment follows.
Basic Filing, Search, and
Examination—Utility:
TABLE 7—BASIC FILING, SEARCH, AND EXAMINATION—UTILITY FEE CHANGES
Current fees
Final fees
Dollar change
Percent change
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Fee description
Basic Filing Fee—Utility ...................................................................
Utiliity Search Fee ...........................................................................
Utility Examination Fee ....................................................................
Total Basic Filing, Search, and Exam—Utility .................................
$390
($195)
[N/A]
$620
($310)
[N/A]
$250
($125)
[N/A]
$1,260
($630)
[N/A]
¥$110
(¥$55)
[¥$125]
¥$20
(¥$10)
[¥160]
+$470
(+$235)
[+$55]
+$340
(+170)
[¥$230]
$280
($140)
[$70]
$600
($300)
[$150]
$720
($360)
[$180]
$1,600
($800)
[$400]
¥28%
(¥28%)
[¥64%]
¥3%
(¥3%)
[¥52%]
+188%
(+188%)
[+$44%]
+27%
(+27%)
[¥37%]
TABLE 8—BASIC FILING, SEARCH, AND EXAMINATION—UTILITY FEE HISTORICAL COST INFORMATION
FY 2011
$/% of Total
Historical unit cost information
FY 2010
$/% of Total
FY 2009
$/% of Total
Basic Filing Fee—Utility ...............................................................................................................
Utility Search Fee ........................................................................................................................
Utility Examination Fee ................................................................................................................
$234/6%
$1,521/43%
$1,814/51%
$243/6%
$1,694/43%
$1,969/51%
$241/7%
$1,520/41%
$1,904/52%
Total Unit Cost ......................................................................................................................
$3,569/100%
$3,906/100%
$3,665/100%
A non-provisional application for a
patent requires filing, search, and
examination fees to be paid upon filing.
Currently, the large entity basic filing,
search, and examination fees for a
utility patent recover slightly more than
one-third of the average unit cost for
processing, searching, and examining a
patent application, while the fee for a
small entity application recovers around
17 percent of the average unit cost. The
Office subsidizes the below-price filing,
search, and examination fees through
higher ‘‘back-end’’ fees, for example,
above cost issue and maintenance fees.
The Office maintains this ‘‘back-end’’
subsidy of ‘‘front-end’’ fees structure to
achieve the policy goal of fostering
innovation.
The current fee rates and respective
costs associated with each stage of
patent prosecution are out of alignment.
For example, on average, 94 percent of
the costs associated with filing,
searching, and examining an application
occur in the search and examination
stages (see Table 8). Approximately half
of those costs are estimated to occur in
the examination stage (see Table 8), but
only 20 percent of the total filing,
search, and examination fees are
derived from the examination fee (see
Table 9). To adjust this fee structure and
help stabilize the USPTO funding
model, the Office is increasing the total
filing, search, and examination fees and
realigning the fee rates to more closely
track the cost pattern by stage of
prosecution (i.e., filing, search, and
examination), while keeping each stage
below actual cost.
TABLE 9—UTILITY BASIC FILING, SEARCH, AND EXAMINATION—CURRENT, PROPOSED, AND FINAL FEE INFORMATION
Current
$/% of Total
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Proposed fee information
Final
$/% of Total
Basic Filing Fee—Utility ...................................................................................................................................
Utility Search Fee ............................................................................................................................................
Utility Examination Fee ....................................................................................................................................
$390/31%
$620/49%
$250/20%
$280/17%
$600/38%
$720/45%
Total Fees .................................................................................................................................................
$1,260/100%
$1,600/100%
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4228
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
In this rule, the Office sets the
combined total fee for filing, search, and
examination at $1,600. This adjustment
keeps the cost of entering the patent
system at or below cost for large, small,
and new micro entity applicants—45
percent, 22 percent, and 11 percent of
FY 2011 total cost, respectively.
Likewise, the adjustment for filing,
search, and examination fees continues
to ensure that these initial fees remain
a small part (10 percent) of the cost to
apply for patent protection when
compared to the average legal fees to file
for a patent. The filing, search, and
examination fees are also only 10
percent of the total fees paid for a patent
through maintenance to full term (i.e.,
filing, search, examination, issue, and
maintenance).
The overall increase in filing, search,
and examination fees facilitates effective
administration of the patent system,
because it encourages applicants to
submit only the most thoughtful and
unambiguous applications, therefore
facilitating examiners’ ability to provide
prompt, quality non-final and final
actions. At the same time, the overall
increase in filing, search, and
examination fees helps to stabilize the
Office’s revenue stream by collecting
more revenue when an application is
filed from all patent applicants, instead
of collecting revenue when a patent is
later published or issued from only
successful applicants. Also, while the
Office increases application fees,
reducing the pre-grant publication and
issue fees offsets these increases.
As discussed above, based on
economic indicators, the Office projects
a 5.0 percent growth rate in application
filings for each year from FY 2013 to FY
2017. Additionally, the Office
recognizes that some applicants may
choose to reduce the number of
applications filed in response to this
increase in fees. Based on elasticity
estimates, the Office anticipates that this
impact will be relatively short-term,
lasting for the first two and a half years
after the fee increase. The Office
estimated that applicants would file 1.3
percent fewer new (serialized) patent
applications during FY 2013 than the
number estimated to be filed in the
absence of a fee increase (with new fee
schedule implementation for half the
fiscal year). The Office estimated that
2.7 percent fewer new patent
applications would be filed during FY
2014 and 4.0 percent fewer new patent
applications would be filed during FY
2015 in response to the fee adjustment.
Despite this decrease in new patent
applications filed when compared to the
number filed absent the fee increase, the
Office estimated that the overall number
of patent applications filed would
continue to grow each year, albeit at a
lower growth rate in FY 2013 through
FY 2015. The Office estimated that
beginning in FY 2016, the growth in
patent applications filed would return
to the same levels anticipated in the
absence of a fee increase. To the extent
that there is some impact on filings, the
Office determined that the benefits of
the fee changes outweigh the temporary
cost of fewer patent filings. The
additional revenue generated from the
increase in fees provides sufficient
resources to decrease pendency. The
reduction in pendency is estimated to
increase private patent value by
shortening the time for an invention to
be commercialized or otherwise obtain
value from the exclusive right for the
technology. Additional information
about this estimate is available at https://
www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/
fees.jsp, in a document entitled ‘‘USPTO
Section 10 Fee Setting—Description of
Elasticity Estimates.’’ The economic
impact of this proposed adjustment is
further considered in the cost and
benefit analysis included in the
Regulatory Impact Analysis, available at
https://www.uspto.gov/aia_
implementation/fees.jsp.
It should be noted that utility patent
fees are referenced in this section to
simplify the discussion of the fee
rationale. However, the rationale also
applies to the filing, search, and
examination fee changes for design,
plant, reissue, and PCT national stage
fees as outlined in the ‘‘USPTO Section
10 Fee Setting—Table of Patent Fee
Changes.’’
Request for Continued Examination
(RCE)—First Request:
TABLE 10—FIRST REQUEST FOR CONTINUED EXAMINATION (RCE) FEE CHANGES
Current fees
Final fees
Dollar change
Percent change
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Fee description
First Request for Continued Examination (RCE) ............................
$930
($465)
[N/A]
$1,200
($600)
[$300]
+$270
(+$135)
[¥$165]
+29%
(+29%)
[¥35%]
TABLE 11—REQUEST FOR CONTINUED EXAMINATION (RCE) HISTORICAL COST INFORMATION
Historical unit cost information
FY 2011
Request for Continued Examination (RCE) ....................................................................
Percentage of RCE cost compared to the cost to process a new application ...............
FY 2010
$2,070
60%
$1,696
43%
FY 2009
$1,881
51%
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
The historical unit cost information is calculated by subtracting the cost to complete a single application with no RCEs from the cost to complete
a single application with one RCE. A description of the cost components is available for review in the ‘‘Section 10 Fee Setting—Activity-Based
Information and Costing Methodology’’ document. It is reasonable to expect that the cost to the Office to complete a single RCE should be
less than the cost to complete a new application because an RCE is continuing from work already performed on the original application. The
Office’s historical cost data demonstrates this, with the cost to process an RCE being, on average, half of the cost to prosecute a new application.
An applicant may file an RCE in an
application that is under final rejection
(i.e., prosecution is closed) by filing a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
submission and paying a specified fee
within the requisite time period.
Applicants typically file an RCE when
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
they choose to continue to prosecute an
application before the examiner, rather
than appeal a rejection or abandon the
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4229
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
application. In FY 2011 and FY 2012,
about 30 percent of applications filed
were for RCEs. Generally, around 70
percent of RCE applications filed in a
year are for first RCEs and the remaining
30 percent are for a second or
subsequent RCE. Given this data, it is
reasonable to expect that most
outstanding issues are resolved with the
first RCE.
In this final rule, the Office divides
the fee for RCEs into two parts: (1) A
lower fee for a first RCE; and (2) a
second, higher fee for a second or
subsequent RCE. The Office divided this
RCE fee because, as stated before, 70
percent of RCEs are for the first RCE,
which indicates that applicants need
modest additional time to resolve the
outstanding issues with the examiner.
Multipart RCE fees demonstrate how the
Office seeks to facilitate effective
administration of the patent system and
offer patent prosecution options to
applicants.
The large entity fee for the first RCE
is set approximately 36 percent below
cost recovery at $1,200 to advance
innovation by easing the burden on an
applicant needing to resolve
outstanding items with an examiner.
The USPTO calculated the large entity
cost for an RCE at $1,882 by averaging
historical costs after estimating the
incremental cost to complete a single
application with one RCE compared to
the cost to complete an application with
no RCE. The RCE fee in the current fee
structure is set at 74 percent of the total
fees for filing, search, and examination
($930 divided by $1,260). The fee
relationship of a first RCE to total fees
for filing, search, and examination set
herein remains the same at 75 percent
($1,200 divided by $1,600).
When an applicant does not agree
with a final rejection notice, the
applicant has the option to file a notice
of appeal as an alternative to filing an
RCE. The fee to file a notice of appeal
is also set below cost recovery and less
than the fee set for the first, and second
and subsequent RCEs (see appeal fee
information in a following section). The
USPTO chose this fee relationship to
ensure all applicants have viable
options to dispute a final rejection when
they believe the examiner has erred.
These patent prosecution options allow
applicants to make critical decisions at
multiple points in the patent
prosecution process.
In addition to dividing the current
RCE fee into two parts, the Office is
piloting other ways to address RCEs.
Specifically, the Office is operating two
pilot programs that aim to avoid the
need to file an RCE by permitting: (i) An
Information Disclosure Statement to be
submitted after payment of the issue fee;
and (ii) further consideration of after
final responses.
The first initiative, called Quick Path
Information Disclosure Statement
(QPIDS) Pilot, permits an applicant to
file an IDS after a final rejection and
gives the examiner time to consider
whether prosecution should be
reopened. If the items of information in
the IDS do not require prosecution to be
reopened, the application will return to
issue, thereby eliminating the need for
applicants to file an RCE.
The second initiative, called the After
Final Consideration Pilot (AFCP),
authorizes a limited amount of nonproduction time for examiners to
consider responses filed after a final
rejection with the goal of achieving
compact prosecution and increased
collaboration between examiners and
stakeholders. The Office believes these
two pilot programs should reduce the
need for RCEs and thereby enable
applicants to secure a patent through a
single application filing.
Apart from these pilot programs, the
USPTO is collaborating with the PPAC
on an RCE outreach effort. The objective
of this initiative is to identify the
reasons why applicants file RCEs,
identify any practices for avoiding
unnecessary RCEs, and explore new
programs or changes in current
programs that could reduce the need for
some RCEs. The Office recently issued
a request for comments on RCE practice
in the Federal Register (see 77 FR 72830
(Dec. 6, 2012)) as a part of this multistep approach to address concerns with
respect to RCE practice and engage in
related efforts directed at reducing
patent application pendency.
Request for Continued Examination
(RCE)—Second and Subsequent Request
(New):
TABLE 12—SECOND AND SUBSEQUENT REQUEST FOR CONTINUED EXAMINATION (RCE) FEE CHANGES
Current fees
Final fees
Dollar change
Percent change
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Fee description
Second and Subsequent Requests for Continued Examination
(RCE) (NEW) ...............................................................................
$930
($465)
[N/A]
$1,700
($850)
[$425]
+$770
(+$385)
[¥$40]
+83%
(+83%)
[¥9%]
TABLE 13—REQUEST FOR CONTINUED EXAMINATION (RCE) HISTORICAL COST INFORMATION
Historical unit cost information
FY 2011
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Request for Continued Examination (RCE) ....................................................................
Percentage of RCE cost compared to the cost to process a new application ...............
FY 2010
$2,070
60%
$1,696
43%
FY 2009
$1,881
51%
The historical unit cost information is calculated by subtracting the cost to complete a single application with no RCEs from the cost to complete
a single application with one RCE. A description of the cost components is available for review in the ‘‘Section 10 Fee Setting—Activity-Based
Information and Costing Methodology’’ document. It is reasonable to expect that the cost to the Office to complete a single RCE should be
less than the cost to complete a new application because an RCE is continuing from work already performed on the original application. The
Office’s historical cost data demonstrates this, as the cost to process an RCE is on average, half of the cost to prosecute a new application.
As discussed previously, in this rule,
the Office divides the fee for RCEs into
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
two parts: (1) A lower fee for a first RCE;
and (2) a second, higher fee for a second
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
or subsequent RCE. Multipart RCE fees
demonstrate how the Office seeks to
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4230
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
facilitate effective administration of the
patent system and offer patent
prosecution options to applicants. The
Office divided this RCE fee because, as
noted above, approximately 30 percent
of RCEs are for a second or subsequent
RCE, which indicates that most
applicants generally need only one RCE
to resolve outstanding issues with the
examiner.
The Office sets the large entity fee for
second and subsequent RCEs at $1,700,
which is about 10 percent below cost
recovery. The USPTO calculated the
large entity cost for an RCE at $1,882 by
averaging historical costs after
estimating the incremental cost to
complete a single application with one
RCE compared to the cost to complete
an application with no RCE.
The Office recognizes that an RCE
may be less costly to examine than a
new continuing application in certain
situations. However, the patent fee
structure is designed such that the costs
associated with the processing and
examination of a new or continuing
application are recovered by issue and
maintenance fees, allowing for a fee
significantly below cost recovery. To
avoid setting higher issue and
maintenance fees to offset the cost of
processing second and subsequent
RCEs, the fees for those RCEs are set
closer to cost recovery. The Office
determined that increasing the issue
and/or maintenance fees to offset lower
than cost recovery second and
subsequent RCEs fees would cause the
majority of filers (who do not seek more
than one RCE) to subsidize services
provided to the small minority of filers
who seek two or more RCEs. The Office
does not believe such subsidization
would be an optimal result.
As discussed earlier, when an
applicant does not agree with a final
rejection notice, the applicant has the
option to file a notice of appeal, for
which the fee is also set below cost
recovery and less than the fee proposed
for the first, and second and subsequent,
RCEs (see appeal fee information in the
following section). The USPTO chose
this fee relationship to ensure that all
applicants have viable options to
dispute a final rejection when they
believe the examiner has erred. These
patent prosecution options allow
applicants to make critical decisions at
multiple points in the patent
prosecution process.
Appeal Fees (Partially New):
TABLE 14—APPEAL FEE CHANGES
Current fees
Final fees
Dollar change
Percent change
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Fee description
Notice of Appeal ..............................................................................
$800
($400)
[$200]
+$170
(+$85)
[¥$115]
+27%
(+27%)
[¥37%]
$630
($315)
[N/A]
$0
($0)
[$0]
¥$630
(¥$315)
[¥$315]
¥100%
(¥100%)
[¥100%]
NEW
Filing a Brief in Support of an Appeal in Application or Ex Parte
Reexamination Proceeding ..........................................................
$630
($315)
[N/A]
$2,000
($1,000)
[$500]
N/A
(N/A)
[N/A]
N/A
(N/A)
[N/A]
$1,260
($630)
[N/A]
$800
($400)
[$200]
¥$460
(¥$230)
[¥$430]
¥37%
(¥37%)
[¥68%]
$1,260
($630)
[N/A]
$2,800
($1,400)
[$700]
+$1,540
(+$770)
[+$70]
+122%
(+122%)
[+11%]
Appeal Forwarding Fee for Appeal in Examination or Ex Parte
Reexamination Proceeding or Filing a Brief in Support of an
Appeal in Inter Partes Reexamination (NEW) .............................
Total Appeal Fees ....................................................................
(paid before Examiner Answer) ................................................
Total Appeal Fees ....................................................................
(paid after Examiner Answer) ...................................................
TABLE 15—APPEAL FEE HISTORICAL COST INFORMATION
Historical unit cost information
FY 2011
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Notice of Appeal to Patent Trial and Appeal Board (PTAB) ...........................................
Filing a Brief in Support of an Appeal.
Appeal Forwarding Fee.
An applicant who disagrees with an
examiner’s final rejection may appeal to
the PTAB by filing a notice of appeal
and the required fee within the time
period provided. An applicant likewise
may file a notice of appeal after the
applicant’s claim(s) has/have been twice
rejected, regardless of whether the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
claim(s) has/have been finally rejected.
Further, an applicant may file a notice
of appeal after a first rejection in a
continuing application if any of the
claims in the parent application were
previously rejected.
Within two months from the date of
filing a notice of appeal, an appellant
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
FY 2010
$4,799
$4,960
FY 2009
$5,008
must file a Brief. Then, the examiner
must file an Examiner’s Answer. After
the Examiner’s Answer is mailed, the
appeal file is forwarded to the PTAB for
review.
Currently, a large entity applicant
pays $630 to file a notice of appeal and
another $630 when filing a Brief—a total
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
of $1,260. These current fees only
recover approximately 25 percent of the
Office’s cost of an appeal. In this final
rule, the Office increases appeal fees to
reduce the gap between fees and cost. At
the same time, the Office offers patent
prosecution options to applicants and
stages the appeal fees to recover
additional cost at later points in time
and thereby minimize the cost impacts
on applicants associated with
withdrawn final rejections.
In the NPRM, the Office proposed to
set a $1,000 notice of appeal fee and a
$0 fee when filing the brief. After
evaluating comments received from the
PPAC and the public, the Office is
adjusting the notice of appeal fee down
to $800 and setting the $0 fee when
filing the brief. The Office recognizes
that after some notices of appeal are
filed, the matter is resolved, and there
is no need to take the ultimate step of
forwarding the appeal to the PTAB for
a decision. The Office further sets a
$2,000 fee to forward the appeal file—
containing the appellant’s Brief and the
Examiner’s Answer—to the PTAB for
review. This fee is the same as the
Office proposed in the NPRM. Under
this fee structure, 28 percent of the fee
would be paid at the time of notice of
appeal, and the remaining 72 percent
would be paid after the Examiner’s
Answer, but only if the appeal is
forwarded to the PTAB. The Office
estimates that less than 5 percent of
applicants who receive final rejections
will pay the full fee ($2,800) required to
forward an appeal to PTAB. This fee
structure allows the appellant to reduce
the amount invested in the appeal
process until receiving the Examiner’s
Answer. In fact, when prosecution
4231
issues are resolved after the notice of
appeal and before forwarding an appeal
to the PTAB, a large entity appellant
would pay only $800 to obtain an
Examiner’s Answer, 37 percent less than
under the current fee structure.
Staging the appeal fees in this manner
allows applicants to pay less in
situations when an application is either
allowed or reopened instead of being
forwarded to the PTAB. This patent
prosecution option allows applicants to
make critical decisions at multiple
points in the patent prosecution
process. Also, just as the Office is
exploring ways to minimize
unnecessary RCE filings, the Office is
likewise exploring other options,
including pilot programs, in an effort to
reduce the need to appeal to the PTAB.
Ex Parte Reexamination:
TABLE 16—EX PARTE REEXAMINATION FEE CHANGES
Current fees
Final fees
Dollar change
Percent change
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Fee Description
Ex Parte Reexamination ..................................................................
$17,750
(N/A)
[N/A]
$12,000
($6,000)
[$3,000]
¥$5,750
(¥$11,750)
[¥$14,750]
¥32%
(¥66%)
[¥83%]
TABLE 17—EX PARTE REEXAMINATION HISTORICAL COST INFORMATION
Historical unit cost information
FY 2011
Ex Parte Reexamination ..................................................................................................
FY 2010
$19,626
$16,648
FY 2009
$17,162
TABLE 18—EX PARTE REEXAMINATION PROSPECTIVE COST INFORMATION
Prospective cost information
FY 2013
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Supplemental Examination Fee Methodology for Final Rule (77 FR 48828 (Aug. 14, 2012)) available at https://www.uspto.gov/
aia_implementation/supp_exam_fee_meth_fr.pdf. .......................................................................................................................
Any person (including anonymously)
may file a petition for the ex parte
reexamination of a patent that has been
issued. The Office initially determines if
the petition presents ‘‘a substantial new
question of patentability’’ as to the
challenged claims. If such a new
question has been presented, the Office
will order an ex parte reexamination of
the patent for the relevant claims.
After noting a disparity between the
previous ex parte reexamination fee
($2,520) and the cost of completing the
proceeding ($17,750), the Office
increased the fee using its authority
under 35 U.S.C. section 41(d). (See
Changes To Implement the
Supplemental Examination Provisions
of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
and To Revise Reexamination Fees, 77
FR 48828 (Aug. 14, 2012)).
In the NPRM, the Office proposed
setting the ex parte reexamination fee at
$15,000, which is 15 percent below the
Office’s cost of conducting the
proceeding, and introduced new small
and micro entity discounts for an ex
parte reexamination (in accordance with
section 10, third party requestors are not
eligible for the micro entity discounts).
In this final rule, the Office further
reduces the large entity fee for ex parte
reexamination from $15,000 (as
proposed in the NPRM) to $12,000,
which is 32 percent below the Office’s
cost of conducting the proceeding.
Setting the fee below cost permits easier
access to the ex parte reexamination
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
$17,750
process, which benefits the patent
system and patent quality by removing
low quality patents.
The ex parte reexamination fee is due
at the time of filing, however, it is in
essence a two-part fee. First, part of the
ex parte reexamination fee helps to
recover the costs for analyzing the
request and drafting the decision
whether to grant or deny ex parte
reexamination. This is based on the fee
set forth in 37 CFR 1.20(c)(7) for a
denied request for ex parte
reexamination ($3,600, $1,800 for a
small entity, and $900 for a micro entity
patentee). Second, the remaining part of
the fee helps to recover the costs for
conducting ex parte reexamination if
the request for ex parte reexamination is
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4232
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
granted. This is based on the ex parte
reexamination fee set forth in 37 CFR
1.20(c)(1) less the fee set forth in 37 CFR
1.20(c)(7) for a denied request for ex
parte reexamination ($12,000 less
$3,600 equals $8,400 for a large entity;
$6,000 less $1,800 equals $4,200 for a
small entity; and $3,000 less $900
equals $2,100 for a micro entity
patentee).
Supplemental Examination:
TABLE 19—SUPPLEMENTAL EXAMINATION FEE CHANGES
Current fees
Final fees
Dollar change
Percent change
Large (
small)
[micro]
entity
Large (
small)
[micro]
entity
Large (
small)
[micro]
entity
Large (
small)
[micro]
entity
Fee description
Processing and Treating a Request for Supplemental Examination—Up to 20 Sheets ..................................................................
Ex Parte Reexamination Ordered as a Result of a Supplemental
Examination Proceeding ..............................................................
Total Supplemental Examination Fees ....................................
$5,140
(N/A)
[N/A]
$4,400
($2,200)
[$1,100]
¥$740
(¥$2,940)
[¥$4,040]
¥14%
(¥57%)
[¥79%]
$16,120
(N/A)
[N/A]
$12,100
($6,050)
[$3,025]
¥$4,020
(¥$10,070)
[¥$13,095]
¥25%
(¥62%)
[¥81%]
$21,260
(N/A)
[N/A]
$16,500
($8,250)
[$4,125]
¥$4,760
(¥$13,010)
[¥$17,135]
¥22%
(¥61%)
[¥81%]
TABLE 20—SUPPLEMENTAL EXAMINATION PROSPECTIVE COST INFORMATION
Prospective cost information
FY 2013
Supplemental Examination Fee Methodology for Final Rule (77 FR 48828 (Aug. 14, 2012)) available at https://www.uspto.gov/
aia_implementation/supp_exam_fee_meth_fr.pdf
Supplemental Examination Request * .................................................................................................................................................
Supplemental Examination Reexamination .........................................................................................................................................
$5,180
16,120
Total Supplemental Examination Costs .......................................................................................................................................
21,300
* In the final rule, the Office estimated its fiscal year 2013 cost for processing and treating a request for supplemental examination to be $5,180.
The Office also estimated that the document size fees will recover an average of $40 per request for supplemental examination. Therefore,
the Office added new § 1.20(k)(1) to set a fee of $5,140 for processing and treating a request for supplemental examination (the estimated
2013 cost amount rounded to the nearest ten dollars minus $40).
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Supplemental examination is a new
proceeding created by the AIA with an
effective date of September 16, 2012 (see
Changes To Implement the
Supplemental Examination Provisions
of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
and To Revise Reexamination Fees, 77
FR 48828 (Aug. 14, 2012)). A patent
owner may request a supplemental
examination of a patent by the Office to
consider, reconsider, or correct
information believed to be relevant to
the patent. This proceeding will help
the patent owner preempt inequitable
conduct challenges to the patent. The
need for this proceeding arises only
after a patent owner recognizes that
there is information that should have
been brought to the attention of the
Office to consider or reconsider during
the application process, or information
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
submitted during the application
process that needs to be corrected.
The current fees for the request for
supplemental examination and the ex
parte reexamination ordered as a result
of a supplemental examination
proceeding are $5,140 and $16,120,
respectively, as set using the Office’s
authority under 35 U.S.C. 41(d).
In the NPRM, the Office proposed to
adjust supplemental examination fees to
15 percent below cost at $18,000 ($4,400
for the request and $13,600 for the
reexamination). After updating the
patent operating plans and
corresponding aggregate costs in
response to public comments, the Office
determined that it could reduce the
supplemental examination fee further
while continuing to ensure that the
aggregate revenue equals aggregate cost.
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
In this rule, the Office is reducing the
fee for conducting an ex parte
reexamination ordered as a result of a
supplemental examination to $12,100
and setting the total supplemental
examination fees at $16,500 ($4,400 for
the request and $12,100 for the
reexamination), which is 22 percent
below the Office’s cost for these
services.
The Office believes these reduced fee
amounts continue to be sufficient to
encourage applicants to submit
applications with all relevant
information during initial examination,
yet low enough to facilitate effective
administration of the patent system by
providing patentees with a procedure to
immunize a patent from an inequitable
conduct challenge.
Inter Partes Review:
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
4233
TABLE 21— INTER PARTES REVIEW FEE CHANGES
Current fees
Final fees
Dollar change
Percent change
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Fee description
Inter Partes Review Request—Up to 20 Claims (Per Claim Fee
for Each Claim in Excess of 20 is $200) (NEW) .........................
NEW
$9,000
(N/A)
[N/A]
N/A
(N/A)
[N/A]
N/A
(N/A)
[N/A]
Inter Partes Review Post Institution Fee—Up to 15 Claims (Per
Claim Fee for Each Claim in Excess of 15 is $400) (NEW) .......
NEW
$14,000
(N/A)
[N/A]
N/A
(N/A)
[N/A]
N/A
(N/A)
[N/A]
$27,200
(N/A)
[N/A]
$23,000
(N/A)
[N/A]
¥$4,200
(N/A)
[N/A]
¥15%
(N/A)
[N/A]
Total Inter Partes Review Fees (For Current Fees, Per Claim
Fee for Each Claim in Excess of 20 is $600) .......................
TABLE 22—INTER PARTES REVIEW PROSPECTIVE COST INFORMATION
Prospective cost information
FY 2013
The Total Inter Partes Review cost calculation of $27,200 included in Changes to Implement Inter Partes Review Proceedings, Post-Grant Review Proceedings, and Transitional Program for Covered Business Method Patents, 77 FR 48680 (Aug. 14, 2012) is available for review at
https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR–2012–08–14/pdf/2012–17906.pdf. The Office estimated that 35 hours of Judge time would be required during review and used this as the basis for estimating the cost for the Inter Partes Review. The IT-related costs are included in the Review Request portion of the fee.
Description
Base cost
Per claim cost
$10,500
16,700
> 20 = $200
> 15 = $400
Total Inter Partes Review Costs ..............................................................................................................
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Inter Partes Review Request—up to 20 claims ..............................................................................................
Inter Partes Review Post Institution Fee—up to 15 claims ............................................................................
27,200
N/A
Inter partes review is a new trial
proceeding created by the AIA with an
effective date of September 16, 2012 (see
Changes to Implement Inter Partes
Review Proceedings, Post-Grant Review
Proceedings, and Transitional Program
for Covered Business Method Patents 77
FR 48680 (Aug. 14, 2012). Inter partes
review allows the Office to review the
patentability of one or more claims in a
patent only on a ground that could be
raised under 35 U.S.C. 102 or 103, and
only on the basis of prior art consisting
of patents or printed publications. The
inter partes review process begins when
a third party files a petition nine months
after the grant of a patent. An inter
partes review may be instituted upon a
showing that there is a reasonable
likelihood that the petitioner would
prevail with respect to at least one claim
challenged. If the review is instituted
and not dismissed, the PTAB will issue
a final determination within one year of
institution. The period can be extended
for good cause for up to six months from
the date of one year after instituting the
review.
In this final rule, the Office sets the
inter partes review fees at a level below
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
the Office’s cost recovery and improves
the fee payment structure. The Office
sets four separate fees for inter partes
review, which a petitioner would pay
upon filing a petition. The Office also
chooses to return fees for postinstitution services should a review not
be instituted. Similarly, the Office
establishes that fees paid for postinstitution review of a large number of
claims will be returned if the Office
only institutes the review of a subset of
the requested claims.
The USPTO sets the fee for an inter
partes review petition at $9,000 for up
to 20 claims. This fee would not be
returned or refunded to the petitioner
even if the review is not instituted.
In addition, the USPTO sets a per
claim fee of $200 for each claim
requested for review in excess of 20.
This fee would not be returned or
refunded to the petitioner if the review
is not instituted or if the institution is
limited to a subset of the requested
claims.
The USPTO also sets the inter partes
review post-institution fee at $14,000 for
a review of up to 15 claims. This fee
would be returned to the petitioner if
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the Office does not institute a review.
Likewise, the Office sets a per claim fee
of $400 for review of each claim in
excess of 15 during the post-institution
trial. The entire post-institution fee
would be returned to the petitioner if
the Office does not institute a review.
The entire excess claims fee would be
returned if review of 15 or fewer claims
is instituted. If the Office reviews more
than 15 claims, but fewer than all of the
requested claims, it would return part of
the fee for each claim the Office did not
review.
For example, under this final rule, if
a party requests inter partes review of 52
claims, the petitioner would pay a
single fee up front comprising two parts
and totaling $44,200. The first part is for
determining whether to institute the
review and would include the base fee
($9,000) plus a fee of $200 for each of
the additional 32 claims (52 minus 20),
which equates to an additional $6,400
for a total review request fee of $15,400
($9,000 plus $6,400). The second part of
the fee is for when the review is
instituted and includes the base fee of
$14,000 plus a fee of $400 for each of
the additional 37 claims (52 minus 15),
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4234
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
which equates to an additional $14,800
for a total post institution fee of $28,800
($14,000 plus $14,800). In addition,
under this rule, if the petitioner seeks
review of 52 claims, but the Office only
institutes review of 40 claims, the Office
would return $4,800 (it did not institute
review of the 41st through 52nd claim
for which review was requested).
Alternatively, if the review is not
instituted at all, the portion of the fee
covering the trial would be returned
(i.e., the base post-institution fee of
$14,000 as well as the $14,800 for
claims over 15, for a total of $28,800).
The Office sets these two claim
thresholds—one for petitions (up to 20
claims) and the other for the postinstitution trials (up to 15 claims)—
because it anticipates that it will not
institute review of 25 percent of claims
for which review is requested. The
Office bases this approach on its
analysis of the initial inter partes
reexaminations filed after September 15,
2011, as well as the new opportunity for
patent owners to file a response to the
petition before the Office determines
whether and for which claims to
institute review.
This approach also considers certain
policy factors, such as fostering
innovation by facilitating greater access
to the inter partes review proceedings
and thereby removing low quality
patents from the patent system.
Post-Grant Review or Covered
Business Method Patent Review:
TABLE 23—POST-GRANT REVIEW OR COVERED BUSINESS METHOD PATENT REVIEW FEE CHANGES
Current fees
Final fees
Dollar change
Percent change
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Fee description
Post-Grant Review or Covered Business Method Patent Review
Request—Up to 20 Claims (Per Claim Fee for Each Claim in
Excess of 20 is $250) (NEW) ......................................................
NEW
$12,000
(N/A)
[N/A]
N/A
(N/A)
[N/A]
N/A
(N/A)
[N/A]
Post-Grant Review or Covered Business Method Patent Review
Post Institution Fee—Up to 15 Claims (Per Claim Fee for Each
Claim in Excess of 15 is $550) (NEW) ........................................
NEW
$18,000
(N/A)
[N/A]
N/A
(N/A)
[N/A]
N/A
(N/A)
[N/A]
$35,800
(N/A)
[N/A]
$30,000
(N/A)
[N/A]
¥$5,800
(N/A)
[N/A]
¥16%
(N/A)
[N/A]
Total Post-Grant Review or Covered Business Method Patent
Review Fees (For Current Fees, Per Claim Fee for Each
Claim in Excess of 20 is $800) .............................................
TABLE 24—POST-GRANT REVIEW OR COVERED BUSINESS METHOD PATENT REVIEW PROSPECTIVE COST INFORMATION
Prospective cost information
FY 2013
The Total Post-Grant Review cost calculation of $35,800 included in Changes to Implement Inter Partes Review Proceedings, Post-Grant Review Proceedings, and Transitional Program for Covered Business Method Patents, 77 FR 48680 (Aug. 14, 2012) is available for review at
https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR–2012–08–14/pdf/2012–17906.pdf. The Office estimated that 50 hours of Judge time would be required during review and used this as the basis for estimating the cost for the Post-Grant Review. The IT-related costs are included in the Review Request portion of the fee.
Description
Base cost
Per claim cost
$14,700
21,100
> 20 = $250
> 15 = $550
Total Post-Grant Review Costs ................................................................................................................
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Post-Grant Review or Covered Business Method Patent Review Request—up to 20 claims .......................
Post-Grant Review or Covered Business Method Patent Review Post Institution Fee—up to 15 claims .....
35,800
N/A
Post-grant review is a new trial
proceeding created by the AIA with an
effective date of September 16, 2012 (see
Changes to Implement Inter Partes
Review Proceedings, Post-Grant Review
Proceedings, and Transitional Program
for Covered Business Method Patents,
77 FR 48680 (Aug. 14, 2012)). Post-grant
review allows the Office to review the
patentability of one or more claims in a
patent on any ground that could be
raised under 35 U.S.C. 282(b)(2) and
(b)(3) in effect on September 16, 2012.
The post-grant review process begins
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
when a third party files a petition
within nine months of the grant of a
patent. A post-grant review may be
instituted upon a showing that it is
more likely than not that at least one
challenged claim is unpatentable or that
the petition raises an unsettled legal
question that is important to other
patents or patent applications. If the
review is instituted and not dismissed,
the PTAB will issue a final
determination within one year of
institution. This period can be extended
for good cause for up to six months from
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the date of one year after instituting the
review.
In this final rule, the Office sets the
post-grant review fee at a level below
the Office’s cost recovery and improves
the fee payment structure. The Office
sets four separate fees for post-grant
review, which the petitioner would pay
upon filing a petition for post-grant
review. The Office also chooses to
return fees for post-institution services
if a review is not instituted. Similarly,
the Office establishes that fees paid for
a post-institution review of a large
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
number of claims will be returned if the
Office only institutes the review of a
subset of the requested claims. The
same structure and fees apply for
covered business method review.
The Office sets the fee for a post-grant
review petition at $12,000 for up to 20
claims. This fee would not be returned
or refunded to the petitioner even if the
review is not instituted by the Office.
In addition, the Office sets a per claim
fee of $250 for each claim in excess of
20. This fee would not be returned or
refunded to the petitioner if the review
is not instituted, or if the institution is
limited to a subset of the requested
claims.
The USPTO also sets a post-grant
review post-institution fee at $18,000 for
post-institution review of up to 15
claims. This fee would be returned to
the petitioner if the Office does not
institute a review. Likewise, the Office
sets a per claim fee of $550 for review
of each claim in excess of 15 during the
post-institution review. The entire fee
would be returned to the petitioner if
the Office does not institute a review.
The excess claims fees would be
returned if review of 15 or fewer claims
is instituted. If the Office reviews more
than 15 claims, but fewer than all of the
requested claims, it would return part of
the fee for each claim that was not
instituted.
For example, under this final rule, a
party seeking post-grant review of 52
claims would pay a single fee up front
comprising two parts and totaling
$58,350. The first part is for determining
whether to institute the review and
would include the base fee ($12,000)
plus a fee of $250 for each of the
additional 32 claims (52 minus 20),
which equates to an additional $8,000
for a total review request fee of $20,000
($12,000 plus $8,000). The second part
of the fee is for when the review is
instituted and includes the base fee of
$18,000 plus a fee of $550 for each of
the additional 37 claims (52 minus 15),
which equates to an additional $20,350
for a total post institution fee of $38,350
($18,000 plus $20,350). In addition,
under this rule, if the petitioner requests
review of 52 claims, but the Office only
institutes review of 40 claims, then the
Office would return $6,600 (it did not
4235
institute review of the 41st through
52nd claims for which review was
requested). Alternatively, if a review is
not instituted at all, the Office would
return $38,350 ($20,350 for claims over
15, as well as the base $18,000 postinstitution fee).
The Office sets two different claim
thresholds—one for petition (up to 20
claims) and the other for the postinstitution trials (up to 15 claims)—
because it anticipates that it will not
institute a review of 25 percent of
claims for which review is requested.
The Office bases this approach on its
analysis of the initial inter partes
reexaminations filed after September 15,
2011, as well as the new opportunity for
patent owners to file a response to the
petition before the Office determines
whether and for which claims to
institute review.
The approach also considers certain
policy factors, such as fostering
innovation through facilitating greater
access to the post-grant review
proceedings and thereby removes low
quality patents from the patent system.
Pre Grant Publication (PGPub) Fee:
TABLE 25—PRE GRANT PUBLICATION (PGPUB) FEE CHANGES
Current fees
Final fees
Dollar change
Percent change
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Fee description
Publication Fee for Early, Voluntary, or Normal Publication ...........
Publication Fee for Republication ....................................................
$300
300
$0
300
¥$300
0
¥100%
0%
TABLE 26—PRE GRANT PUBLICATION (PGPUB) HISTORICAL COST INFORMATION
FY 2011
FY 2010
FY 2009
Publication Fee for Early, Voluntary, or Normal Publication .......................................................
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Historical unit cost information
$181
$158
$243
With certain exceptions, each
nonprovisional utility and plant patent
application is published 18 months
from the earliest effective filing date.
The fee for this pre-grant publication
(PGPub) is paid only after a patent is
granted. If a patent is never granted, the
applicant does not pay the fee for
PGPub. Once the Office determines that
the invention claimed in a patent
application is patentable, the Office
sends a notice of allowance to the
applicant, outlining the patent
application publication fees due, along
with the patent issue fee. The applicant
must pay these publication and issue
fees three months from the date of the
notice of allowance to avoid abandoning
the application.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
Currently, the PGPub fee is set at $300
and collects over one and a half times
the cost to publish a patent application.
The IP system benefits from publishing
patent applications; disclosing
information publicly stimulates research
and development, as well as subsequent
commercialization through further
development or refinement of an
invention. Therefore, a lower PGPub fee
would benefit both applicants and
innovators in the patent system.
Given that publishing a patent
application 18 months after its earliest
effective filing date benefits the IP
system more than individual applicants,
the Office reduces the PGPub fee to $0.
Reducing this fee also helps rebalance
the fee structure and offsets the
proposed increases to filing, search, and
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
examination fees ($340 increase, less
this $300 decrease is a net $40
increase—or 3 percent—to apply for a
patent and publish the application).
However, to allow the Office to recover
sufficient revenue to pay for the
projected cost of patent operations in FY
2013, the effective date of the proposed
reduction to the PGPub fee is January 1,
2014.
The PGPub fee for republication of a
patent application (1.18(d)(2)) is not
adjusted, but is set at the existing rate
of $300. The Office keeps this fee at its
existing rate for each patent application
that must be published again after a first
publication for $0.
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4236
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
(3) Fees To Be Set Above Cost Recovery
There are two fees that the Office sets
above cost recovery that meet the greater
than plus or minus 5 percent and 10
dollars criteria. The policy factor
relevant to setting fees above cost
recovery is fostering innovation. Backend fees work in concert with front-end
fees. The above-cost, back-end fees
allow the Office to recover the revenue
required to subsidize the cost of entry
into the patent system and reduce the
backlog of patent applications. A
discussion of the rationale for each
change follows.
Issue Fees:
TABLE 27—ISSUE FEE CHANGES
Current fees
Final fees
Dollar change
Percent change
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Fee description
Utility Issue Fee ...............................................................................
+$1,770
(+$885)
[N/A]
¥$810
(¥$405)
[¥$645]
+$960
(+$480)
[+$240]
¥46%
(¥46%)
[¥73%]
TABLE 28—ISSUE FEE HISTORICAL COST INFORMATION
Historical unit cost information
FY 2011
FY 2010
FY 2009
Utility Issue Fee ...........................................................................................................................
$257
$231
$224
Once the Office determines that the
invention claimed in a patent
application is patentable, the USPTO
sends a notice of allowance to the
applicant outlining the patent
application publication and patent issue
fees due. The applicant must pay the
publication and issue fees three months
from the date of the notice of allowance
to avoid abandoning the application.
In setting fees due after completing
prosecution at a level higher than cost,
front-end fees can be maintained below
cost, thereby fostering innovation.
Currently, the large entity issue fee is set
at $1,770, which is seven times more
than the cost of issuing a patent. This
fee recovers revenue, but it also poses a
challenge to applicants at the time of
allowance. When the issue fee is due,
patent owners possess less information
about the value of their invention than
they do a few years later. Lowering issue
fees will help inventors financially at a
time when the marketability of their
invention is less certain. Additionally,
setting the PGPub fee at $0 as discussed
above, and recovering the combined
cost of publishing and issuing an
application through only the issue fee
benefits small and micro entity
innovators. The 50 percent discount for
small entities and 75 percent discount
for micro entities are not available for
the publication fee, but are available for
the issue fee. Thus, there are benefits to
both the IP system and the applicant
when the issue fees are set at an amount
lower than the current fee amount, but
still above cost recovery.
To both maintain the beneficial
aspects of this back-end subsidy model
and realign the balance of the fee
structure, the Office decreases the large
entity issue fee to $960. This amount is
about twice the cost of both publishing
an application (which is set below cost
at $0) and issuing a patent. This fee
adjustment is over a 50 percent decrease
from the amount currently paid for both
the PGPub and issue fees together. The
Office is adjusting the issue fee in two
steps. First, the Office sets the issue fee
at $1,780 and makes available a 50
percent discount for small entities and
a 75 percent discount for micro entities.
Second, the Office decreases the large
entity issue fee to $960 effective January
1, 2014, and continues to make available
discounts for small and micro entities.
It should be noted that only utility
issue fees are referenced in this section
to simplify the discussion of the fee
rationale. However, the rationale is
applicable to the issue fee changes for
design, plant, and reissue fees as
outlined in the ‘‘USPTO Section 10 Fee
Setting—Table of Patent Fee Changes.’’
Maintenance Fees:
TABLE 29—MAINTENANCE FEE CHANGES
Current fees
Final fees
Dollar change
Percent change
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Fee description
Maintenance Fee Due at 3.5 Years (1st Stage) .............................
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Maintenance Fee Due at 7.5 Years (2nd Stage) ............................
Maintenance Fee Due at 11.5 Years (3rd Stage) ...........................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:18 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
$1,150
($575)
[N/A]
$2,900
($1,450)
[N/A]
$4,810
($2,405)
[N/A]
Sfmt 4700
$1,600
($800)
[$400]
$3,600
($1,800)
[$900]
$7,400
($3,700)
[$1,850]
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
+$450
(+$225)
[$¥175]
+$700
(+$350)
[¥$550]
+$2,590
(+$1,295)
[¥$555]
+39%
(+39%)
[¥30%]
+24%
(+24%)
[¥38%]
+54%
(+54%)
[¥23%]
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
4237
TABLE 30—MAINTENANCE FEE HISTORICAL COST INFORMATION
Historical unit cost information
FY 2011 *
FY 2010
Maintenance Fee Due at 3.5 Years (1st Stage) .........................................................................
Maintenance Fee Due at 7.5 Years (2nd Stage) ........................................................................
Maintenance Fee Due at 11.5 Years (3rd Stage) .......................................................................
........................
........................
........................
FY 2009
$1
1
1
$2
2
2
* Beginning in FY 2011, the Office determined that the maintenance fee activity was in support of the process application fees activity and its
associated fees. Therefore, the Office reassigned these costs accordingly, and no longer estimates a unit cost for maintenance fee activities. Additional information about the methodology for determining the cost of performing the Office’s activities, including the cost components related to
respective fees, available at https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/fees.jsp#heading-1 in the document titled ‘‘USPTO Section 10 Fee Setting—Activity-Based Information and Costing Methodology.’’
Maintenance fees must be paid at
defined intervals—3.5 years, 7.5 years,
and 11.5 years—after the Office grants a
utility patent in order to keep the patent
in force. Maintaining a patent costs the
Office very little. However, maintenance
fees benefit the Office and the patent
system by generating revenue that
permits the Office to keep front-end fees
below cost and to subsidize the cost of
prosecution for small and micro entity
innovators.
Additionally, maintenance fees will
be paid only by patent owners who
believe the value of their patent is
higher than the fees for renewing their
patent rights. On this score, setting early
maintenance fees lower than later
maintenance fees mitigates uncertainty
associated with the value of the patent.
As the value becomes more certain over
time, the maintenance fee increases
because patent owners have more
information about the commercial value
of the patented invention and can more
readily decide whether the benefit of a
patent outweighs the cost of the fee.
Therefore, under a progressively
higher maintenance fee schedule, a
patent holder is positioned to perform
an individual cost-benefit analysis to
determine if the patent is at least as
valuable as the maintenance fee
payment. When the patent holder
determines that the patent benefit
(value) outweighs the cost (maintenance
fee), the holder will likely continue to
maintain the patent. Conversely, when
the patent holder determines that the
benefit is less than the cost, the holder
likely will not maintain the patent to
full term. When the patent expires, the
subject matter of the patent is no longer
held with exclusive patent rights, and
the public may utilize the invention and
work to extend its innovation or
commercialization. More information on
the economic costs and benefits of
patent renewal can be found in the
rulemaking RIA, which is available for
review at https://www.uspto.gov/
aia_implementation/fees.jsp.
The Office increases the first, second,
and third stage maintenance fees to
$1,600, $3,600, and $7,400, respectively.
These increases are commensurate with
the subsidies offered for prosecution of
a patent application and align with the
fee setting strategy of fostering
innovation by setting front-end fees
below cost. The increase also ensures
that the USPTO has sufficient aggregate
revenue to recover the aggregate cost of
operations and implement goals and
objectives.
(4) Fees That Are Not Set Using Cost
Data as an Indicator
Fees in this category include those
fees for which the USPTO does not
typically maintain historical cost
information separate from that included
in the average overall cost of activities
during patent prosecution or did not
refer to cost information for setting the
particular fee. Instead, the Office
evaluates the policy factors described in
Part III. Rulemaking Goals and
Strategies, above, to inform fee setting.
Some of these fees are based on the size
and complexity of an application and
help the Office to effectively administer
the patent system by encouraging
applicants to engage in certain
activities. Setting fees at particular
levels can: (1) Encourage the submission
of applications or other actions which
lead to more efficient processing where
examiners can provide, and applicants
can receive, prompt, quality interim and
final decisions; (2) encourage the
prompt conclusion of prosecuting an
application, resulting in pendency
reduction and the faster dissemination
of patented information; and (3) help
recover costs for activities that strain the
patent system.
There are six types of fees in this
category. A discussion of the rationale
for each proposed change follows.
Extension of Time Fees:
TABLE 31—EXTENSION OF TIME FEE CHANGES
Current fees
Final fees
Dollar change
Percent change
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Fee description
Extension for Response within 1st Month .......................................
Extension for Response within 2nd Month ......................................
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Extension for Response within 3rd Month ......................................
Extension for Response within 4th Month .......................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
$150
($75)
[N/A]
$570
($285)
[N/A]
$1,290
($645)
[N/A]
$2,010
($1,005)
[N/A]
Sfmt 4700
$200
($100)
[$50]
$600
($300)
[$150]
$1,400
($700)
[$350]
$2,200
($1,100)
[$550]
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
+$50
(+$25)
[¥$25]
+$30
(+$15)
[¥$135]
+$110
(+$55)
[¥$295]
+$190
(+$95)
[¥$455]
+33%
(+33%)
[¥33%]
+5%
(+5%)
[¥47%]
+9%
(+9%)
[¥46%]
+9%
(+9%)
[¥45%]
4238
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 31—EXTENSION OF TIME FEE CHANGES—Continued
Current fees
Final fees
Dollar change
Percent change
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Fee description
Extension for Response within 5th Month .......................................
If an applicant must reply within a
non-statutory or shortened statutory
time period, the applicant can extend
the reply time period by filing a petition
for an extension of time and paying the
requisite fee. Extensions of time may be
$2,730
($1,365)
[N/A]
$3,000
($1,500)
[$750]
automatically authorized at the time an
application is filed or requested as
needed during prosecution. The USPTO
increases these fees to facilitate an
efficient and prompt conclusion of
application processing, which benefits
+$270
(+$135)
[¥$615]
+10%
(+10%)
[¥45%]
the Office’s compact prosecution
initiatives and reduces patent
application pendency.
Application Size Fees:
TABLE 32—APPLICATION SIZE FEE CHANGES
Current fees
Final fees
Dollar change
Percent change
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Fee description
Application Size Fee—For each Additional 50 Sheets that Exceed
100 Sheets ...................................................................................
Currently, the Office charges an
additional fee for any application where
the specification and drawings together
exceed 100 sheets of paper. The
application size fee applies for each
additional 50 sheets of paper or fraction
$320
($160)
[N/A]
$400
($200)
[$100]
thereof. The USPTO increases the
application size fee to facilitate an
efficient and compact application
examination process, which benefits the
applicant and the effective
administration of patent prosecution.
+$80
(+$40)
[¥$60]
+25%
(+25%)
[¥38%]
Succinct applications facilitate faster
examination with an expectation of
fewer errors.
Excess Claims:
TABLE 33—EXCESS CLAIMS FEE CHANGES
Current fees
Final fees
Dollar change
Percent change
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Fee description
Independent Claims in Excess of 3 .................................................
Claims in Excess of 20 ....................................................................
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Multiple Dependent Claim ...............................................................
Currently, the Office charges a fee for
filing, or later presenting at any other
time, each independent claim in excess
of 3, as well as each claim (whether
dependent or independent) in excess of
20. In addition, any original application
that is filed with, or amended to
include, multiple dependent claims
must pay the multiple dependent claim
fee. Generally, a multiple dependent
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
$250
($125)
[N/A]
$62
($31)
[N/A]
$460
($230)
[N/A]
claim is a dependent claim which refers
back in the alternative to more than one
preceding independent or dependent
claim.
The patent fee structure has
maintained excess claim fees since at
least 1982, and the result has been that
most applications now contain three or
fewer independent claims and twenty or
fewer total claims. Applicants who feel
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
$420
($210)
[$105]
$80
($40)
[$20]
$780
($390)
[$195]
+$170
(+$85)
[¥$20]
+$18
(+$9)
[¥$11]
+$320
(+$160)
[¥$35]
+68%
(+68%)
[¥16%]
+29%
(+29%)
[¥35%]
+70%
(+70%)
[¥15%]
they need more than this number of
independent or total claims may
continue to present them by paying the
applicable excess claims fee. While the
former excess claims fee amount
encouraged most applicants to present
three or fewer independent claims and
twenty or fewer total claims, it was not
sufficient to discourage some applicants
from presenting a copious number of
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
claims for apparent tactical reasons, nor
did the former excess claims fee reflect
the excess burden associated with
examining those claims. See, e.g., Rules
of Practice for Trials Before the Patent
Trial and Appeal Board and Judicial
Review of Patent Trial and Appeal
Board Decisions, 77 FR 48612, 48659–
60 (Aug. 14, 2012) (noting that the
number of claims often impacts the
complexity of the request and increases
the demands placed on the deciding
officials in administrative proceedings).
Thus, the Office is adopting excess
claims fee amounts that are aimed to
permit applicants to include excess
claims when necessary to obtain an
appropriate scope of coverage for an
invention, while deterring applicants
from routinely presenting a copious
number of claims merely for apparent
tactical reasons.
In this final rule, the Office sets the
fees for independent claims in excess of
three to $420, for claims in excess of 20
to $80, and for multiple dependent
claims to $780. The Office also
increased claim fees to facilitate an
4239
efficient and compact application
examination process, which benefits the
applicant and the USPTO through more
effective administration of patent
prosecution. Filing applications with
the most prudent number of
unambiguous claims will enable prompt
conclusion of application processing,
because more succinct applications
facilitate faster examination with an
expectation of fewer errors.
Correct Inventorship After First
Action on the Merits (New):
TABLE 34—CORRECT INVENTORSHIP AFTER FIRST ACTION ON THE MERITS FEE CHANGES
Current fees
Final fees
Dollar change
Percent change
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Fee description
Correct Inventorship After First Action on the Merits (NEW) ..........
It is necessary for the Office to know
who the inventors are to prepare patent
application publications, conduct
examination under 35 U.S.C. 102 and
103, and prevent double patenting.
Changes to inventorship (e.g., adding
previously unnamed persons as
inventors or removing persons
previously named as inventors) cause
additional work for the Office. For
instance, the Office may need to repeat
prior art searches and/or reconsider
patentability under 35 U.S.C. 102 and
103, as well as reconsider the possibility
of double patenting.
In the NPRM, the Office proposed a
$1,000 fee to correct inventorship after
the first action on the merits. In this
final rule, after carefully considering
comments from the PPAC and the
public, the Office sets the fee to correct
inventorship after the first action on the
merits at $600, 40 percent less than the
NEW
$600
($300)
[$150]
$1,000 proposed in the NPRM. The
inventorship correction fee is set to
encourage reasonable diligence and a
bona fide effort to ascertain the actual
inventorship as early as possible and to
provide that information to the Office
prior to examination. The fee also will
help offset the costs incurred by the
Office when there is a change in
inventorship.
Additionally, in the NPRM, the Office
proposed that the correction of
inventorship fee be paid in all
circumstances when inventors were
added or deleted, because requiring the
fee only to add inventors would
encourage applicants to err in favor of
naming too many persons as inventors,
which would complicate the
examination process (e.g., it could
complicate double patenting searches).
In this final rule, the Office is adding an
exception when inventors are deleted
N/A
(N/A)
[N/A]
N/A
(N/A)
[N/A]
due to the cancellation of claims. This
final rule requires a fee to accompany a
request to correct or change the
inventorship filed after an Office action
on the merits, unless the request is
accompanied by a statement that the
request to correct or change the
inventorship is due solely to the
cancelation of claims in the application.
The Office appreciates that
inventorship may change as the result of
a restriction requirement by the Office.
Where inventorship changes as a result
of a restriction requirement, the
applicant should file a request to correct
inventorship promptly (prior to first
action on the merits) to avoid this fee.
Otherwise, the Office will incur the
costs during examination related to the
change in inventorship.
Derivation Proceeding:
TABLE 35—DERIVATION PROCEEDING FEE CHANGES
Current fees
Final fees
Dollar change
Percent change
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Fee description
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Derivation petition fee ......................................................................
A derivation proceeding is a new trial
proceeding conducted at the PTAB to
determine whether an inventor named
in an earlier application derived the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
$400
(N/A)
[N/A]
claimed invention from an inventor
named in the petitioner’s application,
and whether the earlier application
claiming such invention was
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
$400
(N/A)
[N/A]
$0
(N/A)
[N/A]
0%
(N/A)
[N/A]
authorized. An applicant subject to the
first-inventor-to-file provisions may file
a petition to institute a derivation
proceeding only within one year of the
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4240
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
first publication of a claim to an
invention that is the same or
substantially the same as the earlier
application’s claim to the invention.
The petition must be supported by
substantial evidence that the claimed
invention was derived from an inventor
named in the petitioner’s application.
In this final rule, the Office sets the
derivation petition fee at $400. The
Office estimates the $400 petition fee
will recover the Office’s cost to process
a petition for derivation.
Assignments Submitted Electronically
Fee (New):
TABLE 36—FEE CHANGES FOR ASSIGNMENTS SUBMITTED ELECTRONICALLY
Current fees
Final fees
Dollar change
Percent change
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Large
(small)
[micro]
entity
Fee description
Assignments Submitted Electronically (NEW) .................................
Assignments Not Submitted Electronically (NEW) ..........................
$40
(N/A)
[N/A]
$40
(N/A)
[N/A]
$0
(N/A)
[N/A]
$40
(N/A)
[N/A]
¥$40
(N/A)
[N/A]
$0
(N/A)
[N/A]
¥100%
(N/A)
[N/A]
0%
(N/A)
[N/A]
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Note: The current fee amount is $40 for submitting an assignment to the Office, regardless of method of submission.
Ownership of a patent gives the
patent owner the right to exclude others
from making, using, offering for sale,
selling, or importing into the U.S. the
invention claimed in a patent. Patent
law provides for the transfer or sale of
a patent, or of an application for patent,
by an instrument in writing (i.e., an
assignment). When executing an
assignment, the patent owner may
assign (e.g., transfer) the total or a
percentage of interest, rights, and title of
a patent to an assignee. When there is
a completed assignment, the assignee
becomes the owner of the patent and
has the same rights of the original
patentee. The Office records
assignments that it receives, and the
recording serves as public notice of
patent ownership.
Assignment records are an important
part of the business cycle—markets
operate most efficiently when buyers
and sellers can locate one another. If
assignment records are incomplete, the
business and research and development
cycles could be disrupted because
buyers face difficulty finding sellers,
and potential innovators may not have
a thorough understanding of the
marketplace they are considering
entering. The Office recognizes that
complete patent assignment data
disseminated to the public provides
certainty in the technology space and
helps to foster innovation.
Therefore, more complete patent
assignment records will produce a
number of benefits for the public and IP
stakeholders. The public will have a
more comprehensive understanding of
which entities hold and maintain U.S.
patent rights. Patenting inventors and
companies will better understand the
competitive environment in which they
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
are operating, allowing them to better
allocate their own research and
development resources, more efficiently
obtain licenses, and accurately value
patent portfolios.
Currently, a patent owner must pay
$40 to record the assignment of patent
rights. During FY 2012, over 90 percent
of assignments were submitted
electronically. This fee could be viewed
as a barrier to those involved in patent
and application assignments. Given that
patent applications, patents, and the
completeness of the patent record play
an important role in the markets for
innovation and the long-term health of
the U.S. economy, the Office is setting
two fees for recording an assignment.
When an assignment is submitted using
the Office’s electronic system, the Office
sets the fee at $0. When an assignment
is sent to the Office in a manner other
than using the Office’s electronic
system, the Office sets the fee at the
current amount of $40. Providing patent
prosecution options for applicants
benefits a majority of owners who
typically record assignments. In
addition, the patent prosecution options
for applicants benefit the overall IP
system by reducing the financial barrier
for recording patent ownership
information and facilitating a more
complete record of assigned
applications and grants.
C. Fees With No Changes (or Changes of
Less Than Plus or Minus 5 Percent and
10 Dollars)
The Office sets all other categories of
fees not discussed above at existing fee
rates or at slightly adjusted rates (i.e.,
less than plus or minus 5 percent and
10 dollars) rounded to the nearest ten
dollars by applying standard arithmetic
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
rules. The resulting fee amounts will be
convenient to patent users and permit
the Office to set micro entity fees at
whole dollar amounts when applying
the fee reduction. These other fees, such
as those related to disclosing patent
information to the public (excluding the
PGPub fee) and patent attorney/agent
discipline fees, are already set at
appropriate levels to achieve the
Office’s goals expressed in this
rulemaking. A listing of all fees that are
adjusted in this rule is included in the
Table of Patent Fee Changes available at
https://www.uspto.gov/
aia_implementation/fees.jsp#heading-1.
D. Overall Comparison of the Final
Patent Fee Schedule to the Current Fees
Overall, once effective, the total
amount of fees under this final rule
added together to obtain a basic patent
decreases when compared to the total
fees paid for the same services under the
current fee schedule. This decrease is
substantial (23 percent) from
application to issue (see Table 37).
When additional processing options
such as RCEs are included, the decrease
becomes smaller after the first RCE (12
percent) and eventually begins
increasing after a second RCE (5
percent) (see Tables 38 and 39). The
staging of appeal fees in this rule offers
similar decreases in the total fees paid
when filing a notice of appeal. Under
the final fee schedule, the total fees for
both filing an appeal and to obtain a
basic patent decrease from the current
fee schedule (27 percent) (see Table 40).
If the appeal is forwarded to the PTAB
for a decision after the Examiner’s
Answer, then the total fees increase (17
percent) (see Table 40). Once an
applicant has obtained a basic patent,
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4241
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
the cost to maintain it remains
substantially the same through the
second stage maintenance fee. However,
at the third stage maintenance fee, once
the patent holder has more information
on the value of the patent, the total fees
increase (24 percent) (see Table 41).
This structure reflects the key policy
considerations of fostering innovation,
facilitating effective administration of
the patent system, and offering patent
prosecution options to applicants.
Additional details about each of these
payment structures are outlined below.
In this section, the Office assumes, for
the purpose of comparison between the
current and final fee schedule, that all
fees are as of their stated effective dates
in this final rule. For example,
comparisons between the current and
final issue and PGPub fees are based on
the final fees as they will become
effective beginning on January 1, 2014.
Further, to simplify the comparison
among fee schedules, the time value of
money has not been estimated in the
examples below.
TABLE 38—COMPARISON OF THE
FINAL PATENT FEES TO THE CURRENT PATENT FEES WITH ONE RCE
Fee
Current
Final
Filing, Search, and Examination ...................
First RCE ......................
Pre-Grant Publication
and Issue ..................
$1,260
930
$1,600
1,200
2,070
960
Total ..........................
4,260
3,760
When adding a second RCE to
prosecution, the total fees increase
slightly, by $270 (or 5 percent), as
shown in Table 39.
prosecution is reopened before being
forwarded to the Board.
TABLE 40—COMPARISON OF THE
FINAL PATENT FEES AND CURRENT
PATENT FEES, WITH AN APPEAL
Fee
Filing, Search, and Examination ...................
Notice of Appeal and
Filing a Brief ..............
Pre-Grant Publication
and Issue ..................
Current
Final
$1,260
$1,600
1,260
800
2,070
960
Subtotal for Fees
Paid Before Examiner’s Answer .........
Appeal Forwarding Fee
4,590
NEW
3,360
2,000
Subtotal for Fees if
Appeal is Forwarded to Board for
Decision .................
4,590
5,360
3. Maintenance Fees Increase
When a patent holder begins
maintaining an issued patent, he or she
will pay $320 (7 percent) less than is
paid under the current fee schedule
TABLE 39—COMPARISON OF THE
The total amount paid for routine fees
from initial application filing through
to obtain a basic patent from application
FINAL PATENT FEES TO THE CUR- the first stage. To maintain the patent
filing (i.e., filing, search, examination,
RENT PATENT FEES WITH TWO through second stage, a patent holder
publication, and issue) under the final
RCES
will pay $380 (5 percent) more than is
fee structure will decrease compared to
paid today under the current fee
the current fee structure, as shown in
Fee
Current
Final
schedule. When a patent is maintained
Table 37. This overall decrease is
to full term, a patent holder will pay
Filing, Search, and Expossible because the decrease in preamination ...................
$1,260
$1,600 $2,970 (24 percent) more than would be
grant patent application publication and
First RCE ......................
930
1,200 paid under the current fee schedule.
issue fees from $2,070 to $960 (a
The most significant maintenance fee
Second and subsequent
decrease of $1,110) more than offsets the
RCE ...........................
930
1,700 increase occurs after holding a patent
increase in large entity filing, search,
Pre-Grant Publication
for 11.5 years, which is when a patent
and examination fees from $1,260 to
and Issue ..................
2,070
960 holder will be in a better position to
$1,600 (an increase of $340). The net
determine whether the benefit (value)
Total ..........................
5,190
5,460
effect is a $770 (or 23 percent) decrease
from the patent exceeds the cost
in total fees paid under the final fee
(maintenance fee) to maintain the
structure when compared to the current 2. Initial Appeals Fees Decrease
patent.
fee structure. This fosters innovation by
Instead of filing an RCE, an applicant
reducing the cost to obtain a basic
may choose to file a notice of appeal.
TABLE 41—COMPARISON OF THE
patent.
When adding the notice of appeal and
FINAL PATENT FEE SCHEDULES TO
the brief filing fees (allowing the
THE CURRENT FEES, LIFE OF PATTABLE 37—COMPARISON OF FINAL
applicant to receive the Examiner’s
ENT
PATENT FEE SCHEDULE TO THE Answer) to the fees to obtain a basic
CURRENT PATENT FEES FROM FIL- patent, the total fees from application
Fee
Current
Final
filing decrease by $1,230 (or 27 percent)
ING THROUGH ISSUE
from the current total fees. If the
Filing, Search, and ExFee
Current
Final
prosecution issues are not resolved prior
amination ...................
$1,260
$1,600
to forwarding an appeal to the Board,
Pre-Grant Publication
Filing, Search, and Exthe fees increase because the Office
and Issue ..................
2,070
960
amination ...................
$1,260
$1,600
proposes to recover more of the appeals
Pre-Grant Publication
Total Through Issue ..
3,330
2,560
and Issue ..................
2,070
960 cost. In that instance, fees will increase
First Stage Mainteby $770 (or 17 percent) more than
nance—3.5 years ......
1,150
1,600
Total ..........................
3,330
2,560 would be paid today for an appeal
decision. However, under this final rule,
Cumulative Subtotal ..
4,480
4,160
When an application for a first RCE is the staging of fees allows the applicant
Second Stage Mainteto pay less than under the current fee
submitted to complete prosecution, the
nance—7.5 years ......
2,900
3,600
schedule in situations where an
total fees from application filing to
Cumulative Subtotal ..
7,380
7,760
obtain a basic patent continue to remain application is either allowed or
1. Routine Application Processing Fees
and First RCE Fees Decrease
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
less than would be paid under the
current fee schedule. This overall
decrease continues to be possible
because of the decrease in pre-grant
patent application publication and issue
fees. The net effect of the final fee
schedule, including a first RCE, is a
$500 (or 12 percent) decrease in total
fees paid under the final fee structure
when compared to the current fee
structure, as shown in Table 38.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4242
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 41—COMPARISON OF THE
FINAL PATENT FEE SCHEDULES TO
THE CURRENT FEES, LIFE OF PATENT—Continued
Fee
Current
Final
Third Stage Maintenance—11.5 years ....
4,810
7,400
Total Fees for Life
of Patent ............
12,190
15,160
VI. Discussion of Comments
A. Patent Public Advisory Committee
Fee Setting Report
Consistent with section 10(d) of the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, the
PPAC submitted a written report setting
forth in detail the comments, advice,
and recommendation of the committee
regarding the proposed fees published
in the NPRM on September 24, 2012.
The report is available at https://
www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/
fees.jsp#heading-1. The Office
considered the PPAC’s comments,
advice, and recommendations on fees
proposed in the NPRM before setting or
adjusting fees in this final rule, as
further discussed below.
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
General Fee Setting Considerations
General Fee Setting Approach
PPAC Comment 1: The PPAC
commented overall that the fees
included in the NPRM represent an
improvement over the February 2012
Proposal. The PPAC also endorsed an
increase in fees above the level set by
the 15 percent surcharge effective in
2011, recognizing that the current level
of receipts are insufficient to allow the
Office to improve patent operations,
provide the service patent applicants
deserve, and make critical infrastructure
improvements. The PPAC stated that it
endorses the fees in general, though it
also believes some fees are higher than
expected for an initial fee setting effort.
Response: The USPTO appreciates the
PPAC’s endorsement of the Office’s plan
to set fees to meet its aggregate costs,
including costs for implementing key
strategic initiatives, such as to decrease
patent application pendency and reduce
the patent application backlog, to
improve the quality of patent
examination, and to update patent
information technology systems that
benefit both the Office and applicants.
It is important for the Office to reduce
the patent application backlog so that
the Office can maintain an optimal
patent application inventory that
provides applicants with 10 months first
action pendency and 20 months total
pendency. These pendency goals were
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
developed in consultation with patent
stakeholders when the Office
established the Strategic Plan. To meet
its aggregate costs, the Office requires
additional funds (2 percent increase in
total aggregate revenue) beyond the
amount provided by the 15 percent
surcharge. With the increased fees, the
Office will not only reduce the amount
of time it takes to examine a patent
application, but also create a sustainable
funding model for the Office. Prior to
AIA section 10 fee setting authority, the
Office was authorized to adjust certain
statutory fees only to reflect changes in
the CPI for All Urban Consumers, and
that limited authority did not allow the
USPTO to recover increased processing
costs or adjust to changes in demand for
services related to those fees. The Office
responds to the PPAC’s comments on
the amounts of particular fees in the
sections below.
Behavioral Incentives
PPAC Comment 2: The PPAC advised
that while some use of fees to encourage
or discourage behavior may be
appropriate, significant use of this
ability to set fees at high levels to
discourage actions is not recommended
because it is not clear that the USPTO
will always take into consideration the
factors driving applicant behavior, and
because those factors may be at crosspurposes with particular desires of the
USPTO. The PPAC also commented that
fee structures that depart from strict cost
recovery can engender either beneficial
or perverse incentives to all actors
within our patent system.
Response: The Office fully and
carefully considered factors
incentivizing both applicant and Office
behavior in setting the final patent fees.
In doing so, the Office conducted
considerable outreach to stakeholders,
and made numerous changes from its
February 2012 proposal as a result of
input from stakeholders. The Office
carefully explained its rationale and
motivation in the NPRM for each fee
that the Office proposed to change by
more than 5 percent and more than ten
dollars.
Additionally, as further explained in
the RIA, the Office considered and
rejected a cost recovery fee structure
because the Office determined that a
strict, fee-by-fee based cost recovery fee
structure would fail to foster innovation
in accordance with the Office’s fee
setting strategy. The Office found that
using a strict cost recovery model would
greatly increase barriers to entry into the
patent system because filing, search,
and examination fees would increase
significantly, resulting in a loss of
private patent value due to a decrease in
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the number of patent applications filed.
Simultaneously, maintenance fees
would be set significantly lower and
patent holders would maintain their
patents longer, reducing incentives to
release patents of minimal value into
the public domain for others to use for
follow-on invention. The Office
determined that it will better effectuate
its mission of fostering innovation by
setting fees to recover costs in the
aggregate while incentivizing compact
patent prosecution. Where the Office
deviated from cost recovery for a
particular fee, it has fully considered the
behavioral effects of such departures.
PPAC Comment 3: The PPAC
commented that the Office should
ensure that applicants are not saddled
with the cost of internal operational
inefficiencies, as that may reduce the
Office’s incentives to improve its
efficiency.
Response: The Office created the final
fee structure in order to set fees at
optimal levels to improve the Office’s
services and to enhance operational
efficiency. The Office also continuously
reviews its own internal processes and
behaviors to improve operational
inefficiencies. These regular reviews of
internal operations and behaviors were
institutionalized as a priority. For
example, the Office established a Patent
Process Reengineering Team (Team) in
June 2010 to review and evaluate preexamination, examination, and postexamination processes. The Team
delivered redesigned and streamlined
processes—with recommendations for
improvements—to USPTO senior
leadership and the Patents End-To-End
(PE2E) software engineering team.
Specifically, the Team produced more
than 250 individual process
improvement recommendations in the
areas of: Increased electronic
application filing and management,
processing standardization and
consistency (with both domestic and
international standards), accurate and
easy measurement of core metrics,
examination quality, customer
satisfaction, and reduced risk exposure.
Where the best tool for improvement
included information technology, the
Office incorporated the
recommendations for improved
processes into the PE2E program
development plan.
The Office already implemented
many of the Team’s recommendations.
For example, the Office gained
efficiency in the terminal disclaimer
process, resulting in pendency
reduction for over 40,000 applications
by an average of 30 days. Also, the
USPTO improved internal operations
and Office behavior through the First
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Action Interview Pilot Program, which
benefits applicants by advancing the
prosecution of applications and
enhancing the interactions between the
applicant and examiner early in the
process to facilitate a more compact
prosecution.
The Office will continue to evaluate
all AIA and patent operational
procedures and make efficiency
improvements accordingly. In addition,
the AIA requires the Office to consult
with the PPAC annually to determine if
any fees set using section 10(a) should
be reduced. After such consultation, the
Office may reduce fees. See AIA section
10(c). In the future, the Office will work
with the PPAC to determine if any
improvements in operational efficiency
warrant a reduction in fees set or
adjusted in this rulemaking.
Fee Setting Elasticity
PPAC Comment 4: The PPAC
commented that the proposed system of
slightly raising filing, search, and
examination fees while lowering the
issue and publication fees, is sensible.
The PPAC also comment that the
balance of fees distributed between the
front-end and back-end continues to be
preserved so that the reduced front-end
fees encourage applicants to enter the
patent system. The PPAC nevertheless
advised that raising pre-issue fees like
filing, search, and examination may still
(at the margins) discourage some
otherwise meritorious patent filings.
Based on its discussions with
applicants, including large corporations
and small and start-up entities, the
PPAC anticipated some decrease in the
demand for patent filings. The PPAC
advised that increases in fees will strain
some patenting budgets and commented
that it continues to be concerned that
fee changes will have a greater impact
on filing and payment of maintenance
fees than projected. The PPAC
recognized that generating adequate
funds is essential, yet advised that it
must be balanced with the public policy
of ensuring access to intellectual
property coverage.
Response: The Office appreciates the
PPAC’s support for this overall structure
for fees. Although the Office shares the
PPAC’s concern about any impact of
increased filing, search, and
examination fees on the number of
prospective patent applications filed,
the Office’s elasticity analysis indicates
that the potential impact is small and
that filings will likely continue to grow
over the next five years, even if at a
somewhat lesser rate than if there were
no fee increases. Further, to the extent
there is some impact on filings, the
Office believes that the benefits of the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
fee changes outweigh the temporary cost
of fewer patent filings. The additional
revenue generated from the increase in
fees will provide sufficient resources for
the Office to reduce the backlog and
decrease pendency. The decrease in
pendency is estimated to increase
private patent value by shortening the
time for an invention to be
commercialized or otherwise obtain
value from the exclusive right for the
technology.
The Office also notes that filing,
search, and examination fees are
increased, and issue and publication
fees are decreased in this final rule. As
explained in detail in this rulemaking
and the RIA, the filing, search,
examination, publication and issue fees,
once effective and taken together, are
reduced by at least 23 percent for all
successful applicants (with a much
greater reduction for small and micro
entity applicants), and this reduction
may allow applicants on limited
budgets to file and prosecute more
patent applications under the new fee
structure. Therefore, an applicant who
expects a high likelihood of an
application being issued may be more
likely to file a patent application under
the new fee schedule.
As discussed above, based on
economic indicators, the Office expects
a 5.0 percent annual growth rate in
filings for FY 2013 through FY 2017.
Based on elasticity computations, the
Office conservatively believes that the
growth rate in application filings may be
somewhat lower (compared to the rate
of growth in the absence of a fee
increase) in the first few years under
this final rule. Along with this
rulemaking and the RIA, the Office
provided an estimate of elasticity to
address whether and how applicants
might be sensitive to price (fee) changes,
and included an estimate of the impact
on application filing levels. See
‘‘USPTO Section 10 Fee Setting—
Description of Elasticity Estimates’’
available at https://www.uspto.gov/
aia_implementation/fees.jsp#heading-1.
The Office conservatively estimated
that, initially, the fees under the final
rule would cause a small decrease in the
demand for patenting activity due to the
fee adjustments (a 1.3 percent decrease
in FY 2013, a 2.7 percent decrease in FY
2014, and a 4.0 percent decrease in FY
2015–FY 2017). Even with these short
term decreases at the margin, the Office
still expects to receive an increasing
number of new (serialized) application
filings during later years. The Office has
projected that it will take in sufficient
revenue, despite the elasticity of some
fees, to recover aggregate costs under the
final fee schedule.
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4243
PPAC Comment 5: In reviewing the
Office’s experience with ‘‘Track 1,’’ the
PPAC noted that fewer applicants
participated in that program than
originally anticipated. The PPAC
cautioned that the Track 1 experience
seems relevant to the new programs
under the AIA, and that the Office’s
elasticity assumptions may be overly
optimistic.
Response: Track 1 created a new and
optional expedited examination service
for certain applicants who were willing
to pay an extra fee. The Office
considered the effects of the Track 1 fee
levels on applicants’ use of that service
in its analysis of the fees in this
rulemaking. The Track 1 program
experience is only of limited usefulness
when considering elasticity of fees in
this final rule. Unlike core application
services, the Track 1 service is optional
for applicants. The Track 1 fee level was
set by Section 11(h) of the AIA and
implemented by a rule that reflected
that statutory provision. Ordinarily for
elasticity estimates about a service,
there would need to be some change in
price and some observation about
demand in the face of that price change.
With only one data point so far (the
initial fee set by the AIA), it is difficult
to extrapolate meaningful elasticity
estimates from the Track 1 program to
date.
Operating Reserve
PPAC Comment 6: The PPAC agreed
that the creation of an operating reserve
is a sound business practice to allow for
continuity of service and the ability to
complete long-term plans more
effectively and efficiently. The PPAC
also commented that three months
seems to be a good size for the reserve.
The PPAC, nevertheless, expressed
concern that access to spend all
generated funds, as a part of the annual
appropriations process, is not assured
under the AIA. The PPAC
recommended that the Office continue
to grow the operating reserve gradually,
while also allowing for a longer period
to monitor Congressional support.
Response: The Office agrees with the
PPAC that having an operating reserve
is a sound and needed business
practice. The Government
Accountability Office’s (GAO’s) review
of the USPTO’s fee setting process
(reported to the Chairman of the
Committee on Appropriations) also
substantiated the need for maintaining
an operating reserve. The GAO found
that it ‘‘is consistent with our previous
reporting that an operating reserve is
important for fee-funded programs to
match fee collections to average
program costs over time and because
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
4244
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
program costs do not necessarily decline
with a drop in fee collections.’’ (See
New User Fee Design Presents
Opportunities to Build on Transparency
and Communication Success, GAO–12–
514R (Apr. 25, 2012) available at
https://www.gao.gov/products/GAO-12514R.) An operating reserve promotes
confidence in the United States IP
system by providing a mechanism to
absorb and respond to temporary
changes in the economy and USPTO’s
operating and financial environments.
Without an operating reserve, agencies
can be unnecessarily thrown into shortterm cash flow stress like that which the
USPTO experienced in FY 2009 due to
the economic recession and in FY 2010
due to the delay in the authorization of
spending authority for the fees collected
from patent applicants during the
rebound from FY 2009.
An operating reserve consists of funds
already available for the USPTO to
spend. Congress has already
appropriated the money in USPTO’s
operating reserve, and therefore no
additional appropriation is required for
USPTO to use the operating reserve.
Thus, the operating reserve is available
to ameliorate the short-term problem of
under-collection in a given year.
The Office also agrees with the PPAC
that it is prudent to grow this threemonth operating reserve in a gradual
manner. The fee structure in this final
rule seeks to achieve that prudent
growth by extending the period of
growth by another year (to FY 2018), as
compared to the timeframe proposed in
the September NPRM (FY 2017). This
extension of the time period for growing
the operating reserve is the result of
reducing fee amounts in the final rule in
response to comments from the PPAC
and the public and is consistent with
the number of patent examiners the
Office plans to hire in FY 2013 to
achieve a ‘‘soft landing’’ with respect to
the patent application inventory and
workforce level as discussed further in
the response to PPAC Comment 7.
Finally, as to whether the USPTO will
be able to spend all funds collected in
excess of the USPTO’s specified annual
overall appropriation amount, Section
22 of the AIA provides that such
collections are deposited in a new
Patent and Trademark Fee Reserve Fund
(created by the AIA) that is available to
the USPTO subject to procedures
provided in appropriations acts. In any
given year, if the USPTO collects fees
beyond the specified annual overall
appropriated amount, those fees will be
deposited into the Patent and
Trademark Fee Reserve Fund. In fiscal
year 2012 (the first full year after AIA),
the USPTO appropriations bill included
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
procedures permitting it to spend fees
deposited in the Patent and Trademark
Fee Reserve Fund. The Office has no
reason to believe the same will not hold
true for fiscal year 2013 and beyond.
The Office will continue to work closely
with Congress to ensure full access to
fees paid by patent applicants and
patentees, consistent with the AIA.
Pendency Goals
PPAC Comment 7: The PPAC
commented that it supports decreasing
pendency, and stated that while the
proposed decreased pendency times are
laudable, there is nothing magical about
the pendency timeframes (i.e., 10
months first action pendency and 20
months total pendency). For future
years, the PPAC advised that it will be
important to reach a properly balanced
inventory level of patent applications
pending at the Office that is appropriate
for the workforce level. The inventory
should be low enough to achieve
desired decreased pendency and high
enough to accommodate potential
fluctuations in application filings,
retention of examiners, and changes in
RCE filings stemming from the programs
being instituted by the USPTO. The
PPAC refers to this desired end state as
a ‘‘soft landing.’’
Response: Optimizing patent quality
and timely issuance of patents provides
greater legal certainty. The longer it
takes to review a patent application, the
longer it takes for the benefit of the IP
protection to accrue. Failure to complete
the examination in a timely manner
creates uncertainty regarding the scope
and timing of any IP rights. This not
only impacts patent applicants, but it
also has a negative impact on other
innovators and businesses in that field
that are awaiting the outcome of the
pending application.
As the IP environment becomes
increasingly global, applicants are
increasing their foreign patent
application filings in multiple countries.
Obtaining a first action about 10 months
from filing provides patent applicants
with important information about the
status of their application so that they
can determine whether to file in other
countries before the expiration of the
12-month date to maintain priority. This
leads to more strategic patent
application filings and reduces user
resources spent on unnecessary filings
in patent offices worldwide.
The USPTO worked closely with
stakeholders and responded to their
concerns in establishing the targets of 10
months first action pendency and 20
months total pendency in the Strategic
Plan. The PPAC gave its support to
these pendency timeframes in their
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2009 Annual Report, which commended
then Secretary of Commerce Gary Locke
and Under Secretary and Director David
Kappos for their efforts to reduce first
action pendency to ten months. PPAC
likewise indicated in its report that the
PPAC would like to work with the
Office and the innovation community to
reduce overall pendency to twenty
months as the ultimate goal with
reasonable intermediate targets and
timelines.
The Office has a long-term plan to
reduce the patent application backlog to
a steady-state of about 350,000
unexamined applications, and to
decrease first action patent application
pendency to 10 months and total patent
application pendency to 20 months. The
Office agrees with the PPAC regarding
the need for a ‘‘soft landing’’ when
planning for these goals in the out years.
The Office is very aware that as the
patent application backlog and
pendency drop, it is important to ensure
that the Office reaches the right balance
of application inventory and staff size.
The Office has considered the PPAC’s
comment and reevaluated its long-term
plan, recognizing the substantial
progress and efficiencies made to date
and taking into account historically low
attrition rates, higher production levels,
and the need to ensure that continued
backlog progress does not result in
inventory levels decreasing to a point
where there is inadequate work on hand
for some employees. Thus, as an initial
measure, the Office is reducing the
number of patent examiners it plans to
hire in FY 2013 from 1,500 to 1,000.
This change substantially reduces the
risk of excessively low inventory, yet
also increases the possibility that it will
take longer to reach the ideal inventory
and pendency levels. Under this
approach, patent production modeling
indicates conservatively that the
reduction in hiring may cause ideal
inventory levels to occur in FY 2016
and patent application pendency targets
for first action and total by FY 2016 and
FY 2017, respectively. In response to
comments and in an abundance of
caution, the Office is thus changing the
timeframe in which it estimates it will
reach its ideal patent application
inventory target to FY 2016, first action
patent application pendency target to
FY 2016, and the total patent
application pendency target to FY 2017.
The Office recognizes that this
adjustment keeps the Office on track for
meeting its goals while further avoiding
any risk of excessively low inventory.
PPAC Comment 8: The PPAC noted
that a pendency timeframe of 10 months
to first action and 20 months total
pendency may result in applicants and
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
examiners not being aware of some prior
art at the time of the first office action
on the merits. As a result, the PPAC
stated that the Office might incorrectly
issue a patent.
Response: Prior to 2000, the Office
did not routinely publish pending
patent applications, and instead only
publicly disclosed pending applications
under special circumstances. Since
2000, the Office has generally published
applications 18 months from their
earliest effective filing date. See 35
U.S.C. 122(b).
As noted in the response to the PPAC
Comment 7, the first action pendency
and total pendency goals at 10 months
and 20 months, respectively, were
developed in consultation with patent
stakeholders when the Office
established the Strategic Plan. The
Office appreciates that a pendency goal
of 10 months to first action may result
in some prior art (in the form of other
applications) being published after
issuing the first Office action in a
particular application. However, prior to
the adoption of 18-month publication in
2000, the Office examined applications
knowing that the full range of potential
prior art might not yet be available. And
with the adoption of 18-month
publication, the only way the Office
could avoid examining an application
before all applicable prior art had been
published would be to delay
examination until after eighteen months
from the priority date of any potentially
relevant application and/or revise 35
U.S.C. 122(b) to eliminate the
exceptions to 18-month publication.
These are not feasible options.
Moreover, the risk of missing relevant
prior art is lessened because many
applications are published in fewer than
18 months because the 18-month
publication deadline is computed from
the earliest filed application, and many
applications are outgrowths of an earlier
filed application. Because there is
general support from the Office’s
stakeholders on both decreasing
pendency generally and the 10 month
goal specifically, notwithstanding a
limited risk of some prior art not being
known publicly, the Office has thus
decided to maintain 10 months as the
targeted date of a first Office action.
Individual Fee Categories
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Prioritized Examination
PPAC Comment 9: The PPAC
commented that the Office’s efforts to
make the Track 1 option more accessible
to applicants by lowering the fee is an
encouraging step, but advises that the
Office should closely monitor demand
for Track 1 applications and offer
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
additional downward fee adjustments to
determine the optimal fee rate and
improve access to this service.
Response: The Office will continue to
monitor the demand for the Track 1
prioritized examination program to see
if the demand increases with the
decrease in the fee. At the same time,
the Office will continue to monitor the
pendency associated with the
traditional examination path to ensure
that any potential changes in the
demand for the Track 1 prioritized
examination program do not impact the
pendency for the traditional
examination path. The fee for the
prioritized examination program is
intended to closely recover the cost of
the program so as not to impact the level
of examination resources of the
traditional ‘‘track.’’
Request for Continued Examination
(RCE)
PPAC Comment 10: The PPAC
expressed a variety of operational
concerns about the way the Office
perceives and handles RCEs as part of
the patent prosecution process. The
PPAC advised that: (i) There are
incentives on both sides to file RCEs
(applicants continue to need to achieve
allowance, examiners get further (albeit
reduced) counts for RCE prosecution,
and the pendency of RCEs is not
included in the traditional pendency
numbers); and (ii) the increasing
backlog of RCEs generates further patent
term adjustments for a large number of
applicants. The PPAC recommended
that the Office consider these factors as
it considers any proposed increase in
RCE fees. These concerns also underlie
the PPAC’s comment that RCE fees set
too high may disincentivize the Office
to improve its efficiency. The PPAC
recommended that a small increase in
the fee for an RCE might be appropriate,
but the fee should align more closely
with the Office’s associated costs and
the fee should be less than the fees for
new or continuing applications. The
PPAC further recommended that the
higher fee for second and subsequent
RCEs should be reduced because these
RCEs are easier and cheaper to examine
and any number of continuations may
be filed at the same cost per
continuation. The PPAC finally
recommended that the USPTO should
continue to find ways to reduce
applicants’ need for RCEs, rather than
increase fees for filing an RCE.
Response: The Office appreciates the
PPAC’s comments about the operational
aspects of RCEs, and looks forward to
continuing to work with the PPAC on
potential operational improvements. In
setting the proposed fee levels, the
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4245
Office determined that approximately
70 percent of applicants that file an RCE
file only one RCE. The first RCE fee
($1,200 for large entities) was set at a
level lower than both the average
historic cost of performing the services
associated with an RCE ($1,882) and the
fee for filing a continuing application
($1,600 for large entities), as well as
much lower than the average historic
cost of services associated with
examining a new patent application
($3,713). Because the Office set the fee
for the first RCE below the cost to
process it, the Office must recoup that
cost elsewhere. Since most applicants
resolve their issues with the first RCE,
the Office determined that applicants
that file more than one RCE are using
the patent system more extensively than
those who file zero or only one RCE.
Therefore, the Office determined that
the cost to review applications with two
or more RCEs should not be subsidized
with other back-end fees to the same
extent as applications with a first RCE,
newly filed applications, or other
continuing applications. Nevertheless,
the fee set for the second and
subsequent RCE ($1,700 for large
entities) is still lower than the average
historic cost of the Office processing an
RCE ($1,882), thus retaining the Office’s
incentives to work toward additional
examination efficiencies, consistent
with the PPAC’s comments.
Regarding the relationship between
RCEs and continuing applications, the
Office did not include a second, higher
fee for second and subsequent
continuing applications because RCEs
and continuing applications are not
completely interchangeable. The Office
increased the fee for second and
subsequent RCEs ($1,700 for large
entities) to recover the cost associated
with processing more than one RCE and
to keep the fee sufficiently close to the
filing, search, and examination fee for a
continuing application ($1,600 for large
entities). The Office determined that the
fee differential between a continuing
application and a second and
subsequent RCE ($100) would likely not
be a significant factor in an applicant’s
choice between a second or subsequent
RCE and a continuing application, and
instead the differing characteristics in
the two types of continuing applications
would be the overriding factor in
whether the applicant files an RCE or a
continuing application. Moreover, RCEs
are not subject to excess claims or
excess page fees. Thus, RCEs may cost
less than continuations in many
instances.
While an RCE may be less costly to
examine than a new continuing
application in certain situations, the
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
4246
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
patent fee structure is designed such
that the costs associated with the
processing and examination of a new or
continuing application are also
recovered by issue and maintenance
fees, allowing for lower than cost
recovery continuing application fee
amounts. The Office continued this
subsidization design with the fee for a
first RCE. In fact, the fee for a first RCE
($1,200 for large entities) is set at 75
percent ($1,200 divided by $1,600) of
the total fees for filing, search, and
examination set herein. This fee
relationship is the same as exists in the
current fee structure because an RCE fee
is 74 percent of the total fees for filing,
search, and examination ($930 divided
by $1,260). To avoid charging higher
issue and maintenance fees to offset the
cost of processing second and
subsequent RCEs, the fees for those
RCEs are instead set closer to cost
recovery. Increasing the issue and/or
maintenance fees to offset lower than
cost recovery second and subsequent
RCEs would cause the majority of filers
(who do not seek more than one RCE)
to subsidize services provided to the
small minority of filers who seek two or
more RCEs. The Office does not believe
such subsidization would be an optimal
result.
The Office understands the PPAC’s
operational point that a higher
inventory and longer pendency of RCEs
could generate additional PTA. The
Office notes that the RCE fees set in this
rule will generate the revenue necessary
to reduce inventory and pendency
levels overall so as to potentially reduce
the amount of PTA earned.
Regarding the variety of operational
concerns that centered on examination
practices associated with second office
actions and final rejections, second
office actions in current practice are not
automatically made final. In an instance
where the examiner introduces a new
ground of rejection that is neither
necessitated by applicant’s amendment
of the claims nor based on information
submitted in an information disclosure
statement filed during the period set
forth in 37 CFR 1.97(c) with the fee set
forth in 37 CFR 1.17(p), another non
final action is appropriate. If the
applicant receives a final action that
they believe to be premature, the
question should be raised to the
examiner and/or supervisory patent
examiner (SPE) while the application is
still pending before the primary
examiner. The issue of whether a final
rejection is premature is not sufficient
grounds for appeal, or basis of
complaint before the Patent Trial and
Appeal Board. It is rather reviewable by
petition under 37 CFR 1.181.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
Additionally, the applicant has the
option to request an interview with the
examiner, consistent with MPEP 713,
and to request a review of identified
matters on appeal in an appeal
conference prior to the filing of an
appeal brief.
Regarding pendency calculations, the
Office presents multiple application
pendency numbers on the Patent
Dashboard in the USPTO Data
Visualization Center at https://
www.uspto.gov/dashboards/patents/
main.dashxml. There, the Office
publishes traditional total pendency
both with and without RCEs, as well as
the pendency for RCEs alone. The Office
also publishes the backlog for RCEs. The
Office presents data on the growth in
RCE filings, the inventory of RCEs, and
the pendency associated with RCEs. The
USPTO is continuing efforts to reduce
the number of situations in which
applicants might be required to file
RCEs to address the existing backlog of
pending unexamined RCEs. The USPTO
initiated two new pilot programs—the
AFCP and the QPIDS Pilots—as a means
to reduce RCE filings (see https://
www.uspto.gov/patents/init_events/
index.jsp). While it is still too early to
predict the effectiveness of these
programs, short-term analysis has
shown that each pilot is already having
a positive impact on reducing the need
to file a RCE.
In addition to these on-going efforts,
the USPTO is continuing training efforts
to emphasize compact prosecution
practices such as interview training. The
USPTO is also collaborating with the
PPAC on an RCE outreach effort. The
objective of this initiative is to identify
reasons for filing RCEs, identify
practices for avoiding unnecessary
RCEs, and explore new programs or
changes in current programs that could
reduce the need for RCEs. As a part of
this effort, the Office recently issued a
request for comments on RCE practice
in the Federal Register (see 77 FR 72830
(Dec. 6, 2012)). This multi-step
approach to address stakeholder
concerns with respect to RCE practice is
directed at reducing patent application
pendency, including the impact of RCEs
on such pendency.
Appeals
PPAC Comment 11: The PPAC
commented that the Office’s elimination
of the fee for the submission of a brief
is a positive step forward. The PPAC
otherwise commented that appeal fees
in general are too high given that some
applicants must file an appeal due to
examination problems. The PPAC also
commented that a Notice of Appeal is
frequently utilized as an extension of
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
time and that the Office should set the
fee to recognize this usage. The PPAC
also commented that in some instances
applicants are forced to pay extensions
of time or file a notice of appeal due to
slow Office treatment of an after final
submission. The PPAC recommended
lowering the Notice of Appeal fee to
around its current post-surcharge
amount (for example $750), and
charging the increased amount for
forwarding the brief to the Board.
Response: The Office appreciates the
PPAC’s support for eliminating the fee
for submitting an appeal brief. Also, the
Office is implementing the PPAC’s
recommendation for lowering the Notice
of Appeal fee in this final rule. The
Office is lowering the fee for a Notice of
Appeal to $800 (large entity) from the
$1,000 (large entity) proposed in the
NPRM and the Office will leave the fee
for forwarding an appeal to the PTAB at
the originally proposed $2,000 (large
entity). Given the high cost to the Office
of the appeals process, the fee
adjustments are necessary to decrease
the gap between cost of the appeal
service and fee in order to improve the
financial sustainability of the Office. As
appeals are sometimes necessary due to
differences of opinion between an
applicant and the examiner, the Office
has coupled the higher fees with a new
staged fee structure to ease the cost
impact on applicants when prosecution
is reopened following submission of the
appeal brief. The Office estimates that
about two-thirds of applicants who
appeal final rejections will pay only the
$800 (large entity) notice of appeal fee,
which is less than would be paid in the
same situation under the current fee
structure ($1,260 for large entities). The
Office likewise estimates that only onethird of applicants who appeal final
rejections will pay the additional $2,000
appeal forwarding fee, which, in total
with the notice of appeal fees ($800 plus
$2,000 equals $2,800), is 43 percent less
than the average historical cost of
providing appeal services ($4,922). The
Office recognizes that total fees to
receive an appeal decision from the
PTAB will more than double. However,
the Office estimates that less than 5
percent of applicants who receive final
rejections will be paying both the notice
of appeal and the appeal forwarding fee.
Regarding appeals being filed due to
examination problems, in the appeals
decided on their merits by the PTAB,
over 65 percent result in affirmance of
at least some of the rejected claims (see
https://www.uspto.gov/ip/boards/bpai/
stats/receipts/fy2012_sep_e.jsp). This
data demonstrates that the PTAB is
affirming a larger percentage of rejected
claims than it reverses. The Office
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
believes that the affirmance rate would
be much lower if there were significant
problems with the examination process.
Likewise, Office data shows there is
not a large problem with the timely
treatment of an after final submission.
During FY 2012, after final amendments
were acted upon by the Office in an
average of 8.8 days, and only 4.6 percent
took over four weeks to be addressed. In
fact, 60 percent of after final
amendments were addressed within one
week. Also, if an applicant files a
response to a final rejection within two
months of the date of the final rejection,
the shortened statutory period will
expire at three months from the date of
the final rejection or on the date the
advisory action is mailed, whichever is
later, thus minimizing the need for any
extensions.
PPAC Comment 12: The PPAC
recommended that the Office enhance
its provisions for resolution of problems
in the examination of applications. For
example, the PPAC recommended that
the Office permit real-time applicant
participation in pre-appeal brief
conferences or a more robust
ombudsman or SPE review of cases.
Response: The internal processes for
conducting both pre-appeal and appeal
conferences are undergoing an in-depth
internal review. The Office is currently
evaluating process improvement
recommendations. In the meantime, the
current process addresses some of the
comments raised by the PPAC. For
example, a Technology Centerdesignated conferee, a SPE, and the
examiner participate in pre-appeal or
appeal conferences to review the
applicant’s remarks and the examiner’s
rejections. In addition, when the Patents
Ombudsman Program receives an
inquiry from an applicant/attorney/
agent regarding a legitimate problem in
the prosecution of an application, an
Ombudsman Representative in the
Technology Center (TC) handling that
application will request that the SPE
review the application with particular
attention on the issue raised. As
appropriate, a Quality Assurance
Specialist (QAS) in that TC also might
get involved at the request of the SPE.
Once the SPE has reviewed the
application, he/she will close the loop
directly with the applicant/attorney/
agent who initiated the inquiry.
Ex Parte Reexamination
PPAC Comment 13: The PPAC noted
that the fee for an ex parte
reexamination increased significantly,
from $2,520 to $17,750, and was
proposed to be reduced to $15,000 in
the NRPM. The PPAC questioned why
the Office did not see the disparity
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
between costs and fees for ex parte
reexamination earlier, and work with
Congress to correct the disparity.
Response: The ex parte reexamination
fees were adjusted on a cost recovery
basis in the supplemental examination
final rule using authority in 35 U.S.C.
41(d) because fees for this new AIA
service were required to be in place one
year from the AIA’s enactment
(September 16, 2012), and because the
Office would not finish with the section
10 rulemaking by that date. (See
Changes to Implement the
Supplemental Examination Provisions
of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
and to Revise Reexamination Fees, 77
FR at 48831 and 48851). Given that
supplemental examination and ex parte
reexamination are such closely related
services, the Office elected to adjust the
fee for filing a request for ex parte
reexamination and to set a fee for
petitions filed in ex parte and inter
partes reexamination proceedings to
more accurately reflect the cost of these
processes when it set the fees for
supplemental examination. The Office
has been aware of the disparity between
its costs for conducting ex parte
reexamination and the former ex parte
reexamination fee for a number of years.
The Office, however, wanted to ensure
that this disparity was not unique to one
or a few fiscal years before moving to
adjust reexamination fees. Accordingly,
the Office did not seek to adjust the ex
parte reexamination fees earlier.
PPAC Comment 14: The PPAC
questioned why ex parte reexamination
has a high cost when it is a procedure
with minimal processes (for example, it
involves no testimony and no
interaction with third parties). The
PPAC noted that the cost [fee] for
reviewing the petition ($1,800) is higher
than the proposed fee for the entire
initial examination ($1,600) and
commented that the costs related to all
aspects of the ex parte reexamination
process seem high. The PPAC
recommended that there should be ways
to provide for more straight forward
decision-making and streamline the
review process to lower costs.
Response: Petitions in reexamination
proceedings generally involve issues of
greater complexity and greater number
of issues than other patent-related
petitions. See Changes to Implement the
Supplemental Examination Provisions
of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
and to Revise Reexamination Fees, 77
FR at 48837. As a result, these
proceedings are more expensive on
average for the Office to administer.
Nonetheless, after updating the patent
operating plans and corresponding
aggregate costs in response to public
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4247
comments, the Office determined it
could reduce the ex parte reexamination
fee while continuing to ensure that the
aggregate revenue equals aggregate cost.
In this final rule, the Office is reducing
the fee for ex parte reexamination
(proposed at a total of $15,000 for large
entities) to $12,000 (large entity), which
is 32 percent below the Office’s cost for
these services. The Office also notes that
this rulemaking applies small and micro
entity reductions to the ex parte
reexamination fee, resulting in
discounts of 50 percent for small
entities and 75 percent for micro entity
patentees.
PPAC Comment 15: The PPAC
advised that the Office should construct
a more streamlined, pay-as-you-go
approach to reexamination. The PPAC
recommended that the Office break the
ex parte reexamination fee into two
parts: (1) Petition; and (2)
reexamination. If nonpayment for
reexamination following the grant of a
petition is a concern, the PPAC
recommended several methods to
ensure that the Office receives payment.
Response: The ex parte reexamination
fee is in essence a two-part fee: (1) Part
of the ex parte reexamination fee helps
to recover the costs for analyzing the
request and drafting the decision
whether to grant or deny ex parte
reexamination; this is based on the fee
set forth in 37 CFR 1.20(c)(7) for a
denied request for ex parte
reexamination ($3,600, $1,800 for a
small entity, and $900 for a micro entity
patentee); and (2) the remaining part of
the fee helps to recover the costs for
conducting ex parte reexamination if
the request for ex parte reexamination is
granted; this is based on the ex parte
reexamination fee set forth in 37 CFR
1.20(c)(1) less the fee set forth in 37 CFR
1.20(c)(7) for a denied request for ex
parte reexamination ($12,000 less
$3,600 or $8,400 for a large entity;
$6,000 less $1,800 or $4,200 for a small
entity; and $3,000 less $900 or $2,100
for a micro entity patentee). Rather than
adopt a pay-as-you-go approach in ex
parte reexamination, the Office adopted
a process of charging the total fee up
front and then refunding the balance of
the fee if the request for ex parte
reexamination is denied. This approach
avoids the delays and complications of
collecting a separate fee for conducting
ex parte reexamination if the request for
ex parte reexamination is granted.
While PPAC’s other payment collection
suggestions may be valid, the Office’s
historical approach of collecting the full
fee in advance, and issuing refunds as
needed, completely avoids the delays
and risks related to nonpayment of fees
following the grant of a request for ex
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4248
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
parte reexamination and helps ensure
efficient processing of an ex parte
reexamination.
Supplemental Examination
PPAC Comment 16: The PPAC
commented that the fees for
supplemental examinations are too
high. The PPAC questioned the Office’s
underlying cost assumptions, suggesting
that the basis of the estimate should
have been limited to patentee-initiated
reexaminations, not all ex parte
reexaminations. The PPAC
recommended that the Office publish
estimates of historic costs for patenteeinitiated reexaminations for comparison
purposes.
Response: The supplemental
examination fees were set on a cost
recovery basis in the final rule to
implement supplemental examination.
See Changes to Implement the
Supplemental Examination Provisions
of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
and to Revise Reexamination Fees, 77
FR 48828 (Aug. 14, 2012). The
supplemental examination final rule
adopted fees for supplemental
examination as follows: (1) $5,140 for
processing and treating a request for
supplemental examination; (2) $16,120
for conducting ex parte reexamination
ordered as a result of a supplemental
examination; (3) $170 for each nonpatent document between 21 and 50
pages in length; and (4) $280 for each
additional 50-page increment or a
fraction thereof, per document. See id.
at 48831 and 48851. The cost
calculations relating to the
supplemental examination final rule
were published by the Office (‘‘Cost
Calculations for Supplemental
Examination and Reexamination’’) at
https://www.uspto.gov/
aia_implementation/
patents.jsp#heading-9. The Office does
not separately track the time taken by
the examiners to process and analyze
patentee-initiated ex parte
reexaminations versus third partyrequested ex parte reexaminations. The
Office determined via consultation with
the Central Reexamination Unit (CRU)
managers that the examiner time
required for patentee-initiated requests
and third party-requested ex parte
reexaminations is about the same, and
thus the costs to the Office for either
type of request for ex parte
reexamination are about the same. See
page 13 of ‘‘Cost Calculations for
Supplemental Examination and
Reexamination’’.
The NPRM proposed to adjust
supplemental examination fees to
reduce, below full cost recovery, both
the fee for processing and treating a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
request for supplemental examination
and the fee for conducting ex parte
reexamination ordered as a result of a
supplemental examination, in total by
16 percent. After updating the patent
operating plans and corresponding
aggregate costs in response to public
comments, the Office determined it
could reduce the supplemental
examination fee further while
continuing to ensure that the aggregate
revenue equals aggregate cost. In this
final rule, the Office is reducing the
large entity fee for conducting ex parte
reexamination ordered as a result of a
supplemental examination (proposed at
$13,600) to $12,100. Therefore, this final
rule sets the total fees for supplemental
examination at $16,500 ($4,400 for
processing and treating a request for
supplemental examination plus the
$12,100, excluding any applicable
document size fees), which is 23 percent
below the Office’s cost for these
services. Any reductions beyond this
level would require increases to other
fee(s) to ensure the overall fee structure
provides cost recovery in the aggregate.
This rulemaking also sets forth small (50
percent) and micro entity (75 percent)
reductions to all of the supplemental
examination fees.
PPAC Comment 17: The PPAC
recommended that a pay-per-reference
system for each reference over twelve
submitted in a supplemental
examination request would be more
effective than the currently proposed
maximum reference rule. The PPAC also
recommended that the Office should
permit a patentee one supplemental
examination request per issued patent,
regardless of the number of references
submitted.
Response: The procedures governing
the supplemental examination process
provided for in the AIA were adopted in
the supplemental examination final
rule. See Changes to Implement the
Supplemental Examination Provisions
of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
and to Revise Reexamination Fees, 77
FR 48828 (Aug. 14, 2012). As explained
in that rule, the Office placed a limit on
the number of items of information that
may be submitted with a request for
supplemental examination because the
Office must conclude a supplemental
examination within three months of the
date on which the request for
supplemental examination is filed. The
Office set the limit at twelve items of
information because ninety-three
percent of the requests for ex parte
reexamination filed in FY 2011
included twelve or fewer documents.
See Changes to Implement the
Supplemental Examination Provisions
of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
and to Revise Reexamination Fees, 77
FR at 48830. This rulemaking addresses
only the fee for supplemental
examination (reducing it by 23 percent
and adding a small entity discount of 50
percent and a micro entity discount of
75 percent), and does not propose to
change the requirements for a request
for supplemental examination, such as
the number of items of information that
may be included in a request for
supplemental examination.
PPAC Comment 18: The PPAC
commented that many in the applicant
community view supplemental
examination as akin to reviews of
information disclosure statements (IDSs)
after a final rejection. With that usage in
mind, the PPAC recommended that the
fees for supplemental examination be
reduced to levels similar to original
examination fees.
Response: The Office determined that
the supplemental examination process
is more analogous to an ex parte
reexamination process than a review of
an IDS after a final rejection. In both
supplemental examination and ex parte
reexamination, the Office must
determine whether a substantial new
question of patentability is raised in the
request within three months of the filing
date of the request. Supplemental
examination, however, is further
enhanced to involve the review of
information in addition to the patents
and printed publications provided for in
ex parte reexamination practice.
Therefore, in the supplemental
examination final rule, the Office based
its estimate of the cost of supplemental
examination proceedings on its costs for
ex parte reexamination proceedings.
Inter Partes Review, Post-Grant Review,
and Covered Business Methods Review
PPAC Comment 19: The PPAC
commented that the new inter partes
review, post-grant review, and covered
business method review request and
institution fees are the right balance
between cost recovery and incentive for
use. The PPAC supported the Office’s
decision to set these fees at the
proposed rates, even though the PPAC
received several public comments
suggesting that high fees would lessen
the use of these proceedings to remove
improperly granted patents from the
patent system. The PPAC commented
that it supports the USPTO’s decision to
break the fee into two parts, but advises
the Office to consider a more granular
pay-as-you-go approach.
Response: The Office appreciates the
PPAC’s support for the inter partes
review, post-grant review, and covered
business method review fee rates. The
AIA requires that the Office establish
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
fees for inter partes review, post-grant
review, and covered business method
review to be paid by the person
requesting the review. The fees paid by
the person requesting the review are to
be set considering the aggregate costs of
the review. The statutory framework
requires the full fee to be paid in
advance and refunds issued as needed.
Therefore, the Office is not instituting a
pay-as-you-go fee structure for these
services.
PPAC Comment 20: The PPAC
commented that the Office has resisted
calls for more structured and automatic
discovery in the inter partes review,
post-grant review, and covered business
method review proceedings and that
this will be the most significant driver
of costs for these contested cases. The
PPAC recommended that the Office
work to streamline the structure of
proceedings.
Response: The Office’s final rules for
inter partes review, post-grant review,
and covered business method review
affirmatively embrace the calls for more
structured and automatic discovery by
providing for mandatory initial
disclosures, default cross-examination
times, a model order regarding ediscovery, and guidelines for crossexamination. See Changes to Implement
Inter Partes Review Proceedings, PostGrant Review Proceedings, and
Transitional Program for Covered
Business Method Patents, 77 FR 48680
(Aug. 14, 2012). Additionally, the final
rules provide that the parties to a
contested case may agree to discovery
amongst themselves as a way of
streamlining the structure and conduct
of the proceeding. The Office will be
monitoring these new services and will
consider feedback from the user
community on how the services are
being implemented and whether any
improvements can be made to these
procedures.
Maintenance Fees
PPAC Comment 21: The PPAC
commented that it generally supports
the maintenance fee scheme proposed
in the NPRM and that individual fees
are reasonable because patentees should
have a better sense of the value of the
intellectual property as time progresses
after patent grant. However, the PPAC
questioned the fee increase proposed for
the third stage maintenance fee. The
PPAC advised that the increase to the
third stage maintenance fee may have a
greater adverse effect on demand (and
therefore revenue) than the Office
projected. Given the AIA’s requirement
to review fees at least annually, the
PPAC recommended that the Office
closely monitor the effects of the third
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
stage maintenance fee increase and
make adjustments to the fee level as
needed.
Response: The Office appreciates
PPAC’s general support for the
maintenance fee changes, and agrees
with the need for continuous future
monitoring. The Office will work with
the PPAC to review available data on
maintenance fee payments on a regular
basis, and will be prepared to make
adjustments to the fee levels as needed.
The Office recognizes the PPAC’s
concern with the third stage
maintenance fee in particular and will
continue to monitor whether there is
any adverse effect on demand due to the
increase in that fee. The Office has
closely considered this potential effect
in its aggregate revenue calculation and
analysis of elasticity associated with
paying maintenance fees. The Office
notes that the third stage maintenance
fee is assessed when the patent holder
should have maximum information
about the value of the patent and can
best make an informed decision about
whether the value of that patent justifies
the amount of the fee when considering
the expected future income from the
protection. Further, the increase in the
third stage maintenance fee allows the
Office to provide a fee structure where
earlier fees, paid when the patentee has
much less information about the value
of the patent, can be reduced, so as to
reduce the barriers to filing a patent
application. By contrast, lowering the
third stage maintenance fee would
necessitate raising an earlier stage fee in
order to remain at overall cost recovery.
Excess Claims
PPAC Comment 22: The PPAC
commented that the increase in excess
claim fees is unwarranted due to the
relative ease with which excess claims
can be searched by examiners, the
necessity of more claims of varying
scope in today’s legal environment, and
the fact that other patent offices allow
applicants to take advantage of multiple
dependent claims. The PPAC
recommends that the fees be reduced
from the rates proposed in the NPRM.
Response: The Office realizes that
excess claims can be useful to inventors
in today’s legal environment, but points
out that excess claiming is a burden to
the patent system and the Office. Excess
claiming slows the examination process
and increases patent application
pendency, without contributing
materially to the Office’s goal of
fostering innovation. The Office
therefore concluded that an increase in
fees for excess claims will benefit the
patent system and the Office.
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4249
Moreover, the patent fee structure has
had a fee for ‘‘excess claims’’ (i.e.,
independent claims in excess of three
and total claims in excess of twenty)
since at least 1982, and the result is that
most applications now contain three or
fewer independent claims and twenty or
fewer total claims. Applicants who feel
they need more than this number of
independent or total claims may
continue to present them by paying the
applicable excess claims fee. While the
former excess claims fee amount
encouraged most applicants to present
three or fewer independent claims and
twenty or fewer total claims, it was not
sufficient to discourage some applicants
from presenting a copious number of
claims for apparent tactical reasons, and
nor did the fees reflect the excess
burden associated with examining those
claims. See, e.g., Rules of Practice for
Trials Before the Patent Trial and
Appeal Board and Judicial Review of
Patent Trial and Appeal Board
Decisions, 77 FR 48612, 48659–60 (Aug.
14, 2012) (noting that the number of
claims often impacts the complexity of
the request and increases the demands
placed on the deciding officials in
administrative proceedings). Thus, the
Office is adopting excess claims fee
amounts designed to permit applicants
to include excess claims when
necessary to obtain an appropriate scope
of coverage for an invention, but to deter
applicants from routinely presenting a
copious number of claims merely for
tactical reasons.
Finally, while U.S. practice does not
permit a multiple dependent claim to
depend from another multiple
dependent claim (35 U.S.C. 112(e)), this
does not impact the applicable excess
claims fee as a multiple dependent
claim or any claim depending therefrom
is considered a separate dependent
claim for purposes of computing the
required excess claims fee. See 35
U.S.C. 41(a)(2)(B).
Oath and Declaration Fees and Correct
Inventorship
PPAC Comment 23: The PPAC
applauded the Office’s elimination of
the fee for filing an oath or declaration,
first proposed in February 2012. The
PPAC also stated that the $1,000 fee to
correct inventorship is unwarranted,
commenting that a fee for changing
inventorship stemming from a
restriction requirement or amendments
to the claims does not seem appropriate
and that enlargement of inventorship
(which might require a further search) is
what matters. The PPAC recommended
that the Office charge a fee only to
correct inventorship that adds an
inventor after the first Office action.
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4250
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Response: Changes to inventorship
(e.g., adding previously unnamed
persons as inventors or removing
persons previously named as inventors)
after examination has started can cause
additional work for the Office. This
additional work is necessary regardless
of whether the change to the
inventorship is the correction of an error
in naming inventors, or is due to
changes to the claims resulting from an
amendment during examination. The
inventorship correction fee also is
necessary to encourage a bona fide effort
to ascertain the actual inventorship as
early as possible and to provide that
information to the Office prior to
examination. However, after carefully
considering comments from the PPAC
and the public, the Office is reducing
the change of inventorship fee in this
final rule to $600 (large entity) from the
$1,000 (large entity) fee proposed in the
NPRM. After this reduction, the revenue
generated by this fee will continue to
offset the costs incurred by the Office
when there is a change in inventorship.
Additionally, the Office proposed for
this fee to be paid when inventors are
added or deleted, because requiring the
fee only to add inventors will encourage
applicants to err in favor of naming too
many persons as inventors, which
would complicate the examination
process (e.g., it could complicate double
patenting searches). After further
consideration of the PPAC report and
other public comments, in this final
rule, the Office is requiring a fee to
accompany a request to correct or
change the inventorship filed after the
Office action on the merits, unless the
request is accompanied by a statement
that the request to correct or change the
inventorship is due solely to the
cancelation of claims in the application.
B. Public Comments in Response to the
Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
The Office received 28 written
submissions in response to the proposed
rulemaking from intellectual property
organizations, not-for-profit or academic
or research institutions, law firms, and
individuals. The summaries of
comments and the Office’s responses to
the written comments follow.
General Fee Setting Considerations
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
General Fee Setting Approach
Comment 1: Several commenters
expressed support for the Office’s
overall fee setting approach, including
the goals for implementing a sustainable
funding model and optimizing patent
timeliness (i.e., first action pendency of
10 months and total pendency of 20
months) and quality. Specifically, one
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
commenter stated that the fee changes
are a step in the right direction. Another
commenter supported the Office’s
efforts to reduce the patent application
and appeal backlog and commended the
Office’s success to date. Noting that
extended patent application pendency
hinders progress and weakens the
motivation to invent, one of the
commenters stated that the proposed
fees will benefit the USPTO and help
expedite the application process for
those seeking a patent, thereby
advancing technology.
Response: The USPTO appreciates the
endorsement from the commenters and
is committed to achieving the goals
developed in consultation with the
stakeholder community as set forth in
the Strategic Plan. The fee schedule in
this final rule provides the Office with
a sufficient amount of aggregate revenue
to recover the aggregate cost of patent
operations while implementing key
strategic initiatives, such as decreasing
patent application pendency, reducing
the patent application backlog,
improving the quality of patent
examination, and updating patent
information technology systems. The
decrease in pendency, reduction in the
backlog, and improvement in patent
information technology systems will
speed the delivery of innovative goods
and services to market and facilitate
economic growth and the creation of
jobs. Likewise, improving the quality of
patent examination strengthens the U.S.
patent system.
Comment 2: A commenter stated that
the patent application pendency targets
of first action pendency of 10 months by
FY 2015 and total pendency of 20
months by FY 2016 reflect appropriate
long-term goals for the Office. The
commenter further stated that
applicants will benefit from the early
indication of the likely scope of patent
coverage and the speedier issuance of a
patent, which can allow them to more
confidently invest in the
commercialization of (or obtain
financing for) their innovations. The
commenter suggested that competitors
of the patentee also will benefit by
knowing where they may safely target
their commercial activities and
investments. The commenter continued
to support the pendency goals by
explaining that patent applicants need
an indication of their prospects for
receiving a patent in time for them to
consider whether and where to file
outside the United States. The
commenter explained that under the
Paris Convention for the Protection of
Industrial Property, applicants have
only one year in which to file and claim
the priority of their first filing—for
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
applicants who did not first file a
provisional application or other priority
application—and that receiving a first
action at 10 months will allow them to
decide whether to file abroad and to
take steps to achieve such filings. The
commenter stated strong support for the
10 months first action pendency and 20
months total pendency goals and
welcomed the proposed lengthening of
the timeframes for achieving the goals.
The commenter further stated that the
Office should not need to change the 10
and 20 month patent application
pendency goals in order to provide a
‘‘soft landing’’ (in reference to the PPAC
Fee Setting Report). Instead, the
commenter suggested that the Office has
many other tools (e.g., increasing/
decreasing overtime, monitoring filing
activity, or adjusting hiring) at its
disposal to calibrate the throughput in
specific art areas and is confident that
the Office can reasonably achieve both
the pendency goals and a ‘‘soft
landing.’’
Response: The Office appreciates the
feedback and endorsement for the 10
and 20 pendency month goals, which
were developed in consultation with the
stakeholder community when the Office
established the Strategic Plan. As part of
the Office’s planning for achieving these
goals and a ‘‘soft landing’’ for the
optimal patent application inventory
level, the Office has recalibrated its
short-term plans to take into
consideration comments from the public
as well as new information, such as
higher examiner production levels,
historically low attrition rates, and the
substantial progress the Office has
already achieved to date. Consistent
with plans to manage a ‘‘soft landing’’
and avoid an excessively low inventory,
the Office has changed the timeframe in
which it estimates it will reach its ideal
pendency goals to FY 2016 and FY 2017
for first action pendency and total
pendency, respectively, but with the
recognition that the USPTO may well be
within 1 to 2 months of its goal (or that
it may fully reach it) in FY 2015 and FY
2016, respectively.
Comment 3: One commenter
questioned why the Office incorporated
the cost of a photocopy at $.25 per page
and the cost of a black and white copy
of a patent at $3.00 into its fee setting
process under the AIA, given that the
Office’s costs for providing these
services has not changed in years.
Response: The Office included the
fees associated with a photocopy ($.25
per page) and a black and white copy of
a patent ($3.00) into the patent fee
schedule. The Office is setting the fees
at the existing fee rates because the
Office’s data in support of the unit cost
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
for these services is not current.
Therefore, the Office determined it was
best to set the fees at existing rates until
such time that it assesses more current
information.
Comment 4: A commenter questioned
the need for a $200 electronic filing
incentive.
Response: Section 10(h) of the LeahySmith America Invents Act (AIA)
provides for the establishment of a $400
($200 for small entity) fee for any patent
application filed by mail, rather than via
the Office’s electronic filing system
(EFS-Web). The overriding purpose for
this fee is to encourage applicants to file
electronically, which facilitates more
effective administration of the patent
system. The Office began collecting the
electronic filing incentive fee on
November 15, 2011, and does not have
the authority to change the fee
established by the AIA. Once the fee is
collected by the USPTO, it must be
deposited in the United States
Department of the Treasury and is not
available to the USPTO for spending.
Comment 5: A commenter suggested
that the Office’s continued reliance on
a fee schedule that is heavily dependent
on post-allowance fees is flawed and
continues to put the Agency in an
unstable financial position. A
commenter argued that the optimal fee
schedule should consider the incentives
and social welfare of patent applicants
and society as well as the USPTO’s need
for financial sustainability. The
commenter proposed that the Office
consider further increasing filing,
search, and examination fees to better
align these fees with the costs of these
services and to decrease the Office’s
reliance on post-allowance fees. Further,
the commenter stated that being overly
dependent on post-allowance fees that
only materialize if the Office decides to
grant patent applications creates an
incentive for the Office to grant an
unnecessarily large number of patents
and potentially invalid patents. The
commenter cited a forthcoming
academic study that supports this
theory.
Response: As noted in this
rulemaking, Congress and the USPTO
have long promoted a fee structure that
fosters innovation by removing barriers
to entry into the patent system through
lower front-end fees (set well below
cost) and higher back-end fees. The
lower front-end fees facilitate entry into
the patent system, and in so doing,
encourage the disclosure of information
on new inventions and ideas to the
public. Higher back-end fees not only
help to recoup costs incurred at the
front-end of the process, but also foster
innovation by encouraging patent
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
holders to assess the costs and benefits
of maintaining their patent at various
points over the 20 year term of the
patent (i.e., 3.5 years, 7.5 years, and 11.5
years) when maintenance fees are due.
This helps to ensure that low value
patents are released back into the public
domain for subsequent
commercialization. The Office carefully
considered many factors discussed in
this final rule to determine that the
increases to filing, search, and
examination fees are adequate to secure
the needed aggregate revenue to recover
examination costs while continuing to
foster innovation.
The Office has conducted extensive
short- and long-term analyses of
historical costs using the Office’s
activity-based cost data, budget
execution data, allowance rates,
strategic and operational goals, and
elasticity estimates to mitigate risks to
its financial stability. These analyses
revealed that the vast majority of the
USPTO’s past financial stressors were
the result of unforeseeable
circumstances that were typically shortterm in nature (e.g., receiving an
authorized spending level lower than
that requested of Congress, proposed
surcharges or fee rate increases that
were not enacted, unanticipated dips in
revenue due to broader economic
conditions, etc.). These kinds of
pressures were generally felt within a
given fiscal year, and were best
addressed through fiscal year spending
adjustments. Attempting to mitigate
these pressures by increasing allowance
rates would have done nothing to
alleviate such short-term concerns,
because the maintenance fees would not
have been collected until years later.
The operating reserve presented in this
final rule better establishes a sustainable
funding model to respond to these types
of short-term circumstances.
Moreover, the Office’s fee schedule
and financial positions are not the
drivers of patent examination practice.
While there is a direct correlation
between the number of patents granted
and future maintenance fee collections,
patent examiners make independent
patentability determinations in
accordance with statutory requirements
by comparing the prior art to the
claimed invention as a whole, without
regard to budgetary pressures of the
USPTO. Furthermore, the training
patent examiners receive is not varied
depending on the Office’s fee structure
or financial status.
Lastly, with regard to the
‘‘forthcoming academic study,’’ the
commenters acknowledged that they
‘‘cannot absolutely conclude * * * that
the Office’s fee structure has truly
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4251
caused an increase in granting
behavior.’’ The Office also points out
that there is no data or policy basis to
support the argument that examination
practices are the result of the Office’s fee
structure or financial position.
Comment 6: A commenter suggested
that while a financially constrained
USPTO could increase fees in an effort
to cover its expenses, the duration of the
fee setting process limits the ability of
the Office to immediately augment its
revenue through fee increases. Thus, the
commenter suggested that the Office
may turn to granting patents in an effort
to increase fee collections, even with fee
setting authority.
Response: The Office does not and
will not grant more patents as a
financial tool to increase fee collections.
As discussed in Comment 5, above, the
statutory requirements governing patent
examination do not permit such a
strategy. In addition, the Office
considered the timeline for setting and
adjusting fees under the AIA in its
financial plans. In the event the Office
finds itself unexpectedly financially
constrained, the Office will adjust
spending accordingly and use the
operating reserve if needed to manage
through the timeframe required to adjust
fees.
Comment 7: A commenter suggested
that the Office divert maintenance fees
to a special fund which would be
limited to subsidizing the filing, search,
and examination costs for small and
micro inventors.
Response: The Office does not have
the legal authority to create a special
fund in which to deposit maintenance
fees. However, under the fee structure
included in this final rule, maintenance
fees paid by large, small, and micro
entity inventors (patentees) will be used
in part to subsidize the filing, search,
and examination costs for all applicants
including small and micro entity
inventors.
Comment 8: A commenter suggested
that the Office should reduce the
proposed fee levels. The commenter
noted that as proposed in the NPRM,
routine patent fees through issue
decrease by 22 percent. The commenter
added however, that when factoring in
the total fees paid through third stage
maintenance, total fees paid increase by
26.3 percent in FY 2013 and 20.9
percent in FY 2014 when the issue fee
decrease becomes effective. The
commenter further encouraged the
Office to accelerate the effective dates of
several fees, including the issue fee
estimated in the NPRM to take effect on
January 1, 2014.
Response: The commenter is correct
in stating that, once effective, the
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
4252
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
routine patent fees through issue for a
large entity proposed in the NPRM
decreased by 22 percent (decreases by
23 percent in this final rule), whereas in
FY 2014, when coupled with the three
maintenance fees, the total fees
increased by 26 percent (increases by 24
percent in this final rule). This is
consistent with the policy factor of
fostering innovation, which guided
decisions for setting the proposed fee
levels. That is, the Office proposed to
set front-end fees below cost and set
back-end fees above cost to recoup the
front-end subsidy. A front-end subsidy
encourages patent application filings
and the disclosure of new technology to
foster innovation.
When setting the effective date for fee
changes, the USPTO takes various
factors into consideration, including the
number of patent applications it expects
to receive and the amount of work it
expects to process (e.g., an indicator for
workload of patent issue fees). This
enables the USPTO to calculate the
aggregate revenue for each fiscal year.
To allow the Office to recover sufficient
revenue to pay for the projected costs
for FY 2013, the effective date of the
proposed reduction to the issue fee and
a few other fees has been set at January
1, 2014. Accelerating this effective date
would put the Office at risk of collecting
insufficient revenue in FY 2013 to meet
its operating expenses.
Finally, based on the current timeline
for examining and issuing a patent, the
delayed implementation date for the
reduction in the issue and publication
fees (January 1, 2014) generally aligns
with the timing of the increase in filing,
search, and examination fees so that
patent applicants paying the current
(lower) filing, search, and examination
fees prior to FY 2013 will continue to
pay the current (higher) issue and
publication fees. On the other hand,
successful patent applicants benefiting
from the reduced issue and publication
fees in FY 2014 will be more likely to
have paid the increased filing, search,
and examination fees effective shortly
after the publication of this final rule.
Comment 9: A commenter noted that
the Office’s goal of ‘‘fostering
innovation’’ fails to take into account
the externalities that marginal (i.e., low
value) patents impose on producing
companies, other innovators, and the
public, which over time contribute to
the failure of the disclosure function by
lowering the quality of patents.
Response: The USPTO is committed
to optimizing the quality of the patents
it issues, as well as the timeliness. As
noted in the Strategic Plan, the Office
has taken numerous actions to measure
and improve quality. Through
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
collaboration with the PPAC, and with
participation from the entire patent
community, the USPTO developed a
comprehensive set of metrics that are
used to monitor patent quality from start
to finish. These quality metrics are
reported to stakeholders on a monthly
basis via the performance dashboard on
the USPTO’s Web site (see the Patent
Dashboard in the USPTO Data
Visualization Center available at
https://www.uspto.gov/dashboards/
patents/main.dashxml).
In addition, one of the policy factors
contemplated in USPTO fee setting is to
foster innovation by providing fee levels
that encourage, not discourage,
innovation. Economic evidence has
shown that patents are one important
means by which innovators can profit
from their research and development
efforts, and the patent filing decision
normally comes at the beginning of the
innovation process, when uncertainty
over commercial viability is highest.
The fee setting approach adopted by the
Office allows for more experimentation
earlier in the process by innovators,
while also recognizing that other fees
charged later in the process (i.e., issue
and maintenance fees) will require the
innovator to make decisions about the
economic value of continuing with the
patenting process. In this way, and
through the added investment that the
USPTO fee structure will allow the
Office to make in improving quality and
timeliness of examination, the system
will minimize the sort of marginal
patents mentioned as a concern in the
comment.
Relatedly, disclosure, both in quality
and in the timeliness of arrival, is also
improved by the new fee structure,
since the innovation community will
receive better information, earlier in
time. Finally, increased maintenance
fees, as set in this final rule, should help
to mitigate the externalities created by
marginal patents. If the patents are truly
of a low-value, patent holders will elect
not to maintain them for as long, thus
making them available in the public
domain sooner than they might have
been under a lower maintenance fee
schedule.
Comment 10: A commenter is
concerned that shifting fees to be higher
at the front-end and lower at the backend will ultimately discourage some
applicants from filing otherwise worthy
patent applications, and will impede the
dissemination and publication of
potentially useful inventions, removing
them from public discourse. The
commenter suggested reducing filing,
search, and examination fees and/or
shifting a higher proportion of the fees
to the back end.
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Response: While the filing, search,
and examination fees in the final fee
schedule increase, once effective, the
total basic fees for obtaining a patent
(i.e., filing, search, examination,
publication, and issue) decrease by 23
percent. As discussed in the Office’s
response to PPAC Comment 4, the
Office shares the commenters concern
about the impact of increased filing,
search, and examination fees on the
number of prospective patent
applications filed. However, the Office’s
elasticity analysis indicates that the
potential impact is small and that filings
will continue to grow over the next five
years, even if at a somewhat lesser rate
for the first few years. Additionally,
while some applicants may choose not
to file low value patent applications due
to the increased combined filing, search,
and examination fees, there are other
means by which an applicant may
disclose his or her invention (e.g.,
manufacturing the product). Therefore,
when combined with the above
mentioned elasticity analysis, the Office
expects that the impact to public
disclosure will not be significant.
Further, to the extent there is some
impact on filings, the Office has
determined that the benefits of the fee
changes outweigh the temporary cost of
fewer patent filings. The additional
revenue generated from the increase in
fees provides sufficient resources to
decrease patent application pendency.
The reduction in patent application
pendency is estimated to increase
private patent value by shortening the
time for an invention to be
commercialized or otherwise obtain
value from the exclusive right for the
technology. Given this overall benefit to
the patent system taken as a whole, the
Office is setting and adjusting the total
filing, search, and examination fees
($1,600 for a large entity) as proposed in
the NPRM.
Comment 11: A commenter
commended the Office for its
willingness to be flexible in the
application of its new fee setting
authority. The commenter also urged
the Office to keep the overarching goal
of patent quality in the forefront of the
discussion with the pendency and fiscal
goals. The commenter further stated that
the user community remains open to
supporting reasonably justified fee
increases and procedural changes that
are aimed at producing high quality,
valid, and enforceable patents.
Response: The USPTO appreciates the
commenter’s support for its exercise of
fee setting authority. The USPTO’s first
strategic goal is to optimize patent
quality and timeliness. To fulfill this
goal, the Office established a set of
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
strategic objectives to decrease patent
application pendency and reduce the
patent application backlog, as well as to
measure and improve patent quality.
Over the past several years, the Office
has made significant progress on a set of
initiatives that aim to improve patent
quality. In collaboration with the patent
examiners’ union, the Office has
developed a new work credit system
that gives examiners more time to
review the merits of patent applications
before making their decisions. The
Office also implemented new
performance standards that place a
greater emphasis on examiners
interacting with applicants earlier in the
process in order to clarify claims and
enhance the quality of patent reviews.
At the same time, the Office is
committed to building a highly-skilled
and capable examining corps,
implementing improved hiring practices
with a focus on recruiting experienced
IP professionals, and providing
comprehensive training to both new and
experienced examiners.
As the Office implements these and
other quality initiatives it is ensuring
accountability and tracking progress by
initiating 21st century analysis,
measurement, and tracking of patent
quality. Indeed, the Office developed a
comprehensive set of metrics that are
used to monitor quality from start to
finish. These quality metrics are
reported to stakeholders on a monthly
basis via the performance dashboard on
the USPTO’s Web site. See https://
www.uspto.gov/dashboards/patents/
main.dashxml.
Comment 12: The Office received
several comments about the patent
application pendency goals and the
relationship to the availability of prior
art. One commenter suggested that the
USPTO’s goal to reduce first action
pendency to 10 months may have the
unintended consequences of increasing
the uncertainty of the patenting process
and potentially reducing the quality of
patents, given that there may be
‘‘hidden’’ prior art since patent
applications are not published until 18
months after the filing date. The
commenter recommended that either
the first action pendency goal be relaxed
to 20 months, or that the USPTO allow
applicants to postpone paying search
and examination fees for up to 18
months. Another commenter disagreed
with this idea asserting that the
statement in the PPAC Fee Setting
Report regarding the possibility that
there may be prior art that is unknown
to both an applicant and the Office
under the patent application pendency
goals of 10 and 20 months is not
persuasive. The commenter further
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
explained that while it is true that
claims may be allowed that could later
be found unpatentable based on
subsequently published prior art, the
situation has existed for years and
patent applicants and the public have
enhanced mechanisms to bring such
prior art to bear on such claims.
Response: The Office agrees with the
second commenter’s approach to
pendency goals and prior art. As noted
in the Office’s response to PPAC
Comment 8, the Office recognizes that
some prior art may not be available to
the Office before the first Office action
on the merits; however, the Office has
general support from stakeholders for
pursuing a 10 month first action
pendency and believes that the risk is
mitigated because many patent
applications are published in fewer than
18 months. The 18-month publication
deadline is computed from the earliest
filed application, and many applications
are outgrowths of an earlier filed
application, which increases the
probability that the prior art was already
published. Regarding the suggestion to
postpone paying search and
examination fees for up to 18 months,
‘‘staging’’ of fee payments is an idea that
the Office may explore in the future.
Given the significant change in the
revenue stream for a fee structure
modification of this magnitude, the
Office believes it is better to first
achieve greater financial stability
through a sufficient operating reserve
and then solicit feedback and ideas from
the public via a formal request for
comments regarding staged fees.
Moreover, the realignment of the
individual fees for filing, search, and
examination to their respective costs in
this final rule prepares the Office to
entertain a future staged fee schedule if
it was a structure the Office and its
stakeholders determined was viable.
Comment 13: A commenter
questioned the Office’s conclusion that
application filings will increase as a
result of the proposed changes,
especially for small entities. Another
commenter suggested that the increased
patent fees will discourage independent
inventors from filing applications and
maintaining patents.
Response: Under the final patent fee
structure, large and small entities will
pay increased filing fees (i.e., fees for
filing, search, and examination). This is
counter-balanced in that most
successful applicants, regardless of
entity status and once effective, will pay
less in fees (23 percent for large entities)
through the issuance of their patent
under the new fee structure.
Additionally, the micro entity discount
will become available with the new fee
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4253
structure, mitigating costs significantly
for a subset of small entities. However,
the Office recognizes that the increased
filing fees for large and small entities
may discourage some applicants from
filing applications. The Office
accounted for this impact through the
analysis of elasticity. Using publicly
available data, the Office incorporated
elasticity estimates into its projections
and forecasts. The data used does not
permit the Office to disaggregate
elasticity effects by entity size (e.g.,
large, small, or micro). The increase in
filing fees to large and small entities is
expected to reduce moderately the
anticipated growth rate of future patent
application filings in the short term, but
it is not expected to cause a decline in
the total number of new (serialized)
application filings. The Office expects
that filing levels, including for micro
entities, will return to the same levels
anticipated (across all entity sizes) in
the absence of a fee increase by FY
2016. This analysis is described in
detail in the supplemental document on
elasticity available at https://
www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/
fees.jsp.
Comment 14: One commenter
believed that higher fees should be
accompanied with good or better
published patent content. The
commenter suggested that the Office use
fees to maintain its current high quality
of patent data, specifically text
accuracy.
Response: Providing high quality
patent data and information is a priority
for the USPTO. The new patent fee
structure is designed to ensure that the
USPTO generates sufficient revenue to
recover its aggregate costs, including
those costs associated with the Office’s
multi-year effort to improve its patent IT
systems. Through the PE2E
modernization effort, the USPTO will
improve both the efficiency and
effectiveness of its patent IT systems
and business processes, while at the
same time continue providing high
quality patent information to the public.
The PE2E system seeks to improve the
USPTO’s image-to-text conversion
capabilities. To do so, the USPTO plans
to engage a number of solutions moving
forward that will further enhance the
Office’s character recognition
capabilities and the accuracy of the
converted text. In addition to better
enabling the Office to convert
documents to text, PE2E is exploring
ways to receive text directly from the
applicant, with a focus on solutions that
will both minimize the burden on
USPTO’s stakeholders and improve the
quality of text received by the Office.
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
4254
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Comment 15: A commenter believes
that the increased fees would have a
negative impact on many businesses.
The commenter stated that some
companies may have to use research
and development money to cover the
cost of patent fee increases. The
commenter claimed that this diversion
of resources would inhibit innovation
and job creation in America’s
technology sector. Additionally, the
commenter noted that the proposed fees
increase the total cost of filing,
prosecuting, and maintaining patents,
and that the Office already increased
most of its fees by 15 percent in 2011
and then again in October 2012. The
commenter recommended that the fees
for filing, prosecuting, and maintaining
a patent be held constant at the current
level and extra claims fees also remain
constant until the CPI justifies another
increase.
Response: The Office analyzed the
costs and benefits of this final fee
schedule and three alternative fee
schedules in comparison to the Baseline
(status quo or current fee schedule) in
the RIA. See https://www.uspto.gov/
aia_implementation/fees.jsp. The Office
determined that it must increase fees to
meet its aggregate costs while
implementing key strategic initiatives,
including costs to reduce patent
application pendency and the backlog,
to improve the quality of patent
examination, and to update patent
information technology systems that
benefit both the Office and the
applicant. The Office understands that
innovation is critical for economic
growth and national competitiveness
because it brings new goods and
services to market. The Office weighed
the cost of increasing fees against the
benefit of reducing the patent
application backlog so that the Office
can provide applicants with 10 months
first action pendency and 20 months
total pendency. The Office also
recognizes that there may be a reduction
to the growth of new application filings;
however, the Office has also determined
that the benefits of the fee changes
outweigh the temporary cost of slower
growth in patent filings. The fee
structure set forth in this final rule thus
encourages innovation and facilitates
job creation.
To meet its aggregate costs, the Office
requires additional funds (2 percent
increase in total aggregate revenue)
beyond the amount provided by the 15
percent surcharge. The additional
revenue generated from the increase in
fees provides sufficient resources to
decrease patent application pendency,
and the reduction in pendency is
estimated to increase private patent
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
value by shortening the time for an
invention to be commercialized or
otherwise obtain value from the
exclusive right for the technology.
Comment 16: One commenter
suggested that the Office retrain
administrative staff to become
operational staff (i.e., patent examiners)
in order to clear the backlog and to
reduce overhead.
Response: For patent examiner
positions, the USPTO recruits engineers,
chemists, microbiologists, physicists,
and biologists that have successfully
completed all requirements for an
undergraduate or higher degree at an
accredited college or university. In
addition, for some disciplines, the
USPTO specifies a minimum number of
hours of required course content. For
candidates seeking employment above
entry level, the Office requires
professional experience in an
appropriate field, graduate education in
the field, and/or law school.
The USPTO’s administrative
personnel generally have educational
backgrounds that do not qualify them to
fulfill patent examiner positions, e.g.,
accounting, economics, statistics, etc.
Moreover, it is impossible to run an
agency without personnel who perform
human resources, information
technology and other administrative
functions necessary to the operation of
the Office. Finally, administrative
personnel meeting the patent examiner
requirements have applied and become
examiners in the past and may continue
to apply for vacant patent examiner
positions.
The Office anticipates that the new
fee schedule will provide sufficient
revenue to hire the optimal number of
patent examiners needed to reduce the
patent application backlog and decrease
patent application pendency. Further,
the Office will continue to seek cost
savings and greater efficiency from its
entire staff, including administrative
personnel.
Comment 17: A commenter suggested
that the Office’s cost estimate of $1,860
for a patent search is too high, at least
in part, because of inefficient
operations.
Response: The Office provides the
historical costs of the major patent fees,
including the methodology used to
determine the cost of the fees in a
supplemental document entitled,
‘‘USPTO Section 10 Fee Setting—
Activity-Based Information and Costing
Methodology’’ available at https://
www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/
fees.jsp#heading-1. This document
shows the search fee costs associated
with the examination of a patent
application for FY 2009 ($1,520), FY
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2010 ($1,694) and FY 2011 ($1,521) in
addition to further detail on the activity
costs and the fee calculations.
In 2009, the USPTO’s cost
management program was recognized as
a federal best practice in an
independent review, and the Office
continues to use these best practices to
calculate the cost data that has informed
the fee setting process. In addition to
using sound cost accounting practices,
the Office continues to regularly review
its annual requirements-based operating
budgets and long-range plans to ensure
that the Office operates efficiently.
Further, the AIA includes a mandate for
the Director of the USPTO to annually
consult with the PPAC on the
‘‘advisability of reducing any fees’’ (see
section 10(c)). This annual consultation
will be informed by both cost
accounting data and any efficiency gains
the Office realizes while providing
patent services.
Operating Reserve
Comment 18: The Office received
several comments about building the
three-month operating reserve too
quickly. One of the commenters stated
that contributing 3 percent to 7 percent
of collected fees each year builds the
operating reserve too quickly at a high
cost to current applicants who face
budget constraints. Similarly, another
commenter stated that since applicants
are already paying higher fees in order
to help meet the USPTO’s other goals,
the operating reserve should be built
more gradually to avoid current
applicants carrying too much of the
burden. A commenter further stated that
carefully building and managing a threemonth operating reserve is a reasonable
fiscal goal and that the commenter
appreciated the balanced approached of
the modification in the NPRM from the
February 2012 proposal, specifically
lengthening the target date for achieving
full-funding by two years. However, the
commenter also stated that a $200
million increase planned for the
operating reserve in FY 2014 in the
NPRM is too aggressive and suggested a
more appropriate goal would be to
permit the operating reserve to achieve
the three-month goal over six years.
Finally, another commenter further
suggested that the plan for building the
operating reserve is too quick and
establishing a longer timeframe would
permit the USPTO to lower the fees for
post-grant proceedings, making these
prosecution options more accessible to
small businesses and non-profit entities.
Response: The Office welcomes
support for its financial sustainability
and operating reserve goals. As noted in
the response to PPAC Comment 6, the
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Office extended the growth period of the
three-month operating reserve by one
year (to FY 2018) compared to the
timeframe proposed in the NPRM. The
Office believes that this timeframe
achieves a reasonable balance between
growth that is gradual enough to limit
the burden on applicants and rapid
enough to reach the target reserve and
provide necessary financial stability in
a reasonable timeframe. Additionally, in
this final rule, the Office sets fees for
two proceedings at lower amounts than
were proposed in the NPRM. These fee
reductions are for ex parte
reexamination (from $15,000 to $12,000)
and reexamination ordered as a part of
supplemental examination (from
$13,600 to $12,100).
Comment 19: A commenter expressed
concerns that building the operating
reserve so quickly could make it a
convenient target for congressional
confiscation of fees, and another
commenter suggested that the USPTO
consider delaying build-up of its
operating reserve until such time that
any potential fee diversion by the
Congress is prohibited. A different
commenter suggested that the Office
should take every precaution to ensure
the fees paid by users are not vulnerable
to sequestration or diversion and, if
either becomes a reality, the Office
should immediately stop building the
operating reserve until a mechanism can
be found to protect the funds.
Response: As noted in the response to
PPAC Comment 6, the AIA mitigates the
issue of fee diversion by stipulating that
USPTO’s excess collections are to be
deposited into the new Patent and
Trademark Fee Reserve Fund rather
than into the general Treasury, and are
available for USPTO purposes as
provided for in the Office’s annual
appropriations bill. The Office will
continue to work closely with Congress
to ensure full access to fees paid by
patent applicants and patentees,
consistent with the AIA. In addition, as
previously mentioned, the Office has
slowed the growth of the operating
reserve.
Comment 20: A commenter noted that
there may be several potential surges in
fee activity during the course of
implementing the AIA, which would
likely lead to ‘‘bubbles’’ of fee payments
that could be used as a source of funds
for building the operating reserve.
Response: The Office anticipates
‘‘bubbles’’ of fee payments in advance of
this new fee schedule taking effect,
similar to the surge in collections
experienced in late FY 2011 after the
passage of the AIA and the
implementation of the 15 percent
surcharge in FY 2012. Unlike the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
‘‘bubble’’ at the end of FY 2011,
however, the ‘‘bubbles’’ that the Office
anticipates for FY 2013 as a result of
this final rule and for FY 2014 relating
to implementation of those fees set to
take effect on January 1, 2014, will be
experienced within the respective fiscal
years. These anomalies (‘‘bubbles’’) are
considered in the Office’s projected FY
2013 and FY 2014 aggregate revenue
collections, including the estimated
operating reserve levels.
Small, Micro, and Independent Inventor
Matters
Comment 21: The Office received
several comments about the impact of
fees on small entities and the provision
of small and micro entity discounts.
One commenter questioned whether the
USPTO is providing micro entities with
a 75 percent discount. Several
commenters expressed support for small
and micro entity fees, and some
welcomed any further fee reductions,
with one commenter proposing that the
discount for small entities should be
increased to one-third of large entity fee
rates instead of one-half. A commenter
stated that it is inconsistent to allow
small entities (and micro entities) to file
applications with reduced filing fees but
not allow reduced reexamination fees.
One commenter expressed general
support for the fee proposal, particularly
for the manner in which the rule
allocates fees based on an applicant’s
ability to pay (e.g., large entities pay
more) and the front-end/back-end
subsidy structure. Lastly, one
commenter recommended that the
USPTO set aside a small fraction of
large entity fee collections for outreach
to small businesses.
Response: Congress authorized micro
entity fee reductions and an enhanced
list of small entity fee reductions to
permit greater access to the patent
system by these entities. Section 10(b) of
the AIA states that the ‘‘fees set or
adjusted under subsection (a)’’ for the
specified patent services ‘‘shall be
reduced by 50 percent with respect to
the application of such fees to any small
entity that qualifies for reduced fees
under section 41(h)(1) of title 35, United
States Code.’’ (Pub. L. 112–29, section
10). Therefore, the Office has no legal
authority to change the size of the
discount for small entities from 50
percent. Section 10(g) of the AIA further
reduced the fee burden for some small
entities by adding section 123 to chapter
11 of title 35 to define a new micro
entity class of applicants. Section 10(b)
of the AIA further states that ‘‘fees set
or adjusted under subsection (a)’’ for the
specified patent services ‘‘shall be
reduced by 75 percent with respect to
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4255
the application of such fees to any micro
entity as defined in section 123.’’
Under the authority of section 10(b) of
the AIA, the Office sets small and micro
entity fee rates for filing, searching,
examining, issuing, appealing, and
maintaining patent applications and
patents; these rates amount to a 50
percent reduction for small entities and
a 75 percent reduction for micro
entities. Fee reductions for
reexamination services are included
under the authority of section 10(b). In
this final rule, the Office sets or adjusts
351 patent fees, including 94 small
entity fees set at a reduction of 50
percent and 93 micro entity fees set at
a reduction of 75 percent from the large
entity fee amounts.
The USPTO continues to work with
companies, legal associations, inventor
organizations and others to provide
inventors and small businesses with
contacts, information and assistance.
The Office supports several programs to
help both small businesses and
independent inventors, including the
Small Business Education Campaign
and pro bono programs. More
information on these programs and
others designed to support small
businesses is available at https://
www.uspto.gov/smallbusiness/about/
and also https://www.uspto.gov/
inventors/proseprobono/index.jsp.
The AIA directs the USPTO to work
with intellectual property law
associations across the country to
establish pro bono programs for
financially under-resourced inventors
and small businesses. A pilot program
in Minnesota was launched in June
2010 to provide legal services to help
such individuals and businesses obtain
solid patent protection. Another pro
bono pilot program was launched in
Denver during FY 2012. More regional
pro bono programs are planned for
2013. Outreach to small businesses and
independent inventors is included in
the Office’s annual patent operating
budget, so a portion of all fees collected
contributes to this outreach effort.
Comment 22: Several commenters
suggested that discounts to small and
micro entities should be extended to
inter partes reviews, post-grant reviews,
and covered business method patent
reviews, with one of the commenters
asserting that if the fees are too high,
small and micro entities will be driven
out of the market in favor of large
corporations. One of the commenters
disagreed with the USPTO’s
interpretation of section 10(b) of the
AIA, and argued that neither the text of
section 10(b) nor any other provision of
the AIA limits the USPTO from offering
reduced fees or lowering fees for
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
4256
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
services not enumerated in that section.
The commenter stated that, even if the
USPTO’s interpretation is correct, the
Director has broad authority to lower
fees for the administrative trials to allow
greater access for entities such as small
businesses and non-profits that may
otherwise not be able to participate.
Other commenters suggested providing
non-profit organizations similar or
greater discounts on post-grant review
and inter partes review fees, with one
commenter suggesting these
proceedings would be prohibitively
expensive for non-profit organizations.
Another commenter applauded the
Office’s work to reduce certain fees
(from those set under the Office’s
section 41(d)(2) authority), especially
the ex parte reexamination fees for
small and micro entities. However, the
commenter expressed concern that the
proposed fees would create a
disincentive for some third parties (e.g.,
public interest groups) to challenge
patents, and urged the Office to provide
reduced fees for small and micro
entities, specifically for not-for-profit
organizations.
Response: The express authority of
section 10(b) refers to fees for
supplemental examination,
reexamination, and petition, but not to
administrative trials like inter partes
review, post-grant review, and covered
business methods review. Further,
because the administrative trials are
new services for which the Office has no
historical cost basis, setting these fees
too far below their prospective cost is
risky. The Office designed the new
procedures around Congressional intent
for the AIA. In many cases, these
services are an alternative to even more
expensive litigation. Further, many of
these services, including post-grant
review and inter partes review, provide
for refunds if the Office does not elect
to institute a proceeding, which could
significantly lower the cost.
The Office’s authority to set fees is
coupled with the requirement that
aggregate patent revenue must recover
the aggregate cost of patent operations.
As the Office collects and analyzes more
data about the cost of patent operations
for these new services, the Office will
continually reassess the fairness and
adequacy of the fee schedule to both
achieve the needed aggregate revenue
and remain aligned with the Office’s
strategic and operational goals and
policy priorities—including fostering
innovation.
In addition, the Office also
established staged fees for appeals and
RCEs, which aim to reduce the upfront
cost of patent services for all entities,
but especially those eligible for a fee
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
reduction. Finally, the pendency gains
that the Office aims to realize as a result
of the additional revenue will be
beneficial to all entities—including notfor-profit entities and public interest
groups, as demonstrated by the positive
net benefit presented in the RIA. (See
the RIA at https://www.uspto.gov/
aia_implementation/fees.jsp). Although
non-patent holders will not accrue
monetary benefits from the reduction in
pendency, the rest of society stands to
gain other benefits (e.g., decreased
uncertainty) as described in the RIA.
Comment 23: A commenter stated that
the criteria to qualify for micro entity
status are too restrictive, specifically the
limitation on the number of prior patent
applications due to prior employment
situations and the income requirements.
The commenter suggested eliminating
the limit related to not being named on
more than four previously filed patent
applications and raising the income
requirement to four or five times the
median household income.
Response: The AIA established the
criteria under which an applicant may
qualify for micro entity status (see 35
U.S.C. 123). This final rule sets fee
levels, which in applicable instances
include micro entity discounts as set
forth in section 10(b) of the AIA. This
final rule does not alter the eligibility
requirements set forth in the law. In a
separate final rule, the Office set forth
rules of practice pertaining to how an
applicant can qualify for micro entity
discounts. See Changes to Implement
Micro Entity Status for Paying Patent
Fees, 77 FR 75019 (Dec. 19, 2012). 35
U.S.C. 123(a)(2) has a criterion for micro
entity status that requires the applicant
‘‘has not been named as an inventor on
more than 4 previously filed patent
applications, other than applications
filed in another country, provisional
applications under section 111(b), or
international applications filed under
the treaty defined in section 351(a) for
which the basic national fee under
section 41(a) was not paid.’’ 35 U.S.C.
123(b) states that ‘‘[a]n applicant is not
considered to be named on a previously
filed application for purposes of
subsection (a)(2) if the applicant has
assigned, or is under an obligation by
contract or law to assign, all ownership
rights in the application as the result of
the applicant’s previous employment.’’
35 U.S.C. 123(a)(3) states that a micro
entity is one who ‘‘did not * * * have
a gross income, as defined in section
61(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, exceeding 3 times the median
household income for that preceding
calendar year.’’ The Office does not
have the authority to eliminate the
previously filed application limit or
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
expand the income level because both
are set by statute. However, the law does
not apply to applications filed due to
prior employment situations if the
applicant has assigned, or is under an
obligation by contract or law to assign,
all ownership rights in the application
as the result of the applicant’s previous
employment.
Comment 24: A commenter asked the
Office to estimate how much it would
cost a small or micro entity to claim
eligibility for these discounts.
Response: The AIA established the
bases under which an applicant may
establish micro entity status (see 35
U.S.C. 123). While this final rule sets fee
levels, it does not establish the
procedural requirements for asserting
small or micro entity status. To pay
reduced patent fees as a small entity, the
entity must merely assert small entity
status using the same procedures in
place today. Specifically, a small entity
may make this assertion by either
checking a box on the transmittal form,
‘‘Applicant claims small entity status,’’
or by paying the small entity fee exactly.
In a separate rulemaking (see Changes to
Implement Micro Entity Status for
Paying Patent Fees, 77 FR 75019 (Dec.
19, 2012)), the Office set out the
procedures pertaining to claiming micro
entity status. These procedures are
designed to align with, to the extent
feasible, the corresponding small entity
procedures. A micro entity must certify
in writing that he or she meets the
criteria delineated in the AIA. In both
cases, the burden to establish small or
micro entity status is nominal (making
an assertion or submitting a
certification).
Comment 25: A commenter
questioned the Office’s assumption that
all foreign individuals will qualify for
micro entity fee reductions.
Response: The Office does not assume
that all foreign patent applicants will
qualify for micro entity discounts. The
introduction of micro entities required
the Office to refine its fee payment
workload and fee collection estimates.
The Office estimated the size of the
micro entity population by making
certain calculations about how many
applicants would likely qualify under
each of the criteria set forth in the law
(see sections 123(a) and (d)) using the
best available data. In making these
estimates, the Office considered several
factors, including historical data on
patents granted. The Office began with
patent grant data, because the best
available biographic data on applicant
type (e.g., independent inventor and
domestic universities) comes from
patent grant data in the Office’s
database.
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
As noted previously, individuals (not
companies or organizations) accounted
for a very small portion of utility patent
grantees in FY 2011. Only 5.0 percent
(11,068) of granted patents went to
individuals in the U.S., and 1.9 percent
(4,206) of granted patents went to
individuals from other countries.
Designation as an individual is based on
being listed in the USPTO database
without being associated with a
company. By the Office’s own records,
in FY 2011, individuals from other
countries received 4,206 utility patents.
The Office’s Patent Application
Locating and Monitoring (PALM)
database reports that 62 percent of both
foreign and domestic small entity
applicants filed fewer than 5
applications in FY 2009. The Office
combined these statistics to estimate
that only 2,608 (62 percent of 4,206) of
foreign individuals would meet the joint
standard of being an individual and
having filed fewer than five
applications. Then, the Office
concluded that about 97 percent of
American households fall under the
maximum income threshold for micro
entity eligibility. Given that household
income in the United States is greater
than that of most foreign countries, it is
reasonable to project that all foreign
applicants applying as individuals who
meet the other standards for micro
entity eligibility are not likely to be
disqualified on income alone. All
foreign patent applicants will have to
specifically qualify by the requirements
set forth in 35 U.S.C. 123 in order to be
eligible for the micro entity discount.
Comment 26: A commenter stated that
proposals for the reduction of certain
Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT) fees
aimed at making the international
patent system more accessible to small
and micro entities are generally
welcomed, provided that such
reductions are affordable for the Office
and that the administration of such fee
reductions is manageable and
proportionate.
Response: The Office remains
committed to making the patent system
more accessible to small and micro
entities both domestically and abroad.
Given the Office’s mandate to ensure
that aggregate revenue recovers
aggregate cost, the Office conducted the
necessary analysis to conclude that
providing fee reductions for certain PCT
services is both affordable and
consistent with the Office’s goals. The
Office does not anticipate a large
administrative burden for its own
operations or those of other Receiving
Offices. The Office will continue to
work with its international partners to
balance support for small and micro
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
entities with the effective
administration of global patent systems.
For example, in response to concerns
raised by one of the Office’s
international counterparts, the Office is
setting the effective date for the
international phase fees established in
§ 1.445 and § 1.482 in this final rule as
(including small and micro entity
discounts) January 1, 2014, to provide
sufficient time between publication of
the final rule and the fee effective date
to allow consequential changes to be
made to international forms,
procedures, and associated systems.
Comment 27: A commenter stated that
the means for claiming fee reductions
on PCT services as a small entity must
be easy to understand and operate by
people of any nationality or residence,
both for the applicant/agent and for the
receiving Offices handling the
international application. The
commenter added that if a form is to be
used, it would be preferable to allow an
agent making a filing to check a box on
behalf of the applicants without
requiring further signatures from each
one.
Response: In response to the
comments suggesting that the fee
reductions should be simple to
understand and operate, the final rule
amends section 1.27(c)(3) to allow small
entity status to be established in
international applications by payment
of the exact amount of the small entity
transmittal fee set forth in § 1.445(a)(1)
or by payment of the small entity search
fee set forth in § 1.445(a)(2) to a
Receiving Office other than the United
States Receiving Office in the exact
amount established for that Receiving
Office under PCT Rule 16. Small entity
status can additionally be established by
written assertion as previously provided
for in section 1.27(c)(1). With regard to
establishment of micro entity status, the
Office will make available a form for use
in certifying an applicant’s entitlement
to micro entity status.
Comment 28: A commenter suggested
that it is not practical for a Receiving
Office to verify whether the claim for
micro or small entity status is valid in
an international application filed under
the PCT. The commenter suggested that
the Office should make clear what will
happen if the United States
International Searching Authority has
reason to question an assertion of small
or micro entity status made in an
international application filed with a
foreign Receiving Office.
Response: The Office will generally
not question applicant’s assertion to
small entity status. (See, e.g., 37 CFR
1.27(f) and MPEP 509.03 (VIII)
‘‘Normally, the Office will not question
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4257
a claim to status as a small entity.’’)
Similarly, the Office plans to generally
rely on applicant’s certification of micro
entity status and will ordinarily not
require any additional documents from
the applicant concerning the applicant’s
entitlement to claim micro entity status.
However, any attempt to fraudulently
establish status as a micro or small
entity shall be considered fraud
practiced or attempted on the Office.
See, e.g., section 1.27(h).
Comment 29: One commenter
suggested that at least six months would
be needed from notice of the final
requirements of the system to properly
implement instructions, forms, and
systems for the execution of payment of
small and micro entity fees and
establishing small or micro entity status
in international applications for which
the Office acts as a Receiving Office,
International Searching Authority, or
International Preliminary Examining
Authority.
Response: In response to this
comment, the Office is setting the
effective date for the international phase
fees established in § 1.445 and § 1.482 in
this final rule (including small and
micro entity discounts) as January 1,
2014, in order to provide for sufficient
implementation time.
Comment 30: A commenter suggested
that the proposed fee schedule saddled
large entities with more than a fair share
of the fee burden, at least for
maintenance fees. The commenter urged
the Director of the USPTO to use his
discretion (granted in 35 U.S.C. 123(e))
to eliminate the 75 percent micro entity
discount for maintenance fees.
Response: The Office aims to foster
innovation for all entities, and fee
reductions are one of the tools that the
Office uses to achieve this policy. Fee
reductions are established by the AIA at
Section 10(b), and the Office does not
have the authority to eliminate the
reductions set by the AIA. Also,
maintenance fees are a critical
component of the USPTO’s funding
stream given the Office’s policy of
setting front-end fees below cost and
back-end fees above cost. (See the
Office’s response to PPAC Comment 21
for more information.)
Additionally, the fee burden to large
entities for micro entity maintenance
fees is not very large, especially
because: (1) Micro entities must first
qualify as small entities; and (2) the
projected population of micro entities is
small. As noted in this final rule, the
Office estimates that 31 percent of small
entity applications will be micro entity
applications (see Part IV. Fee Setting
Methodology). Small entities are already
a relatively small portion of patent
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4258
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
applicants—approximately 25 percent
over the past five years (see Table 53)—
so the population of micro entity
applicants is expected to be less than 10
percent (25 percent of 31 percent equals
7.75 percent), and the population of
micro entity maintenance fee payers
would be even smaller. Further, the
dollar differential between small and
micro entities over all three stages of
maintenance fee payments is just over
$3,000. (The total of maintenance fee
payments through the third stage is
$6,300 for small entities compared to
$3,150 for micro entities.)
Legal Considerations
Comment 31: One commenter stated
that there was not adequate time for the
public to submit comments in response
to the fee proposal. Another commenter
requested additional time to prepare
comments on the fee proposal.
Response: The Office reasonably
believes 60 days was sufficient time for
public comment. The Office notes that
it first set forth a fee proposal on
February 7, 2012, and then it held two
public hearings in collaboration with
the PPAC. Additionally, the PPAC
collected written comments in response
to the February 2012 fee proposal,
which the Office reviewed and made
available for public review. Finally, the
Office provided a 60-day period for
written comments following publication
of the NPRM, in addition to the PPAC
public hearings and earlier comment
period and numerous roadshows across
the country to provide the public an
opportunity to receive further
information and to ask questions of the
Office concerning the fee proposal.
Comment 32: A commenter stated that
the Office must consider the
Independent Offices Appropriations Act
(IOAA), 31 U.S.C. 9701, both explicitly
and in pari materia, in setting fees. The
commenter asserts that the IOAA
applies and that the USPTO’s fees
amount to taxes insofar as the fees are
based on anything other than the IOAA
and cost to the USPTO associated with
the individual service.
Response: The IOAA is a general
government-wide user fee statute
adopted in 1951. It is a permissive
statute and intended for agencies to use
in fee setting where Congress has not
provided more specific fee setting
authority. Where statutes independent
of the IOAA provide specific statutory
authority for user fees, those statutes
control based on the terms of their own
coverage and limitations. See Bunge
Corp. v. U.S., 5 Cl. Ct. 511, 515–16
(1984), aff’d mem., 765 F.2d 162 (Fed.
Cir. 1985) (‘‘The IOAA was intended to
serve an interstitial function, providing
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
fee setting authority where Congress has
not otherwise authorized the agency to
collect fees * * *. It would be
inconsistent with this purpose to hold
that the IOAA applies where an agency
acts pursuant to a different, more
specific grant of fee setting authority.’’)
Here, the USPTO has separate and
specific fee setting authority provided
by Section 10 of the AIA. Given the
specific fee setting authority Congress
provided to the USPTO in Section 10 of
the AIA, the USPTO does not need to
use the IOAA for this fee setting.
Finally, the IOAA and section 10
cannot be read in pari materia, contrary
to the commenter’s suggestion. The
IOAA has several significant limitations
that apply to fee setting under the terms
of that statute, including some
limitations to require that each fee be set
to recover the cost of the corresponding
service. Section 10 does not impose
these limitations and is fundamentally
different than the IOAA. Specifically,
whereas the IOAA requires that each
individual fee be set for cost recovery,
section 10 does not compel cost
recovery on an individual fee basis, but
rather explicitly permits fees to be set to
recover ‘‘aggregate estimated costs’’ of
the patent operations. In addition, while
the IOAA assigns fees to the general
treasury, section 10 fees are kept by the
USPTO.
Comment 33: A commenter stated that
the proposed fees exceed the authority
of the AIA. Specifically, the commenter
states that the AIA provides no
authority for allowing the USPTO to set
or adjust fees on any basis other than
cost of the service provided. For
example, the commenter posits that the
USPTO may not set individual fees
above cost based on policy reasons. The
commenter also states that the Office’s
authority is limited to making
adjustments that are supported by cost
data while retaining a reasonable
semblance of the relative levels of
existing fees.
Response: The commenter’s
suggestions are contrary to the plain
language of the AIA. The AIA permits
individual patent fees to be set or
adjusted to encourage or discourage
particular services, so long as the
aggregate revenues for all patent fees
match the aggregate costs of the patent
operation. The comment would read
into the AIA limitations that do not
exist and that are inconsistent with the
AIA.
Comment 34: A commenter noted that
the agency must comply with the
Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C.
500, et seq. in setting Section 10 fees.
Response: The Office agrees that the
Office must comply with the rulemaking
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
requirements of the Administrative
Procedures Act in setting Section 10
fees. As demonstrated in this section
and in this rulemaking as a whole, the
USPTO has complied with these
requirements.
Individual Fees
Prioritized Examination Fee
Comment 35: A commenter suggested
that the proposed reduced fee for
Prioritized Examination is still too high,
and recommended that the USPTO
lower this fee to $2,000 to encourage
participation in the program.
Response: In this final rule, the Office
is lowering the fee for prioritized
examination from $4,800 to $4,000. The
Office aims to increase access to
prioritized examination while ensuring
that the large entity fee remains at cost
recovery. Currently, USPTO cost data
does not support the suggested $2,000
fee. The Office’s cost calculation for
prioritized examinations is available in
the proposed rule published in the
Federal Register. (See Changes To
Implement the Prioritized Examination
Track (Track I) of the Enhanced
Examination Timing Control
Procedures, 76 FR 59050 (Sept. 23,
2011)). As noted in the Office’s response
to PPAC Comment 9, the Office will
continue to monitor participation in the
prioritized examination program to
assess whether demand increases with a
decrease in the fee, and whether there
is any adverse impact on pendency of
applications in the traditional
examination ‘‘track.’’
Basic Filing, Search, and Examination
Fees
Comment 36: One commenter
asserted that the Office understates the
cost of filing a patent application. In
particular, the commenter believes that
the NPRM misled the public to believe
that a fee which actually goes up by 27
percent appears to go down by 62
percent. The commenter suggested that
filing fees are confusing because fees
‘‘due on filing’’ include filing, search,
and examination fees, instead of solely
the ‘‘filing’’ fee.
Response: The NPRM states that the
basic filing fee for utility applications
decreases by 28 percent for large
entities. The utility search fee decreases
by 3 percent for large entities, and the
utility examination fee increases by 188
percent for large entities when
compared to the current patent fee
schedule. The net result of the changes
to these three components is a 27
percent increase ($340) in the total
filing, search, and examination fees for
large entity utility applications. See
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Setting and Adjusting Patent Fees, 77
FR 55028 (Sept. 6, 2012), specifically
Table 4 at 55039 and Table 9 at 55043–
55044.
The USPTO separated the single fee
paid at filing into filing, search, and
examination components as part of the
21st Century Strategic Plan that was
submitted to the Congress in 2003. The
result was to create a more optimal
alignment of fees with services, and
provide the applicant with more
information about the services being
received. However, throughout the
proposed rule and this final rule, the
Office refers to the three fees
collectively as the basic ‘‘front-end’’ fees
and clearly states that the total of all
three fees is due at filing.
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Request for Continued Examination
(RCE) Fees
Comment 37: Several commenters
expressed concerns about the increase
in RCE fees and operational issues
surrounding patent examination and
RCEs. Several comments expressed
support for the Office’s continued
efforts to reduce the number of RCEs,
but suggested that even more work is
needed. One commenter appreciated the
reduction of the first RCE fee in the
NPRM from the February 2012 proposal
to the PPAC, but noted that the second
and subsequent RCE fee continues to be
nearly double the fee currently in place.
The commenter further noted that the
moderated fee continues to be high
when compared to the costs to examine
a case from scratch or to examine a
continuation. Several commenters cited
issues with examining practices as a
reason for increased RCE filings,
including improper final rejections,
inexperienced examiners, and an
examiner’s failure to effectively engage
with an applicant. The commenter
believed that a punitive subsequent RCE
fee will not resolve the issue of
applicants filing multiple RCEs. One
commenter suggested that, given the
number of new examiners hired, the
RCE fee should be incrementally
increased once the overall experience
level of the examining corps increases
and quality examination is ensured.
Response: The Office carefully
considered the decisions to differentiate
between fees for filing a first RCE and
filing second or subsequent RCEs and
whether to increase the RCE fee above
its current level. As noted in the final
rule, those considerations included
historical cost information, historical
RCE filing trends, aggregate revenue
needs, and patent examination practices
(by the Office and applicants). See
response to PPAC Comment 10.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
On the issue of the overall experience
level of the examining corps, the Office
took into account the average grade
level of the patent examining corps
when calculating costs. The Office will
continue to monitor the quality of
examination through its quality metrics
that are published on the USPTO Data
Visualization Center at https://
www.uspto.gov/dashboards/patents/
main.dashxml.
Comment 38: Some commenters
expressed concerns about the way the
Office dockets RCEs. Two commenters
suggested that the Office consider
docketing RCEs like other amended
cases (i.e., the same scheduling as
responses to office actions) to advance
rather than delay prosecution.
Alternatively, one commenter suggested
the Office could use the amended case
docket for those applicants who pay the
higher fee for an RCE and continue
placement on the continuing new case
docket for those applicants who pay the
current RCE fee amount.
Response: As a result of the recent
Count System Initiative changes, RCEs
are being reprioritized within their
current docket category based upon
their effective filing date, which will
move older RCEs ahead for action
sooner than other cases in the same
category.
Comment 39: A commenter stated that
the decision to accept an amendment
after final rejection is often at the
examiner’s discretion and, therefore, so
is the need for an RCE. The commenter
suggested that: (1) Examination
practices be standardized so that all
examiners will accept an amendment
without an RCE if an amended claim is
found to be patentable; and (2) the
AFCP be formally adopted. Another
commenter suggested that the Office
create a new procedure for a ‘‘single
review RCE’’ or a ‘‘one more action’’
procedure with a lower fee than is
currently charged for an RCE. The
commenter envisioned this procedure as
an opportunity for an examiner, in
exchange for some portion of a count, to
consider art the examiner has newly
identified or for an applicant to put
claims in condition for appeal. The
commenter further explained that an
examiner could update the search
following an agreement after final on
potentially allowable subject matter, all
without requiring a full RCE with a
delayed track and multiple actions. The
commenter further suggested that the
application should be maintained on the
amended case docket (response to office
action scheduling), or an even faster
docket, and treated as an amendment
after final with some count benefit to
the examiner. The commenter
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4259
recognized the similarity of this
procedure to some of the ongoing efforts
of the Office (specifically the AFCP), but
suggested this procedure would be
available as a matter of right and with
a lower fee than a current RCE (but
higher than the pilot program, which
does not currently require payment of
additional fees to the Office).
Response: In response to this public
comment, the Office reviewed data on
applications having an after final reply
followed by an RCE filing. The data
shows that more than 50 percent of all
RCEs are filed with no prior submission
after final (i.e., no amendment that
attempts to place the application in
condition for allowance). It is noted that
the AFCP should have the effect of
motivating more applicants to file after
final replies for additional
consideration. After a final rejection is
made by the examiner, the applicant
must do one of three things to avoid
abandonment: (1) File a reply that
places the application in condition for
allowance; (2) file a notice of appeal; or
(3) file an RCE in compliance with 37
CFR 1.114. The data suggests that many
applicants elect option (3) over option
(1). Absent a timely filed after final
amendment that permits issuance of a
patent (i.e., an amendment that leaves
no pending claim subject to a rejection)
the application must be regarded as
abandoned, unless a notice of appeal or
RCE is timely filed. In situations when
an after final amendment may make
some but not all claims allowable, the
current procedures provide a check box
(number 6) on the Advisory Action form
that allows an examiner to indicate that
a claim(s) amended after final would be
allowable if submitted in a separate,
timely filed amendment canceling the
non-allowable claim(s). A copy of the
current Advisory Action form is found
on page 700–88 of the MPEP, Eighth
Edition, Revision 9. With regard to the
‘‘single review RCE’’ or ‘‘one more
action’’ concepts, such suggestions are
outside the scope of this rulemaking,
but to the extent that these suggestions
can be implemented consistent with 35
U.S.C. 132 and 133, they will be given
consideration.
Comment 40: One commenter stated
that it is important for the Office to deal
with the ‘‘hidden’’ RCE backlog because
‘‘one gets what one measures.’’ The
commenter suggested that the pendency
goals should be established taking into
account RCEs (e.g., X months from filing
to final disposition of RCEs, and Y
months for traditional total pendency
including RCEs), which would establish
a clear focus on the backlog of RCEs and
would keep the user community fully
apprised of the Office’s progress in
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4260
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
bringing that backlog under control. The
commenter suggested that these goals
should be tracked and reported side-byside with the 10- and 20-month
traditional pendency goals.
Response: The Office presents
multiple application pendency numbers
on the Patent Dashboard in the USPTO
Data Visualization Center available at
https://www.uspto.gov/dashboards/
patents/main.dashxml. There, the Office
publishes traditional total pendency
both with and without RCEs, as well as
the pendency for RCEs alone. The Office
also publishes the backlog for RCEs. The
Office further presents data on the
growth in RCE filings, the inventory of
RCEs, and the pendency associated with
RCEs. See response to PPAC Comment
10 for additional information about the
Office’s efforts to respond to issues
concerning RCEs, including the backlog.
Appeal Fees
Comment 41: Two commenters stated
that the total for appeal fees ($3,000) is
too high given the percentage of
reversals on appeals (50 percent per one
commenter and 80 percent or more per
the other commenter). The commenters
stated that the proposed two-part fee
structure should be further realigned so
that the initial fee is lower and the final
fee due after receipt of the examiner’s
answer is the largest component of the
appeal fees. Further, one of the
commenters explained that many
appeals are terminated prior to the
applicant filing an appeal brief so the
single fee for the notice of appeal
($1,000) is excessive, and it should be
eliminated or greatly reduced. The
commenter also questioned the
proposed $1,000 fee due upon filing a
Notice of Appeal, stating that a number
of appeals are pursued due to
inexperienced examiners and/or poor
rejection quality and that the fee
increase might discourage meritorious
appeals.
Response: In this final rule, the Office
is implementing the recommendation to
reduce the proposed appeal fees so that
meritorious appeals are not discouraged.
This final rule lowers the fee for a
Notice of Appeal to $800 (large entity)
from the $1,000 (large entity) proposed
in the NPRM. This is much lower than
the current $1,260 (large entity) fee for
the combined services of filing a Notice
of Appeal and filing an appeal brief
because the fee for filing an appeal brief
is eliminated under the new structure.
The fee for forwarding an appeal to the
PTAB remains the same as proposed in
the NPRM ($2,000 for large entities).
Many applicants will pay less under the
new structure because the forwarding
fee will only apply to those that forward
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
an appeal to the PTAB, which is
estimated to be about 5 percent of
applicants who receive a final rejection.
However, the Office notes that these fees
are set 43 percent below the cost of
providing these services ($4,922 average
historical cost). Therefore, decreasing
the gap between the total cost incurred
and the total fees charged is critical to
recovering costs in the aggregate for the
appeals process. For more information,
please refer to the response to PPAC
Comments 11 and 12.
The Office recognizes that applicants
may in some cases need to appeal an
examiner’s decision and welcomes
suggestions on improving the process.
As noted in the response to PPAC
Comment 11, the Office’s data shows
that in appeals decided on their merits
by the PTAB, over 65 percent result in
affirmance of at least some of the
rejected claims (see https://
www.uspto.gov/ip/boards/bpai/stats/
receipts/fy2012_sep_e.jsp).
Ex Parte Reexamination Fees
Comment 42: Several commenters
stated that the $15,000 fee for ex parte
reexamination is too high. One of the
commenters proposed that ex parte
reexaminations applied for by the owner
of the patent and ex parte
reexaminations ordered as a result of a
supplemental examination should both
not exceed $2,900. (A $2,900 fee is
approximately 15 percent above the fee
for ex parte reexaminations that was
effective prior to September 16, 2012,
the effective date of the final rule. See
Changes to Implement the
Supplemental Examination Provisions
of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
and to Revise Reexamination Fees, 77
FR 48828 (Aug. 14, 2012)). The
commenter further suggested that a
patent owner is paying maintenance
fees, which should subsidize the cost of
owner-initiated ex parte
reexaminations.
Response: To achieve sufficient cost
recovery while meeting the rulemaking
goal to facilitate effective administration
of the patent system, and given the longterm disparity between the fee and the
cost, the Office must increase the
reexamination fee. An analysis of the
Office’s ex parte reexamination costs
revealed that the previous $2,520 ex
parte reexamination fee did not recover
the Office’s costs for that service. In fact,
the Office’s costs are approximately
seven times the amount of the previous
fee ($2,520) for an ex parte
reexamination, which demonstrates that
minor increases (10–15 percent) to the
previous fee would also be insufficient.
However, in response to comments from
the PPAC and the public, the Office is
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
reducing the fee for ex parte
reexamination (proposed at a total of
$15,000 for large entities) to $12,000
(large entity) in this final rule, which is
32 percent below the Office’s cost for
these services.
The Office appreciates the suggestion
that maintenance fees (which are paid
for by the patent owner) subsidize
reduced fees for ex parte reexaminations
applied for by the patent owner. The
fees in this final rule must overall be set,
nevertheless, so that total aggregate
revenue equals the total aggregate cost
of patent operations. The fee structure
sets many fees below the cost of
processing and recovers the lost revenue
from back-end fees such as maintenance
fees, which are set above cost. If the
Office were to reduce the fee for ex
parte reexaminations, the Office would
need to increase other fees to offset the
lost revenue. In this final rule, the Office
decided to set the ex parte
reexamination fee so that the additional
costs for this service are borne not by all
patent holders (through the payment of
maintenance fees as a commenter
suggested), but instead only by those
patent owners who require ex parte
reexaminations. An applicant is not
required to use the ex parte
reexamination process. Finally, in this
final rule, the Office sets reduced fee
rates for small entity ($6,000) and micro
entity patentees ($3,000) that require an
ex parte reexamination to permit greater
access to the ex parte reexamination
process.
Comment 43: Several commenters
questioned the Office’s cost basis for the
reexamination fee. Some questioned
why the ex parte reexamination fee was
not more closely aligned with other
patent services like a full initial
examination, prioritized examination, or
prosecuting an ex parte patent
application. One of the commenters
argued that a reexamination is generally
more focused and limited than a full
initial examination and questioned why
the cost for ex parte reexamination is
more than four times the cost for an
initial search and examination. The
commenter suggested that either the
Office is using costing assumptions that
are much too cautious, or the Office
should apply its focus to reigning in the
cost of ex parte reexamination. One of
the commenters stated that the Office’s
cost for prosecuting an ex parte patent
application is only $3,569, and said that
this makes the $15,000 proposed fee for
an ex parte reexamination excessive.
Another commenter suggested that ex
parte reexamination is more closely
related to prioritized examination given
the expedited nature of the service and
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
the need for one or more examiner
interviews.
Response: As stated in the response to
PPAC Comment 14, requests for ex parte
reexamination generally contain issues
that are more complex than may be
present in a typical patent application.
As to the comparison of ex parte
reexamination with prioritized
examinations, applications under
prioritized examination are required, in
addition to including payment of the
$4,000 fee (large entity) set in this rule,
to contain no more than 4 independent
claims, and no more than 30 total
claims, in order to maintain prioritized
status. In contrast, in ex parte
reexamination practice, there is no limit
on the number of patent claims that may
be requested to be reexamined.
Furthermore, applications under
prioritized examination receive, on
average, a final disposition within
twelve months of prioritized status
being granted. However, in ex parte
reexamination practice, the Office must
make a determination whether the
request raises a substantial new
question of patentability within three
months after the filing date of each
request.
Nonetheless, after updating the patent
operating plans and corresponding
aggregate cost estimates in response to
public comments, the Office determined
it can reduce the ex parte reexamination
fee further. In this final rule, the Office
is reducing the fee for ex parte
reexamination from $15,000 to $12,000
(large entity). The Office also notes that
this rulemaking applies small and micro
entity reductions to the ex parte
reexamination fee, resulting in
discounts of 50 percent for small
entities and 75 percent for micro entity
patentees.
Comment 44: A commenter suggested
that the ex parte reexamination fee
should be deferred until reexamination
is ordered, so as to reduce the initial
costs on patent owners. Another
commenter suggested that it would be
appropriate to apply a two-stage fee for
the ex parte reexamination fee.
Response: As explained in greater
detail in the response to PPAC
Comment 15, the Office elected not to
adopt a pay-as-you-go approach to the
ex parte reexamination fee, even though
it is essentially a two-part fee, to ensure
fee payment and completion of the
reexamination in a timely manner.
Supplemental Examination Fees
Comment 45: Two commenters
questioned the rationale that setting a
high fee for supplemental examination
would encourage applicants to submit
all relevant information during initial
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
examination. One commenter believed
that the magnitude of the supplemental
examination fee is inconsistent with the
congressional intent in creating this
process, which the commenter believes
was to allow a patentee, without
limitation, to bring to the USPTO’s
attention information relevant to the
patent. The commenter felt that the
USPTO’s stated reason for setting the
supplemental examination fee above
cost is inconsistent with the policy
objective of securing a complete, highquality, and expeditious initial
examination of a patent application.
Instead, the commenter stated that
making supplemental examination more
accessible—not less—encourages
expeditious initial examination by
serving as a back-up plan, allowing
applicants to submit pertinent
information later, thereby reducing the
tendency to ‘‘over disclose’’ at the frontend of the process. The other
commenter suggested that patentees will
use supplemental examination properly
and efficiently and that the fee should
be lowered to promote greater access to
the procedure.
Response: In the final rule to
implement supplemental examination,
the supplemental examination fees
initially were set on a cost recovery
basis, as required by 35 U.S.C. 41(d).
See Changes to Implement the
Supplemental Examination Provisions
of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
and to Revise Reexamination Fees, 77
FR 48828 (Aug. 14, 2012). The
supplemental examination final rule set
a fee of $5,140 for processing and
treating a request for supplemental
examination, and a fee of $16,120 for
conducting ex parte reexamination
ordered as a result of a supplemental
examination, resulting in a total fee of
$21,260 (excluding any applicable
document size fees). The cost
calculations relating to the
supplemental examination final rule
were published by the Office (‘‘Cost
Calculations for Supplemental
Examination and Reexamination’’) on
its Web site at https://www.uspto.gov/
aia_implementation/
patents.jsp#heading-9.
In response to stakeholder feedback,
and after updating and carefully
reviewing the aggregate cost and
aggregate revenue of patent operations,
the Office determined that it could
reduce these fees in this final rule to
$4,400 and $12,100, respectively,
resulting in a total fee of $16,500
(excluding any applicable document
size fees), which is 23 percent below the
Office’s costs for providing these
services. In addition, the Office set
reduced fee rates in this final rule for
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4261
small ($8,250) and micro ($4,125)
entities to permit greater access to the
supplemental examination process.
Per the requirements of section 10 of
the AIA, the fees in this final rule are
structured so that total aggregate
revenue equals the total aggregate cost
of patent operations. The fee structure
sets many fees below cost and recovers
the lost revenue from other fees, which
are set above cost. As such, if the Office
were to further reduce the fee for
supplemental examination, the Office
would have to increase other fees to
offset the lost revenue. The Office
determined not to further subsidize the
cost of this service, as it would require
the entire patent applicant community
to bear the cost of services utilized by
a limited number of patentees.
Comment 46: A commenter
questioned whether the supplemental
examination fee proposed by USPTO is
justified, and suggested that
supplemental examination fees should
be no more than those charged for filing
($280) and searching ($600) reissue
applications, since the USPTO’s
expenses for these processes should be
similar. As such, the commenter
suggested that the large entity
supplemental examination fee be no
more than $880. Another commenter
questioned the Office’s rationale for
setting supplemental examination fees
at $18,000, given that a patentee
requesting supplemental examination is
required to provide a separate
explanation of the relevance and
manner of applying each item of
information to each claim of the patent.
The commenter stated that this fee
stands in contrast to the average
historical cost of less than $4,000
incurred by the Office where it
independently conducts a complete
search and examination. Another
commenter suggested a total fee of
$3,120 (the total fees for examining and
issuing a reissue application) for
conducting an ex parte reexamination
following supplemental examination.
Response: The supplemental
examination process is more analogous
to the ex parte reexamination process
than to a reissue proceeding. In both
supplemental examination and ex parte
reexamination, the requester provides a
separate explanation of the relevance
and manner of applying each item of
information to each claim of the patent,
and the Office must determine whether
a substantial new question of
patentability is raised in the request
within three months of the filing date of
the request. Further, supplemental
examination is enhanced beyond ex
parte reexamination to involve
information beyond the patents and
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
4262
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
printed publications and beyond issues
of anticipation and obviousness
provided for in ex parte reexamination
practice. Therefore, the Office based its
estimate of the cost of supplemental
examination proceedings on its costs for
ex parte reexamination proceedings
($17,750), making adjustments as
needed. See responses to Comments 42
and 45 for more information about how
the Office set the fee for supplemental
examination under 35 U.S.C. 41(d).
Comment 47: A commenter suggested
that ‘‘staging’’ the fees for supplemental
examination would be preferable to
charging the fees for the supplemental
examination request and ex parte
reexamination if ordered initially and
then refunding the fee for reexamination
when it is not ordered.
Response: The Office has not adopted
a pay-as-you-go approach, because that
approach introduces risks related to
nonpayment of fees and procedural
delays related to collecting a separate
fee after the Office grants a request for
ex parte reexamination. See the Office’s
response to PPAC Comment 17 for more
information.
Comment 48: A commenter noted that
a fee structure that permitted a patent
owner to secure Office consideration,
reconsideration, or correction of all
desired items of information in one
supplemental examination would be
more reasonable than the current fee
structure where a patent owner can
secure Office review of only up to 12
items of information in a single
supplemental examination request and
must pursue additional supplemental
examinations for additional items of
information. The commenter
recommended that the Office set an
additional fee for each item of
information over 12.
Response: The supplemental
examination procedure was designed to
enable patent owners to present items of
information for consideration,
reconsideration, or correction. The
Office is required to conduct and
conclude supplemental examination
within three months after a request is
filed. In order to meet this timeframe,
the Office is setting a limit of twelve
items of information that a patent owner
may submit to the Office in each
request. The purpose of this limit is to
strike a balance between the needs of
the patent owner and the ability of the
Office to timely conclude the
proceeding. There is, however, no limit
to the number of issues that these
twelve items of information can raise, or
to the number of separate requests for
supplemental examination of the same
patent that a patent owner can file at
any time.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
Even though the basis for most
inequitable conduct allegations is
typically far fewer than ten items of
information, the Office raised the limit
to 12 items of information in response
to the public’s comments. A review of
ex parte reexamination requests filed in
FY 2011 revealed that the requester
relied on twelve or fewer documents in
at least 93 percent of the requests. In
addition, the Office is mindful of the
time necessary for examiners to analyze
the items of information submitted,
particularly since the items are not
limited to patents and printed
publications, and since each item may
raise multiple issues. Accordingly, the
supplemental examination final rule
limited the number of items of
information to 12 to establish a
procedure that not only is practical, but
also enables an examiner to fully,
comprehensively, and timely analyze all
submitted items of information and
issues to accurately determine whether
there is a substantial new question of
patentability.
Comment 49: Some commenters
questioned the Office’s cost basis for the
reexamination fee. One commenter
questioned whether the Office based its
prospective cost determination on the
historical costs of all ex parte and inter
partes reexaminations instead of only
patentee-initiated reexaminations,
which are the closest corollaries to
supplemental examination.
Response: As noted in the Office’s
response to PPAC Comment 16, the
Office does not separately track the time
taken by examiners to process and
analyze patentee-initiated ex parte
reexaminations versus third partyrequested ex parte reexaminations. The
Office will continually monitor the
actual costs associated with
reexamination proceedings as this
information becomes available and use
it to inform future fee setting efforts.
Inter Partes Review, Post-Grant Review,
Covered Business Method Patent
Review Fees
Comment 50: Several commenters
noted that post-grant review and inter
partes review are new proceedings that
are based on prospective costs (rather
than historical costs). Specifically, one
commenter suggested that the Office
may have been too cautious in its
estimates of prospective costs for postgrant review and inter partes review.
The commenters recommended that the
Office reevaluate the cost calculations
for these proceedings as information
from actual proceedings becomes
available and adjust the fees once the
true cost is known by experience.
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Response: The Office recognizes that
the stated costs for the post-grant review
and inter partes review proceedings are
based on prospective costs informed by
the Office’s managerial cost accounting
data rather than historical costs. (See the
Office’s methodology to determine the
cost of patent services in a supplemental
document entitled, ‘‘USPTO Section 10
Fee Setting—Activity-Based Information
and Costing Methodology’’ available on
the USPTO Web site at https://
www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/
fees.jsp#heading-1.) As information on
the actual cost of these proceedings
becomes available, the Office will revisit
the costs and fees for these proceedings,
as suggested by the commenters, to
ensure the respective fees are set at the
appropriate levels.
Comment 51: A commenter suggested
that the post-grant review and inter
partes review proceedings are overly
complex and should require only three
major submissions to the Board—the
initial petition, the patent owner’s
response, and the petitioner’s
responsive comments. The commenter
stated this type of a proceeding would
establish a more streamlined and
efficient set of rules that would produce
significantly lower costs and fees for
petitioners.
Response: The AIA requires the Office
to establish a procedure that involves
more submissions than suggested by the
commenter. For instance, 35 U.S.C. 313
provides that ‘‘the patent owner shall
have the right to file a preliminary
response to the petition.’’ Also 35 U.S.C.
316(a) and 326(a) require the Office to
establish procedures to permit the
parties to submit supplemental
information and allow the patent owner
to amend the claims. Therefore, the
USPTO cannot adopt the commenter’s
suggestion.
Comment 52: A commenter supported
the Office’s decision in post-grant and
inter partes review proceedings to split
the fees into a fee for the initial petition
and a fee for proceeding after grant of a
petition. Several commenters suggested
that the Office should establish fees for
other milestones, or ‘‘stage’’ the
payment of separate fees, during these
proceedings, such as at the request for
an oral hearing and for a rehearing,
thereby further reducing front-end costs
and matching fees commensurate with
the Office’s work. One commenter
suggested that the lack of this staging
was a ‘‘missed opportunity.’’ Several
commenters also supported additional
fees during the proceedings for late-filed
and additional motions, especially
motions for supplemental discovery,
because these actions could pose costs
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
on both the Office and the opposing
party.
Response: The AIA requires that the
Office establish fees for inter partes
review, post-grant review, and covered
business method review to be paid by
the person requesting the review. The
fees paid by the person requesting the
review are to be set considering the
aggregate costs of the review. A ‘‘pay-asyou-go’’ approach would require patent
owners to pay for some of the costs
associated with the review, which is
inconsistent with the statutory
framework. In addition, if petitioners
were required to pay for costs associated
with additional submissions by patent
owners, this could encourage patent
owners to file additional submissions
merely to increase costs for the
petitioner.
Comment 53: A commenter suggested
that the Office consider increased fees
for late filed motions to amend (e.g.,
after patent owner response), unless
there is a new rejection, because such
motions inject uncertainty and greater
cost into the proceedings.
Response: In prescribing the
administrative trial final rules, the
Office considered the effect of the
regulations on the economy, the
integrity of the patent system, the
efficient administration of the Office,
and the ability of the Office to timely
complete proceedings. Those rules
provide that late motions to amend may
only be authorized when there is a good
cause showing or a joint request of the
petitioner and the patent owner to
materially advance a settlement.
Therefore, late motions to amend that
impact the Office’s ability to timely
complete proceedings would be rare.
Moreover, charging for late motions
would require patent owners to pay for
some of the costs associated with the
reviews, which is inconsistent with the
statutory framework.
Comment 54: A commenter expressed
support for the reduction in inter partes
review fees from the fees set under 35
U.S.C. 41(d)(2). Another commenter
expressed concern that many small
businesses and non-profits will not have
the financial capital to pay large upfront
fees for administrative trial proceedings
under the proposed fee structure. As a
result, they will turn to the classic
district court litigation option (at a
projected cost between $500,000 and
$3.9 million per party) because of the
ability to spread-out fees, even though
that option is overall more expensive
and less efficient. Because Congress
intended the administrative trial
proceedings to be a less expensive
alternative to litigation, the commenter
recommended that the USPTO change
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
the structure of these fees to provide an
option that distributes the fees over time
throughout the course of the
proceedings. Additionally, the
commenter suggested that the proper
benchmark for these fees is not merely
a lower cost than litigation, but rather is
a fee structure accessible to all.
Response: The Office appreciates the
commenter’s support for the fee
reductions made in this final rule as
compared to fees previously set for the
administrative trials under 35 U.S.C.
41(d). In this final rule, as proposed in
the September NPRM, the Office sets the
fees for inter partes review and postgrant review below cost recovery at
what amounts to a 15 percent discount
from the fees originally set under
section 41(d)(2) authority.
Regarding the distribution of fees
throughout an administrative trial
proceeding, the AIA requires that the
fees for inter partes review and postgrant review be paid at the time of filing
the petition. See 35 U.S.C. 312(a)(1) and
322(a)(1). Adopting a ‘‘spread-out’’ fee
system as suggested by the commenter
would be contrary to the statute and
congressional intent. Further,
administrative trials before the Office
will be conducted faster than district
court litigation that on the average take
a few years because, in the absence of
good cause, the Office is required to
issue the final determination in the
review no later than one year after
institution. See 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(11) and
326(a)(11). Therefore, the benefit of
distributing the fees over such a short
time period would not be significant.
Finally, in a ‘‘spread-out’’ fee system,
the petitioner could cause unnecessary
delays through late payment or failure
to pay required fees.
Comment 55: A commenter stated that
the proposed fees for administrative
trial proceedings (e.g., inter partes
review, post-grant review, and the
transitional program for covered
business patents) are too high for small
businesses and non-profits. The
commenter argued that the high fees for
these proceedings would make them
inaccessible to many stakeholders. The
commenter therefore recommended that
the USPTO revise the fee schedule to
ensure accessibility to all stakeholders.
Lower fees, the commenter argued,
would better satisfy Congress’s intent
that proceedings be broadly accessible
and the goal of creating a healthier,
more efficient patent system.
Response: As noted in the Office’s
response to Public Comment 22, the
administrative trials are new services for
which the Office has no historical cost
basis. Setting the fees for these often
complex and potentially costly services
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4263
too far below their prospective costs is
risky. In addition, the scope of section
10(b) of the AIA does not include the
administrative trial services, which
means that the Office cannot set small
and micro entity fees for these services.
The reduced fees in this final rule
attempt to make these proceedings more
accessible while recognizing the need to
facilitate effective administration of the
patent system. The Office will
continually revisit the fees for these
services to determine the right balance
between the fee and the cost.
Comment 56: A commenter argued
that the fees for challenging each claim
in excess of 20 in administrative trial
proceedings are too high for small
businesses and non-profits, and noted
that the proposed fee structure would
also create harmful incentives for patent
applicants by rewarding applications
containing numerous claims. The
commenter gave the example that, for a
post-grant review on a patent with 200
claims, the petition fees alone would
amount to $174,000 and the petitioner
must also incur additional costs relating
to discovery. The commenter expressed
concern that these high fees and the
claim-based fee structure would make
the new post-grant proceedings
inaccessible for small businesses and
non-profit organizations.
Response: As previously discussed,
the Office does not have statutory
authority to provide a small or micro
entity discount on fees for
administrative trials. Additionally, in
the Office’s experience with
administrative trials in the first few
months after they became available,
petitioners are not challenging an
excessively large number of claims. The
Office received a total of 80 petitions
from September 16, 2012, through
November 30, 2012, and only 23
petitions challenged more than 20
claims (29 percent, 23 out of 80). The
highest number of excess claims
challenged thus far was 58 claims,
which is far from the 200 claims
discussed in the commenter’s example.
In the petitions that challenge 20 claims
or less, the average number of
challenged claims was 11 claims, which
is well below the 20 claims permitted
without excess claims fees.
The current experience in the number
of challenged claims in inter partes
review and covered business review is
entirely consistent with historical data
for reexaminations, i.e., that large
number of claims are not often
challenged even where one fee covers
all claims challenged. (See Response to
Comment 238 in Trial Final Rule, 77 FR
48612, 48668 (Aug. 14, 2012)).
Moreover, a party need not challenge all
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
4264
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
claims in a patent, such as when only
certain claims are alleged to be infringed
by the party challenging the patent.
Finally, the fee charged is to recover the
total extra cost to the Office to review
the larger number of claims, and given
the balanced nature of the fee structure,
if this fee did not recover costs, other
fees would have to be increased.
Comment 57: A commenter expressed
concern that while there are $600 and
$800 fees per excess claims in inter
partes review and post-grant review
respectively, the fee is only $80 for
claims in excess of 20 in a patent
application. Therefore, the commenter
argued that this would create an
incentive for applicants to file
applications with large numbers of
patents claims in order to make it
inaccessible for small businesses and
non-profit organizations to challenge
their patent through the new
administrative trial procedures. By
shutting out small businesses and nonprofit organizations as third party
challengers, the commenter asserted
that the fee structure would have a
negative effect on patent quality and
innovation.
Response: To date, the percentage of
patents being challenged is very small.
Through November 2012, the Office
received a total of 80 petitions for
review. In contrast, the Office issues
more than 10,000 patents per month.
Adding one claim in each of the patents
would cost orders of magnitude more
than paying for review of an additional
claim given the large difference in the
number of reviews relative to the
number of patents. Furthermore, the
review fees are set considering the total
cost of conducting the proceedings.
Setting the fees further below cost
would require other patent applicants,
namely innovators, to subsidize patent
challengers since the aggregate cost of
the Office must be recovered. The AIA
requires that the fees for inter partes
review and post-grant review be paid by
the person requesting the review at the
time of filing the petition. See, e.g., 35
U.S.C. 311 and 312(a)(1). Finally, as
previously discussed, the Office does
not have statutory authority to provide
a small or micro entity discount on fees
for inter partes review and post-grant
review.
Comment 58: One commenter
criticized the fee structure as
subsidizing the prosecution of invalid
patents. Because the costs of review are
borne by the challenger, even when the
patent is shown to be invalid, the
commenter argued that the challenger
pays the full price for performing a
public service to remedy a problem
created by the patent applicant and the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
Office. The commenter suggested that
the Office establish a fee-shifting regime
for inter partes reviews, post-grant
reviews, and covered business method
patent reviews to address this free rider
problem. Specifically, the commenter
argues, if a patent is invalidated, the
patent owner should be required to
abandon the patent, commit to
reimburse the challenger, or pay the
costs and fees associated with the
challenger’s petition. In this way, the fee
schedule would create the right
incentives for applicants to undertake
due diligence for the technology they
claim to have invented.
Response: The AIA requires that the
fees for inter partes review and postgrant review be paid by the person
requesting the review at the time of
filing the petition. See, e.g., 35 U.S.C.
311 and 312(a)(1). This final rule to
reset those fees under the new authority
in section 10 of the AIA does not
provide for changing the entity paying
the fee but rather the amount paid by
the entity requesting review. Adopting a
system as suggested by the commenter
would be inconsistent with the statute
and congressional intent.
Maintenance Fees
Comment 59: A commenter expressed
support for reasonable subsidization of
selected patent-related services with
income from maintenance fees, but
suggested that the Office revisit its
decision to impose such large
maintenance fee increases. The
commenter suggested that companies
will have to counterbalance the
maintenance fee increases with a
decrease in application filings, which
may have an unintended impact on
USPTO operations.
Response: The Office’s proposed fee
structure is designed to generate enough
aggregate revenue to recover the
aggregate cost of patent operations and
support American innovation with low
entry fees and a mechanism to release
information into the public domain
once a patent holder deems the value of
their innovation is lower than the fees
needed to maintain protection. The
USPTO has carefully considered the
effect of each of the fee changes in this
final rule on the demand for the Office’s
services through an elasticity analysis
and other reviews as described above.
As discussed in response to PPAC
Comment 21, the Office will continually
monitoring fees after this initial fee
setting effort.
Comment 60: A commenter
questioned the Office’s rationale for
increasing the three maintenance fees at
different rates. The commenter
suggested that the USPTO reconsider
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
these increases and provide a practical
fee schedule with a clearer, more
specific rationalization.
Response: Keeping front-end fees
below cost necessitates an increase in
post-issuance fees. The Office selected a
staged increase in maintenance fees, so
that patent holders will pay higher
maintenance fees later in the life of their
patents, at a time when they can make
more informed decisions regarding their
patents’ value in the marketplace.
Excess Claims Fees
Comment 61: A commenter suggested
that the Office’s excess claims fees are
illogical and too high. The commenter
also questioned the rationale for
thresholds of 20 total claims and three
independent claims.
Response: The fee difference between
total claims in excess of twenty and
independent claims in excess of three is
based on the fact that an independent
claim requires a completely separate
prior art patentability determination.
This requires more examination effort
than required for a dependent claim,
because the dependent claim is
allowable over the prior art given that
the claim from which it depends is
allowable over the prior art. For
example, if an applicant cancels 3
independent claims and presents 17
new independent claims, to cover 17
dependent claims that were previously
allowed and are now rewritten in
independent form, the applicant will
receive 20 completely separate prior art
patentability determinations (17 for the
current independent claims and three
for the independent claims previously
presented and now canceled). Thus,
requiring an applicant in this situation
to pay for 14 independent claims in
excess of three is reasonable. An
applicant can avoid this situation by
drafting claims in a chain from the
broadest to which the applicant feels
he/she is entitled to the narrowest the
applicant is willing to accept, rather
than drafting a set of dependent claims
which all depend from an independent
claim. To avoid excess claims fees, the
applicant could also have canceled the
original 3 independent claims, redrafted
only 3 of the 17 dependent claims in
independent form, and changed the
dependency of the remaining 14 claims.
Also, after calculating the aggregate cost
of patent operations as compared to the
aggregate revenue generated from the
patent fee schedule contained in this
final rule, the Office determined that the
excess claims fees will remain at the
rate proposed so that other fees do not
need to be increased to generate
additional aggregate revenue to cover
the aggregate cost of patent operations.
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Comment 62: A commenter stated that
the 70 percent increase in the excess
independent claim fees does not reflect
the realities of prosecution practices and
should be reduced. The commenter
further suggested that most unrelated
independent claims would be removed
from the application through
restrictions, leaving a closely related set
of claims that would pose little
additional burden to examiners. A
second commenter stated that the
increase in the excess independent
claim fees does not reflect the realities
of using a variety of claim types and
scope during patent prosecution and
should be reduced. The commenter
explained that in technologies where
multiple restriction requirements are
often imposed, using high fees to
prevent the filing of all claims necessary
for a complete restriction requirement
can effectively deprive applicants of the
safe harbor for restricted claim groups
under 35 U.S.C. 121.
Response: As set forth in MPEP 804,
claims that are unrelated (e.g.,
unconnected in design, operation, and
effect) are generally subject to
restriction. Because independent claims
in most applications are at least related,
restriction requirements are usually
based on a determination by the
examiner that the claims are distinct.
Therefore, the commenter’s observation
offers little relief from the burden
imposed by excessive independent
claims. The deterrent effect that 35
U.S.C. 41 has provided against excess
claims has been insufficient in the past.
In view of the increasing rate of
application filings and an increasing
long term trend of more applications
containing an excessive number of
claims, the Office stated in 1998 that
‘‘the problem with applications
containing an excessive number of
claims is now reaching a critical stage.’’
See Changes to Implement the Patent
Business Goals, Advance Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking, 63 FR 53497,
53507 (Oct. 5, 1998). In addition to
helping the Office meet its policy goals
of reducing application processing time,
application pendency, and examination
burden, the increase in excess claims
fees is also justified because fees paid by
applicants filing a large number of
claims will be more commensurate with
the resources the Office must expend
examining the large number of claims.
For a detailed explanation on this topic,
see the Office’s response to PPAC
Comment 12.
Comment 63: A commenter stated that
the proposed fee increase for excess
claims from $250 to $420 is excessive.
The commenter also suggested that the
number of independent claims that may
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
be presented without incurring a fee is
too low, given that more than three
independent claims are often necessary
to effectively cover the varying aspects
of a single invention. Another
commenter noted that the Office does
not provide historic costs for
consideration of claims and it is not
clear why a fourth independent claim
would cost $420 to examine.
Response: The Office realizes that
excess claiming can be strategically
useful to inventors in today’s legal
environment, but notes that excess
claiming can be a significant burden to
the patent system and the Office. The
Office set the excess claims fees after
carefully considering its policy goals of
reducing application processing time,
application pendency, and examination
burden, and after considering how the
increase in excess claims fees will allow
the Office to recover the resources it
must expend examining large numbers
of claims. For a detailed explanation on
this topic, see the Office’s response to
PPAC Comment 22.
Correct Inventorship Fee
Comment 64: Several commenters
suggested that the $1,000 fee for
correcting inventorship after issuance of
a first action on the merits is not
appropriate in all cases. Two
commenters noted that where claims are
limited by amendments or restrictions
during examination, inventors are
commonly removed. Three commenters
suggested that the fee would be more
appropriate when an inventor is added
to an application after the first action,
but all expressed continued support for
the fee’s elimination or reduction.
Another commenter stated that an
applicant may need to remove inventors
after the Office requires a restriction of
claims. The commenter stated that
applicants are often able to make these
changes using Application Data Sheets,
thereby removing the Office’s expense
in updating records. In these and related
cases, the commenter suggested that the
Office consider eliminating the fee or
having a reduced fee where the
applicant in good faith could not have
anticipated such a requirement or could
not have taken alternative action (e.g.,
correction via the Application Data
Sheet).
Response: After considering the
comments submitted about the correct
inventorship fee, the Office is reducing
the fee to $600 (large entity rate) from
the $1,000 fee proposed in the NPRM.
Also, the Office has decided not to
assess this fee if an applicant submits a
statement that the request to correct or
change the inventorship is due solely to
the cancelation of claims in the
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4265
application. See fee rationale at Part V.
Individual Fee Rationale for more
background information about this fee.
For further explanation about why this
fee will be charged in the various
circumstances identified above by
commenters, see the Office’s response to
PPAC Comment 23.
Assignment Fees
Comment 65: A commenter
recommended that the USPTO either (1)
provide an automated assignment
recordation framework by linking the
Electronic Filing System (EFS-Web) and
the Electronic Patent Assignment
System (EPAS), or (2) authorize the
transfer of a patent from the inventor to
the original applicant without the
recordation of an assignment.
Response: 37 CFR 1.46(b)(1) provides
that for assignee-applicants, evidence of
the assignment or obligation to assign
should be recorded in the Office ‘‘no
later than the date the issue fee is paid
in the application.’’ Accordingly,
assignment recordation is not a
prerequisite for the transfer of rights in
an application from an inventor to an
assignee. With regard to linking EFSWeb and EPAS, the Office has already
instituted a process that allows the
Office to transfer data from one system
to the other for the limited purpose of
facilitating the filing of ‘‘assignment
statements’’ in patent applications. An
‘‘assignment statement’’ is an
assignment that contains the
information and statements of an oath or
declaration. As explained in the AIA
Inventor’s Oath or Declaration Quick
Reference Guide, the patent application
must first be filed via EFS-Web. Then,
preferably on the same day the
application was filed via EFS-Web, the
assignment-statement should be
recorded in EPAS. There is a box in
EPAS that the applicant must check in
order to notify the Office that the
assignment statement is being used as
the inventor’s oath or declaration. The
Office will then place a copy of the
assignment statement into the
application file. The Guide is available
at https://www.uspto.gov/
aia_implementation/inventors-oath-ordeclaration-quick-reference-guide.pdf.
VII. Discussion of Specific Rules
In this section the Office provides
tables of all fees set or adjusted in the
final rule. To permit the reader to
crosswalk the fee changes contained in
this final rule with individual fee
amounts contained in the Office’s fee
schedule (see https://www.uspto.gov/
web/offices/ac/qs/ope/fee100512.htm),
Tables 42 through 52 contain a distinct
row for each individual grouping of fee
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4266
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
codes (i.e., large, small, and micro
entity). Therefore, when multiple types
of fees are contained within the same
CFR section (e.g., application size fees at
1.16(s)), the Office lists each type of fee
and its associated fee code separately
(e.g., utility, design, plant, reissue, and
provisional application size fees). Thus,
where appropriate, the CFR sections are
repeated for each of the respected fee
codes in the tables.
application filing, excess claims, search,
examination, and application size fees
for patent applications filed as
authorized under section 10 of the Act.
This section would no longer
distinguish between applications filed
before or after December 8, 2004,
because section 11 of the AIA no longer
makes the distinction. The changes to
the fee amounts indicated in § 1.16 are
shown in Table 42.
When rules are added or modified for
reasons other than fee amount changes,
the Office provides explanatory
language after the respective table
summarizing the fee amount changes
(i.e., § 1.17 fees for correction of
inventorship).
Title 37 of the Code of Federal
Regulations, Parts 1, 41, and 42 are
amended to read as follows:
Section 1.16: Sections 1.16(a) through
(s) are amended to set forth the
TABLE 42
CFR section
Fee code
Current fees
(dollars)
Description
Large
1011/2011/3011
4011
1.16(b)
1.16(b)
1.16(c)
1.16(d)
..............
..............
..............
..............
1012/2012/3012
1017/2017/3017
1013/2013/3013
1005/2005/3005
1.16(e) ..............
1.16(e) ..............
1014/2014/3014
1019/2019/3019
1.16(f) ...............
1051/2051/3051
1.16(g) ..............
1052/2052/3052
1.16(h) ..............
1201/2201/3201
1.16(h) ..............
1204/2204/3204
1.16(i) ...............
1.16(i) ...............
1.16(j) ...............
1.16(k) ..............
1.16(l) ...............
1.16(m) .............
1.16(n) ..............
1.16(o) ..............
1.16(p) ..............
1.16(q) ..............
1.16(r) ..............
1.16(s) ..............
1202/2202/3202
1205/2205/3205
1203/2203/3203
1111/2111/3111
1112/2112/3112
1113/2113/3113
1114/2114/3114
1311/2311/3311
1312/2312/3312
1313/2313/3313
1314/2314/3314
1081/2081/3081
1.16(s) ..............
1082/2082/3082
1.16(s) ..............
1083/2083/3083
1.16(s) ..............
1084/2084/3084
1.16(s) ..............
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
1.16(a) ..............
1.16(a) ..............
1085/2085/3085
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Basic Filing Fee—Utility ............
Basic Filing Fee—Utility (electronic filing for small entities).
Basic Filing Fee—Design ..........
Basic Filing Fee—Design (CPA)
Basic Filing Fee—Plant .............
Provisional Application Filing
Fee.
Basic Filing Fee—Reissue ........
Basic
Filing
Fee—Reissue
(CPA).
Surcharge—Late Filing Fee,
Search Fee, Examination Fee
or Oath or Declaration.
Surcharge—Late Provisional Filing Fee or Cover Sheet.
Independent Claims in Excess
of Three.
Reissue Independent Claims in
Excess of Three.
Claims in Excess of 20 .............
Reissue Claims in Excess of 20
Multiple Dependent Claim .........
Utility Search Fee ......................
Design Search Fee ...................
Plant Search Fee ......................
Reissue Search Fee ..................
Utility Examination Fee .............
Design Examination Fee ...........
Plant Examination Fee ..............
Reissue Examination Fee .........
Utility Application Size Fee—For
Each Additional 50 Sheets
That Exceeds 100 Sheets.
Design Application Size ............
Fee—For Each Additional 50
Sheets That Exceeds 100
Sheets.
Plant Application Size Fee—For
Each Additional 50 Sheets
That Exceeds 100 Sheets.
Reissue Application Size ...........
Fee—For Each Additional 50
Sheets That Exceeds 100
Sheets.
Provisional Application Size
Fee—For Each Additional 50
Sheets That Exceeds 100
Sheets.
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Final fees
(dollars)
Small
Large
Small
Micro
390
N/A
280
N/A
140
70
70
N/A
250
250
250
250
125
125
125
125
180
180
180
260
90
90
90
130
45
45
45
65
390
390
195
195
280
280
140
140
70
70
130
65
140
70
35
50
25
60
30
15
250
125
420
210
105
250
125
420
210
105
62
62
460
620
120
380
620
250
160
200
760
320
31
31
230
310
60
190
310
125
80
100
380
160
80
80
780
600
120
380
600
720
460
580
2,160
400
40
40
390
300
60
190
300
360
230
290
1,080
200
20
20
195
150
30
95
150
180
115
145
540
100
320
160
400
200
100
320
160
400
200
100
320
160
400
200
100
320
Sfmt 4700
195
98
160
400
200
100
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4267
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Section 1.17: Sections 1.17(a)(1)
through (a)(5), (c), (e) through (i), (k)
through (m), and (p) through (t) are
amended and (d) and (e)(2) are added to
set forth the application processing fees
as authorized under section 10 of the
Act. The changes to the fee amounts
indicated in § 1.17 are shown in Table
43.
TABLE 43
CFR section
Fee code
Current fees
(dollars)
Description
Large
1251/2251/3251
1.17(a)(2) ..........
1252/2252/3252
1.17(a)(3) ..........
1253/2253/3253
1.17(a)(4) ..........
1254/2254/3254
1.17(a)(5) ..........
1255/2255/3255
1.17(c) ...............
1817/2817/3817
1.17(d) ...............
NEW
1.17(e)(1) ..........
1801/2801/3801
1.17(e)(2) ..........
NEW
1.17(f) ................
1462/2462/3462
1.17(g) ...............
1463/2463/3463
1.17(h) ...............
1464/2464/3464
1.17(i)(1) ...........
1.17(i)(2) ...........
1053/2053/3053
1808
1.17(i)(2) ...........
1803
1.17(k) ...............
1802
1.17(l) ................
1452/2452/3452
1.17(m) ..............
1453/2453/3453
1.17(p) ...............
1806/2806/3806
1.17(q) ...............
1807
1.17(r) ...............
1809/2809/3809
1.17(s) ...............
1810/2810/3810
1.17(t) ................
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
1.17(a)(1) ..........
1454/2454/3454
Extension for Response Within
First Month.
Extension for Response Within
Second Month.
Extension for Response Within
Third Month.
Extension for Response Within
Fourth Month.
Extension for Response Within
Fifth Month.
Request for Prioritized Examination.
Correct Inventorship After First
Action on Merits.
Request for Continued Examination (RCE) (1st request)
(see 37 CFR 1.114).
Request for Continued Examination (RCE) (2nd and subsequent request).
Petitions Requiring the Petition
Fee Set Forth in 37 CFR
1.17(f) (Group I).
Petitions Requiring the Petition
Fee Set Forth in 37 CFR
1.17(g) (Group II).
Petitions Requiring the Petition
Fee Set Forth in 37 CFR
1.17(h) (Group III).
Non-English Specification .........
Other Publication Processing
Fee.
Request for Voluntary Publication or Republication.
Request for Expedited Examination of a Design Application.
Petition to Revive Unavoidably
Abandoned Application.
Petition to Revive Unintentionally Abandoned Application.
Submission of an Information
Disclosure Statement.
Processing Fee for Provisional
Applications.
Filing a Submission After Final
Rejection (see 37 CFR
1.129(a)).
For Each Additional Invention
to be Examined (see 37 CFR
1.129(b)).
Acceptance of an Unintentionally Delayed Claim for Priority, or for Filing a Request
for the Restoration of the
Right of Priority.
Correction of Inventorship: The Office
sets the fee to correct inventorship after
the first action on the merits at $600 to
encourage reasonable diligence and a
bona fide effort to ascertain the actual
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
Final fees
(dollars)
Small
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Small
Micro
150
75
200
100
50
570
285
600
300
150
1,290
645
1,400
700
350
2,010
1,005
2,200
1,100
550
2,730
1,365
3,000
1,500
750
4,800
2,400
4,000
2,000
1,000
N/A
N/A
600
300
150
930
465
1,200
600
300
N/A
N/A
1,700
850
425
400
N/A
400
200
100
200
N/A
200
100
50
130
N/A
140
70
35
130
130
N/A
N/A
140
130
70
N/A
35
N/A
130
N/A
130
N/A
N/A
900
N/A
900
450
225
630
315
640
320
160
1,890
945
1,900
950
475
180
N/A
180
90
45
50
N/A
50
N/A
N/A
810
405
840
420
210
810
405
840
420
210
1,410
N/A
1,420
710
355
inventorship as early as possible and to
provide that information to the Office
prior to examination. As discussed in
Part V. Individual Fee Rationale, the fee
will not be required when inventors are
PO 00000
Large
Sfmt 4700
deleted and the request to correct or
change inventorship is accompanied by
a statement that the request to correct or
change the inventorship is due solely to
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4268
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
the cancelation of claims in the
application.
Section 1.17(d) is added, as follows:
For correction of inventorship in an
application after the first action on the
merits:
a first RCE; and (2) a second, higher fee
for a second or subsequent RCE.
Section 1.17(e) is amended as follows:
To request continued examination
pursuant to § 1.114:
(1) For filing a first request for
continued examination pursuant to
§ 1.114 in an application:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$425.00
850.00
1,700.00
Section 1.18: Sections 1.18(a) through
(f) are amended to set forth the patent
issue fees as authorized under section
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
$300.00 10 of the Act. This section now
600.00 By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
600.00 distinguishes between issue and
By other than a small or micro
Request for Continued Examination
publication fees paid before or after
entity .....................................
1,200.00
(RCE): As discussed in Part V.
January 1, 2014. The changes to the fee
(2) For filing a second or subsequent
Individual Fee Rationale, section of this
amounts indicated in § 1.18 are shown
request for continued examination
final rule, the Office divides the fee for
in Table 44.
pursuant to § 1.114 in an application:
RCEs into two parts: (1) A lower fee for
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$150.00
300.00
TABLE 44
CFR section
Fee code
Current fees
(dollars)
Description
Large
1.18(a)(1) ..........
1501/2501/3501
1.18(a)(1) ..........
1511/2511/3511
1.18(a)(2) ..........
1501/2501/3501
1.18(a)(2) ..........
1511/2511/3511
1.18(b)(1) ..........
1502/2502/3502
1.18(b)(2) ..........
1502/2502/3502
1.18(c)(1) ..........
1503/2503/3503
1.18(c)(2) ..........
1503/2503/3503
1.18(d)(1) ..........
1504
1.18(d)(2) ..........
1504
1.18(d)(3) ..........
1505
1.18(e) ...............
1455
1.18(f) ................
1456
Utility Issue Fee, paid on or
after January 1, 2014.
Reissue Issue Fee, paid on or
after January 1, 2014.
Utility Issue Fee, paid before
January 1, 2014.
Reissue Issue Fee, paid before
January 1, 2014.
Design Issue Fee, paid on or
after January 1, 2014.
Design Issue Fee, paid before
January 1, 2014.
Plant Issue Fee, paid on or
after January 1, 2014.
Plant Issue Fee, paid before
January 1, 2014.
Publication Fee for Early, Voluntary, or Normal Publication, paid on or after January
1, 2014.
Publication Fee for Early, Voluntary, or Normal Publication, paid before January 1,
2014.
Publication Fee for Republication.
Filing an Application for Patent
Term Adjustment.
Request for Reinstatement of
Term Reduced.
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Publication Fees: As discussed in Part
V. Individual Fee Rationale, the Office
is not adjusting fee for republication of
a patent application (1.18(d)(2)). The
Office keeps this fee at its existing rate
for each patent application that must be
published again after a first publication
for $0.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
Final fees
(dollars)
Small
Large
885
960
480
240
1,770
885
960
480
240
1,770
885
1,780
890
445
1,770
885
960
480
240
1,010
505
560
280
140
1,010
505
1,020
510
255
1,390
695
760
380
190
1,390
695
1,400
700
350
300
N/A
0
N/A
N/A
300
N/A
300
N/A
N/A
300
N/A
300
N/A
N/A
200
N/A
200
N/A
N/A
400
N/A
400
N/A
N/A
(1) Publication fee on or after
January 1, 2014 ....................
(2) Publication fee before January 1, 2014 .........................
(3) Republication fee
(§ 1.221(a)) ............................
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Micro
1,770
Section 1.18 is amended by revising
paragraph (d) to include:
PO 00000
Small
Sfmt 4700
Section 1.19: Sections 1.19(a) through
(g) are amended to set forth the patent
document supply fees as authorized
$0.00 under section 10 of the Act. The
changes to the fee amounts indicated in
300.00 § 1.19 are shown in Table 45.
300.00
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
4269
TABLE 45
CFR section
Fee code
Current fees
(dollars)
Description
Large
8001
1.19(a)(2) ..........
8003
1.19(a)(3) ..........
8004
1.19(a)(1) ..........
1.19(b)(1)(i)(A) ..
1.19(b)(1)(i)(B) ..
8005
8007
8008
1.19(b)(1)(i)(C) ..
8009
1.19(b)(1)(i)(D) ..
8010
1.19(b)(1)(ii)(A)
1.19(b)(1)(ii)(B)
8007
8011
1.19(b)(1)(ii)(C)
8012
1.19(b)(1)(iii)(A)
1.19(b)(1)(iii)(B)
8007
8011
1.19(b)(2)(i)(A) ..
8041
1.19(b)(2)(i)(B) ..
8042
1.19(b)(2)(ii) ......
8043
1.19(b)(3) ..........
8013
1.19(b)(4) ..........
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
1.19(a)(1) ..........
8014
1.19(c) ...............
1.19(d) ..............
8904
8015
1.19(e) ..............
8016
1.19(f) ...............
8017
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Printed Copy of Patent w/o Color,
Delivery by USPS, USPTO Box,
or Electronic Means.
Printed Copy of Plant Patent in
Color.
Color Copy of Patent (other than
plant patent) or SIR Containing a
Color Drawing.
Patent Application Publication (PAP)
Copy of Patent Application as Filed
Copy of Patent-Related File Wrapper and Contents of 400 or Fewer
Pages, if Provided on Paper.
Additional Fee for Each Additional
100 Pages of Patent-Related File
Wrapper and (Paper) Contents, or
Portion Thereof.
Individual Application Documents,
Other Than Application as Filed,
per Document.
Copy of Patent Application as Filed
Copy of Patent-Related File Wrapper and Contents if Provided Electronically or on a Physical Electronic Medium as Specified in
1.19(b)(1)(ii).
Additional Fee for Each Continuing
Physical Electronic Medium in Single Order of 1.19(b)(1)(ii)(B).
Copy of Patent Application as Filed
Copy of Patent-Related File Wrapper and Contents if Provided Electronically or on a Physical Electronic Medium.
Copy of Patent-Related File Wrapper Contents That Were Submitted and Are Stored on Compact Disk or Other Electronic
Form (e.g., compact disks stored
in artifact folder), Other Than as
Available in 1.19(b)(1); First Physical Electronic Medium in a Single
Order.
Additional Fee for Each Continuing
Copy of Patent-Related File Wrapper Contents as Specified in
1.19(b)(2)(i)(A).
Copy of Patent-Related File Wrapper Contents That Were Submitted and are Stored on Compact
Disk, or Other Electronic Form,
Other Than as Available in
1.19(b)(1); If Provided Electronically Other Than on a Physical
Electronic Medium, per Order.
Copy of Office Records, Except
Copies of Applications as Filed.
For Assignment Records, Abstract of
Title and Certification, per Patent.
Library Service ..................................
List of U.S. Patents and SIRs in
Subclass.
Uncertified Statement re Status of
Maintenance Fee Payments.
Copy of Non-U.S. Document ............
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Final fees
(dollars)
Small
Large
Small
Micro
3
3
N/A
N/A
15
N/A
15
N/A
N/A
25
N/A
25
N/A
N/A
3
20
200
N/A
N/A
N/A
3
20
200
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
40
N/A
40
N/A
N/A
25
N/A
25
N/A
N/A
20
55
N/A
N/A
20
55
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
15
N/A
15
N/A
N/A
20
55
N/A
N/A
20
55
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
55
N/A
55
N/A
N/A
15
N/A
15
N/A
N/A
55
N/A
55
N/A
N/A
25
N/A
25
N/A
N/A
25
N/A
25
N/A
N/A
50
3
N/A
N/A
50
3
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
10
N/A
10
N/A
N/A
25
Sfmt 4700
N/A
N/A
25
N/A
N/A
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4270
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 45—Continued
CFR section
Fee code
Current fees
(dollars)
Description
Large
1.19(g) ..............
8050
Petitions for Documents In Form
Other Than That Provided By This
Part, or In Form Other Than That
Generally Provided by Director, to
be Decided in Accordance With
Merits.
Section 1.20: Sections 1.20(a) through
(k) are amended to set forth the
reexamination fees, disclaimer fees,
Final fees
(dollars)
Small
AT COST
Large
N/A
maintenance fees, and supplemental
examination fees as authorized under
section 10 of the Act. The changes to the
Small
AT COST
Micro
N/A
N/A
fee amounts indicated in § 1.20 are
shown in Table 46.
TABLE 46
CFR section
Fee code
Current fees
(dollars)
Description
Large
1811
1816
1.20(c)(1) ..........
1812
1.20(c)(3) ..........
1821/2821/3821
1.20(c)(4) ..........
1822/2822/3822
1.20(c)(6) ..........
1824
1.20(c)(7) ..........
1812
1.20(d) ...............
1814/2814
1.20(e) ...............
1551/2551/3551
1.20(f) ................
1552/2552/3552
1.20(g) ...............
1553/2553/3553
1.20(h) ...............
1554/2554/3554
1.20(h) ...............
1555/2555/3555
1.20(h) ...............
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
1.20(a) ...............
1.20(b) ...............
1556/2556/3556
1.20(i)(1) ...........
1557/2557/3557
1.20(i)(2) ...........
1558/2558/3558
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Certificate of Correction ............
Processing Fee for Correcting
Inventorship in a Patent.
Request for Ex Parte Reexamination.
Reexamination
Independent
Claims in Excess of Three
and also in Excess of the
Number of Such Claims in
the Patent Under Reexamination.
Reexamination Claims in Excess of 20 and Also in Excess of the Number of
Claims in the Patent Under
Reexamination.
Filing a Petition in a Reexamination Proceeding, Except
for Those Specifically Enumerated in §§ 1.550(i) and
1.937(d).
For a Refused Request for Ex
parte Reexamination Under
§ 1.510 (included in the request for ex parte reexamination fee at 1.20(c)(1)).
Statutory Disclaimer, Including
Terminal Disclaimer.
Maintenance Fee Due at 3.5
Years.
Maintenance Fee Due at 7.5
Years.
Maintenance Fee Due at 11.5
Years.
Maintenance Fee Surcharge—
3.5 Years—Late Payment
Within 6 Months.
Maintenance Fee Surcharge—
7.5 Years—Late Payment
Within 6 Months.
Maintenance Fee Surcharge—
11.5 Years—Late Payment
Within 6 Months.
Maintenance Fee Surcharge
After Expiration—Late Payment is Unavoidable.
Maintenance Fee Surcharge
After Expiration—Late Payment is Unintentional.
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Final fees
(dollars)
Small
Large
Small
Micro
100
130
N/A
N/A
100
130
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
17,750
N/A
12,000
6,000
3,000
250
125
420
210
105
62
31
80
40
20
1,930
N/A
1,940
970
485
830
N/A
3,600
1,800
900
160
80
160
N/A
N/A
1,150
575
1,600
800
400
2,900
1,450
3,600
1,800
900
4,810
2,405
7,400
3,700
1,850
150
75
160
80
40
150
75
160
80
40
150
75
160
80
40
700
N/A
700
350
175
1,640
N/A
1,640
820
410
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4271
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 46—Continued
CFR section
Fee code
Current fees
(dollars)
Description
Large
1.20(j)(1) ...........
1.20(j)(2) ...........
1457
1458
1.20(j)(3) ...........
1459
1.20(k)(1) ..........
1826
1.20(k)(2) ..........
1827
1.20(k)(3)(i) .......
1828
1.20(k)(3)(ii) ......
1829
Extension of Term of Patent ....
Initial Application for Interim Extension (see 37 CFR 1.790).
Subsequent Application for Interim Extension (see 37 CFR
1.790).
Processing and Treating a Request for Supplemental Examination.
Ex Parte Reexamination Ordered as a Result of a Supplemental Examination Proceeding.
For Processing and Treating, in
a Supplemental Examination
Proceeding, a Non-Patent
Document Over 20 Sheets in
Length, per Document Between 21–50 Pages.
For Processing and Treating, in
a Supplemental Examination
Proceeding, a Non-Patent
Document Over 20 Sheets in
Length, per Document for
Each Additional 50 Sheets or
Fraction Thereof.
Section 1.21: Sections 1.21(a)(1),
(a)(2), (a)(4), (a)(5), (a)(7), (a)(8), (a)(9),
(a)(10), (e), (g) through (k), and (n) are
amended to set forth miscellaneous fees
and charges as authorized under section
10 of the Act. This section includes a fee
related to the enrollment of registered
patent attorneys and agents (see
§ 1.21(a)(7)), the collection of which has
been stayed since 2009. See
Final fees
(dollars)
Small
Large
Small
Micro
1,120
420
N/A
N/A
1,120
420
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
220
N/A
220
N/A
N/A
5,140
N/A
4,400
2,200
1,100
16,120
N/A
12,100
6,050
3,025
170
N/A
180
90
45
280
N/A
280
140
70
Trademark Office, 77 FR 64190 (Oct. 18,
2012), in which it has proposed to
remove these fees entirely. Although
that rulemaking may remove the fee
entirely, it will not affect this
rulemaking since the Office has
assumed in this rulemaking that it will
not collect the fee. The changes to the
fee amounts indicated in § 1.21 are
shown in Table 47.
www.uspto.gov/ip/boards/oed/
practitioner/agents/
forregisteredpractitioners.jsp. In the
calculations for this rulemaking, the
Office has assumed that it will not
collect these fees. The Office also has
published a separate Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking in the Federal Register,
Changes to Representation of Others
Before the United States Patent and
TABLE 47
CFR section
Fee code
Current fees
(dollars)
Description
Large
9001
9010
1.21(a)(1)(ii)(B) ....
9011
1.21(a)(2) .............
9003
1.21(a)(2) .............
9025
1.21(a)(4) .............
9005
1.21(a)(4)(i) ..........
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
1.21(a)(1)(i) ..........
1.21(a)(1)(ii)(A) ....
9006
1.21(a)(5)(i) ..........
9012
1.21(a)(5)(ii) .........
9013
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Application Fee (non-refundable) ......
For Test Administration by Commercial Entity.
For Test Administration by the
USPTO.
Registration to Practice or Grant of
Limited
Recognition
under
§ 11.9(b) or (c).
Registration to Practice for Change
of Practitioner Type.
Certificate of Good Standing as an
Attorney or Agent.
Certificate of Good Standing as an
Attorney or Agent, Suitable for
Framing.
Review of Decision by the Director of
Enrollment and Discipline under
§ 11.2(c).
Review of Decision of the Director of
Enrollment and Discipline under
§ 11.2(d).
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Final fees
(dollars)
Small
Large
Small
Micro
40
200
40
200
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
450
N/A
450
N/A
N/A
100
N/A
100
N/A
N/A
100
N/A
100
N/A
N/A
10
N/A
10
N/A
N/A
20
N/A
20
N/A
N/A
130
N/A
130
N/A
N/A
130
Sfmt 4700
N/A
N/A
N/A
130
N/A
N/A
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4272
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 47—Continued
CFR section
Fee code
Current fees
(dollars)
Description
Large
1.21(a)(7)(i) ..........
9015
1.21(a)(7)(ii) .........
9016
1.21(a)(7)(iii) ........
9017
1.21(a)(7)(iv) ........
9018
1.21(a)(8) .............
9019
1.21(a)(9)(i) ..........
1.21(a)(9)(ii) .........
1.21(a)(10) ...........
9020
9004
9014
1.21(e) ..................
1.21(g) ..................
1.21(h)(1) .............
8020
8902
NEW
1.21(h)(2) .............
8021
1.21(i) ...................
1.21(j) ...................
8022
8023
1.21(k) ..................
8024
1.21(k) ..................
9024
1.21(n) ..................
8026
Annual Fee for Registered Attorney
or Agent in Active Status.
Annual Fee for Registered Attorney
or Agent in Voluntary Inactive Status.
Requesting Restoration to Active
Status from Voluntary Inactive Status.
Balance of Annual Fee Due upon
Restoration to Active Status from
Voluntary Inactive Status.
Annual Fee for Individual Granted
Limited Recognition.
Delinquency Fee for Annual Fee ......
Reinstatement to Practice .................
Application Fee for Person Disciplined, Convicted of a Felony or
Certain
Misdemeanors
under
§ 11.7(h).
International Type Search Report .....
Self-Service Copy Charge, per Page
Recording Each Patent Assignment,
Agreement or Other Paper, per
Property if Submitted Electronically.
Recording Each Patent Assignment,
Agreement or Other Paper, per
Property if not Submitted Electronically.
Publication in Official Gazette ...........
Labor Charges for Services, per
Hour or Fraction Thereof.
Unspecified Other Services, Excluding Labor.
Unspecified Other Services, Excluding Labor.
Handling Fee for Incomplete or Improper Application.
Section 1.21 is amended by revising
paragraph (h) as follows: For recording
each assignment, agreement, or other
paper relating to the property in a patent
or application, per property:
If submitted electronically, on
or after January 1, 2014 .......
If not submitted electronically
$0.00
40.00
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Section 1.27: Section 1.27(c)(3) is
amended to provide that the payment of
the exact amount of the small entity
transmittal fee set forth in § 1.445(a)(1)
or the small entity international search
fee set forth in § 1.445(a)(2) to a
Receiving Office other than the United
States Receiving Office in the exact
amount established for that Receiving
Office pursuant to PCT Rule 16 will also
be treated as a written assertion of
entitlement to small entity status. This
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
Small
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Large
Small
Micro
118
N/A
120
N/A
N/A
25
N/A
25
N/A
N/A
50
N/A
50
N/A
N/A
93
N/A
100
N/A
N/A
118
N/A
120
N/A
N/A
50
100
1,600
N/A
N/A
N/A
50
100
1,600
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
40
0.25
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
40
0.25
0
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
40
N/A
40
N/A
N/A
25
40
N/A
N/A
25
40
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
AT COST
N/A
AT COST
N/A
N/A
AT COST
N/A
AT COST
N/A
N/A
130
N/A
130
N/A
N/A
change applies the national practice of
permitting an applicant to obtain small
entity status by payment of certain
national fees in the small entity amount
to international applications.
Section 1.27 is amended to include
the following language at paragraph
(c)(3):
Assertion by payment of the small
entity basic filing, basic transmittal,
basic national fee, or international
search fee. The payment, by any party,
of the exact amount of one of the small
entity basic filing fees set forth in
§ 1.16(a), 1.16(b), 1.16(c), 1.16(d),
1.16(e), the small entity transmittal fee
set forth in § 1.445(a)(1), the small entity
international search fee set forth in
§ 1.445(a)(2) to a Receiving Office other
than the United States Receiving Office
PO 00000
Final fees
(dollars)
Sfmt 4700
in the exact amount established for that
Receiving Office pursuant to PCT Rule
16, or the small entity basic national fee
set forth in § 1.492(a), will be treated as
a written assertion of entitlement to
small entity status even if the type of
basic filing, basic transmittal, or basic
national fee is inadvertently selected in
error.
*
*
*
*
*
Section 1.445: Sections 1.445(a)(1)(i),
and (a)(2) through (a)(4) are amended to
set forth the international application
transmittal and search fees as
authorized under section 10 of the Act.
This section now distinguishes between
issue and publication fees paid before or
after January 1, 2014. The changes to the
fee amounts indicated in § 1.445 are
shown in Table 48.
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4273
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 48
Current fees
(dollars)
CFR section
Fee code
Description
Large
1.445(a)(1)(i)(A)
and (B).
1.445(a)(2)(i) and
(ii).
1601
1.445(a)(3)(i) and
(ii).
1604
1.445(a)(4)(i) and
(ii).
Final fees
(dollars)
Effective Jan. 1, 2014
PCT International Stage Transmittal
Fee.
PCT International Stage Search
Fee—Regardless
of
Whether
There is a Corresponding Application (see 35 U.S.C. 361(d) and
PCT Rule 16).
PCT International Stage Supplemental Search Fee When Required, per Additional Invention.
Transmitting Application to International Bureau to Act as Receiving Office.
1621
1602
Correction of Inventorship: Section
1.48 is amended to add a new paragraph
that will require the fee set in § 1.17(d)
when inventors are deleted, except for
when the request to correct or change
inventorship is accompanied by a
statement that the request to correct or
change the inventorship is due solely to
the cancelation of claims in the
application.
Section 1.48 is amended by adding
the following language at paragraph (c):
Small
Large
Small
Micro
240
N/A
240
120
60
2,080
N/A
2,080
1,040
520
2,080
N/A
2,080
1,040
520
240
N/A
240
120
60
Any request to correct or change the
inventorship under paragraph (a) of this
section filed after the Office action on
the merits has been given or mailed in
the application must also be
accompanied by the fee set forth in
§ 1.17(d), unless the request is
accompanied by a statement that the
request to correct or change the
inventorship is due solely to the
cancelation of claims in the application.
Section 1.482: Sections 1.482(a)(1)
and (a)(2) are amended to set forth the
international application preliminary
examination fees as authorized under
section 10 of the Act. This section now
distinguishes between issue and
publication fees paid before or after
January 1, 2014. The changes to the fee
amounts indicated in § 1.482 are shown
in Table 49.
TABLE 49
Current fees
(dollars)
CFR Section
Fee code
Final Fees
(dollars)
Effective Jan. 1 2014
Description
Large
1.482(a)(1)(i) (A)
and (B).
1605
1.482(a)(1)(ii) (A)
and (B).
1606
1.482(a)(2) (i)
and (ii).
1607
PCT International Stage Preliminary Examination.
Fee—U.S. was the ISA ..................
PCT International Stage Preliminary Examination.
Fee—U.S. was not the ISA ............
PCT International Stage Supplemental Examination Fee per Additional Invention.
Section 1.492: The fee amounts in
§ 1.492(a), (b)(1) through (b)(4), (c)(1),
(c)(2), (d) through (f), (h), (i) and (j) are
amended to set forth the basic national,
Small
Large
Small
Micro
600
N/A
600
300
150
750
N/A
760
380
190
600
N/A
600
300
150
excess claims, search, examination, and
application size fees for international
patent applications entering the national
stage as authorized under section 10 of
the Act. The changes to the fee amounts
indicated in § 1.492 are shown in Table
50.
TABLE 50
CFR Section
Fee code
Current fees
(dollars)
Description
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Large
1.492(a) ..............
1.492(b)(1) ..........
1631/2631
1640/2640
1.492(b)(2) ..........
1641/2641
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Basic PCT National Stage Fee ......
PCT National Stage Search Fee—
U.S. was the ISA or IPEA and All
Claims Satisfy PCT Article 33(1)–
(4).
PCT National Stage Search Fee—
U.S. was the ISA.
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Final fees
(dollars)
Small
Large
Small
Micro
390
0
280
0
140
0
70
0
120
Sfmt 4700
195
0
60
120
60
30
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4274
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 50—Continued
CFR Section
Fee code
Current fees
(dollars)
Description
Large
1.492(b)(3) ..........
1642/2642
1.492(b)(4) ..........
1632/2632
1.492(c)(1) ..........
1643/2643
1.492(c)(2) ..........
1633/2633
1.492(d) ..............
1614/2614
1.492(e) ..............
1615/2615
1.492(f) ...............
1616/2616
1.492(h) ..............
1617/2617
1.492(i) ...............
1618/2618
1.492(j) ...............
1681/2681
PCT National Stage Search Fee—
Search Report Prepared and
Provided to USPTO.
PCT National Stage Search Fee—
All Other Situations.
PCT National Stage Examination
Fee—U.S. was the ISA or IPEA
and All Claims Satisfy PCT Article 33(1)–(4).
National Stage Examination Fee—
All Other Situations.
PCT National Stage Claims—Extra
Independent (over three).
PCT National Stage Claims—Extra
Total (over 20).
PCT National Stage Claims—Multiple Dependent.
Search Fee, Examination Fee or
Oath or Declaration After Thirty
Months From Priority Date.
English Translation After Thirty
Months From Priority Date.
PCT National Stage Application
Size Fee—for Each Additional 50
Sheets that Exceeds 100 Sheets.
Section 41.20: Sections 41.20(a) and
(b) are amended to set forth the appeal
Final fees
(dollars)
Small
Large
Small
Micro
500
250
480
240
120
630
315
600
300
150
0
0
0
0
0
250
125
720
360
180
250
125
420
210
105
62
31
80
40
20
460
230
780
390
195
130
65
140
70
35
130
N/A
140
70
35
320
160
400
200
100
fees as authorized under section 10 of
the Act. The changes to the fee amounts
indicated in § 41.20 are shown in Table
51.
TABLE 51
CFR Section
Fee code
Current fees
(dollars)
Description
Large
1405
41.20(b)(1) ..........
41.20(b)(2)(i) .......
1401/2401
1402/2402
41.20(b)(2)(ii) ......
NEW
41.20(b)(3) ..........
41.20(b)(4) ..........
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
41.20(a) ..............
1403/2403
NEW
Petitions to the Chief Administrative
Patent Judge under 37 CFR 41.3.
Notice of Appeal .............................
Filing a Brief in Support of an Appeal in an Application or Ex
Parte Reexamination Proceeding.
Filing a Brief in Support of an Appeal in an Inter Partes Reexamination Proceeding.
Request for Oral Hearing ...............
Forwarding an Appeal in an Application or Ex Parte Reexamination Proceeding to the Board.
Appeal Fees: As discussed in Part V.
Individual Fee Rationale, the Office is
adjusting the fee structure for appeal
fees to recognize that after some notices
of appeal are filed, the matter is
resolved, and there is no need to take
the ultimate step of forwarding the
appeal to the PTAB for a decision. The
Office is setting a new fee to forward an
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
Small
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Large
Small
Micro
400
N/A
400
N/A
N/A
630
630
315
315
800
0
400
0
200
0
N/A
N/A
2,000
1,000
500
1,260
N/A
630
N/A
1,300
2,000
650
1,000
325
500
appeal in an application or ex parte
reexamination proceeding to the PTAB
for review.
Section 41.20(b) is amended by
adding a new paragraph (4).
Section 41.37: Section 41.37 is
amended by revising paragraphs (a) and
(b).
Section 41.45: Section 41.45.
PO 00000
Final fees
(dollars)
Sfmt 4700
Section 42.15: Sections 42.15(a)
through (d) are amended to set forth the
inter partes review and post-grant
review or covered business method
patent review of patent fees as
authorized under section 10 of the Act.
The changes to the fee amounts
indicated in § 42.15 are shown in Table
52.
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
4275
TABLE 52
CFR section
Fee code
Current fees
(dollars)
Description
Large
42.15(a)(1) ........
1406
42.15(a)(2) ........
NEW
42.15(a)(3) ........
1407
42.15(a)(4) ........
NEW
42.15(b)(1) ........
1408
42.15(b)(2) ........
NEW
42.15(b)(3) ........
1409
42.15(b)(4) ........
NEW
42.15(c)(1) ........
42.15(d) ............
XXXX
1411
Inter Partes Review Request Fee—Up
to 20 Claims.
Inter Partes Review Post-Institution
Fee—Up to 15 Claims.
In Addition to the Inter Partes Review
Request Fee, for Requesting Review
of Each Claim in Excess of 20.
In addition to the Inter Partes Post-Institution Fee, for Requesting Review
of Each Claim in Excess of 15.
Post-Grant or Covered Business Method Patent Review Request Fee—Up
to 20 Claims.
Post-Grant or Covered Business Method Patent Review Post-Institution
Fee—Up to 15 Claims.
In Addition to the Post-Grant or Covered Business Method Patent Review Request Fee, for Requesting
Review of Each Claim in Excess of
20.
In Addition to the Post-Grant or Covered Business Method Patent Review Post-Institution Fee, for Requesting Review of Each Claim in
Excess of 15.
Derivation Petition .................................
Request to Make a Settlement Agreement Available.
Section 42.15: Section 42.15 is added.
VIII. Rulemaking Considerations
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
A. Regulatory Flexibility Act
The USPTO publishes this Final
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (FRFA)
as required by the Regulatory Flexibility
Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601, et seq.) to
examine the impact of the Office’s rule
to implement the fee setting provisions
of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
(Pub. L. 112–29, 125 Stat. 284) (the Act)
on small entities.
Under the RFA, whenever an agency
is required by 5 U.S.C. 553 (or any other
law) to publish a notice of proposed
rulemaking (NPRM), the agency must
prepare a FRFA, unless the agency
certifies under 5 U.S.C. 605(b) that the
rule, if implemented, will not have a
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities. See
5 U.S.C. 604, 605. The Office published
an Initial Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis (IRFA), along with the NPRM,
on September 6, 2012 (77 FR 55028).
The Office received no comments from
the public directly applicable to the
IRFA, as stated below in Item 2.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
Small
Fmt 4701
Small
Micro
N/A
9,000
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
14,000
N/A
N/A
600
N/A
200
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
400
N/A
N/A
35,800
N/A
12,000
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
18,000
N/A
N/A
800
N/A
250
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
550
N/A
N/A
400
400
N/A
N/A
400
400
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
The objective of the rule is to
implement the fee setting provisions of
section 10 of the Act by setting or
adjusting patent fees to recover the
aggregate cost of patent operations,
including administrative costs, while
facilitating effective administration of
the U.S. patent system. The Act
strengthened the patent system by
affording the USPTO the ‘‘resources it
requires to clear the still sizeable
backlog of patent applications and move
forward to deliver to all American
inventors the first rate service they
deserve.’’ H.R. Rep. No. 112–98(I), at
163 (2011). In setting fees under the Act,
the Office seeks to secure a sufficient
amount of aggregate revenue to recover
the aggregate cost of patent operations,
including for achieving strategic and
operational goals, such as reducing the
current patent application backlog,
decreasing patent application pendency,
improving patent quality, upgrading
patent business IT capability and
infrastructure, and implementing a
sustainable funding model. As part of
these efforts, the Office will use a
portion of the patent fees to fund a
patent operating reserve, a step toward
achieving the Office’s financial
Frm 00065
Large
27,200
1. A Statement of the Need for, and
Objectives of, the Rule
PO 00000
Final fees
(dollars)
Sfmt 4700
sustainability goals. In addition, the
Office includes multipart and staged
fees for requests for continued
examination and appeals, both of which
aim to foster innovation and increase
prosecution options. Additional
information on the Office’s strategic
goals may be found in the Strategic
Plan, available at https://www.uspto.gov/
about/stratplan/USPTO_20102015_Strategic_Plan.pdf. Additional
information on the Office’s goals and
operating requirements may be found in
the annual budgets, available at https://
www.uspto.gov/about/stratplan/budget/
fy13pbr.pdf. The legal basis for the rule
is section 10 of the Act.
2. A Statement of the Significant Issues
Raised by the Public Comments in
Response to the Initial Regulatory
Flexibility Analysis, a Statement of the
Assessment of the Agency of Such
Issues, and a Statement of Any Changes
Made in the Proposed Rule as a Result
of Such Comments
The Office did not receive any public
comments in response to the IRFA. The
Office received comments about fees in
general as well as particular fees,
including comments about the
applicability of certain fees to small
entities. Overall, the comments
expressed support for the discounts to
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4276
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
small entities. However, some
comments questioned why the
discounts could not be larger or
applicable to additional fees, and other
comments requested that the
requirements to qualify as a small or
micro entity be relaxed. The Office
responded to these comments with
additional explanations of the statutory
requirements that do not permit the
Office to make such changes. Details of
those comments are discussed and
analyzed above in Part VI. Discussion of
Comments.
3. The Response of the Agency to Any
Comments Filed by the Chief Counsel
for Advocacy of the Small Business
Administration in Response to the
Proposed Rule, and a Detailed
Statement of Any Change Made to the
Proposed Rule in the Final Rule as a
Result of the Comments
The Office did not receive any
comments filed by the Chief Counsel for
Advocacy of the Small Business
Administration in response to the
proposed rule.
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
4. A Description of and an Estimate of
the Number of Small Entities to Which
the Rule Will Apply or an Explanation
of Why No Such Estimate Is Available
SBA Size Standard
The Small Business Act (SBA) size
standards applicable to most analyses
conducted to comply with the RFA are
set forth in 13 CFR 121.201. These
regulations generally define small
businesses as those with less than a
specified maximum number of
employees or less than a specified level
of annual receipts for the entity’s
industrial sector or North American
Industry Classification System (NAICS)
code. As provided by the RFA, and after
consulting with the SBA, the Office
formally adopted an alternate size
standard for the purpose of conducting
an analysis or making a certification
under the RFA for patent-related
regulations. See Business Size Standard
for Purposes of United States Patent and
Trademark Office Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis for Patent-Related Regulations,
71 FR 67109 (Nov. 20, 2006), 1313 Off.
Gaz. Pat. Office 60 (Dec. 12, 2006). The
Office’s alternate small business size
standard consists of the SBA’s
previously established size standard for
entities entitled to pay reduced patent
fees. See 13 CFR. 121.802.
Unlike the SBA’s generally applicable
small business size standards, the size
standard for the USPTO is not industryspecific. The Office’s definition of a
small business concern for RFA
purposes is a business or other concern
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
that: (1) Meets the SBA’s definition of a
‘‘business concern or concern’’ set forth
in 13 CFR 121.105; and (2) meets the
size standards set forth in 13 CFR
121.802 for the purpose of paying
reduced patent fees, namely, an entity:
(a) Whose number of employees,
including affiliates, does not exceed 500
persons; and (b) which has not assigned,
granted, conveyed, or licensed (and is
under no obligation to do so) any rights
in the invention to any person who
made it and could not be classified as
an independent inventor, or to any
concern that would not qualify as a
nonprofit organization or a small
business concern under this definition.
See Business Size Standard for Purposes
of United States Patent and Trademark
Office Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
for Patent-Related Regulations, 71 FR
67109 (Nov. 20, 2006), 1313 Off. Gaz.
Pat. Office at 63 (Dec. 12, 2006).
If a patent applicant self-identifies on
a patent application as qualifying as a
small entity for reduced patent fees
under the Office’s alternative size
standard, the Office captures this data in
the Patent Application Location and
Monitoring (PALM) database system,
which tracks information on each patent
application submitted to the Office.
Small Entities Affected by This Rule
Small Entity Defined
The Act provides that fees set or
adjusted under section 10(a) ‘‘for filing,
searching, examining, issuing,
appealing, and maintaining patent
applications and patents shall be
reduced by 50 percent’’ with respect to
the application of such fees to any
‘‘small entity’’ (as defined in 37 CFR
1.27) that qualifies for reduced fees
under 35 U.S.C. 41(h)(1). 125 Stat. at
316–17. 35 U.S.C. 41(h)(1), in turn,
provides that certain patent fees ‘‘shall
be reduced by 50 percent’’ for a small
business concern as defined by section
3 of the SBA, and to any independent
inventor or nonprofit organization as
defined in regulations described by the
Director.
Micro Entity Defined
Section 10(g) of the Act creates a new
category of entity called a ‘‘micro
entity.’’ 35 U.S.C. 123; see also 125 Stat.
at 318–19. Section 10(b) of the Act
provides that the fees set or adjusted
under section 10(a) ‘‘for filing,
searching, examining, issuing,
appealing, and maintaining patent
applications and patents shall be
reduced * * * by 75 percent with
respect to the application of such fees to
any micro entity as defined by [new 35
U.S.C.] 123.’’ 125 Stat. at 315–17.
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
35 U.S.C. 123(a) defines a ‘‘micro
entity’’ as an applicant who certifies
that the applicant: (1) Qualifies as a
small entity as defined in 37 CFR 1.27;
(2) has not been named as an inventor
on more than four previously filed
patent applications, other than
applications filed in another country,
provisional applications under 35
U.S.C. 111(b), or Patent Cooperation
Treaty (PCT) applications for which the
basic national fee under 35 U.S.C. 41(a)
was not paid; (3) did not, in the
calendar year preceding the calendar
year in which the applicable fee is being
paid, have a gross income, as defined in
section 61(a) of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 61(a)),
exceeding three times the median
household income for that preceding
calendar year, as most recently reported
by the Bureau of the Census; and (4) has
not assigned, granted, conveyed, and is
not under an obligation by contract or
law, to assign, grant, or convey, a
license or other ownership interest in
the application concerned to an entity
exceeding the income limit set forth in
(3) above. See 125 Stat. at 318.
35 U.S.C. 123(d) also defines a ‘‘micro
entity’’ as an applicant who certifies
that: (1) The applicant’s employer, from
which the applicant obtains the majority
of the applicant’s income, is an
institution of higher education as
defined in section 101(a) of the Higher
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
1001(a)); or (2) the applicant has
assigned, granted, conveyed, or is under
an obligation by contract or law, to
assign, grant, or convey, a license or
other ownership interest in the
particular applications to such an
institution of higher education.
Estimate of Number of Small Entities
Affected
The changes in the rule apply to any
entity, including a small or micro entity,
that pays any patent fee set forth in the
final rule. The reduced fee rates (50
percent for small entities and 75 percent
for micro entities) apply to any small
entity asserting small entity status and
to any micro entity certifying micro
entity status for filing, searching,
examining, issuing, appealing, and
maintaining patent applications and
patents.
The Office reviews historical data to
estimate the percentages of application
filings asserting small entity status.
Table 53 presents a summary of such
small entity filings by type of
application (utility, reissue, plant,
design) over the last five years.
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
4277
TABLE 53—NUMBER OF PATENT APPLICATIONS FILED IN LAST FIVE YEARS *
FY 2012 **
Utility:
All ..............................................................................
Small .........................................................................
% Small .....................................................................
Reissue:
All ..............................................................................
Small .........................................................................
% Small .....................................................................
Plant:
All ..............................................................................
Small .........................................................................
% Small .....................................................................
Design:
All ..............................................................................
Small .........................................................................
% Small .....................................................................
Total:
All .......................................................................
Small ..................................................................
% Small .............................................................
FY 2011
FY 2010
FY 2009
FY 2008
Average
530,915
132,198
24.9
504,089
126,878
25.2
479,332
122,329
25.5
458,901
113,244
24.7
466,258
116,891
25.1
488,014
122,367
25.1
1,212
278
22.9
1,139
265
23.3
1,138
235
20.7
1,035
237
22.9
1,080
258
23.9
1,125
255
22.0
1,181
576
48.8
1,106
574
51.9
1,013
472
46.6
988
429
43.4
1,331
480
36.1
1,123
506
45.1
32,258
15,806
49
30,270
14,699
48.6
28,577
15,133
53.0
25,575
14,591
57.1
28,217
14,373
50.9
28,975
14,921
48.66
565,566
148,858
26.3
536,604
142,416
26.5
510,060
138,169
27.1
486,499
128,501
26.4
496,886
132,002
26.6
519,236
138,049
26.6
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
* The patent application filing data in this table includes RCEs.
** FY 2012 application data are preliminary and will be finalized in the FY 2013 Performance and Accountability Report (PAR).
Because the percentage of small entity
filings varies widely between
application types, the Office has
averaged the small entity filing rates
over the past five years for those
application types to estimate future
filing rates by small and micro entities.
Those average rates appear in the last
column of Table 53, above. As discussed
previously in this Final Rule, the Office
estimates that the number of patent
applications filed will increase annually
(despite fee increases), and the Office
estimates that small entity filing rates
also will continue to grow for the next
five years.
The Office forecasts the number of
projected patent applications (i.e.,
workload) for the next five years using
a combination of historical data,
economic analysis, and subject matter
expertise. The Office estimates that UPR
patent application filings would grow
by 5.0 percent each year beginning in
FY 2013 and continuing through FY
2017. The Office forecasts design patent
applications independently of UPR
applications because they exhibit
different behavior. The Office
previously estimated that design patent
application filings would grow by 2.0
percent each year beginning in FY 2013
and continuing through FY 2017. These
filing estimates, however, were
established prior to an analysis of
elasticity based on fee adjustments. The
FY 2013 President’s Budget (page 36,
‘‘USPTO Fee Collection Estimates/
Ranges’’) further describes the Office’s
workload forecasting methodology,
which involves reviewing economic
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
factors and other relevant indicators
about the intellectual property
environment. Exhibit 12 of the Budget
presents additional performance goals
and measurement data, including the
forecasted patent application filing
growth rate as described above.
Using the estimated filings for the
next five years, the average historic rates
of small entity filings, and the Office’s
elasticity estimates, Table 54 presents
the Office’s estimates of the number of
patent application filings by all
applicants, including small entities,
over the next five fiscal years by
application type. As stated in Part V.
Individual Fee Rationale of this final
rule, and taking into account elasticity,
the Office estimated that applicants
would file 1.3 percent fewer new
(serialized) patent applications during
FY 2013 than the number estimated to
be filed in the absence of a fee increase
(with new fee schedule implementation
for half the fiscal year). The Office
further estimated that 2.7 percent fewer
new patent applications would be filed
during FY 2014, and 4.0 percent fewer
new patent applications would be filed
in FY 2015, in response to the fee
adjustment. Beginning in FY 2016, the
Office estimated that the growth in new
patent applications filed would return
to the same levels anticipated in the
absence of a fee increase. The Office’s
estimate of the number of patent
application filings by small entities
represents an upper bound. Some
entities may file more than one
application in a given year.
The Office has undertaken an
elasticity analysis to examine how fee
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
adjustments may impact small entities,
and in particular, whether increases in
fees would result in some such entities
not submitting applications. Elasticity
measures how sensitive patent
applicants and patentees are to fee
amounts or changes. If elasticity is low
enough (demand is inelastic), then fee
increases will not reduce patenting
activity enough to negatively impact
overall revenues. If elasticity is high
enough (demand is elastic), then
increasing fees will decrease patenting
activity enough to decrease revenue.
The Office analyzes elasticity at the
overall filing level across all patent
applicants regardless of entity size.
Additional information about elasticity
estimates is available at https://
www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/
fees.jsp#heading-1 in the document
entitled ‘‘USPTO Section 10 Fee
Setting—Description of Elasticity
Estimates.’’ Table 54 reflects estimates
for total numbers of applicants,
including the portion of small entity
applicants. These estimates include
reductions in the application growth
rate (as described in the previous
paragraph) based on the estimated
elasticity effect included in Table 2 of
the aforementioned Description of
Elasticity Estimates document. This
estimated elasticity effect is multiplied
by the estimated number of patent
applications in the absence of a fee
increase to obtain the estimates in Table
54. See the appendix on elasticity for
additional detail on the Office’s
elasticity estimates and methodology.
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4278
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 54—ESTIMATED NUMBERS OF PATENT APPLICATIONS IN FY 2013–FY 2017
FY 2012
(current)
Utility:
All ..............................................................................
Small .........................................................................
Reissue:
All ..............................................................................
Small .........................................................................
Plant:
All ..............................................................................
Small .........................................................................
Design:
All ..............................................................................
Small .........................................................................
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Total:
All .......................................................................
Small ..................................................................
5. A Description of the Projected
Reporting, Recordkeeping and Other
Compliance Requirements of the Rule,
Including an Estimate of the Classes of
Small Entities Which Will Be Subject to
the Requirement and Type of
Professional Skills Necessary for
Preparation of the Report or Record
This rule will not change the burden
of existing reporting and recordkeeping
requirements for payment of fees. The
current requirements for small entities
will continue to apply to small entities.
The process to assess whether an entity
can claim micro entity status requires
the same skill currently required to
assess whether an entity can claim small
entity status. The projected reporting
and recordkeeping requirements for an
entity to certify eligibility for micro
entity fee reductions are minimal
(namely, a brief certification). These
minimal requirements will not require
any professional skills beyond those
required to file and prosecute an
application. Therefore, the professional
skills necessary to file and prosecute an
application through issue and
maintenance remain unchanged under
this rule. This rule only sets or adjusts
patent fees and does not set procedures
for asserting small or micro entity
status, as previously discussed.
The full fee schedule (see Part VII.
Discussion of Specific Rules) is set forth
in the final rule. The fee schedule sets
or adjusts 351 patent fees. This fee
schedule includes 94 fees for which
there are small entity fee reductions,
and 93 fees for which there are micro
entity fee reductions. One fee, Statutory
Disclaimer (37 CFR 1.20(d)), was
formerly eligible for a small entity fee
reduction, but is no longer eligible for
such a reduction under section 10(b) of
the Act. Similarly, Basic Filing Fee—
Utility (37 CFR 1.16(a)(1), electronic
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
FY 2013
FY 2014
FY 2017
548,307
94,668
566,524
98,430
585,187
102,776
614,503
107,926
645,285
113,333
1,212
278
685
109
679
108
673
107
693
110
714
113
1,181
576
1,034
371
1,025
368
1,015
364
1,025
368
1,035
371
32,258
15,806
31,994
11,038
31,910
11,009
31,810
10,974
32,446
11,194
33,095
11,418
565,566
148,858
582,020
106,186
600,138
109,915
618,685
114,221
648,667
119,598
680,129
125,235
6. A Description of the Steps the Agency
Has Taken to Minimize the Significant
Economic Impact on Small Entities
Consistent With the Stated Objectives of
Applicable Statutes, Including a
Statement of the Factual, Policy, and
Legal Reasons for Selecting the
Alternative Adopted in the Final Rule
and Why Each One of the Other
Significant Alternatives to the Rule
Considered by the Agency Which Affect
the Impact on Small Entities Was
Rejected
The USPTO considered several
alternative approaches to the rule,
discussed below, including retaining
current fees, full cost recovery of fees,
an across-the-board adjustment to fees,
and the proposal submitted to the PPAC
on February 7, 2012. The discussion
begins with a description of the fee
schedule adopted in this rule and then
addresses each alternative considered in
turn.
Frm 00068
FY 2016
530,915
132,198
filing for small entities), is set expressly
for small entities in section 10(h) of the
Act, and there is no corresponding large
or micro entity fee.
Commensurate with changes to large
entity fees, small entities will pay more
than they do currently for 47 percent of
the fees currently eligible for the 50
percent fee reduction. However, more
fees are reduced for small entities under
the Act. As a result, they will pay less
than they do currently for 44 percent of
the fees eligible for the 50 percent
reduction (5 percent of the fees stay the
same and the balance are newly set
fees). Additionally, micro entities are
eligible for fee reductions of 75 percent.
Compared to what they would have
paid as small entities under the current
fee schedule, micro entities will pay less
for 87 percent of the fees eligible for
reduction.
PO 00000
FY 2015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
i. Alternative 1: Patent Fee Schedule in
the Final Rule—Set and Adjust Section
10 Fees
The USPTO chose the patent fee
schedule in this final rule because it
will enable the Office to achieve its
goals effectively and efficiently without
unduly burdening small entities,
erecting barriers to entry, or stifling
incentives to innovate. The alternative
selected here achieves the aggregate
revenue needed for the Office to offset
aggregate costs, and is therefore
beneficial to all entities that seek patent
protection. Also, the alternative selected
here offers small entities a 50 percent
fee reduction and micro entities a 75
percent fee reduction. As discussed in
Item 5 above, the final patent fee
schedule includes a total of 94 reduced
fees for small entities and 93 reduced
fees for micro entities. Compared to the
current patent fee schedule, small
entities will see 41 small entity fees
decrease and micro entities will see 81
fees decrease (when compared to the
rate they would have paid as a small
entity under the current fee schedule).
Given the three-month operating
reserve target estimated to be achieved
after the five-year planning period of FY
2013—FY 2017 (in FY 2018) under this
selected alternative, small and micro
entities will pay some higher fees than
under some of the other alternatives
considered. However, the fees are not as
high as those initially proposed to PPAC
(Alternative 4), which achieved the
three-month target operating reserve in
FY 2016. Instead, in the adopted
alternative, the Office decided to slow
the growth of the operating reserve and
lower key fee amounts in response to
comments and feedback the PPAC
received from IP stakeholders and other
interested members of the public during
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
and following the PPAC fee setting
hearings.
The selected alternative secures the
Office’s required revenue to meet its
aggregate costs, while meeting the
strategic goals of a patent application
pendency decrease and patent
application backlog reduction that will
benefit all applicants, especially small
and micro entities. Pendency is one of
the most important factors in an
analysis of patent fee proposal
alternatives. Decreasing patent
application pendency increases the
private value of patents because patents
are granted sooner, thus allowing patent
holders to more quickly commercialize
their innovations. Reducing pendency
may also allow for earlier disclosure of
the scope of protection, which reduces
uncertainty regarding the scope of
patent rights and validity of claims for
patentees, competitors, and new
entrants. All patent applicants should
benefit from the decreased pendency
that will be realized under the selected
alternative. While some of the other
alternatives discussed make progress
toward the pendency decrease (and
related backlog reduction) goal, the
selected alternative is the only one that
does so in a way that does not pose
undue costs on patent applicants and
holders while still achieving the Office’s
other strategic goals.
The selected alternative is also
uniquely responsive to stakeholder
feedback in ways the other alternatives
are not, including multipart and staged
fees for requests for continued
examination, appeals, and several of the
new trial proceedings, including inter
partes review and post-grant review.
These inclusions in the selected
alternative aim to foster innovation and
increase patent prosecution options for
applicants and patent holders, as
discussed in the Part V. Individual Fee
Rationale section of Supplementary
Information in this final rule. Two
examples illustrate how the selected fee
structure is responsive to stakeholder
feedback. First, the Office sets two fees
for RCEs. The fee for an initial RCE is
set below cost; the fees for a second and
any subsequent RCEs are set above the
amount of the first RCE, estimated to be
slightly below cost recovery. A lower
first RCE fee continues to allow for use
of this option, when necessary; only the
more intensive use of this process via a
second or subsequent RCE, which
impacts compact prosecution, requires
higher fees. Second, the Office stages
the payment of the appeal fees to
recover additional cost at later points in
time and thereby minimize the cost
impacts on applicants associated with
withdrawn final rejections. The Office
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
sets (1) a $800 notice of appeal fee, (2)
a $0 fee when filing the brief, and (3) a
$2,000 fee when forwarding the appeal
file—containing the appellant’s Brief
and the Examiner’s Answer—to the
PTAB for review. This reduction from
the fees proposed in the NPRM
recognizes stakeholder feedback about
the appeal fees being too high and the
total cost of the appeal process was too
front-end focused. The approach aims
to: Provide patent prosecution options
for applicants and appellants, stabilize
the fee structure by recovering cost at
the points in time where appeals cost is
the most significant, and seek ways to
minimize the cost impact on applicants
associated with withdrawn rejections.
When estimating aggregate revenue,
the Office assumed that the fees in this
rule would become effective by April 1,
2013, except for issue, pre-grant
publication, international stage Patent
Cooperation Treaty fees, and assignment
fee changes which become effective
January 1, 2014. The final patent fee
schedule, as compared to existing fees
(labeled Alternative 1—Final Patent Fee
Schedule—Set and Adjust Section 10
Fees) is available at https://
www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/
fees.jsp#heading-1, in the document
entitled ‘‘USPTO Section 10 Fee
Setting—FRFA Tables.’’ Fee changes for
small and micro entities are included in
the tables. For the purpose of
calculating the dollar and percent fee
change, fees for micro entities are
compared to current fees for small
entities. For the comparison between
final patent fees and current fees, as
noted above, the ‘‘current fees’’ column
displays the fees that were effective as
of October 5, 2012.
ii. Other Alternatives Considered
In addition to the fee schedule set
forth in Alternative 1, above, the Office
considered several other alternative
approaches.
a. Alternative 2: Fee Cost Recovery
The USPTO considered setting most
individual large entity fees at the cost of
performing the activities related to the
particular service, while implementing
the small and micro entity fee
reductions for eligible fees. Fees that are
not typically set using cost data as an
indicator were set at current rates.
Under this alternative, maintenance fees
would be set at a level sufficient to
ensure that the Office would be able to
recover the cost of mandatory expenses
and offset the revenue loss from small
and micro entity discounts
(approximately half of the current
maintenance fee rates). Additional
information about the methodology for
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4279
determining the cost of performing the
activities, including the cost
components related to respective fees, is
available for review at https://
www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/
fees.jsp#heading-1 in the document
titled ‘‘USPTO Section 10 Fee Setting—
Activity-Based Information and Costing
Methodology.’’
It is common practice in the Federal
Government to set a particular fee at a
level to recover the cost of that service.
In OMB Circular A–25: User Charges,
the OMB states that user charges (fees)
should be sufficient to recover the full
cost to the Federal Government of
providing the particular service,
resource, or good, when the Government
is acting in its capacity as sovereign.
However, the Office projected a
significant revenue shortfall under this
alternative, defeating the goals of this
rulemaking.
First, this alternative would not
provide sufficient funds to offset the
required fee reductions for small and
micro entities. Even after adjusting
maintenance fees upward, aggregate
revenue would suffer considerably. In
response, it would be necessary for the
Office to reduce operating costs (i.e.,
examination capacity (hiring), IT system
upgrades, and various other initiatives),
the loss of which would negatively
impact the Office’s ability to meet the
financial, strategic, and policy goals of
this rulemaking.
Moreover, this alternative presents
significant barriers to seeking patent
protection, because front-end fees
would increase significantly for all
applicants, even with small and micro
entity fee reductions. The high costs of
entry into the patent system could lead
to a significant decrease in the
incentives to invest in innovative
activities among all entities, and
especially for small and micro entities.
Likewise, there would be no
improvements in fee design, such as the
multipart RCE fees or staging the appeal
fees included in Alternative 1.
In sum, this alternative is inadequate
to accomplish the goals and strategies as
stated in Part III of this rulemaking and
so the Office has not adopted it.
The fee schedule for Alternative 2:
Fee Cost Recovery is available at https://
www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/
fees.jsp#heading-1, in the document
entitled ‘‘USPTO Section 10 Fee
Setting—FRFA Tables.’’ Fee changes for
small and micro entities are included in
the tables. For the purpose of
calculating the dollar and percent fee
change, fees for micro entities are
compared to current fees for small
entities. For the comparison between
final patent fees and current fees, as
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4280
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
noted above, the ‘‘current fees’’ column
displays the fees that were effective as
of October 5, 2012.
b. Alternative 3: Across-the-Board
Adjustment
In some past years, and as became
effective on October 5, 2012, (see CPI
Adjustment of Patent Fees for Fiscal
Year 2013, 77 FR 54360 (Sept. 5, 2012)),
the USPTO used its authority to adjust
statutory fees annually according to
changes in the CPI, which is a
commonly used measure of inflation.
Building on this prior approach,
Alternative 3 would set fees by applying
a 6.7 percent, multi-year, across-theboard inflationary increase to the
baseline (status quo) beginning in FY
2013. The 6.7 percent represents the
estimated cumulative inflationary
adjustment from FY 2013 through FY
2016. The Office selected this time
period to represent the fiscal year in
which the fees would be effective
through the fiscal year in which the
operating reserve will approach the
target level. As estimated by the CBO at
the time the NPRM published, projected
inflationary rates by fiscal year are: 1.4
percent in FY 2013, 1.5 percent in FY
2014, 1.6 percent in FY 2015, and 2.0
percent in FY 2016. (The rates listed are
consistent with the analysis presented
in the NPRM. The CBO has since
updated its rates.) Each percentage rate
for a given year applies to the following
year, e.g., a 1.4 percent increase for FY
2013 is applied to FY 2014. These rates
are multiplied together to account for
the compounding effect occurring from
year-to-year; the rounded result is 6.7
percent. When estimating aggregate
revenue, the Office estimated that most
fees under this alternative would
become effective by April 1, 2013.
Under this alternative, the Office
would not collect enough revenue to
achieve both of the strategic goals
identified in Part III. Rulemaking Goals
and Strategies within the timeframes
identified in the Budget. This
alternative would implement the small
and micro entity fee reductions for
eligible fees, but would also retain the
same fee relationships and subsidization
policies as the status quo (baseline)
alternative. There would be no
improvements in fee design, such as the
multipart RCE fees or staging the appeal
fees included in Alternative 1. Further,
the Office projects that the aggregate
revenue generated from this alternative
would be sufficient to recover the
aggregate cost of steady state patent
operations, but would not go far enough
to meet both of the Office’s strategic
goals to improve the timeliness of patent
processing (through reducing patent
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
applications in backlog and pendency)
and to implement a sustainable funding
model for operations (by establishing a
three-month patent operating reserve). It
is important for the Office to balance
accomplishing both goals together so
that once it achieves the pendency
goals, it has sufficient resources to
maintain them. Alternative 3 builds the
three-month patent operating reserve
during the five-year planning period,
but does not generate sufficient
aggregate revenue to also achieve the
patent application pendency goals by
FY 2016 and FY 2017. In fact, the
revenue generated by Alternative 3
during FY 2013 is not only insufficient
to hire 1,000 patent examiners (like
Alternatives 1 and 4), but also uses $55
million of the operating reserve to pay
for the 1,500 patent examiners hired in
FY 2012 and maintain steady state
operations. In sum, this alternative is
inadequate to accomplish the goals and
strategies as stated in Part III.
Rulemaking Goals and Strategies of this
rulemaking and so the Office has not
adopted it.
The fee schedule for Alternative 3:
Across-the-Board Adjustment is
available at https://www.uspto.gov/
aia_implementation/fees.jsp#heading-1,
in the document entitled ‘‘USPTO
Section 10 Fee Setting—FRFA Tables.’’
Fee changes for small and micro entities
are included in the tables. For the
purpose of calculating the dollar and
percent fee change, fees for micro
entities are compared to current fees for
small entities. For the comparison
between proposed fees and current fees,
the ‘‘current fees’’ column displays the
fees that were effective as of October 5,
2012 (which includes the 2012 CPI
increase).
c. Alternative 4: Initial Proposal to the
PPAC
The fee structure initially delivered to
the PPAC on February 7, 2012, and
published during the public hearings in
February 2012, which is consistent with
the FY 2013 President’s Budget, would
achieve the USPTO’s strategic goals and
objectives, including reducing backlog
and pendency.
This alternative is nearly the same as
the selected alternative (Alternative 1).
As described in Part V. Individual Fee
Rationale of this rule, some fees would
be set to achieve cost recovery for
specific patent-related services, while
many others would be set either below
or above cost. For example, like
alternatives 1 and 3, the Office, under
this alternative would subsidize frontend fees set below cost (e.g., file, search,
and examination) by setting back-end
fees (e.g., issue and maintenance) above
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
cost to enable a low cost of entry into
the patent system. In some cases, fee
rates would be set at a level during
patent prosecution so that an applicant
pays certain fees at a point in time
relative to the amount of information
available to make a decision about
proceeding. Specifically, fees would be
set low during prosecution when there
is less certainty about the value of an
applicant’s invention, then begin to rise
gradually starting at issue and
continuing through maintenance fees at
different stages of the patent lifecycle
(e.g., 3.5, 7.5, and 11.5 years) when a
patent holder has greater certainty in the
value of the invention. This structure
also considers the relationship among
individual fees and the cost of
operational processes, including some
targeted adjustments to fees where the
gap between cost and current fees is
greatest.
The fee schedule for this alternative
would achieve higher revenue than each
of the other alternatives considered. It
would permit the Office to fund the
operating reserve at a rapid pace,
reaching its three-month target level in
FY 2016. When estimating aggregate
revenue, the Office estimated that fees
under this alternative would become
effective by April 1, 2013.
However, during the PPAC hearings
and comment period, stakeholders
raised concerns about the rate of growth
associated with the operating reserve.
While most of the Office’s stakeholders
agree with the need for an operating
reserve, many raised concerns about the
need to reach the target so quickly.
Stakeholders opined that such a rate of
growth would impose too great of a
burden on the patent user community.
Many were also concerned that the fee
rates associated with achieving the
operating reserve target so quickly
would be too high. Although this
alternative would meet the Office’s
revenue goals, the Office ultimately
rejected this alternative because it
would have a greater economic impact
on all entities (including small and
micro entities) than the selected
alternative. A modified version of this
alternative (with a number of lower fees)
became the selected alternative
(Alternative 1).
The fee schedule for Alternative 4:
Initial Proposal to PPAC is available at
https://www.uspto.gov/
aia_implementation/fees.jsp#heading-1,
in the document entitled ‘‘USPTO
Section 10 Fee Setting—FRFA Tables.’’
Fee changes for small and micro entities
are included in the tables. For the
purpose of calculation the dollar and
percent fee change, fees for micro
entities are compared to current fees for
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
small entities. For the comparison
between proposed fees and current fees,
the ‘‘current fees’’ column displays the
fees that were effective as of October 5,
2012 (which includes the 2012 CPI
increase).
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
d. Alternative 5: Retain Current Fees
(Status Quo)
The Office considered a no-action
alternative. This alternative would
retain the status quo, meaning that the
Office would not expand the range of
fees eligible for a small entity discount
(50 percent), nor would it go a step
further and provide micro entities with
the 75 percent fee reduction that
Congress provided in section 10 of the
Act. This approach would not provide
sufficient aggregate revenue to
accomplish all of the Office’s goals as
set forth in Part III. Rulemaking Goals
and Strategies of this rule or the
Strategic Plan, including hiring the
examiners needed to decrease the
backlog of patent applications, meeting
patent application pendency goals,
improving patent quality, advancing IT
initiatives, and achieving sustainable
funding.
The status quo alternative would be
detrimental to micro entities, because
the final rule includes a 75 percent fee
reduction for micro entities that will
result in those applicants paying less
under the final patent fee schedule than
they would under the status quo.
Moreover, small entities generally
would be harmed because fewer small
entity discounts would be available.
The status quo approach would result
in inadequate funding for effective
patent operations. It also would result in
increased patent application pendency
levels and patent application backlog. It
further would prevent the USPTO from
meeting the goals in its Strategic Plan
that are designed to achieve greater
efficiency and improve patent quality.
These results would negatively impact
small entities just as they would
negatively impact all other patent
applicants. While the Office would
continue to operate and make some
progress toward its goals, the progress
would be much slower, and in some
cases, initial improvements would be
eradicated in the out-years (e.g., patent
application pendency and the patent
application backlog would increase in
the out-years as the Office fails to
increase examination capacity to keep
pace with incoming applications).
Likewise, IT improvement activities
would continue, but at a slower rate due
to funding limitations.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
iii. Alternative Approaches
In the IRFA, the USPTO also
considered four other approaches
specified by the RFA, namely: (1)
Establishing different compliance or
reporting requirements or timetables
that take into account the resources
available to small entities; (2) clarifying,
consolidating, or simplifying
compliance and reporting requirements
under the rule for small entities; (3)
using performance rather than design
standards; and (4) exempting small
entities from coverage of the rule, or any
part thereof. 5 U.S.C. 603(c). The
USPTO discusses each of these
specified approaches below, and
describes how the final rule adopts
these approaches.
Differing Requirements
As discussed above, the changes in
this rulemaking establish differing
requirements for small and micro
entities that take into account the
reduced resources available to them.
Specifically, micro entities would pay a
75 percent reduction in patent fees
under the final patent fee schedule.
For non-micro small entities, this
final rule would not only retain the
existing 50 percent patent fee reduction
but also expand the availability of such
small entity fee reductions to 26 patent
fees that currently are not eligible for
small entity reductions. The increased
availability of fee reductions for both
small and micro entities arises from the
fact that section 10(b) of the Act
provides that reductions apply to all
fees for ‘‘filing, searching, examining,
issuing, appealing, and maintaining
patent applications and patents.’’ Prior
to the AIA, small entity fee reductions
applied only to fees set under 35 U.S.C.
41(a) and 41(b). By increasing the scope
of fees eligible for reductions, the AIA
allows the USPTO to do more to ease
burdens and reduce the entry barriers
for small and micro entities to take part
in the patent system.
This rulemaking sets fee levels but
does not set or alter procedural
requirements for asserting small or
micro entity status. To pay reduced
patent fees, small entities must merely
assert small entity status. The small
entity may make this assertion by either
checking a box on the transmittal form,
‘‘Applicant claims small entity status,’’
or by paying the small entity fee exactly.
The Office established (in a separate
rulemaking) that a micro entity submit
a form certifying micro entity status. See
Changes to Implement Micro Entity
Status for Paying Patent Fees, 77 FR
75019 (Dec. 19, 2012). The instant final
rule does not change any reporting
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4281
requirements for any small entity. For
both small and micro entities, the
burden to establish their status is
nominal (making an assertion or
submitting a certification), and the
benefit of the fee reductions (50 percent
for small entities and 75 percent for
micro entities) is significant.
This final rule makes the best use of
differing requirements for small and
micro entities. It also makes the best use
of the redesigned fee structure, as
discussed further below.
Clarification, Consolidation, or
Simplification of Requirements
The final rule clarifies, consolidates,
and simplifies the current compliance
requirements. These changes
incorporate certain options to stage fees
(break fees into multiple parts), so that
applicants can space out the payment of
fees and make decisions about some fees
at later stages in the application process
when they have more information.
Applicants also can receive partial
refunds when some parts of a service
prove not to be needed.
For example, the Office establishes in
this final rule that appeal fees be spread
out across different stages of the appeal
process so that an applicant can pay a
smaller fee to initiate the appeal, and
then not pay for the bulk of the appeal
fee until, if, and when the appeal is
forwarded to the PTAB after the
Examiner’s Answer is filed. Thus, if a
small or micro entity initiates an appeal,
but the appeal does not go forward
because the examiner withdraws the
rejection, the small entity will pay less
for the appeal process than under the
current fee structure (where the bulk of
the appeal fees would be paid up front
even if the appeal does not go forward).
Additionally, the Office sets fees for the
administrative trials (inter partes
review, post-grant review, and covered
business method review) before the
PTAB to be paid in multiple parts. With
inter partes review, for instance, the
Office would return fees for postinstitution services should a petition not
be instituted. Similarly, the Office
establishes that fees paid for postinstitution review of a large number of
claims be returned if the Office only
institutes the review of a subset of the
requested claims. These options for
staging and splitting fees into multiple
parts will benefit small and micro
entities, who will be able to spread out
their payments of fees, and in some
instances potentially receive refunds of
fees where only a portion of a particular
service is ultimately provided. See
Changes to Implement Inter Partes
Review Proceedings, Post-Grant Review
Proceedings, and Transitional Program
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4282
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
for Covered Business Method Patents,
77 FR 48680 (Aug. 14, 2012).
This final rule makes the best use of
this alternative approach.
Performance Standards
Performance standards do not apply
to the final rule.
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
Exemption for Small Entities
The final rule includes a new 75
percent reduction in fees for micro
entities, and an expansion of the 50
percent reduction in fees for small
entities. The Office considered
exempting small and micro entities from
paying patent fees, but determined that
the USPTO would lack statutory
authority for this approach. Section
10(b) of the Act provides that ‘‘fees set
or adjusted under subsection (a) for
filing, searching, examining, issuing,
appealing, and maintaining patent
applications and patents shall be
reduced by 50 percent [for small
entities] and shall be reduced by 75
percent [for micro entities].’’ (Emphasis
added). Neither the AIA nor any other
statute authorizes the USPTO to simply
exempt small or micro entities, as a
class of applicants, from paying patent
fees.
B. Executive Order 12866 (Regulatory
Planning and Review)
This rulemaking has been determined
to be economically significant for
purposes of Executive Order 12866
(Sept. 30, 1993), as amended by
Executive Order 13258 (Feb. 26, 2002)
and Executive Order 13422 (Jan. 18,
2007). The Office has developed an RIA
as required for rulemakings deemed to
be economically significant. The
complete RIA is available at https://
www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/
fees.jsp#heading-1. The Office received
the following comments related to
Executive Order 12866.
Comment 1: A commenter noted that
the agency must comply with Executive
Order 12866 in setting section 10 fees.
The commenter also noted that
Executive Order 12866 requires the
Office to consider other causes and
solutions to the problem before issuing
regulations.
Response: As demonstrated in this
section and the rulemaking as a whole,
the USPTO has complied with the
mandates of Executive Order 12866.
Consistent with the directives in
Executive Order 12866, the Office
concurs and has both reviewed other
causes (including a statutory fee
structure that prevented the Office from
realigning or adjusting fees to quickly
and effectively respond to market
demand or changes in processing costs)
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
and analyzed alternative solutions
(including alternative fee structures and
leaving the fees unchanged). The Office
also has provided extensive
opportunities for public input into the
fee setting process like the PPAC public
hearings and public comment period
and the roadshows conducted in
September 2012, before issuing this
final rule.
C. Executive Order 13563 (Improving
Regulation and Regulatory Review)
In order to comply with Executive
Order 13563, the Office has, to the
extent feasible and applicable: (1) Made
a reasoned determination that the
benefits justify the costs of the rule; (2)
tailored the rule to impose the least
burden on society consistent with
obtaining the regulatory objectives; (3)
selected a regulatory approach that
maximizes net benefits; (4) specified
performance objectives; (5) identified
and assessed available alternatives; (6)
involved the public in an open
exchange of information and
perspectives among experts in relevant
disciplines, affected stakeholders in the
private sector, and the public as a
whole, and provided on-line access to
the rulemaking docket; (7) attempted to
promote coordination, simplification,
and harmonization across Government
agencies and identified goals designed
to promote innovation; (8) considered
approaches that reduce burdens and
maintain flexibility and freedom of
choice for the public; and (9) ensured
the objectivity of scientific and
technological information and
processes.
D. Executive Order 13132 (Federalism)
This rulemaking does not contain
policies with federalism implications
sufficient to warrant preparation of a
Federalism Assessment under Executive
Order 13132 (Aug. 4, 1999).
E. Congressional Review Act
Under the Congressional Review Act
provisions of the Small Business
Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of
1996 (5 U.S.C. 801–808), the United
States Patent and Trademark Office has
submitted a report containing this final
rule and other required information to
the U.S. Senate, the U.S. House of
Representatives, and the Comptroller
General of the Government
Accountability Office.
F. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of
1995
The changes in this final rule do not
involve a Federal intergovernmental
mandate that will result in the
expenditure by state, local, and tribal
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
governments, in the aggregate, of 100
million dollars (as adjusted) or more in
any one year, or a Federal private sector
mandate that will result in the
expenditure by the private sector of 100
million dollars (as adjusted) or more in
any one year, and will not significantly
or uniquely affect small governments.
Therefore, no actions are necessary
under the provisions of the Unfunded
Mandates Reform Act of 1995. See 2
U.S.C. 1501–1571.
G. Paperwork Reduction Act
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
(PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501–3549) requires
the USPTO to consider the impact of
paperwork and other information
collection burdens imposed on the
public. This final rule involves
information collection requirements that
are subject to review by the OMB under
the PRA. The collection of information
involved in this notice was submitted to
OMB with the proposed rulemaking as
a new information collection request
and was preapproved under OMB
control number 0651–0072. The
information collection will be available
at the OMB’s Information Collection
Review Web site at: www.reginfo.gov/
public/do/PRAMain.
1. Summary
This final rule will collect two fees
not specifically delineated in an existing
information collection request (listed in
Table (A) below) and will amend the
fees in several current information
collections previously approved by
OMB (listed in Table (B) below). The
Office is consolidating these fee burdens
into this collection to allow fee burden
adjustments to be requested through a
single fee information collection
package entitled ‘‘America Invents Act
Section 10 Patent Fee Adjustments.’’
This new, consolidated collection will
result in the unavoidable double
counting of certain fees for a short
period of time. The Office will update
the fee burden inventory in existing
information collections to correct the
double counting by submitting nonsubstantive change requests in each of
the currently existing information
collection requests (in Table (B) below)
with the appropriate fee adjustments.
Nothing associated with either this
rulemaking or this information
collection request alters the existing
non-fee burden of any response to any
information collection. However,
because a change in some fees will
change the aggregate demand for certain
services, the total number of responses
for some information collections will
change, which in turn will change the
total number of burden hours (defined
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4283
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
as the estimated time burden of a
collection multiplied by the total
responses) and respondent cost burden
(burden hours multiplied by the
respondent cost per hour) for some
collections. These changes are detailed
in the supporting statement for this
information collection, and the Office
will update the existing information
collections to account for this change
when submitting the non-substantive
change requests described above.
As explained in Part V. Individual Fee
Rationale, the USPTO adjusted several
fees in response to public comment. The
notice of appeal fee for large entities has
been reduced from $1,000 to $800 and
accordingly reduced for small entities
from $500 to $400, and for micro
entities from $250 to $200. The ex parte
reexamination fee has been reduced
from $15,000 to $12,000 for large
entities, with corresponding reductions
to $6,000 for small entities and $3,000
for micro entities. The fee for
reexaminations ordered as part of
supplemental examination has been
reduced from $13,600 to $12,100 for
large entities and to $6,050 for small
entities and $3,025 for micro entities.
Finally, the correct inventorship fee has
been reduced from $1,000 to $600 for
large entities, and correspondingly $300
for small entities and $150 for micro
entities. Although the fee for the correct
inventorship service has been reduced,
the circumstances in which the fee is
paid have also been narrowed such that
the fee need not be paid if the request
to correct or change inventorship is
accompanied by a statement that the
request is due solely to the cancelation
Amount
(large entity)
Fee
Correct Inventorship after First Action on the Merits ..................
Petitions to Chief APJ Under 37 CFR 41.3 ................................
(B) Existing & Pending Collections
Amended Under the Rulemaking
(1) 0651–0012 Admittance to Practice
and Roster of Registered Patent
Attorneys and Agents Admitted to
Practice Before the USPTO
(2) 0651–0016 Rules for Patent
Maintenance Fees
(3) 0651–0020 Patent Term Extension
(4) 0651–0021 Patent Cooperation
Treaty
(5) 0651–0027 Recording Assignments
(6) 0651–0031 Patent Processing
(Updating)
(7) 0651–0032 Initial Patent
Applications
(8) 0651–0033 Post Allowance and
Refiling
(9) 0651–0036 Statutory Invention
Registration
(10) 0651–0059 Certain Patent
Petitions Requiring a Fee
(11) 0651–0063 Board of Patent
Appeals and Interferences (BPAI)
Actions
(12) 0651–0064 Patent Reexaminations
and Supplemental Examinations
(13) 0651–0069 Patent Review and
Derivation Proceedings
(14) 0651–00xx Matters Related to
Patent Appeals
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
2. Data
Section 10 of the Act authorizes the
Director of the USPTO to set or adjust
all patent fees established, authorized,
or charged under Title 35, U.S. Code.
Agency fees associated with information
collections are considered to be part of
the burden of the collection of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
$600.00
400.00
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(A) Fees Included in This New
Information Collection Request
Amount
(small entity)
Amount
(micro entity)
$300.00
400.00
information. The data associated with
this information collection request is
summarized below and provided in
additional detail in the supporting
statement for this information collection
request, available through the
Information Collection Review Web site
(www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain).
Section 10 also provides for the
creation of a ‘‘micro entity status.’’ The
information collection associated with
micro entity status was addressed in a
separate proposed rulemaking and a
separate PRA analysis. See 77 FR 75019
(Dec. 19, 2012).
Needs and Uses: The Agency is
authorized to collect these fees by
Section 10 of the Act. The public uses
this information collection to pay their
required fees and communicate with the
Office regarding their applications and
patents. The Agency uses these fees to
process respondents’ applications and
patents, to process applicants’ requests
for various procedures in application
and post-grant patent processing, and to
provide all associated services of the
Office.
OMB Number: 0651–0072.
Title: America Invents Act Section 10
Patent Fee Adjustments.
Form Numbers: None.
Type of Review: New Collection.
Likely Respondents/Affected Public:
Individuals or households, businesses
or other for-profit institutions, not-forprofit institutions, farms, Federal
Government, and state, local, or tribal
governments.
PO 00000
of claims in the application.
Accordingly, the Office now expects to
receive 188 responses (i.e., payments of
the fee) from large entities, 43 from
small entities, and 19 from micro
entities. Additionally, the Office has
revised the expected number of
responses to several information
collections based on revised and
decreased projections of demand for
various services. Because of these
revised expected responses, as
explained in the Paperwork Reduction
Act Supporting Statement for this
rulemaking, both the hour cost burden
and the non-hour cost burden have
decreased from the NPRM to the Final
Rule.
$150.00
400.00
Regulation
37 CFR 1.17(d).
37 CFR 41.3.
A. Estimates for All Fees, Including
Both Information Added in This
Collection and Information in Existing
and Pending Collections
Estimated Number of Respondents for
All Fees: 5,470,718 responses per year.
Estimated Time per Response for All
Fees: Except as noted below for the two
fees added to this collection, this
information collection will not result in
any change in any time per response.
Estimated Total Annual (Hour)
Respondent Cost Burden for All Fees:
Except as noted below for the two fees
added to this collection, this
information collection will not result in
any change in any information
requirements associated with fees set or
amended by this rulemaking. Other than
the two fees added to this collection, the
only change in the total annual (hour)
respondent cost burden results from the
change in responses, which is a result
of two factors. First, because the change
in a fee for a particular service may
cause a change in demand for that
service, the total number of respondents
for each service might change, altering
the total annual (hour) respondent cost
burden for fees covered under approved
collections. This change has been fully
detailed in the supporting statement and
its appendices. Second, response
numbers of current inventories have
been updated to reflect the Office’s most
recent estimates.
Estimated Total Annual (Non-Hour)
Respondent Cost Burden for All Fees:
$2,727,479,226. The USPTO estimates
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4284
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
that the total fees associated with this
collection, representing all fees
collected across the full panoply of
patent processing services provided by
the Office, will be approximately
$2,727,479,150 per year. (This number
is different than the total revenue cited
elsewhere in this rule because PRA
estimates have been calculated by taking
an average over three years of estimated
responses and because not every fee
adjusted in this rulemaking constitutes
a burden under the PRA (e.g., selfservice copying fees).) The amount of
these fees is a $492,783,887 change from
the fee amounts currently in the USPTO
PRA inventory. Of this, $409,263,158
directly results from this rulemaking
and $83,520,729 results from nonrulemaking factors. Additionally, the
USPTO estimates that $76 in postage
costs will be associated with the items
added in this collection. Because the
postage costs for items in existing
collections have not been altered by this
rulemaking, they are not part of the
burden of this rulemaking.
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
B. Estimates for Fees Not Specifically
Delineated in an Existing Information
Collection Request (a Subset of All Fees
in Part A. Above)
Estimated Number of Respondents for
Information Added in This Collection:
412 responses per year.
Estimated Time per Response for
Information Added in This Collection:
The USPTO estimates that it will take
the public between 2 and 4 hours to
gather the necessary information,
prepare the appropriate form or other
documents, and submit the information
to the USPTO.
Estimated Total Annual Respondent
Burden Hours for Information Added in
This Collection: 1,148 hours per year.
Estimated Total Annual (Hour)
Respondent Cost Burden for Information
Added in This Collection: $425,908 per
year.
Estimated Annual (Non-Hour)
Respondent Cost Burden for Information
Added in This Collection: $193,426 per
year. Of this amount, $128,550 directly
results from this rulemaking, $64,800
results from non-rulemaking factors,
and $76 results from postage.
3. Solicitation
The Office solicited comments to: (1)
Evaluate whether the proposed
information collection is necessary for
the proper performance of the functions
of the Office, including whether the
information will have practical utility;
(2) evaluate the accuracy of the Office’s
estimate of the burden; (3) enhance the
quality, utility, and clarity of the
information to be collected; and (4)
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
minimize the burden of collecting the
information on those who are to
respond, including by using appropriate
automated, electronic, or mechanical
collection techniques or other forms of
information technology.
The Office received one comment
from members of the public regarding
the Paperwork Reduction Act analysis
for this rule. A summary of the
comment received and the Office’s
response to that comment follows.
Comment 1: A commenter noted that
the agency must comply with the
Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C.
3501, et seq. in setting section 10 fees.
Response: The Office agrees with this
comment. As evidenced by this section,
the equivalent Paperwork Reduction Act
section of the Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking, and the Supporting
Statements submitted with both the
Notice of Proposed Rulemaking and this
Final Rule, the Office has complied with
the requirements of the Act.
Notwithstanding any other provision
of law, no person is required to respond
to nor shall a person be subject to a
penalty for failure to comply with a
collection of information subject to the
requirements of the Paperwork
Reduction Act unless that collection of
information displays a currently valid
OMB control number.
List of Subjects
37 CFR Part 1
Administrative practice and
procedure, Courts, Freedom of
information, Inventions and patents,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Small businesses.
37 CFR Part 41
Administrative practice and
procedure, Inventions and patents,
Lawyers.
37 CFR Part 42
Trial practice before the Patent Trial
and Appeal Board.
For the reasons set forth in the
preamble, 37 CFR parts 1, 41, and 42 are
amended as follows:
PART 1—RULES OF PRACTICE IN
PATENT CASES
1. The general authority citation for 37
CFR part 1 continues to read as follows
and the specific authority citation
immediately after the undesignated
center heading ‘‘Fees and Payment of
Money’’ is revised to read as follows:
■
Authority: 35 U.S.C. 2(b)(2).
*
*
*
*
*
Authority: Sections 1.16 through 1.22 also
issued under 35 U.S.C. 41, 111, 119, 120,
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
132(b), 156, 157, 255, 302, and 311, Public
Laws 103–465, 106–113, and 112–29.
2. Section 1.16 is amended by revising
paragraphs (a) through (s) to read as
follows:
■
§ 1.16 National application filing, search,
and examination fees.
(a) Basic fee for filing each application
under 35 U.S.C. 111 for an original
patent, except design, plant, or
provisional applications:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) if
the application is submitted
in compliance with the Office electronic filing system
(§ 1.27(b)(2)) .........................
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$70.00
140.00
70.00
280.00
(b) Basic fee for filing each
application for an original design
patent:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$45.00
90.00
180.00
(c) Basic fee for filing each application
for an original plant patent:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$45.00
90.00
180.00
(d) Basic fee for filing each
provisional application:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$65.00
130.00
260.00
(e) Basic fee for filing each application
for the reissue of a patent:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$70.00
140.00
280.00
(f) Surcharge for filing any of the basic
filing fee, the search fee, the
examination fee, or the oath or
declaration on a date later than the
filing date of the application, except
provisional applications:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$35.00
70.00
140.00
(g) Surcharge for filing the basic filing
fee or cover sheet (§ 1.51(c)(1)) on a date
later than the filing date of the
provisional application:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$15.00
30.00
60.00
(h) In addition to the basic filing fee
in an application, other than a
provisional application, for filing or
later presentation at any other time of
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
each claim in independent form in
excess of 3:
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
(q) Examination fee for each
application for an original plant patent:
$105.00
210.00
420.00
(i) In addition to the basic filing fee
in an application, other than a
provisional application, for filing or
later presentation at any other time of
each claim (whether dependent or
independent) in excess of 20 (note that
§ 1.75(c) indicates how multiple
dependent claims are considered for fee
calculation purposes):
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
460.00
$145.00
290.00
580.00
(r) Examination fee for each
application for the reissue of a patent:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$540.00
1,080.00
2,160.00
(s) Application size fee for any
application filed under 35 U.S.C. 111 for
the specification and drawings which
80.00 exceed 100 sheets of paper, for each
additional 50 sheets or fraction thereof:
(j) In addition to the basic filing fee in
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
$100.00
an application, other than a provisional
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
200.00
application, that contains, or is
By other than a small or micro
amended to contain, a multiple
entity .....................................
400.00
dependent claim, per application:
*
*
*
*
*
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
$195.00
■ 4. Section 1.17 is amended by revising
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
390.00
paragraphs (a) through (i). (k) through
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
780.00 (m), and (p) through (t) to read as
follows:
(k) Search fee for each application
filed under 35 U.S.C. 111 for an original § 1.17 Patent application and
reexamination processing fees.
patent, except design, plant, or
provisional applications:
(a) Extension fees pursuant to
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
$150.00 § 1.136(a):
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
300.00
(1) For reply within first month:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$20.00
40.00
600.00
(l) Search fee for each application for
an original design patent:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$30.00
60.00
120.00
(m) Search fee for each application for
an original plant patent:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$95.00
190.00
380.00
(n) Search fee for each application for
the reissue of a patent:
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$150.00
300.00
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$50.00
100.00
200.00
(2) For reply within second month:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$150.00
300.00
600.00
(3) For reply within third month:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$350.00
700.00
1,400.00
(4) For reply within fourth month:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$550.00
1,100.00
4285
(d) For correction of inventorship in
an application after the first action on
the merits:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$150.00
300.00
600.00
(e) To request continued examination
pursuant to § 1.114:
(1) For filing a first request for
continued examination pursuant to
§ 1.114 in an application:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$300.00
600.00
1,200.00
(2) For filing a second or subsequent
request for continued examination
pursuant to § 1.114 in an application:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$425.00
850.00
1,700.00
(f) For filing a petition under one of
the following sections which refers to
this paragraph:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$100.00
200.00
400.00
§ 1.36(a)—for revocation of a power of
attorney by fewer than all of the
applicants.
§ 1.53(e)—to accord a filing date.
§ 1.57(a)—to accord a filing date.
§ 1.182—for decision on a question
not specifically provided for.
§ 1.183—to suspend the rules.
§ 1.378(e)—for reconsideration of
decision on petition refusing to accept
delayed payment of maintenance fee in
an expired patent.
§ 1.741(b)—to accord a filing date to
an application under § 1.740 for
extension of a patent term.
(g) For filing a petition under one of
the following sections which refers to
this paragraph:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
2,200.00
$50.00
100.00
200.00
§ 1.12—for access to an assignment
600.00
record.
(5) For reply within fifth month:
(o) Examination fee for each
§ 1.14—for access to an application.
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
$750.00
application filed under 35 U.S.C. 111 for By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
§ 1.47—for filing by other than all the
1,500.00
an original patent, except design, plant,
inventors or a person not the inventor.
By other than a small or micro
or provisional applications:
entity .....................................
3,000.00
§ 1.59—for expungement of
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
$180.00
information.
(b) For fees in proceedings before the
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
360.00
§ 1.103(a)—to suspend action in an
Patent Trial and Appeal Board, see
By other than a small or micro
application.
§ 41.20 of this title.
entity .....................................
720.00
§ 1.136(b)—for review of a request for
(c) For filing a request for prioritized
(p) Examination fee for each
extension of time when the provisions
examination under § 1.102(e):
application for an original design
of § 1.136 (a) are not available.
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
$1,000.00
patent:
§ 1.295—for review of refusal to
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
2,000.00
publish a statutory invention
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
$115.00 By other than a small or micro
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
230.00
entity .....................................
4,000.00 registration.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4286
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
§ 1.296—to withdraw a request for
publication of a statutory invention
registration filed on or after the date the
notice of intent to publish issued.
§ 1.377—for review of decision
refusing to accept and record payment
of a maintenance fee filed prior to
expiration of a patent.
§ 1.550(c)—for patent owner requests
for extension of time in ex parte
reexamination proceedings.
§ 1.956—for patent owner requests for
extension of time in inter partes
reexamination proceedings.
§ 5.12—for expedited handling of a
foreign filing license.
§ 5.15—for changing the scope of a
license.
§ 5.25—for retroactive license.
(h) For filing a petition under one of
the following sections which refers to
this paragraph:
§ 1.99(e)—for processing a belated
submission under § 1.99.
§ 1.102(e)—for requesting prioritized
examination of an application.
§ 1.103(b)—for requesting limited
suspension of action, continued
prosecution application for a design
patent (§ 1.53(d)).
§ 1.103(c)—for requesting limited
suspension of action, request for
continued examination (§ 1.114).
§ 1.103(d)—for requesting deferred
examination of an application.
§ 1.291(c)(5)—for processing a second
or subsequent protest by the same real
party in interest.
§ 1.497(d)—for filing an oath or
declaration pursuant to 35 U.S.C.
371(c)(4) naming an inventive entity
different from the inventive entity set
forth in the international stage.
§ 3.81—for a patent to issue to
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
$35.00 assignee, assignment submitted after
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
70.00 payment of the issue fee.
(2) For taking action under one of the
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
140.00 following sections which refers to this
paragraph:
§ 1.19(g)—to request documents in a
By other than a small or micro
form other than provided in this part.
entity .....................................
$130.00
§ 1.84—for accepting color drawings
or photographs.
§ 1.217—for processing a redacted
§ 1.91—for entry of a model or
copy of a paper submitted in the file of
exhibit.
an application in which a redacted copy
§ 1.102(d)—to make an application
was submitted for the patent application
special.
publication.
§ 1.138(c)—to expressly abandon an
§ 1.221—for requesting voluntary
application to avoid publication.
publication or republication of an
§ 1.313—to withdraw an application
application.
from issue.
*
*
*
*
§ 1.314—to defer issuance of a patent. *
(k) For filing a request for expedited
(i) Processing fees:
examination under § 1.155(a):
(1) for taking action under one of the
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
$225.00
following sections which refers to this
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
450.00
paragraph:
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$35.00
70.00
140.00
§ 1.28(c)(3)—for processing a nonitemized fee deficiency based on an
error in small entity status.
§ 1.41—for supplying the name or
names of the inventor or inventors after
the filing date without an oath or
declaration as prescribed by § 1.63,
except in provisional applications.
§ 1.48—for correcting inventorship,
except in provisional applications.
§ 1.52(d)—for processing a
nonprovisional application filed with a
specification in a language other than
English.
§ 1.53(b)(3)—to convert a provisional
application filed under § 1.53(c) into a
nonprovisional application under
§ 1.53(b).
§ 1.55—for entry of late priority
papers.
§ 1.71(g)(2)—for processing a belated
amendment under § 1.71(g).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
900.00
(l) For filing a petition for the revival
of an unavoidably abandoned
application under 35 U.S.C. 111, 133,
364, or 371, for the unavoidably delayed
payment of the issue fee under 35 U.S.C.
151, or for the revival of an unavoidably
terminated reexamination proceeding
under 35 U.S.C. 133 (§ 1.137(a)):
*
*
*
*
*
(p) For an information disclosure
statement under § 1.97(c) or (d) or for
the document fee for a submission
under § 1.290:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$45.00
90.00
180.00
(q) Processing fee for taking action
under one of the following sections
which refers to this paragraph: $50.00.
§ 1.41—to supply the name or names
of the inventor or inventors after the
filing date without a cover sheet as
prescribed by § 1.51(c)(1) in a
provisional application.
§ 1.48—for correction of inventorship
in a provisional application.
§ 1.53(c)(2)—to convert a
nonprovisional application filed under
§ 1.53(b) to a provisional application
under § 1.53(c).
(r) For entry of a submission after
final rejection under § 1.129(a):
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$210.00
420.00
840.00
(s) For each additional invention
requested to be examined under
§ 1.129(b):
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$210.00
420.00
840.00
(t) For the acceptance of an
unintentionally delayed claim for
priority under 35 U.S.C. 119, 120, 121,
or 365(a) or (c) (§§ 1.55 and 1.78) or for
filing a request for the restoration of the
right of priority under § 1.452:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$355.00
710.00
1,420.00
5. Section 1.18 is revised to read as
follows:
■
§ 1.18 Patent post allowance (including
issue) fees.
(a) Issue fee for issuing each original
patent, except a design or plant patent,
or for issuing each reissue patent:
(1) For an issue fee paid on or after
640.00 January 1, 2014:
$240.00
(m) For filing a petition for the revival By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
480.00
of an unintentionally abandoned
By other than a small or micro
application, for the unintentionally
entity .....................................
960.00
delayed payment of the fee for issuing
(2) For an issue fee paid before
a patent, or for the revival of an
January 1, 2014:
unintentionally terminated
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
$445.00
reexamination proceeding under 35
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
890.00
U.S.C. 41(a)(7) (§ 1.137(b)):
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$160.00
320.00
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$475.00
950.00
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1,900.00
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
1,780.00
(b) Issue fee for issuing an original
design patent:
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
(1) For an issue fee paid on or after
January 1, 2014:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$140.00
280.00
560.00
(2) For an issue fee paid before
January 1, 2014:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$255.00
510.00
1,020.00
(c) Issue fee for issuing an original
plant patent:
(1) For an issue fee paid on or after
January 1, 2014:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$190.00
380.00
760.00
(2) For an issue fee paid before
January 1, 2014:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$350.00
700.00
1,400.00
(d)
(1) Publication fee on or after
January 1, 2014 ....................
(2) Publication fee before January 1, 2014 .........................
(3) Republication fee
(§ 1.221(a)) ............................
$0.00
300.00
300.00
(e) For filing an application for patent
term adjustment under § 1.705: $200.00.
(f) For filing a request for
reinstatement of all or part of the term
reduced pursuant to § 1.704(b) in an
application for patent term adjustment
under§ 1.705: $400.00.
■ 6. Section 1.19 is revised to read as
follows:
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
§ 1.19
Document supply fees.
The United States Patent and
Trademark Office will supply copies of
the following patent-related documents
upon payment of the fees indicated.
Paper copies will be in black and white
unless the original document is in color,
a color copy is requested and the fee for
a color copy is paid.
(a) Uncertified copies of patent
application publications and patents:
(1) Printed copy of the paper portion
of a patent application publication or
patent including a design patent,
statutory invention registration, or
defensive publication document.
Service includes preparation of copies
by the Office within two to three
business days and delivery by United
States Postal Service; and preparation of
copies by the Office within one business
day of receipt and delivery to an Office
Box or by electronic means (e.g.,
facsimile, electronic mail): $3.00.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
(2) Printed copy of a plant patent in
color: $15.00.
(3) Color copy of a patent (other than
a plant patent) or statutory invention
registration containing a color drawing:
$25.00.
(b) Copies of Office documents to be
provided in paper, or in electronic form,
as determined by the Director (for other
patent-related materials see § 1.21(k)):
(1) Copy of a patent application as
filed, or a patent-related file wrapper
and contents, stored in paper in a paper
file wrapper, in an image format in an
image file wrapper, or if color
documents, stored in paper in an
Artifact Folder:
(i) If provided on paper:
(A) Application as filed: $20.00.
(B) File wrapper and contents of 400
or fewer pages: $200.00.
(C) Additional fee for each additional
100 pages or portion thereof of file
wrapper and contents: $40.00.
(D) Individual application documents,
other than application as filed, per
document: $25.00.
(ii) If provided on compact disc or
other physical electronic medium in
single order:
(A) Application as filed: $20.00.
(B) File wrapper and contents, first
physical electronic medium: $55.00.
(C) Additional fee for each continuing
physical electronic medium in the
single order of paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(B) of
this section: $15.00.
(iii) If provided electronically (e.g., by
electronic transmission) other than on a
physical electronic medium as specified
in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section:
(A) Application as filed: $20.00.
(B) File wrapper and contents: $55.00.
(iv) If provided to a foreign
intellectual property office pursuant to
a priority document exchange
agreement (see § 1.14 (h)(1)): $0.00.
(2) Copy of patent-related file wrapper
contents that were submitted and are
stored on compact disc or other
electronic form (e.g., compact discs
stored in an Artifact Folder), other than
as available in paragraph (b)(1) of this
section:
(i) If provided on compact disc or
other physical electronic medium in a
single order:
(A) First physical electronic medium
in a single order: $55.00.
(B) Additional fee for each continuing
physical electronic medium in the
single order of this paragraph (b)(2)(i):
$15.00.
(ii) If provided electronically other
than on a physical electronic medium
per order: $55.00.
(3) Copy of Office records, except
copies available under paragraph (b)(1)
or (2) of this section: $25.00.
PO 00000
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4287
(4) For assignment records, abstract of
title and certification, per patent:
$25.00.
(c) Library service (35 U.S.C. 13): For
providing to libraries copies of all
patents issued annually, per annum:
$50.00.
(d) For list of all United States patents
and statutory invention registrations in
a subclass: $3.00.
(e) Uncertified statement as to status
of the payment of maintenance fees due
on a patent or expiration of a patent:
$10.00.
(f) Uncertified copy of a non-United
States patent document, per document:
$25.00.
(g) Petitions for documents in a form
other than that provided by this part, or
in a form other than that generally
provided by the Director, will be
decided in accordance with the merits
of each situation. Any petition seeking
a decision under this section must be
accompanied by the petition fee set
forth in § 1.17(h) and, if the petition is
granted, the documents will be provided
at cost.
■ 7. Section 1.20 is revised to read as
follows:
§ 1.20
Post issuance fees.
(a) For providing a certificate of
correction for applicant’s mistake
(§ 1.323): $100.00.
(b) Processing fee for correcting
inventorship in a patent (§ 1.324):
$130.00.
(c) In reexamination proceedings:
(1) For filing a request for ex parte
reexamination (§ 1.510(a)):
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$3,000.00
6,000.00
12,000.00
(2) [Reserved]
(3) For filing with a request for
reexamination or later presentation at
any other time of each claim in
independent form in excess of 3 and
also in excess of the number of claims
in independent form in the patent under
reexamination:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$105.00
210.00
420.00
(4) For filing with a request for
reexamination or later presentation at
any other time of each claim (whether
dependent or independent) in excess of
20 and also in excess of the number of
claims in the patent under
reexamination (note that § 1.75(c)
indicates how multiple dependent
claims are considered for fee calculation
purposes):
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
$20.00
4288
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
(h) Surcharge for paying a
maintenance fee during the six-month
80.00 grace period following the expiration of
three years and six months, seven years
(5) If the excess claims fees required
and six months, and eleven years and
by paragraphs (c)(3) and (4) of this
section are not paid with the request for six months after the date of the original
grant of a patent based on an application
reexamination or on later presentation
filed on or after December 12, 1980:
of the claims for which the excess
claims fees are due, the fees required by (1) By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ..
$40.00
paragraphs (c)(3) and (4) must be paid
(2) By a small entity (§ 1.27(a))
80.00
(3) By other than a small or
or the claims canceled by amendment
micro entity ..........................
160.00
prior to the expiration of the time period
set for reply by the Office in any notice
(i) Surcharge for accepting a
of fee deficiency in order to avoid
maintenance fee after expiration of a
abandonment.
patent for non-timely payment of a
(6) For filing a petition in a
maintenance fee where the delay in
reexamination proceeding, except for
payment is shown to the satisfaction of
those specifically enumerated in
the Director to have been—
§§ 1.550(i) and 1.937(d):
(1) Unavoidable:
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
40.00
$485.00
970.00
1,940.00
(7) For a refused request for ex parte
reexamination under § 1.510 (included
in the request for ex parte
reexamination fee at § 1.20(c)(1)):
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$900.00
1,800.00
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$400.00
800.00
entity .....................................
3,600.00
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$175.00
350.00
700.00
(2) Unintentional:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$410.00
820.00
1,640.00
(j) For filing an application for
extension of the term of a patent
(1) Application for extension under
(d) For filing each statutory disclaimer § 1.740: $1,120.00.
(§ 1.321):
(2) Initial application for interim
By other than a small or micro
extension under § 1.790: $420.00.
entity .....................................
$160.00
(3) Subsequent application for interim
(e) For maintaining an original or
extension under § 1.790: $220.00.
(k) In supplemental examination
reissue patent, except a design or plant
patent, based on an application filed on proceedings:
(1) For processing and treating a
or after December 12, 1980, in force
request for supplemental examination:
beyond four years, the fee being due by
three years and six months after the
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
$1,100.00
original grant:
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
2,200.00
3,600.00
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
4,400.00
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
(2) For ex parte reexamination
1,600.00 ordered as a result of a supplemental
(f) For maintaining an original or
examination proceeding:
reissue patent, except a design or plant
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
$3,025.00
patent, based on an application filed on
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
6,050.00
or after December 12, 1980, in force
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
12,100.00
beyond eight years, the fee being due by
seven years and six months after the
(3) For processing and treating, in a
original grant:
supplemental examination proceeding,
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
$900.00 a non-patent document over 20 sheets in
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
1,800.00 length, per document:
By other than a small or micro
(i) Between 21 and 50 sheets:
(g) For maintaining an original or
reissue patent, except a design or plant
patent, based on an application filed on
or after December 12, 1980, in force
beyond twelve years, the fee being due
by eleven years and six months after the
original grant:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
$1,850.00
3,700.00
7,400.00
Jkt 229001
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$45.00
90.00
180.00
(ii) For each additional 50 sheets or a
fraction thereof:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
■
$70.00
140.00
280.00
8. Section 1.21 is amended by:
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
a. Revising paragraph (a);
b. Removing and reserving paragraph
(d);
■ c. Revising paragraph (e);
■ d. Revising paragraphs (g) through (k);
and
■ e. Revising paragraph (n).
The revisions read as follows:
■
■
§ 1.21
Miscellaneous fees and charges.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) Registration of attorneys and
agents:
(1) For admission to examination for
registration to practice:
(i) Application Fee (non-refundable):
$40.00.
(ii) Registration examination fee.
(A) For test administration by
commercial entity: $200.00.
(B) For test administration by the
USPTO: $450.00.
(2) On registration to practice or grant
of limited recognition under § 11.9(b) or
(c): $100.00.
(3) [Reserved]
(4) For certificate of good standing as
an attorney or agent: $10.00.
(i) Suitable for framing: $20.00.
(ii) [Reserved]
(5) For review of decision:
(i) By the Director of Enrollment and
Discipline under § 11.2(c): $130.00.
(ii) Of the Director of Enrollment and
Discipline under § 11.2(d): $130.00.
(6) [Reserved]
(7) Annual practitioner maintenance
fee for registered attorney or agent.
(i) Active Status: $120.00.
(ii) Voluntary Inactive Status: $25.00.
(iii) Fee for requesting restoration to
active status from voluntary inactive
status: $50.00.
(iv) Balance due upon restoration to
active status from voluntary inactive
status: $100.00.
(8) Annual practitioner maintenance
fee for individual granted limited
recognition: $120.00.
(9)(i) Delinquency fee: $50.00.
(ii) Administrative reinstatement fee:
$100.00.
(10) On application by a person for
recognition or registration after
disbarment or suspension on ethical
grounds, or resignation pending
disciplinary proceedings in any other
jurisdiction; on application by a person
for recognition or registration who is
asserting rehabilitation from prior
conduct that resulted in an adverse
decision in the Office regarding the
person’s moral character; and on
application by a person for recognition
or registration after being convicted of a
felony or crime involving moral
turpitude or breach of fiduciary duty; on
petition for reinstatement by a person
excluded or suspended on ethical
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
grounds, or excluded on consent from
practice before the Office: $1,600.00.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) International type search reports:
For preparing an international type
search report of an international type
search made at the time of the first
action on the merits in a national patent
application: $40.00.
(g) Self-service copy charge, per page:
$0.25.
(h) For recording each assignment,
agreement, or other paper relating to the
property in a patent or application, per
property:
(1) If submitted electronically, on or
after January 1, 2014: $0.00.
(2) If not submitted electronically:
$40.00.
(i) Publication in Official Gazette: For
publication in the Official Gazette of a
notice of the availability of an
application or a patent for licensing or
sale: Each application or patent: $25.00.
(j) Labor charges for services, per hour
or fraction thereof: $40.00.
(k) For items and services that the
Director finds may be supplied, for
which fees are not specified by statute
or by this part, such charges as may be
determined by the Director with respect
to each such item or service: Actual
cost.
*
*
*
*
*
(n) For handling an application in
which proceedings are terminated
pursuant to § 1.53(e): $130.00.
■ 9. Section 1.27 is amended by revising
paragraph (c)(3) introductory text to
read as follows:
§ 1.27 Definition of small entities and
establishing status as a small entity to
permit payment of small entity fees; when
a determination of entitlement to small
entity status and notification of loss of
entitlement to small entity status are
required; fraud on the Office.
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(3) Assertion by payment of the small
entity basic filing, basic transmittal,
basic national fee, or international
search fee. The payment, by any party,
of the exact amount of one of the small
entity basic filing fees set forth in
§§ 1.16(a), 1.16(b), 1.16(c), 1.16(d),
1.16(e), the small entity transmittal fee
set forth in § 1.445(a)(1), the small entity
international search fee set forth in
§ 1.445(a)(2) to a Receiving Office other
than the United States Receiving Office
in the exact amount established for that
Receiving Office pursuant to PCT Rule
16, or the small entity basic national fee
set forth in § 1.492(a), will be treated as
a written assertion of entitlement to
small entity status even if the type of
basic filing, basic transmittal, or basic
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
national fee is inadvertently selected in
error.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 10. Section 1.48 is amended by adding
paragraph (c) to read as follows:
§ 1.48 Correction of inventorship pursuant
to 35 U.S.C. 116 or correction of the name
or order of names in a patent application,
other than a reissue application.
*
4289
Receiving Office for transmittal of an
international application to the
International Bureau for processing in
its capacity as a Receiving Office (PCT
Rule 19.4):
(i) For a fee equivalent to the
transmittal fee in paragraph (a)(1) of this
section filed on or after January 1, 2014:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
(ii) For a fee equivalent to the
transmittal fee in paragraph
(a)(1) of this section filed
before January 1, 2014 .........
$60.00
120.00
*
*
*
*
(c) Any request to correct or change
the inventorship under paragraph (a) of
this section filed after the Office action
on the merits has been given or mailed
in the application must also be
accompanied by the fee set forth in
§ 1.17(d), unless the request is
accompanied by a statement that the
request to correct or change the
inventorship is due solely to the
cancelation of claims in the application.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 11. Section 1.445 is amended by
revising paragraph (a) introductory text
and paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(2) through
(4), and (b) to read as follows:
(b) The international filing fee shall be
as prescribed in PCT Rule 15.
■ 12. Section 1.482 is revised to read as
follows:
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
240.00
240.00
§ 1.482 International preliminary
examination fees.
(a) The following fees and charges for
international preliminary examination
are established by the Director under the
authority of 35 U.S.C. 376:
(1) The following preliminary
§ 1.445 International application filing,
examination fee is due on filing the
processing and search fees.
Demand:
(a) The following fees and charges for
(i) If an international search fee as set
international applications are
forth in § 1.445(a)(2) has been paid on
established by law or by the Director
the international application to the
under the authority of 35 U.S.C. 376:
United States Patent and Trademark
(1) * * *
Office as an International Searching
(i) A basic portion:
Authority:
(A) For a transmittal fee paid on or
(A) For an international search fee
after January 1, 2014:
filed on or after January 1, 2014:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
$60.00
120.00
240.00
(B) For a transmittal fee paid before
January 1, 2014: $240.00.
*
*
*
*
*
(2) A search fee (see 35 U.S.C. 361(d)
and PCT Rule 16):
(i) For a search fee paid on or after
January 1, 2014:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$520.00
1,040.00
2,080.00
(ii) For a search fee paid before
January 1, 2014: $2,080.00.
(3) A supplemental search fee when
required, per additional invention:
(i) For a supplemental search fee paid
on or after January 1, 2014:
$150.00
300.00
600.00
(B) For an international search fee
filed before January 1, 2014: $600.00.
(ii) If the International Searching
Authority for the international
application was an authority other than
the United States Patent and Trademark
Office:
(A) For an international search fee
filed on or after January 1, 2014:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$190.00
380.00
760.00
(B) For an international search fee
filed before January 1, 2014: $750.00.
(2) An additional preliminary
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
$520.00 examination fee when required, per
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
1,040.00 additional invention:
By other than a small or micro
(i) For an additional preliminary
entity .....................................
2,080.00
examination fee filed on or after January
(ii) For a supplemental search fee paid 1, 2014:
before January 1, 2014: $2,080.00.
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
$150.00
(4) A fee equivalent to the transmittal
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
300.00
fee in paragraph (a)(1) of this section
By other than a small or micro
that would apply if the USPTO was the
entity .....................................
600.00
PO 00000
Frm 00079
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
4290
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
(ii) For an additional preliminary
examination fee filed before January 1,
2014: $600.00.
(b) The handling fee is due on filing
the Demand and shall be prescribed in
PCT Rule 57.
■ 13. Section 1.492 is revised to read as
follows:
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
600.00
(c) The examination fee for an
international application entering the
national stage under 35 U.S.C. 371:
(1) If an international preliminary
examination report on the international
application prepared by the United
States International Preliminary
§ 1.492 National stage fees.
Examining Authority or a written
The following fees and charges are
opinion on the international application
established for international
prepared by the United States
applications entering the national stage
International Searching Authority states
under 35 U.S.C. 371:
that the criteria of novelty, inventive
(a) The basic national fee for an
step (non-obviousness), and industrial
international application entering the
applicability, as defined in PCT Article
national stage under 35 U.S.C. 371:
33 (1) to (4) have been satisfied for all
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
$70.00
of the claims presented in the
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
140.00
application entering the national stage:
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
280.00
(b) Search fee for an international
application entering the national stage
under 35 U.S.C. 371:
(1) If an international preliminary
examination report on the international
application prepared by the United
States International Preliminary
Examining Authority or a written
opinion on the international application
prepared by the United States
International Searching Authority states
that the criteria of novelty, inventive
step (non-obviousness), and industrial
applicability, as defined in PCT Article
33(1) to (4) have been satisfied for all of
the claims presented in the application
entering the national stage:
$0.00
0.00
0.00
(2) In all situations not provided for
in paragraph (c)(1) of this section:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) $180.00.
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$360.00
720.00
(d) In addition to the basic national
fee, for filing or on later presentation at
any other time of each claim in
independent form in excess of 3:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$105.00
210.00
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$35.00
70.00
140.00
(i) For filing an English translation of
an international application or any
annexes to an international preliminary
examination report later than thirty
months after the priority date (§ 1.495(c)
and (e)):
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$35.00
70.00
140.00
(j) Application size fee for any
international application, the
specification and drawings of which
exceed 100 sheets of paper, for each
additional 50 sheets or fraction thereof:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$100.00
200.00
400.00
PART 41—PRACTICE BEFORE THE
PATENT TRIAL AND APPEAL BOARD
14. The authority citation for part 41
is revised to read as follows:
■
420.00
Authority: 35 U.S.C. 2(b)(2), 3(a)(2)(A), 21,
(e) In addition to the basic national
23, 32, 41, 134, 135, and Public Law 112–29.
fee, for filing or on later presentation at
any other time of each claim (whether
■ 15. Section 41.20 is revised to read as
0.00 dependent or independent) in excess of
follows:
(2) If the search fee as set forth in
20 (note that § 1.75(c) indicates how
§ 41.20 Fees.
§ 1.445(a)(2) has been paid on the
multiple dependent claims are
international application to the United
considered for fee calculation purposes):
(a) Petition fee. The fee for filing a
States Patent and Trademark Office as
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
$20.00 petition under this part is: $400.00.
(b) Appeal fees. (1) For filing a notice
an International Searching Authority:
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
40.00
of appeal from the examiner to the
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
$30.00 By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
80.00 Patent Trial and Appeal Board:
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
60.00
By other than a small or micro
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
$200.00
(f) In addition to the basic national
entity .....................................
120.00
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
400.00
fee, if the application contains, or is
By other than a small or micro
(3) If an international search report on amended to contain, a multiple
entity .....................................
800.00
the international application has been
dependent claim, per application:
(2)(i) For filing a brief in support of an
prepared by an International Searching
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
$195.00
Authority other than the United States
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
390.00 appeal in an application or ex parte
reexamination proceeding: $0.00.
International Searching Authority and is By other than a small or micro
(ii) In addition to the fee for filing a
entity .....................................
780.00
provided, or has been previously
notice of appeal, for filing a brief in
communicated by the International
(g) If the excess claims fees required
support of an appeal in an inter partes
Bureau, to the Office:
by paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section
reexamination proceeding:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
$120.00 and multiple dependent claim fee
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
240.00 required by paragraph (f) of this section
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
$500.00
By other than a small or micro
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
1,000.00
are not paid with the basic national fee
entity .....................................
480.00
By other than a small or micro
or on later presentation of the claims for
entity .....................................
2,000.00
(4) In all situations not provided for
which excess claims or multiple
(3) For filing a request for an oral
in paragraphs (b)(1), (2), or (3) of this
dependent claim fees are due, the fees
hearing before the Board in an appeal
section:
required by paragraphs (d), (e), and (f)
under 35 U.S.C. 134:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
$150.00 of this section must be paid or the
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
300.00 claims canceled by amendment prior to
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
$325.00
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
the expiration of the time period set for
reply by the Office in any notice of fee
deficiency in order to avoid
abandonment.
(h) Surcharge for filing any of the
search fee, the examination fee, or the
oath or declaration after the date of the
commencement of the national stage
(§ 1.491(a)) pursuant to § 1.495(c):
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
$0.00
0.00
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00080
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
650.00
1,300.00
(4) In addition to the fee for filing a
notice of appeal, for forwarding an
appeal in an application or ex parte
reexamination proceeding to the Board:
By a micro entity (§ 1.29) ........
By a small entity (§ 1.27(a)) ....
By other than a small or micro
entity .....................................
$500.00
1,000.00
2,000.00
16. Section 41.37 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a) and (b) to read
as follows:
■
§ 41.37
Appeal brief.
(a) Timing. Appellant must file a brief
under this section within two months
from the date of filing the notice of
appeal under § 41.31. The appeal brief
fee in an application or ex parte
reexamination proceeding is $0.00, but
if the appeal results in an examiner’s
answer, the appeal forwarding fee set
forth in § 41.20(b)(4) must be paid
within the time period specified in
§ 41.48 to avoid dismissal of an appeal.
(b) Failure to file a brief. On failure to
file the brief within the period specified
in paragraph (a) of this section, the
appeal will stand dismissed.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 17. Section 41.45 is added to read as
follows:
§ 41.45
Appeal forwarding fee.
TKELLEY on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with
(a) Timing. Appellant in an
application or ex parte reexamination
proceeding must pay the fee set forth in
§ 41.20(b)(4) within the later of two
months from the date of either the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:13 Jan 17, 2013
Jkt 229001
examiner’s answer, or a decision
refusing to grant a petition under § 1.181
of this chapter to designate a new
ground of rejection in an examiner’s
answer.
(b) Failure to pay appeal forwarding
fee. On failure to fee set forth in
§ 41.20(b)(4) within the period specified
in paragraph (a) of this section, the
appeal will stand dismissed.
(c) Extensions of time. Extensions of
time under § 1.136(a) of this title for
patent applications are not applicable to
the time period set forth in this section.
See § 1.136(b) of this title for extensions
of time to reply for patent applications
and § 1.550(c) of this title for extensions
of time to reply for ex parte
reexamination proceedings.
PART 42—TRIAL PRACTICE BEFORE
THE PATENT TRIAL AND APPEAL
BOARD
18. The authority citation for part 42
is revised to read as follows:
■
Authority: 35 U.S.C. 2(b)(2), 6, 21, 23,
41,135, 311, 312, 316, 321–326 and Public
Law 112–29.
19. Section 42.15 is revised to read as
follows:
■
§ 42.15
Fees.
(a) On filing a petition for inter partes
review of a patent, payment of the
following fees are due:
(1) Inter Partes Review request fee:
$9,000.00.
(2) Inter Partes Review PostInstitution fee: $14,000.00.
(3) In addition to the Inter Partes
Review request fee, for requesting
PO 00000
Frm 00081
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
4291
review of each claim in excess of 20:
$200.00.
(4) In addition to the Inter Partes PostInstitution request fee, for requesting
review of each claim in excess of 15:
$400.00.
(b) On filing a petition for post-grant
review or covered business method
patent review of a patent, payment of
the following fees are due:
(1) Post-Grant or Covered Business
Method Patent Review request fee:
$12,000.00.
(2) Post-Grant or Covered Business
Method Patent Review Post-Institution
fee: $18,000.00.
(3) In addition to the Post-Grant or
Covered Business Method Patent
Review request fee, for requesting
review of each claim in excess of 20:
$250.00.
(4) In addition to the Post-Grant or
Covered Business Method Patent
Review request fee Post-Institution
request fee, for requesting review of
each claim in excess of 15: $550.00.
(c) On the filing of a petition for a
derivation proceeding, payment of the
following fees is due:
(1) Derivation petition fee: $400.00.
(d) Any request requiring payment of
a fee under this part, including a written
request to make a settlement agreement
available: $400.00.
Dated: January 11, 2013.
David J. Kappos,
Under Secretary of Commerce for Intellectual
Property and Director of the United States
Patent and Trademark Office.
[FR Doc. 2013–00819 Filed 1–17–13; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510–16–P
E:\FR\FM\18JAR2.SGM
18JAR2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 78, Number 13 (Friday, January 18, 2013)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 4211-4291]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2013-00819]
[[Page 4211]]
Vol. 78
Friday,
No. 13
January 18, 2013
Part II
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Patent and Trademark Office
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
37 CFR Parts 1, 41, and 42
Setting and Adjusting Patent Fees; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 78 , No. 13 / Friday, January 18, 2013 /
Rules and Regulations
[[Page 4212]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
Patent and Trademark Office
37 CFR Parts 1, 41, and 42
[Docket No. PTO-C-2011-0008]
RIN 0651-AC54
Setting and Adjusting Patent Fees
AGENCY: United States Patent and Trademark Office, Department of
Commerce.
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The United States Patent and Trademark Office (Office or
USPTO) sets or adjusts patent fees in this rulemaking as authorized by
the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act (Act or AIA). The fees will provide
the Office with a sufficient amount of aggregate revenue to recover its
aggregate cost of patent operations, while helping the Office implement
a sustainable funding model, reduce the current patent application
backlog, decrease patent application pendency, improve patent quality,
and upgrade the Office's patent business information technology (IT)
capability and infrastructure. The fees also will further key policy
considerations. The Office also reduces fees for micro entities under
section 10(b) of the Act by 75 percent in this rulemaking and extends
the existing fee discount of 50 percent for small entities to
additional fees in this rulemaking.
DATES: This rule is effective on March 19, 2013, except for amendments
to Sec. 1.18(a)(1), (b)(1), (c)(1), and (d)(1) (patent issue and
publication fees); Sec. 1.21(h)(1) (fee for recording a patent
assignment electronically); Sec. 1.482(a)(1)(i)(A), (a)(1)(ii)(A), and
(a)(2)(i) (international application filing, processing and search
fees); and Sec. 1.445(a)(1)(i)(A), (a)(2)(i), (a)(3)(i), and (a)(4)(i)
(international application transmittal and search fees), which will be
effective on January 1, 2014.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Michelle Picard, Office of the Chief
Financial Officer, by telephone at (571) 272-6354 or by email at
michelle.picard@uspto.gov; or Dianne Buie, Office of Planning and
Budget, by telephone at (571) 272-6301 or by email at
dianne.buie@uspto.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This rule was proposed in a notice of
proposed rulemaking published at 77 FR 55028 (Sept. 6, 2012)
(hereinafter NPRM).
Table of Contents
I. Executive Summary
II. Legal Framework
III. Rulemaking Goals and Strategies
IV. Fee Setting Methodology
V. Individual Fee Rationale
VI. Discussion of Comments
VII. Discussion of Specific Rules
VIII. Rulemaking Considerations
I. Executive Summary
A. Purpose of This Action
Section 10 of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act authorizes the
Director of the USPTO to set or adjust by rule any patent fee
established, authorized, or charged under Title 35, United States Code
(U.S.C.) for any services performed by, or materials furnished by, the
Office. Section 10 prescribes that fees may be set or adjusted only to
recover the aggregate estimated costs to the Office for processing,
activities, services, and materials relating to patents, including
administrative costs to the Office with respect to such patent
operations. Section 10 authority includes flexibility to set individual
fees in a way that furthers key policy considerations, while taking
into account the cost of the respective services. See Section 10 of the
Act, Public Law 112-29, 125 Stat. at 316-17. Section 10 also
establishes certain procedural requirements for setting or adjusting
fee regulations, such as public hearings and input from the Patent
Public Advisory Committee and oversight by Congress.
The fee schedule in this final rule will recover the aggregate
estimated costs of the Office while achieving strategic and operational
goals, such as implementing a sustainable funding model, reducing the
current patent application backlog, decreasing patent application
pendency, improving patent quality, and upgrading the patent IT
business capability and infrastructure.
The United States economy depends on high quality and timely
patents to protect new ideas and investments for business and job
growth. To reduce the backlog and decrease patent application pendency,
the USPTO must examine significantly more patent applications than it
receives each year for the next several years. Bringing the number of
applications in the backlog down to a manageable level, while at the
same time keeping pace with the new patent applications expected to be
filed each year, requires the Office to collect more aggregate revenue
than it estimates that it will collect at existing fee rates. The
Office estimates that the additional aggregate revenue derived from
this fee schedule will enable a decrease in total patent application
pendency by 11.3 months during the five-year planning horizon (fiscal
year (FY) 2013-FY 2017), thus permitting a patentee to obtain a patent
sooner than he or she would have under the status quo fee schedule. The
additional revenue from this fee schedule also will recover the cost to
begin building a three-month patent operating reserve. The Office
estimates that the patent operating reserve will accumulate almost two
months of patent operating expenses by the end of the five-year
planning horizon (FY 2013-FY 2017) and will reach the three-month
target in FY 2018, thereby continuing to build a sustainable funding
model that will aid the Office in maintaining shorter pendency and an
optimal patent application inventory.
Additionally, the fee schedule in this final rule will advance key
policy considerations while taking into account the cost of individual
services. For example, the rule includes multipart and staged fees for
requests for continued examination (RCEs), appeals, and contested
cases, all of which aim to increase patent prosecution options for
applicants. Also, this rule includes a new 75 percent fee reduction for
micro entities and expands the availability of the 50 percent fee
reduction for small entities as required under section 10, providing
small entities a discount on more than 25 patent fees that do not
currently qualify for a small entity discount.
B. Summary of Provisions Impacted by This Action
This final rule sets or adjusts 351 patent fees--93 apply to large
entities (any reference herein to ``large entity'' includes all
entities other than small or micro entities), 94 to small entities, 93
to micro entities, and 71 are not entity-specific. Of the 93 large
entity fees, 71 are adjusted, 18 are set at existing fee amounts, and 4
were first proposed in the preceding NPRM. Of the 94 small entity fees,
85 are adjusted, 5 are set at existing fee amounts, and 4 were first
proposed in the NPRM. There are 93 new micro entity fees first proposed
in the NPRM that are set at a reduction of 75 percent from the large
entity fee amounts. Of the 71 fees that are not entity-specific, 9 are
adjusted in this rule, and 62 are set at existing fee amounts.
In all, once effective, the routine fees to obtain a patent (i.e.,
filing, search, examination, publication, and issue fees) will decrease
by at least 23 percent under this final rule relative to the current
fee schedule. Also, despite increases in some fees, applicants who meet
the new micro entity definition will pay less than the amount paid for
small entity fees under the current fee schedule for 87 percent of the
fees eligible for a discount under section 10(b). Additional
information describing
[[Page 4213]]
the adjustments is included in Part V. Individual Fee Rationale section
of Supplementary Information for this final rulemaking.
C. Summary of Costs and Benefits of This Action
The Office prepared a Regulatory Impact Analysis (RIA) to consider
the costs and benefits of this final rule over a five-year period (FY
2013-FY 2017). In the RIA developed for the NPRM, the Office offered a
discussion of monetized and qualitative costs that could be derived
from the proposed patent fee schedule. The Office made several
inferences using internal data and relevant academic literature. Upon
further review of the proposed rulemaking and source materials, and
consistent with OMB Circular A-4, Regulatory Analysis, as discussed
further in the RIA, the USPTO no longer monetizes costs and benefits in
the final rule or the RIA. Rather, this final rule for the purposes of
regulatory review is considered to be a transfer payment from one group
to another, and discussion of all costs and benefits is qualitative in
nature. Thus, the RIA for this final rule outlines the transfer and
assesses the qualitative benefits and costs that accrue to patent
applicants, patent holders, and other patent stakeholders in the United
States. The RIA includes a qualitative comparison of the final fee
schedule to the current fee schedule (Baseline) and to three other
alternatives considered. The RIA assesses the change in qualitative
costs or benefits related to the changes in the final fee schedule
using certain key indicators when comparing the Baseline. The RIA
concludes that the patent fee schedule set forth in this final rule has
the most significant net benefit among the alternatives considered. See
Table 1. The complete RIA is available for review at https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/fees.jsp#heading-1.
Table 1--Final Patent Fee Schedule Costs and Benefits, Cumulative FY
2013--FY 2017
------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transfers
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transfers................................. $13,993 million
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Qualitative Costs and Benefits
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs:
Cost of patent operations............. Minimal
Lost patent value from a decrease in Minimal
patent applications.
Benefit:
Increase in private patent value from Significant
a decrease in pendency.
Fee Schedule Design Benefits.......... Moderate
(Significant, Moderate, Not
Significant).
Decreased Uncertainty Effect.......... Significant
(Significant, Moderate, Not
Significant).
Net Benefit........................... Significant
------------------------------------------------------------------------
To assess the qualitative benefits of the final fee schedule, the
Office considered how the value of a patent would increase under the
final fee schedule, as well as benefits from improving the fee schedule
design and benefits from decreased uncertainty. When patent application
pendency decreases, a patentee holds the exclusive right to the
invention sooner, which increases the private value of that patent.
Because the outcomes of this final rule will decrease patent
application pendency, the Office expects that the private patent value
will increase considerably, relative to the Baseline. Likewise, the
design of the final fee schedule offers benefits relating to the three
policy factors considered for setting individual fees as described in
Part III of this final rule, namely, fostering innovation, facilitating
effective administration of the patent system, and offering patent
prosecution options to applicants. By maintaining the current fee
setting philosophy of keeping front-end fees below the cost of
application processing and recovering revenue from back-end fees, the
final fee schedule continues to foster innovation and ease access to
the patent system. The final fee schedule also continues to offer
incentives and disincentives to engage in certain activities that
facilitate effective administration of the patent system and help
reduce the amount of time it takes to have a patent application
examined. For example, application size fees, extension of time fees,
and excess claims fees remain in place to facilitate the prompt
conclusion of prosecution of an application. The final fee schedule
likewise includes multipart and staged fees for RCEs, appeals, and
contested cases, all of which aim to increase patent prosecution
options for applicants. The qualitative benefits of the fee schedule
design include new options for applicants to reduce their front-end
costs for some services (e.g., appeals) until they have more
information to determine the best prosecution option for their
innovation. Lastly, shortening pendency reduces uncertainty regarding
the claimed invention and scope of patent rights for patentees,
competitors, and new entrants. Reducing uncertainty has a significant
benefit in terms of clarity of patent rights, freedom to innovate, and
the efficient operation of markets for technology.
To assess the qualitative costs of the final fee schedule, the
Office assessed the costs of its patent operations. The Office's cost
of patent operations varies depending on the number of incoming patent
applications and the amount of resources available. As discussed in
Part IV. Fee Setting Methodology (see Step 1), the cost of operations
included in this final rule also reduced slightly from that estimated
in the NPRM. See Table 1.
For FY 2013--FY 2015, the Office continues to project an annual
increase in the number of serialized patent application filings, though
the increases to some fees in the new fee structure may result in a
slightly slower growth rate than that estimated under the Baseline.
Nevertheless, the Office estimated that new patent application filings
would return to the same annual growth rate anticipated in the absence
of fee increases beginning in FY 2016. Overall, the demand for patent
application services is generally inelastic (see USPTO Section 10 Fee
Setting--Description of Elasticity Estimates,'' at https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/fees.jsp#heading-1), and even with
these slight decreases, the total number of patent applications filed
is projected to grow year-after-year. The Office considered the cost
associated with this slight reduction in patent applications filed as a
reduction to the benefit of the increased patent value when assessing
the overall net benefit of the final fee schedule. See Table 1.
Additional details describing the benefits and costs of the final
fee schedule are available in the RIA at https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/fees.jsp#heading-1.
II. Legal Framework
A. Leahy-Smith America Invents Act--Section 10
The Leahy-Smith America Invents Act was enacted into law on
September 16, 2011. See Public Law 112-29, 125 Stat. 284. Section 10(a)
of the Act authorizes the Director of the Office to set or adjust by
rule any patent fee established, authorized, or charged under Title 35,
U.S.C. for any services performed by, or
[[Page 4214]]
materials furnished by, the Office. Fees under 35 U.S.C. may be set or
adjusted only to recover the aggregate estimated cost to the Office for
processing, activities, services, and materials related to patents,
including administrative costs to the Office with respect to such
patent operations. See 125 Stat. at 316. Provided that the fees in the
aggregate achieve overall aggregate cost recovery, the Director may set
individual fees under section 10 at, below, or above their respective
cost. The Office's current fee structure includes statutory fees (set
by Congress) that provide lower, below cost fees on the front end of
the patent process (e.g., filing, searching, and examination fees),
which are in turn balanced out by higher, above cost fees on the back
end (i.e., issue and maintenance fees). This balance enables the Office
to provide lower costs to enter the patent system, making it easier for
inventors to pursue patents for their innovations, and these lower
front-end fees are off-set by higher back-end fees. Congress set this
balance when it established the existing statutory fee structure, and
the Office continues to follow this model with the fee structure in
this final rule, because a key policy consideration is to foster
innovation by facilitating access to the patent system. Section 10(e)
of the Act requires the Director to publish the final fee rule in the
Federal Register and the Official Gazette of the Patent and Trademark
Office at least 45 days before the final fees become effective. Section
10(i) terminates the Director's authority to prospectively set or
adjust any fee under section 10(a) upon the expiration of the seven-
year period that began on September 16, 2011.
B. Small Entity Fee Reduction
Section 10(b) of the AIA requires the Office to reduce by 50
percent the fees for small entities that are set or adjusted under
section 10(a) for filing, searching, examining, issuing, appealing, and
maintaining patent applications and patents.
C. Micro Entity Fee Reduction
Section 10(g) of the AIA amends Chapter 11 of Title 35, U.S.C. to
add section 123 concerning micro entities. Section 10(b) of the Act
requires the Office to reduce by 75 percent the fees for micro entities
that are set or adjusted under Section 10(a) for filing, searching,
examining, issuing, appealing, and maintaining patent applications and
patents. In a separate rulemaking, pursuant to 35 U.S.C. 123, the
Office implemented the micro entity provisions of the AIA. See 77 FR
75019 (Dec. 19, 2012).
D. Patent Public Advisory Committee Role
The Secretary of Commerce established the Patent Public Advisory
Committee (PPAC) under the American Inventors Protection Act of 1999.
35 U.S.C. 5. The PPAC advises the Under Secretary of Commerce for
Intellectual Property and Director of the USPTO on the management,
policies, goals, performance, budget, and user fees of patent
operations.
When adopting patent fees under section 10 of the Act, the Director
must provide the PPAC with the proposed fees at least 45 days prior to
publishing the proposed fees in the Federal Register. The PPAC then has
at least 30 days within which to deliberate, consider, and comment on
the proposal, as well as to hold public hearing(s) on the proposed
fees. The PPAC must make a written report available to the public of
the comments, advice, and recommendations of the committee regarding
the proposed fees before the Office issues any final fees. The Office
will consider and analyze any comments, advice, or recommendations
received from the PPAC before finally setting or adjusting fees.
Consistent with this framework, on February 7, 2012, the Director
notified the PPAC of the Office's intent to set or adjust patent fees
and submitted a preliminary patent fee proposal with supporting
materials. The preliminary patent fee proposal and associated materials
are available at https://www.uspto.gov/about/advisory/ppac/. The PPAC
held two public hearings: one in Alexandria, Virginia, on February 15,
2012, and another in Sunnyvale, California, on February 23, 2012.
Transcripts of these hearings and comments submitted to the PPAC in
writing are available for review at https://www.uspto.gov/about/advisory/ppac/.
The PPAC submitted a written report on September 24, 2012, setting
forth in detail the comments, advice, and recommendations of the
committee regarding the proposed fees. The report is available for
review at https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/fees.jsp#heading-1.
The Office considered and analyzed the comments, advice, and
recommendations received from the PPAC before publishing this final
rule. The Office's response to the PPAC's report is available in the
Discussion of Comments at Part VI of this rulemaking.
III. Rulemaking Goals and Strategies
Consistent with the Office's goals and obligations under the AIA,
the overall strategy of this rulemaking is to ensure that the fee
schedule generates sufficient revenue to recover aggregate costs.
Another strategy is to set individual fees to further key policy
considerations while taking into account the cost of the particular
service. As to the strategy of balancing aggregate revenue and
aggregate cost, this rule will provide sufficient revenue for two
significant USPTO goals: (1) Implement a sustainable funding model for
operations; and (2) optimize patent timeliness and quality. As to the
strategy of setting individual fees to further key policy
considerations, the policy factors contemplated are: (1) Fostering
innovation; (2) facilitating effective administration of the patent
system; and (3) offering patent prosecution options to applicants.
These fee schedule goals and strategies are consistent with
strategic goals and objectives detailed in the USPTO 2010-2015
Strategic Plan (Strategic Plan) that is available at https://www.uspto.gov/about/stratplan/USPTO_2010-2015_Strategic_Plan.pdf, as
amended by Appendix 1 of the FY 2013 President's Budget,
available at https://www.uspto.gov/about/stratplan/budget/fy13pbr.pdf
(collectively referred to herein as ``Strategic Goals''). The Strategic
Plan defines the USPTO's mission and long-term goals and presents the
actions the Office will take to realize those goals. The significant
actions the Office describes in the Strategic Plan that are specific to
the goals of this rulemaking are implementing a sustainable funding
model, reducing the patent application backlog, decreasing patent
application pendency, improving patent quality, and upgrading the
Office's patent IT business capability and infrastructure.
Likewise, the fee schedule goals and strategies also support the
Strategy for American Innovation--an Administration initiative first
released in September 2009, and updated in February 2011, that is
available at https://www.whitehouse.gov/innovation/strategy. The
Strategy for American Innovation recognizes innovation as the
foundation of American economic growth and national competitiveness.
Economic growth in advanced economies like the United States is driven
by creating new and better ways of producing goods and services, a
process that triggers new and productive investments, which is the
cornerstone of economic growth. Achieving the Strategy for American
Innovation depends, in part, on the USPTO's success in reducing the
patent application backlog and in decreasing patent application
pendency--both of which stall the delivery of innovative
[[Page 4215]]
goods and services to market and impede economic growth and the
creation of high-paying jobs. This rule positions the USPTO to reduce
the patent application backlog and decrease patent application
pendency.
A. Ensure the Overall Fee Schedule Generates Sufficient Revenue To
Recover Aggregate Cost
The first fee setting strategy is to ensure that the fee schedule
generates sufficient aggregate revenue to recover the aggregate cost to
maintain USPTO operations and accomplish USPTO strategic goals. Two
overriding principles motivate the Office in this regard: (1) Operating
with a more sustainable funding model than in the past to avoid
disruptions caused by fluctuations in the economy; and (2)
accomplishing strategic goals, including the imperatives of reducing
the patent application backlog and decreasing patent application
pendency. Each principle is discussed in greater detail below.
1. Implement a Sustainable Funding Model for Operations
As explained in the Strategic Plan, the Office's objective of
implementing a sustainable funding model for operations will facilitate
USPTO's long-term operational and financial planning and enable the
Office to adapt to changes in the economy and in operational workload.
Since 1982, patent fees that generate most of the patent revenue
(e.g., filing, search, examination, issue, and maintenance fees) have
been set by statute, and the Office could adjust these fees only to
reflect changes in the Consumer Price Index (CPI) for All Urban
Consumers, as determined by the Secretary of Labor. Because these fees
were set by statute, the USPTO could not realign or adjust them to
quickly and effectively respond to market demand or changes in
processing costs other than for the CPI. Over the years, these
constraints led to funding variations and shortfalls. Section 10 of the
AIA changed this fee adjustment model and authorized the USPTO to set
or adjust patent fees within the regulatory process so that the Office
will be better able to respond to its rapidly growing workload.
The Budgets (see FY 2013 and FY 2014 President's Budget Requests at
https://www.uspto.gov/about/stratplan/budget/index.jsp) delineate the
annual plans and prospective aggregate costs to execute the initiatives
in the Strategic Plan. One of these costs is the growth of a three-
month patent operating reserve to allow effective management of the
U.S. patent system and responsiveness to changes in the economy,
unanticipated production workload, and revenue changes, while
maintaining operations and effectuating long-term strategies. The
Office evaluated the optimal size of the operating reserve by examining
specific risk factors. There are two main factors that create a risk of
volatility in patent operations--spending levels and revenue streams.
After reviewing other organizations' operating reserves, the Office
found that a fully fee-funded organization such as the USPTO should
maintain a minimum of a three-month operating reserve. The fee schedule
in this final rule will gradually build the three-month operating
reserve. The USPTO will assess the patent operating reserve balance
against its target balance annually and, at least every two years, will
evaluate whether the target balance continues to be sufficient to
provide the stability in funding needed by the Office. By implementing
this fee schedule, the USPTO anticipates that the three-month patent
operating reserve will be achieved in FY 2018.
The fees in this final rule will provide the USPTO with sufficient
aggregate revenue to recover the aggregate cost to operate the Office
while improving the patent system. During FY 2013, patent operations
will cost $2.479 billion after accounting for an offset to spending
from other income of $23 million and a withdrawal from the operating
reserve of $28 million. The final fee schedule should generate $2.479
billion in aggregate revenue to offset these costs. Once the Office
transitions to the fee levels set forth in this final rule, it
estimates an additional $11.5 billion in aggregate revenue will be
generated from FY 2014 through FY 2017 to recover the total aggregate
cost over the same time period--$11.1 billion in operating costs and
$0.4 billion in a three-month operating reserve. (See Table 3 in Part
IV, Step 2 of this rule.)
Under the new fee structure, as in the past, the Office will
continue to regularly review its operating budgets and long-range plans
to ensure that the USPTO uses patent fees prudently.
2. Optimize Patent Quality and Timeliness
The Office developed the strategic goal of optimizing patent
quality and timeliness in response to intellectual property (IP)
community feedback, the Strategy for American Innovation, and in
recognition that a sound, efficient, and effective IP system is
essential for technological innovation and for patent holders to reap
the benefits of patent protection.
In past years, a steady increase in incoming patent applications
and insufficient patent examiner hiring due to multi-year funding
shortfalls has led to a large patent application backlog and long
patent application pendency. Decreasing pendency increases the private
value of a patent because the faster a patent is granted, the more
quickly the patent owner can commercialize the innovation. Shorter
pendency also allows for earlier disclosure of the scope of the patent,
which reduces uncertainty for the patentee, potential competitors, and
additional innovators regarding patent rights and the validity of the
patentee's claims.
To reduce the backlog and decrease patent application pendency, the
USPTO must examine significantly more patent applications than it
receives each year for the next several years. Bringing the
applications in the backlog down to a manageable level, while at the
same time keeping pace with the new patent applications expected to be
filed each year, requires the Office to collect more aggregate revenue
than it estimates that it will collect at existing fee rates. The
Office needs this additional revenue to hire additional patent
examiners, improve the patent business IT capability and
infrastructure, and implement other programs to optimize the timeliness
of patent examination. This final rule will result in an average first
action patent application pendency of 10 months in FY 2016, an average
total pendency of 20 months in FY 2017, and a reduced patent
application backlog and inventory of approximately 335,000 patent
applications by FY 2016. This would be a significant improvement over
the 21.9 months and 32.4 months for average first action patent
application pendency and average total pendency, respectively, at the
end of FY 2012. Under this final rule, the patent application backlog
is also expected to decrease significantly from the 608,300
applications in inventory as of the end of FY 2012.
In addition to timeliness of patent protection, the quality of
application review is critical to ensure that the value of an issued
patent is high. Quality issuance of patents provides certainty in the
market and allows businesses and innovators to make informed and timely
decisions on product and service development. Through this final rule,
the Office will continue to improve patent quality through
comprehensive training for new and experienced examiners, an expanded
and enhanced ombudsmen program to help resolve questions about
[[Page 4216]]
applications, improved hiring processes, and guidelines for examiners
to address clarity issues in patent applications. The Office also will
continue to encourage interviews between applicants and examiners to
help clarify allowable subject matter early in the examination process
and to encourage interviews later in prosecution to resolve outstanding
issues. Lastly, the Office will continue to reengineer the examination
process, and to monitor and measure examination using a comprehensive
set of metrics that analyze the quality of the entire process.
In addition to direct improvements to patent quality and
timeliness, the USPTO's development and implementation of the patent
end-to-end processing system using the revenue generated from this fee
structure will improve the efficiency of the patent system. The IT
architecture and systems in place currently are obsolete and difficult
to maintain, leaving the USPTO highly vulnerable to disruptions in
patent operations. Additionally, the current IT systems require patent
employees and external stakeholders to perform labor-intensive business
processes manually, decreasing the efficiency of the patent system.
This final rule provides the Office with sufficient revenue to
modernize its IT systems so that the majority of applications are
submitted, handled, and prosecuted electronically. Improved automation
will benefit both the Office and innovation community.
B. Set Individual Fees To Further Key Policy Considerations, While
Taking Into Account the Costs of the Particular Service
The second fee setting strategy is to set individual fees to
further key policy considerations, while taking into account the cost
of the associated service or activity. This fee schedule recovers the
aggregate cost to the Office of operations, while also considering the
individual cost of each service provided. This includes consideration
that some applicants may use particular services in a more costly
manner than other applicants (e.g., patent applications cost more to
process when more claims are filed). The final fee schedule considers
three key policy factors: (1) Fostering innovation; (2) facilitating
effective administration of the patent system; and (3) offering patent
prosecution options to applicants. The Office focused on these policy
factors because each promotes particular aspects of the U.S. patent
system. Fostering innovation is an important policy factor to ensure
that access to the U.S. patent system is without significant barriers
to entry, and innovation is incentivized by granting inventors certain
short-term exclusive rights to stimulate additional inventive activity.
Facilitating effective administration of the patent system is important
to influence efficient patent prosecution, resulting in compact
prosecution and a decrease in the time it takes to obtain a patent. In
addition, the Office recognizes that patent prosecution is not a one-
size-fits-all process and therefore, where feasible, the Office
endeavors to fulfill its third policy factor of offering patent
prosecution options to applicants. Each of these policy factors is
discussed in greater detail below.
1. Fostering Innovation
To encourage innovators to take advantage of patent protection, the
Office sets basic ``front-end'' fees (e.g., filing, search, and
examination) below the actual cost of carrying out these activities.
Likewise, consistent with the requirements in the Act, the Office
provides fee reductions for small and micro entity innovators to
facilitate access to the patent system. Setting front-end and small and
micro entity fees below cost requires, however, that other fees be set
above cost. To that end, the Office sets basic ``back-end'' fees (e.g.,
issue and maintenance) in excess of costs to recoup revenue not
collected by front-end and small and micro entity fees. Charging higher
back-end fees also fosters innovation and benefits the overall patent
system. After a patent is granted, a patent owner is better positioned,
as opposed to at the time of filing a patent application, to more
closely assess the expected value of an invention, which is a
consideration in determining whether to pay maintenance fees to keep
the patent protecting the invention in force. Expiration of a patent
makes the subject matter of the patent available in the public domain
for subsequent commercialization. Determining the appropriate balance
between front-end and back-end fees is a critical component of aligning
the Office's costs and revenues.
2. Facilitating Effective Administration of the Patent System
The fee structure in this final rule helps facilitate effective
administration of the patent system by encouraging applicants or patent
holders to engage in certain activities that facilitate an effective
patent system. In particular, setting fees at the particular levels
will: (1) Encourage the submission of applications or other actions
that enable examiners to provide prompt, quality interim and final
decisions; (2) encourage the prompt conclusion of prosecution of an
application, which results in pendency reduction, faster dissemination
of information, and certainty in patented inventions; and (3) help
recover the additional costs imposed by some applicants' more intensive
use of certain services that strain the patent system than other
applicants.
3. Offering Patent Prosecution Options to Applicants
The final fee schedule provides applicants with flexible and cost-
effective options for seeking patent protection. For example, the
Office is setting multipart and staged fees for RCEs, appeals, and
contested cases. The Office breaks the RCE fee into two parts. The fee
for a first RCE is set more than 30 percent below cost to facilitate
access to the service and in recognition that most applicants using
RCEs only require one per application. The fee for a second and
subsequent RCE is set only slightly below cost as an option for those
who require multiple RCEs. Likewise, the staging of appeal fees allows
applicants to pay less in situations when an application under appeal
is either allowed or reopened rather than being forwarded to the Patent
Trial and Appeal Board (PTAB). Finally, the establishment of multipart
and staged fees for contested cases improves access to these
proceedings while removing low quality patents from the patent system.
Summary of Rationale and Purpose of the Final Rule
The final patent fee schedule will produce aggregate revenues to
recover the aggregate costs of the USPTO, including for its management
of strategic goals, objectives, and initiatives in FY 2013 and beyond.
Using the two Strategic Plan goals (implementing a sustainable funding
model for operations and optimizing patent quality and timeliness) as a
foundation, the final rule provides sufficient aggregate revenue to
recover the aggregate cost of patent operations, including implementing
a sustainable funding model, reducing the current patent application
backlog, decreasing patent application pendency, improving patent
quality, and upgrading the patent business IT capability and
infrastructure. Additionally, in this final rule, the Office considered
individual fees by evaluating its historical cost (where available) and
considering the policy factors of fostering innovation, facilitating
effective administration of
[[Page 4217]]
the patent system, and offering patent prosecution options to
applicants.
IV. Fee Setting Methodology
As explained in the NPRM, there are three iterative and
interrelated steps involved in developing the fees:
Step 1: Determine the prospective aggregate costs of patent
operations over the five-year period, including the cost of
implementing new initiatives to achieve strategic goals and objectives.
Step 2: Calculate the prospective revenue streams derived from the
individual fee amounts (from Step 3) that will collectively recover the
prospective aggregate cost over the five-year period.
Step 3: Set or adjust individual fee amounts to collectively
(through executing Step 2) recover projected aggregate cost over the
five-year period, while furthering key policy considerations.
A description of how the USPTO carries out these three steps is set
forth in turn. Where key projections or inputs have changed since the
NPRM, the Office explains the reasons underlying the revised estimates.
Step 1: Determine Prospective Aggregate Costs
Calculating aggregate costs is accomplished primarily through the
routine USPTO budget planning and formulation process. The Budget is a
five-year plan (that the Office prepares and updates annually) for
carrying out base programs and implementing the strategic goals and
objectives.
The first activity performed to determine prospective aggregate
cost is to project the level of demand for patent products and
services. Demand for products and services depends on many factors,
including domestic and global economic activity. The USPTO also takes
into account overseas patenting activities, policies and legislation,
and known process efficiencies. Because examination costs are
approximately 70 percent of the total patent operating cost, a primary
production workload driver is the number of patent application filings
(i.e., incoming work to the Office). The Office looks at indicators
such as the expected growth in Real Gross Domestic Product (RGDP), the
leading indicator to incoming patent applications, to estimate
prospective workload. RGDP is reported by the Bureau of Economic
Analysis (www.bea.gov), and is forecasted each February by the Office
of Management and Budget (OMB) (www.omb.gov) in the Economic and Budget
Analyses section of the Analytical Perspectives, and each January by
the Congressional Budget Office (CBO) (www.cbo.gov) in the Budget and
Economic Outlook. A description of the Office's methodology for using
RGDP can be found in the section of the annual budget entitled, ``USPTO
Fee Collection Estimates/Ranges.'' See annual budget available at
https://www.uspto.gov/about/stratplan/budget/index.jsp. The expected
change in the required production workload must then be compared to the
current examination production capacity to determine any required
staffing and operating cost (e.g., salaries, workload processing
contracts, and printing) adjustments. The Office uses a patent
application pendency model that estimates patent production output
based on actual historical data and input assumptions, such as incoming
patent applications, examiner attrition rates, and overtime hours. An
overview of the model and a simulation tool is available at https://www.uspto.gov/patents/stats/patent_pend_model.jsp. Further
information, including a more detailed description of inputs, outputs,
and key data relationships, is available from the Office upon request.
The second activity is to calculate the aggregate costs to execute
the requirements. In developing its annual budgets, the Office first
looks at the cost of status quo operations (the base requirements). The
base requirements (e.g., salaries for employees on-board) are adjusted
for anticipated pay raises and inflationary increases for the periods
FY 2013-FY 2017 (examples of the detailed calculations and assumptions
for this adjustment to base are available in the annual Budgets). The
Office then estimates the prospective cost for expected changes in
production workload and new initiatives over the same period of time
(refer to ``Program Changes by Sub-Activity'' sections of the Budget).
The Office reduces cost estimates for completed initiatives and known
cost savings expected over the same five-year horizon (see page 9 of
the FY 2013 President's Budget). Finally, the Office estimates its
three-month target operating reserve level based on this aggregate cost
calculation for the year to determine if operating reserve adjustments
are necessary.
The estimate for the FY 2013 aggregate costs contained in this
final rule ($2.479 billion) is $125 million less than the estimate
contained in the NPRM ($2.604 billion). The Office lowered its
aggregate cost estimate in response to public comments expressing a
desire for the Office to achieve its goals over a longer timeframe and
to incorporate additional efficiencies into operations. In some
instances, the Office was also able to use more recent data. The most
significant factors affecting the reduction in aggregate costs include:
(1) Decreasing the amount deposited into the operating reserve as well
as extending the timeframe for reaching the target amount of the
operating reserve, and (2) lengthening the timeframe for achieving
pendency goals and optimal inventory levels, and accounting for other
changes related to operational costs and efficiencies. Each is
discussed in turn.
First, the Office decided to slow the growth of the operating
reserve, as well as reduce the amount of fees deposited into the
operating reserve during FY 2013, in response to public and PPAC
comments. See response to PPAC Comment 6 and Public Comments 18 and 19.
The Office is slowing the growth of the operating reserve due to a
reduction in aggregate revenue, as explained in more detail in Step 2,
below. In the NPRM, the Office estimated reaching a target operating
reserve level of three months in FY 2017. In this final rule, the
adjustments to aggregate revenue and fee amounts have slowed the pace
for reaching the three month operating reserve target to beyond the
five-year planning period (approximately FY 2018). (See PPAC Comments
6, 7, 11, 14, 16, and 23; and Public Comments 2, 18, 41, 42, 43, and 45
for additional information). When estimating aggregate costs for the
NPRM, the Office planned to deposit $73 million in the operating
reserve in FY 2013. In the updated estimate of aggregate costs
calculated for this final rule, the Office plans to use $28 million of
operating reserve funds in FY 2013. The net change of activity results
in a decrease of aggregate costs associated with the operating reserve
of $101 million.
The Office is using funds from the operating reserve in FY 2013 due
to two main components of aggregate cost--an increase in the cost of
existing base requirements and the timing of implementing the fees
included in the final rule. As discussed in more detail below, the
Office experienced historically low examiner attrition rates (the rate
at which examiners left the Office). This lower than planned attrition
rate resulted in additional higher paid examiners on board during FY
2013, increasing the aggregate cost of base requirements of patent
examination (existing examiners on board). Additionally, the Office
will publish this final rule one month later than originally
anticipated in the NPRM (April instead of March 2013). This later
publication date reduces the amount of revenue originally estimated to
be
[[Page 4218]]
collected during FY 2013. Further, the Office anticipates a ``bubble''
of fee payments paid at the current fee rates, prior to the effective
date of the fees in this final rule. This ``bubble'' is typical in
years with fee changes. Therefore, these situations require the Office
to use the operating reserve in FY 2013, whereas in FY 2014 through FY
2017, the Office estimates it will deposit funds in the operating
reserve.
Second, many public comments and the PPAC report strongly urged the
Office to achieve the 10 month first action patent application pendency
and the 20 month total patent application pendency goals more gradually
than proposed, and to achieve a ``soft landing'' to reach the optimal
patent application inventory and workforce levels at a slower rate than
proposed. See PPAC Comment 7 and Public Comment 2. During FY 2012, the
Office examined more patent applications than it initially anticipated,
in part because of historically low attrition rates. In the NPRM, the
Office anticipated an attrition of 5.8 percent in FY 2013, but in the
final rule, the Office now anticipates an attrition rate of 4.0 percent
in FY 2013 (the same attrition rate the Office experienced in FY 2012).
In response to comments and to capitalize on the historically low
attrition rates, the Office is recalibrating its examination capacity
during the five-year planning period of this final rule by reducing the
number of examiners that are hired, increasing the amount of overtime
allotted for production, and hiring more experienced examiners. Instead
of planning to hire 1,500 patent examiners in FY 2013 (as the NPRM
estimated), the Office now plans to hire 1,000 patent examiners in FY
2013. The Office also reevaluated its hiring plans in FY 2013 to
include hiring more patent examiners with greater IP experience and
knowledge, thus making this smaller number of hires more productive
sooner than originally expected. This recalibration results in a more
costly examiner production capacity (because the more experienced hires
are paid a higher salary) in the beginning (FY 2013 and FY 2014) of the
five-year planning period when comparing the net operating requirements
(see Table 3) per production unit (see Table 2) in the final rule to
that in the NPRM. However, as the Office begins reaping the benefits of
the overtime and hiring recalibration, the examiner production capacity
begins to cost less in FY 2015, so that the total net operating cost
per production unit over the five-year planning period is less in the
final rule than in the NPRM. For example, in FY 2013, the net operating
requirements per production unit are approximately $4,200 in this final
rule ($2.507 billion divided by 596,200 production units) compared to
approximately $4,100 in the NPRM. In FY 2015, the net operating
requirements per production unit are approximately $4,020 in this final
rule ($2.779 billion divided by 691,300 production units) compared to
approximately $4,046 in the NPRM. This initial increase in aggregate
cost is necessary to establish the examination capacity needed to
achieve the ``soft landing'' referred to in the comments from the PPAC
and the public.
The ``soft landing'' is evident when looking at the more gradual
increase in production units over four years (596,200 in FY 2013
increasing to 698,500 in FY 2016) in this final rule (see Table 2)
compared to the rapid increase in the NPRM over three years (620,600 in
FY 2013 increasing to 694,200 in FY 2015). Also, maintaining fewer
examiners on board throughout and at the end of the five-year planning
horizon (7,800 in FY 2017 in the final rule compared to 8,200 in FY
2017 in the NPRM) permits the Office to use production overtime as a
lever to arrive at the future ``soft landing'' when evaluating actual
inputs impacting the production modeling (application filing levels,
examiner attrition rates, and production levels).
While the examination costs marginally increase in the early years
due to the higher cost of base examination capacity (because the Office
has greater expenses associated with having more examiners than
initially projected from lower attrition rates and more experienced
examiners), the Office has more than offset this increase by reducing
patent operational costs in other areas such as deferring slightly some
IT investment plans and leveraging operational efficiencies, consistent
with public comments and a routine annual review and update of the
patent operating and budget plans. See PPAC Comment 7 and Public
Comment 2. In addition, in the time between the publication of the NPRM
and the formulation of this final rule, additional information
concerning key inputs to the patent application pendency model became
available, so the Office revised certain projections as discussed
below.
For example, after reviewing FY 2012 filing data and RGDP
information available after the NPRM published (see Step 2: Calculate
Prospective Aggregate Revenue), the Office lowered its estimates for
the level of demand of patent products and services (application filing
levels). In the NPRM, the Office projected a growth rate of 6.0 percent
in FY 2013-FY 2014; 5.5 percent in FY 2015-FY 2016; and 5.0 percent in
FY 2017. Based on actual filing data from FY 2012, the Office now
believes that a projected growth rate of 5.0 percent for each of FY
2013-FY 2017 is appropriate in this final rule. This means that
examiner production capacity and aggregate costs are reduced because
somewhat fewer patent applications are projected to be filed, and the
work associated with those applications is less, as compared to the
NRPM projections.
Many of the key inputs affecting lower aggregate costs and revenue
are summarized in Table 2.
Table 2--Patent Production Workload Projections--FY 2013-FY 2017
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Utility, Plant, and Reissue
(UPR) FY 2013 FY 2014 FY 2015 FY 2016 FY 2017
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Applications *.................. 558,900 586,800 616,200 647,000 679,300
Growth Rate **.................. 5.0% 5.0% 5.0% 5.0% 5.0%
Production Units................ 596,200 655,200 691,300 698,500 641,300
End of Year Backlog............. 566,800 486,500 398,900 334,300 358,500
Examination Capacity **......... 8,500 8,400 8,200 8,000 7,800
Performance Measures (UPR):
Avg. First Action Pendency 18.0 15.8 12.9 10.5 10.0
(Months)...................
Avg. Total Pendency (Months) 30.1 26.1 23.7 21.0 18.8
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* In this table, the patent application filing data includes requests for continued examination (RCEs).
** In this table, demand for patent examination services, which is used to calculate aggregate cost, is not
adjusted for price elasticity.
[[Page 4219]]
Overall, the Office estimates that during FY 2013, patent
operations will cost $2.530 billion, including $1.761 billion for
patent examination activities; $340 million for IT systems, support,
and infrastructure contributing to patent operations; $58 million for
activities related to patent appeals and the new AIA inter partes
dispute actions; $48 million for activities related to IP protection,
policy, and enforcement; and $323 million for general support costs
necessary for patent operations (e.g., rent, utilities, legal,
financial, human resources, and other administrative services). In
addition, the Office estimates collecting $23 million in other income
associated with reimbursable agreements (offsets to spending) and using
$28 million from the operating reserve during FY 2013 to sustain
operations. Detailed descriptions of operating requirements are located
in the USPTO annual budgets (see https://www.uspto.gov/about/stratplan/budget/index.jsp). Table 2 above provides key underlying production
workload projections and assumptions used to calculate aggregate cost.
Table 3 presents the total budgetary requirements (prospective
aggregate cost) for FY 2013 through FY 2017.
Table 3--Estimated Annual Aggregate Costs and Final Fee Schedule Aggregate Revenues
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(In millions)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FY 2013 FY 2014 FY 2015 FY 2016 FY 2017
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggregate Cost Estimate:
Planned Operating Requirements........................ $2,530 $2,739 $2,802 $2,852 $2,815
Less Other Income *............................... (23) (23) (23) (23) (23)
Net Operating Requirements................................ 2,507 2,716 2,779 2,829 2,792
Planned Deposit in Operating Reserve...................... (28) 90 92 98 117
Total Aggregate Cost Estimate..................... 2,479 2,806 2,871 2,927 2,909
Aggregate Revenue Estimate **............................. 2,479 2,806 2,871 2,927 2,909
Cumulative Operating Reserve Balance......................
Target Operating Reserve.............................. 633 685 701 713 704
Operating Reserve Ending FY 2012 Balance $112......... 84 174 266 364 481
Over/(Under) Target Balance***........................ (549) (511) (435) (349) (223)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* The Office collects other income associated with reimbursable agreements (offsets to spending) and recoveries of funds obligated in prior years in the
amount of approximately $23 million each year.
** The proposed fee schedule will generate less revenue compared to the FY 2013 President's Budget in an effort to slow the growth of the operating
reserve over the next five years.
*** The Office estimates that it will meet the three-month operating reserve target in FY 2018.
Step 2: Calculate Prospective Aggregate Revenue
As described in Step 1, the USPTO's annual requirements-based
budgets include the aggregate prospective cost of planned production,
new initiatives, and an operating reserve planned for the Office to
realize its strategic goals and objectives for the next five years. The
aggregate prospective cost becomes the target aggregate revenue level
that the new fee schedule must generate in a given year and over the
five-year planning horizon. The estimate for the FY 2013 aggregate
revenue contained in this final rule ($2.479 billion) is $125 million
less than the estimate contained in the NPRM ($2.604 billion). As
discussed in more detail in Step 1, the Office has lowered its
aggregate cost estimate in response to public comments expressing a
desire for the Office to achieve its goals over a longer timeframe and
to incorporate additional efficiencies into operations. This reduction
in aggregate costs requires a corresponding reduction in aggregate
revenue. The most significant factors affecting the reduction in
aggregate revenues include: (1) Decreasing fee amounts (see PPAC
Comments 6, 7, 11, 14, 16, and 23; and Public Comments 2, 18, 41, 42,
43, and 45 for additional information); (2) publishing this final rule
one month later than originally anticipated in the NPRM (April instead
of March 2013) and thereby reducing the amount of revenue originally
estimated to be collected during FY 2013; and (3) lengthening the
timeframe for achieving pendency goals and optimal inventory levels
(see Step 1, above for additional information). Following is a
discussion of the methodology used to calculate aggregate revenue.
As explained in the NPRM, to calculate the aggregate revenue
estimates, the Office first analyzes relevant factors and indicators to
determine prospective fee workload volumes (e.g., number of
applications and requests for services and products) for the five-year
planning horizon. Economic activity is an important consideration when
developing workload and revenue forecasts for the USPTO's products and
services because economic conditions affect patenting activity, as most
recently exhibited in the recession of 2009 when incoming workloads and
renewal rates declined.
Major economic indicators include the overall condition of the U.S.
and global economies, spending on research and development activities,
and investments that lead to the commercialization of new products and
services. The most relevant economic indicator that the Office uses is
the RGDP, which is the broadest measure of economic activity. RGDP
growth is factored into estimates of patent application levels. RGDP is
anticipated to grow approximately three percent for FY 2013 based on
OMB and CBO estimates provided in February and January of 2012,
respectively. CBO prepared updated economic guidance in August 2012,
temporarily altering its projection methodology to reflect heightened
uncertainty over fiscal policy conditions and concerns. The August 2012
CBO estimates envision various economic scenarios instead of a single
point estimate as CBO typically prepared. Nonetheless, the Office made
calculations based on CBO's August 2012 estimates and they had a
negligible impact on forecasts of the Office's workloads given the +/-
5 percent outer bounds discussed below.
Economic indicators also provide insight into market conditions and
the management of IP portfolios, which influence application processing
requests and post-issuance decisions to maintain patent protection.
When developing fee workload forecasts, the Office considers other
influential factors including overseas activity, policies and
legislation, process efficiencies, and anticipated applicant behavior.
[[Page 4220]]
The Office's methodology to estimate aggregate revenue was updated
to consider two new elements related setting and adjusting fees using
the new section 10 fee setting authority. The first includes
adjustments to fee workload estimates as a result of changes in demand
for services. In the past, fees that comprise a majority of the
Office's aggregate revenue (e.g., filing, search, examination, issue,
and maintenance) were adjusted based on minimal CPI increases. In this
rule, the Office is both increasing and decreasing fees by amounts
larger than it experienced with CPI increases in the past. Therefore,
the Office considered impacts of applicant and patentee behavior in
response to the fee changes. The second incorporates the new discount
for micro entity applicants and patentees. The introduction of the new
micro entity fees required the Office to estimate how many small entity
applicants and patentees would pay fees at micro entity rates. Each of
these elements is discussed in turn below.
Elasticity and Application Filing Levels
The economic indicators discussed previously correlate with patent
application filings, which, with adjustments for elasticity, are a key
driver of patent fees. As discussed previously, in the NPRM, the Office
projected an application filing growth rate of 6.0 percent in FY 2013--
FY 2014, 5.5 percent in FY 2015--FY 2016, and 5.0 percent in FY 2017.
After reviewing actual FY 2012 filing data and other economic
indicators discussed herein, the Office lowered its estimates for the
level of demand of patent products and services (application filing
levels). The Office now believes that a projected growth rate of 5.0
percent for each of FY 2013--FY 2017 is appropriate in this final rule.
The Office also considered how applicant behavior in response to
fee (price) changes included in this final rule would impact the
application filing demand referenced above. Anticipated applicant
behavior in response to fee changes is measured using an economic
principle known as elasticity which for the purpose of this action
means how sensitive applicants and patentees are to fee amounts or
price changes. If elasticity is low enough (i.e., demand is inelastic),
when fees increase, patent activities will decrease only slightly in
response thereto, and overall revenues will still increase. Conversely,
if elasticity is high enough (i.e., demand is elastic), when fees
increase, patenting activities will decrease significantly enough in
response thereto such that overall revenues will decrease. When
developing fee forecasts, the Office accounts for how applicant
behavior will change at different fee amounts projected for the various
patent services. Additional detail about the Office's elasticity
estimates is available in ``USPTO Section 10 Fee Setting--Description
of Elasticity Estimates,'' at https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/fees.jsp#heading-1. Some of the information on which the Office based
its elasticity estimates are copyrighted materials and are available
for inspection at the USPTO.
Using the information contained in the ``Description of Elasticity
Estimates'' document, the Office estimated that 1.3 percent fewer new
(serialized) applications than the number estimated to be filed in the
absence of a fee increase would be filed during FY 2013 as patent
filers adjusted to the new fees, specifically the increase in the total
filing, search, and examination fees for most applicants. The Office
further estimated that 2.7 percent fewer new patent applications would
be filed during FY 2014, and 4.0 percent fewer new patent applications
would be filed during FY 2015. However, the Office estimated that new
(serialized) patent application filings would return to the same annual
growth rate anticipated in the absence of a fee increase beginning in
FY 2016. Overall, the demand for patent application services is
generally inelastic, and even with these slight decreases, the total
aggregate revenue received from patent applications filed is projected
to grow year-after-year.
Micro Entity Applicants
The introduction of a new class of applicants, called micro
entities, requires a change to aggregate revenue estimations, and the
Office refined its workload and fee collection estimates to include
this new applicant class. See 35 U.S.C. 123; see also Changes to
Implement Micro Entity Status for Paying Patent Fees, 77 FR 75019 (Dec.
19, 2012). 35 U.S.C. 123, which sets forth the requirements that must
be met in order for an applicant to claim the micro entity discount,
provides two bases under which an applicant may establish micro entity
status.
First, section 123(a) provides that the term ``micro entity'' means
an applicant who makes a certification that the applicant: (1)
Qualifies as a small entity as defined in 37 CFR 1.27; (2) has not been
named as an inventor on more than four previously filed patent
applications, other than applications filed in another country,
provisional applications under 35 U.S.C. 111(b), or international
applications for which the basic national fee under 35 U.S.C. 41(a) was
not paid (except for applications resulting from prior employment as
defined in section 123(b)); (3) did not, in the calendar year preceding
the calendar year in which the applicable fee is being paid, have a
gross income exceeding three times the median household income for that
preceding calendar year; and (4) has not assigned, granted, or
conveyed, and is not under an obligation by contract or law to assign,
grant, or convey, a license or other ownership interest in the
application concerned to an entity that had a gross income exceeding
the income limit described in (3).
Second, 35 U.S.C. 123(d) provides that a micro entity also shall
include an applicant who certifies that: (1) The applicant's employer,
from which the applicant obtains the majority of the applicant's
income, is an institution of higher education as defined in section
101(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001(a)); or (2)
the applicant has assigned, granted, conveyed, or is under an
obligation by contract or law, to assign, grant, or convey, a license
or other ownership interest in the particular applications to such an
institution of higher education.
The Office revised the rules of practice in patent cases to
implement these micro entity provisions of the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act in a separate rulemaking. See 77 FR 75019 (Dec. 19, 2012).
The Office estimates that when micro entity discounts on patent
fees are available, 31 percent of small entity applications will be
micro entity applications, under the criteria set forth in section
123(a) and (d). In making this estimate, the Office considered several
factors, including historical data on patents granted. The Office began
with patent grant data, because the best available biographic data on
applicant type (e.g., independent inventor and domestic universities)
comes from patent grant data in the Office's database. A series of
computations led to the estimate that 31 percent of small entity
applicants will be micro entities. The first set of computations
estimated the number of persons who would qualify for micro entity
status under Section 123(a). The Office began by estimating the number
of individuals who were granted patents in FY 2011. There were 221,350
utility patents granted in FY 2011 as reported in the FY 2011 USPTO
Performance and Accountability Report (PAR). The PAR is available for
review at https://www.uspto.gov/about/stratplan/ar/2011/index.jsp. The
Office's Patent Technology Monitoring Team (PTMT) provides data showing
the split between
[[Page 4221]]
domestic and foreign patent grants. (It should be noted that PTMT's
data is based on the calendar year not the fiscal year.) PTMT's data is
available at https://www.uspto.gov/web/offices/ac/ido/oeip/taf/all_tech.htm#PartA1_1b. From this data, the Office found that 5.0 percent
of utility patents granted in FY 2011 were granted to individuals in
the United States and 1.9 percent were granted to individuals from
other countries. These figures refer to patents where the individuals
were not listed in the USPTO database as associated with a company.
These individuals would likely meet the criteria under section
123(a)(1) (small entity status). Using this information, the Office
estimates that individuals in the United States received 11,068 utility
patents (221,350 times 5.0 percent) in FY 2011, and that individuals
from other countries received 4,206 utility patents (221,350 times 1.9
percent). In total, the Office estimates that 15,274 (11,068 plus
4,206) patents were granted to individuals in FY 2011.
Concerning the micro entity threshold in 35 U.S.C. 123(a)(2), the
Office's Patent Application Locating and Monitoring (PALM) database
reports that 62 percent of both foreign and domestic small entity
applicants filed fewer than 5 applications in FY 2009. As stated above,
an estimated 15,274 patent grants were to individuals both domestic
(11,068) and foreign (4,206). Using this information, the Office
estimates that 6,862 (11,068 times 62 percent) patents will be granted
to domestic applicants who meet the thresholds for micro entity status
set forth in sections 123(a)(1) and 123(a)(2), while 2,608 (4,206 times
62 percent) patents will be granted to foreign applicants who meet the
same thresholds.
Concerning the income threshold in 35 U.S.C. 123(a)(3), the median
household income for calendar year (CY) 2011 (the year most recently
reported by the Bureau of the Census) was $50,054. See Income, Poverty,
and Health Insurance Coverage in the United States: 2011, at 5 and 33
(Table A-1) (Sept. 2012) available at https://www.census.gov/prod/2012pubs/p60-243.pdf. (The Office will indicate conspicuously on its
Web site the median household income reported by the Bureau of the
Census and the income level that is three times the median household
income for the calendar year most recently reported.) Thus, the income
level specified in 35 U.S.C. 1.29(a)(3) and (a)(4) (three times the
median household income) is $150,162.
The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) records show that in 2009 about
97 percent of individuals (as proxied by the total number of IRS form
filings) reported adjusted gross income of less than $200,000, and
about 87 percent of individuals reported adjusted gross income of less
than $100,000. See Table 1.1 at: https://www.irs.gov/taxstats/indtaxstats/article/0,,id=96981,00.html. Using this information, the
Office estimates that 6,656 (6,862 times 97 percent) of patents granted
to individuals from the U.S. will be for individuals under the gross
income threshold of the micro entity definition ($150,162 for CY 2011).
The Office uses 97 percent as the best available estimate of the
maximum number of individuals who satisfy the income limit. Median
household income and gross income levels are not readily available for
the country of origin for all foreign individuals. Therefore, the
Office conservatively estimates that all foreign individuals will
satisfy the income requirements for micro entity fee reductions, and
that income alone should not limit their eligibility. Using the best
available data, as presented above, the Office estimates that the total
number of individuals who meet the thresholds set forth in 35 U.S.C.
123(a)(1), (a)(2), and (a)(3) is 9,264 (6,656 from the United States
and 2,608 foreign).
The 9,264 figure represents a reasonable approximation of the
number of patents granted annually to persons who would qualify as
micro entities under section 123(a). There is no data available to
indicate how many persons would be excluded under section 123(a)(4)
based upon an assignment, grant, or conveyance or an obligation to
grant, assign, or convey to an entity with income exceeding the limit
in section 123(a)(3). However, the Office's approach with the other
components of section 123(a) is sufficiently conservative to mitigate
the risks of not capturing this population. Likewise, while a small
company could qualify as a micro entity under section 123(a), the above
calculation of individuals represents a reasonable overall
approximation because the estimate of affected individuals is
sufficiently conservative.
Turning to 35 U.S.C. 123(d), the most recent data available on
university patent grants is from CY 2008. Reviewing the data from CY
2001-CY 2008, the Office estimates that domestic universities account
for approximately 1.9 percent of all patent grants. The Office is using
this figure as a reasonable approximation for the number of micro
entity applicants expected under section 123(d), which covers
applicants who are employed by universities or who have assigned their
invention to a university. Applying this information to FY 2011, the
Office estimates that universities received 4,206 (221,350 times 1.9
percent) of the patents granted in FY 2011. The data on university
patent grants is available at: https://www.uspto.gov/web/offices/ac/ido/oeip/taf/univ/asgn/table_1_2008.htm.
To combine 123(a) and 123(d), the Office adds the estimated number
of patents granted that could meet the micro entity definition for
individuals (9,264) and for university grants (4,206) to obtain a total
of 13,470 patent grants. The Office divides 13,470 micro entity patents
by the 43,827 small entity patents in FY 2011 (per the Office's PALM
database) to calculate that approximately 31 percent of small entity
patents will be micro entity patents. The Office expects a uniform
distribution of micro entities across all application types. No data
exists to suggest otherwise. Likewise, the Office applies the 31
percent estimate to both filings and grants because the Office expects
a uniform distribution of micro entities among both applicants and
patentees, and no data exists to suggest otherwise. Thus, the Office
estimates that 31 percent of all small entity applicants will qualify
as micro entity applicants.
In recent years, small entity applicants made up approximately 25
percent of utility filings and 20 percent of utility patent grants (per
the PALM database). Given that utility filings are the largest category
of application types, for forecasting purposes, the Office uses utility
filing data as representative of the universe of patent application
filings. Applying the 31 percent estimate for the number of micro
entities, the Office estimates that micro entities will account for 7.8
percent (25 percent times 31 percent) of all filings, and 6.2 percent
(20 percent times 31 percent) of all grants. The Office used these
estimates (7.8 percent and 6.2 percent) to calculate the portion of fee
workloads (e.g., number of application filings, patent issues, and
maintenance fees paid) that should be multiplied by the new micro
entity fee amounts to include in the estimate for aggregate revenue.
Aggregate Revenue Estimate Ranges
When calculating aggregate revenue, the USPTO prepares a high-to-
low range of fee collection estimates that includes a +/- 5 percent
outer bounds to account for: the inherent uncertainty, sensitivity, and
volatility of predicting fluctuations in the economy and market
environment; interpreting policy and
[[Page 4222]]
process efficiencies; and developing fee workload and fee collection
estimates from assumptions. The Office used 5 percent because
historically the Office's actual revenue collections have typically
been within 5 percent of the projected revenue. Additional detail about
the Office's aggregate revenue, including projected workloads by fee,
is available in ``USPTO Section 10 Fee Setting--Aggregate Revenue
Estimates Alternative 1: Proposed Alternative--Set and Adjust Section
10 Fees'' available at https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/fees.jsp.
Summary
Patent fees are collected for patent-related services and products
at different points in time within the patent application examination
process and over the life of the pending patent application and granted
patent. Approximately half of all patent fee collections are from issue
and maintenance fees, which subsidize filing, search, and examination
activities. Changes in application filing levels immediately impact
current year fee collections, because fewer patent application filings
means the Office collects fewer fees to devote to production-related
costs, such as additional examining staff and overtime. The resulting
reduction in production activities creates an out-year revenue impact
because less production output in one year results in fewer issue and
maintenance fee payments in future years.
The USPTO's five-year estimated aggregate patent fee revenue (see
``Aggregate Revenue Estimate'' in Table 3) is based on the number of
patent applications it expects to receive for a given fiscal year, work
it expects to process in a given fiscal year (an indicator for workload
of patent issue fees), expected examination and process requests for
the fiscal year, and the expected number of post-issuance decisions to
maintain patent protection over that same fiscal year. Within the
iterative process for estimating aggregate revenue, the Office adjusts
individual fees up or down based on cost and policy decisions (see Step
3: Set Specific Fee Amounts), estimates the effective dates of new fee
rates, and then multiplies the resulting fees by appropriate workload
volumes to calculate a revenue estimate for each fee.
To calculate the aggregate revenue, the Office assumes that all new
fee rates will be effective on April 1, 2013, except for the following
fee changes which will be effective on January 1, 2014: Sec.
1.18(a)(1), (b)(1), (c)(1), and (d)(1) (patent issue and publication
fees); Sec. 1.21(h)(1) (fee for recording a patent assignment
electronically); Sec. 1.482(a)(1)(i)(A), (a)(1)(ii)(A), and (a)(2)(i)
(international application filing, processing and search fees); and
fees included in Sec. 1.445(a)(1)(i)(A), (a)(2)(i), (a)(3)(i), and
(a)(4)(i) (international application transmittal and search fees).
Using these figures, the USPTO sums the individual fee revenue
estimates, and the result is a total aggregate revenue estimate for a
given year (see Table 3).
Step 3: Set Specific Fee Amounts
Once the Office finalizes the annual requirements and aggregate
prospective costs for a given year during the budget formulation
process, the Office sets specific fee amounts that, together, will
derive the aggregate revenue required to recover the estimated
aggregate prospective costs during that timeframe. Calculating
individual fees is an iterative process that encompasses many
variables. The historical cost estimates associated with individual
fees is one variable that the USPTO considers to inform fee setting.
The Office's Activity-Based Information (ABI) provides historical cost
for an organization's activities and outputs by individual fee using
the activity-based costing (ABC) methodology. ABC is commonly used for
fee setting throughout the Federal Government. Additional information
about the methodology, including the cost components related to
respective fees, is available at https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/fees.jsp#heading-1 in the document titled ``USPTO
Section 10 Fee Setting--Activity-Based Information and Costing
Methodology.'' The USPTO provides data for FY 2009--FY 2011 because the
Office finds that reviewing the trend of ABI historical cost
information is the most useful way to inform fee setting. The
underlying ABI data are available for public inspection at the USPTO.
When the Office implements a new process or service, historical ABI
data is typically not available. However, the Office will use the
historical cost of a similar process or procedure as a starting point
to calculate the cost of a new activity or service. For example, as
described in the final rulemaking for supplemental examination, the
Office used the ABI historical cost for ex parte reexamination
procedures as a starting point for calculating the prospective cost to
implement the new supplemental examination procedures. See Changes to
Implement the Supplemental Examination Provisions of the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act and To Revise Reexamination Fees, 77 FR 48828 (Aug.
14, 2012).
In other cases, ABI historical cost information related to similar
processes is not available, and the Office estimates cost by
calculating the resources necessary to execute the new process. To do
so, the Office estimates the amount of time (in hours) and necessary
skill level to complete an activity. The USPTO then multiplies the
estimated amount of time by the hourly wage(s) of the persons required
at each skill level and adds the administrative and indirect cost rates
(derived from ABI historical cost data) to this base cost estimate to
calculate the full cost of the activity. One-time costs, such as IT,
training, or facilities costs, are added to the full cost estimate to
obtain the total cost of providing the new process or service. Lastly,
the USPTO applies a rate of inflation to estimate the prospective unit
cost. For example, the Office used this methodology to calculate the
costs associated with the new inter partes and post-grant review
processes. See Changes to Implement Inter Partes Review Proceedings,
Post-Grant Review Proceedings, and Transitional Program for Covered
Business Method Patents, 77 FR 48680 (Aug. 14, 2012).
Besides using cost data as a point of reference for setting
individual fee amounts, the USPTO also uses various policy factors
discussed in Part III. Rulemaking Goals and Strategies to inform fee
setting. Fees are set to allow the Office to recover its aggregate
costs, while furthering key policy considerations. The following
section describes the rationale for setting fee rates at specific
amounts.
V. Individual Fee Rationale
The Office projects the aggregate revenue generated from the patent
fees will recover the prospective aggregate cost of its patent
operations. However, each individual fee is not necessarily set equal
to the estimated cost of performing the activities related to the fee.
Instead, as described in Part III. Rulemaking Goals and Strategies,
some of the fees are set to balance several key policy factors:
fostering innovation, facilitating effective administration of the
patent system, and offering patent prosecution options to applicants.
As also described in Part III, executing these policy factors in the
patent fee schedule is consistent with the Strategy for American
Innovation and the goals and objectives outlined in the Strategic Plan.
Once the key policy factors are considered, fees are set at, above, or
below individual cost recovery levels for the activity or service
provided.
[[Page 4223]]
For the purpose of discussing the changes in this rule, the
rationale for setting or adjusting individual fees are grouped into two
major categories: (1) Fees where large entity amounts changed from the
current amount by greater than plus or minus 5 percent and 10 dollars
(described below in section (B)); and (2) fees where large entity
amounts stayed the same or did not change by greater than plus or minus
5 percent and 10 dollars (described below in section (C)). The purpose
of the categorization is to identify large fee changes for the reader
and provide an individual fee rationale for such changes. The
categorization is based on changes in large entity fee amounts because
percentage changes for small entity fees that are in place today would
be the same as the percentage change for the large entity, and the
dollar change would be half of that of the large entity change.
Therefore, there will never be an instance where the small entity fee
change meets the greater than plus or minus 5 percent and 10 dollars
criteria and a large entity fee change does not.
The ``USPTO Section 10 Fee Setting--Table of Patent Fee Changes''
is available at https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/fees.jsp and
the tables in Part VI. The table of patent fee changes presents the
current fees for large and small entities and the final fees for large,
small, and micro entities. The table also includes the dollar and
percent changes between current fees and final fees for large entity
fees only as well as the FY 2011, FY 2010, and FY 2009 unit costs. The
Discussion of Specific Rules in this rulemaking contains a complete
listing of fees that are set or adjusted in this patent fee schedule.
A. Discounts for Small and Micro Entity Applicants
The fees described below include discounts for small and micro
entity applicants as required by section 10. The current small entity
discount scheme changes when fees are set in accordance with section
10. That is, section 10(a) provides that the USPTO can set or adjust
``any fee established, authorized or charged under'' Title 35, U.S.C.,
and section 10(b) of the Act provides that fees set or adjusted under
section 10(a) authority for ``filing, searching, examining, issuing,
appealing, and maintaining patent applications and patents'' will be
reduced by 50 percent for small entities and 75 percent for micro
entities. A small entity is defined in 35 U.S.C. 41(h)(1), and a micro
entity is defined in 35 U.S.C. 123.
Currently, the small entity discount is only available for
statutory fees provided under 35 U.S.C. 41(a), (b), and (d)(1). Section
10(b) extends the discount to some patent fees not contained in 35
U.S.C. 41(a), (b), and (d)(1). Thus, in this final rule, the Office
applies the discount to a number of fees that currently do not receive
the small entity discount. There is only one fee for which a small
entity discount is currently offered that is ineligible for a small
entity discount under the final fee schedule: the fee for a statutory
disclaimer under 37 CFR 1.20(d). This fee is currently $160 for a large
entity and $80 for a small entity. In this final rule, this fee is $160
for all entities (i.e., large, small, and micro) because this
particular fee does not fall under one of the six categories of patent
fees set forth in section 10(b).
Additionally, the new contested case proceedings created under the
Act (inter partes review, post-grant review, covered business method
patent review, and derivation proceedings) are trial services, not
appeals. As such, the fees for these services do not fall under any of
the six categories under section 10(b), and therefore are not eligible
for discounts. Appeals before the PTAB involve contests to an
examiner's findings. The new trial services, however, determine whether
a patent should have been granted. They involve discovery, including
cross-examination of witnesses. Further, the AIA amends sections of
Title 35 that specifically reference ``appeals,'' while separately
discussing inter partes review, post-grant review, and derivation
proceedings, highlighting that these new services are not appeals. See
section 7 of the AIA (amending 35 U.S.C. 6).
B. Fees With Proposed Changes of Greater Than Plus or Minus 5 Percent
and 10 Dollars
For those fees that change by greater than plus or minus 5 percent
and 10 dollars, the individual fee rationale discussion is divided into
four general subcategories: (1) Fees to be set at cost recovery; (2)
fees to be set below cost recovery; (3) fees to be set above cost
recovery; and (4) fees that are not set using cost data as an
indicator. Table 4 contains a summary of the individual fees that are
discussed in each of the subcategories referenced above.
For purposes of discussion within this section, where new micro
entity fees are set, it is expected that an applicant or a patent
holder would have paid the current small entity fee (or large entity in
the event there is not a small entity fee), and dollar and percent
changes are calculated from the current small entity fee amount (or
large entity fee, where applicable).
It should be noted that the ``Utility Search Fee'' listed below
does not meet the ``change by greater than plus or minus 5 percent and
10 dollars'' threshold, but is nonetheless included in the discussion
for comparison of total filing, search, and examination fees--all three
of which are due upon filing an application.
Table 4--Patent Fee Changes
[By greater than plus or minus 5 percent and 10 dollars]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees Final fees Dollar change Percent change
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Fee description Large (small) Large (small) Large (small) Large (small)
[micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Fees set at cost recovery:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Request for Prioritized Examination..... $4,800 $4,000 -$800 -17%
($2,400) ($2,000) (-$400) (-17%)
[N/A] [$1,000] [-$1,400] [-58%]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Fees set below cost recovery:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic Filing Fee--Utility............... $390 $280 -$110 -28%
($195) ($140) (-$55) (-28%)
[[Page 4224]]
[N/A] [$70] [-$125] [-64%]
Utility Search Fee...................... $620 $600 -$20 -3%
($310) ($300) (-$10) (-3%)
[N/A] [$150] [-$160] [-52%]
Utility Examination Fee................. $250 $720 +$470 +188%
($125) ($360) (+$235) (+188%)
[N/A] [$180] [+$55] [+44%]
Total Basic Filing, Search, and Exam-- $1,260 $1,600 +$340 +27%
Utility................................
($630) ($800) (+170) (+27%)
[N/A] [$400] [-$230] [-37%]
First Request for Continued Examination $930 $1,200 +$270 +29%
(RCE)..................................
($465) ($600) (+$135) (+29%)
[N/A] [$300] [-$165] [-35%]
Second and Subsequent RCEs (NEW)........ $930 $1,700 +$770 +83%
($465) ($850) (+$385) (+83%)
[N/A] [$425] [-$40] [-9%]
Notice of Appeal........................ $630 $800 +$170 +27%
($315) ($400) (+$85) (+27%)
[N/A] [$200] [-$115] [-37%]
Filing a Brief in Support of an Appeal $630 $0 -$630 -100%
in Application or Ex Parte
Reexamination Proceeding...............
($315) ($0) (-$315) (-100%)
[N/A] [$0] [-$315] [-100%]
Appeal Forwarding Fee for Appeal in $2,000 +$2,000 N/A
Examination or Ex Parte Reexamination
Proceeding or Filing a Brief in Support
of an Appeal in Inter Partes
Reexamination (NEW)....................
NEW ($1,000) (+$1,000) (N/A)
[$500] [+$500] [N/A]
Total Appeal Fees (Paid before Examiner $1,260 $800 -$460 -37%
Answer)................................
($630) ($400) (-$230) (-37%)
[N/A] [$200] [-$430] [-68%]
Total Appeal Fees (Paid after Examiner $1,260 $2,800 +$1,540 +122%
Answer)................................
($630) ($1,400) (+$770) (+122%)
[N/A] [$700] [+$70] [+11%]
Ex Parte Reexamination.................. $17,750 $12,000 -$5,750 -32%
(N/A) ($6,000) (-$11,750) (-66%)
[N/A] [$3,000] [-$14,750] [-83%]
Processing and Treating a Request for $5,140 $4,400 -$740 -14%
Supplemental Examination--Up to 20
Sheets.................................
(N/A) ($2,200) (-$2,940) (-57%)
[N/A] [$1,100] [-$4,040] [-79%]
Ex Parte Reexamination Ordered as a $16,120 $12,100 -$4,020 -25%
Result of a Supplemental Examination
Proceeding.............................
(N/A) ($6,050) (-$10,070) (-62%)
[N/A] [$3,025] [-$13,095] [-81%]
Total Supplemental Examination Fees..... $21,260 $16,500 -$4,760 -22%
(N/A) ($8,250) (-$13,010) (-61%)
[N/A] [$4,125] [-$17,135] [-81%]
Inter Partes Review Request--Up to 20 $9,000 +$9,000 N/A
Claims (Per Claim Fee for Each Claim in
Excess of 20 is $200) (NEW)............
NEW (N/A) (N/A) (N/A)
[N/A] [N/A] [N/A]
Inter Partes Review Post Institution $14,000 +$14,000 N/A
Fee--Up to 15 Claims (Per Claim Fee for
Each Claim in Excess of 15 is $400)
(NEW)..................................
NEW (N/A) (N/A) (N/A)
[N/A] [N/A] [N/A]
Total Inter Partes Review Fees (For $27,200 $23,000 -$4,200 -15%
Current Fees, Per Claim Fee for Each
Claim in Excess of 20 is $600).........
(N/A) (N/A) (N/A) (N/A)
[N/A] [N/A] [N/A] [N/A]
Post-Grant Review or Covered Business $12,000 +$12,000 N/A
Method Patent Review Request--Up to 20
Claims (Per Claim Fee for Each Claim in
Excess of 20 is $250) (NEW)............
NEW (N/A) (N/A) (N/A)
[N/A] [N/A] [N/A]
[[Page 4225]]
Post-Grant Review or Covered Business $18,000 +$18,000 N/A
Method Patent Review Post Institution
Fee--Up to 15 Claims (Per Claim Fee for
Each Claim in Excess of 15 is $550)
(NEW)..................................
NEW (N/A) (N/A) (N/A)
[N/A] [N/A] [N/A]
Total Post-Grant Review or Covered $35,800 $30,000 -$5,800 -16%
Business Method Patent Fees (For
Current Fees, Per Claim Fee for Each
Claim in Excess of 20 is $800).........
(N/A) (N/A) (N/A) (N/A)
[N/A] [N/A] [N/A] [N/A]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) Fees set above cost recovery:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Publication Fee for Early, Voluntary, or $300 $0 -$300 -100%
Normal Publication (Pre Grant
Publication or PG Pub).................
(N/A) ($0) (-$300) (-100%)
[N/A] [$0] [-$300] [-100%]
Utility Issue Fee....................... $1,770 $960 -$810 -46%
($885) ($480) (-$405) (-46%
[N/A] [$240] [-$645] [-73%]
Combined Total--Pre-grant Publication $2,070 $960 -$1,110 -54%
and Issue Fee--Utility.................
($1,185) ($480) (-$705) (-59%)
[N/A] [$240] [-$895] [-77%]
Maintenance Fee Due at 3.5 Years (1st $1,150 $1,600 +$450 +39%
Stage).................................
($575) ($800) (+$225) (+39%)
[N/A] [$400] [-$175] [-30%]
Maintenance Fee Due at 7.5 Years (2nd $2,900 $3,600 +$700 +24%
Stage).................................
($1,450) ($1,800) (+$350) (+24%)
[N/A] [$900] [-$550] [-38%]
Maintenance Fee Due at 11.5 Years (3rd $4,810 $7,400 +$2,590 +54%
Stage).................................
($2,405) ($3,700) (+$1,295) (+54%)
[N/A] [$1,850] [-$555] [-23%]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(4) Fees not set using cost data as an indicator:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Extensions for Response within 1st Month $150 $200 +$50 +33%
($75) ($100) (+$25) (+33%)
[N/A] [$50] [-$25] [-33%]
Extensions for Response within 2nd Month $570 $600 +$30 +5%
($285) ($300) (+$15) (+5%)
[N/A] [$150] [-$135] [-47%]
Extensions for Response within 3rd Month $1,290 $1,400 +$110 +9%
($645) ($700) (+$55) (+9%)
[N/A] [$350] [-$295] [-46%]
Extensions for Response within 4th Month $2,010 $2,200 +$190 +9%
($1,005) ($1,100) (+$95) (+9%)
[N/A] [$550] [-$455] [-45%]
Extensions for Response within 5th Month $2,730 $3,000 +$270 +10%
($1,365) ($1,500) (+$135) (+10%)
[N/A] [$750] [-$615] [-45%]
Utility Application Size Fee--For each $320 $400 +$80 +25%
Additional 50 Sheets that Exceed 100
Sheets.................................
($160) ($200) (+$40) (+25%)
[N/A] [$100] [-$60] [-38%]
Independent Claims in Excess of 3....... $250 $420 +$170 +68%
($125) ($210) (+$85) (+68%)
[N/A] [$105] [-$20] [-16%]
Claims in Excess of 20.................. $62 $80 +$18 +29%
($31) ($40) (+$9) (+29%)
[N/A] [$20] [-$11] [-35%]
Multiple Dependent Claim................ $460 $780 +$320 +70%
($230) ($390) (+$160) (+70%)
[N/A] [$195] [-$35] [-15%]
Correct Inventorship After First Action $600 +$600 N/A
on the Merits (NEW)....................
NEW ($300) (+$300) (N/A)
[$150] [+$150] [N/A]
[[Page 4226]]
Derivation Petition Fee................. $400 $400 $0 0%
(N/A) N/A (N/A) (N/A)
[N/A] N/A [N/A] [N/A]
Assignments Submitted Electronically $40 $0 -$40 -100%
(NEW)..................................
(N/A) (N/A) (N/A) (N/A)
[N/A] [N/A] [N/A] [N/A]
Assignments Not Submitted Electronically $40 $40 $0 0%
(N/A) (N/A) (N/A) (N/A)
[N/A] [N/A] [N/A] [N/A]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Fees to be set at Cost Recovery
The following fee is set at cost recovery. This fee supports the
policy factor of ``offering patent prosecution options to applicants''
by providing applicants with flexibilities in seeking patent
protection. A discussion of the rationale for the proposed change
follows.
Request for Prioritized Examination:
Table 5--Request for Prioritized Examination Fee Changes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees Final fees Dollar change Percent change
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Fee information Large (small) Large (small) Large (small) Large (small)
[micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Request for Prioritized Examination..... $4,800 $4,000 -$800 -17%
($2,400) ($2,000) (-$400) (-17%)
[N/A] [$1,000] [-$1,400] [-58%]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 6--Request for Prioritized Examination Cost Information
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cost information FY 2011
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cost calculation is available in the proposed rule $4,000
published in the Federal Register Changes To Implement
the Prioritized Examination Track (Track I) of the
Enhanced Examination Timing Control Procedures, 76 FR
6369 (Feb. 4, 2011)....................................
------------------------------------------------------------------------
A patent applicant may seek prioritized examination at the time of
filing an original utility or plant application or a continuation
application thereof or upon filing an RCE in compliance with 37 CFR
1.114. A single request for prioritized examination may be granted for
an RCE in a plant or utility application. When in the prioritized
examination track, an application will be accorded special status
during prosecution until a final disposition is reached. The target for
prioritized examination is to provide a final disposition within twelve
months, on average, of prioritized status being granted. This
prioritized examination procedure is part of an effort by the USPTO to
offer patent prosecution options to applicants to provide applicants
greater control over the timing of examination of their applications.
The procedure thereby enables applicants to have greater certainty in
their patent rights sooner.
The AIA established the current large and small entity fees for
prioritized examination, which the Office put in place in 2011. See
Changes To Implement the Prioritized Examination Track (Track I) of the
Enhanced Examination Timing Control Procedures Under the Leahy-Smith
America Invents Act, 76 FR 59050 (Sept. 23, 2011). The large entity fee
is greater than the Office's cost to process a single prioritized
examination request to subsidize the fee revenue lost from providing
small entity applicants a 50 percent discount from the large entity
fee. The cost calculation for the prioritized examination fees is
available in the proposed rule. See Changes To Implement the
Prioritized Examination Track (Track I) of the Enhanced Examination
Timing Control Procedures, 76 FR 6369 (Feb. 4, 2011). The higher large
entity fee, coupled with the lower small entity fee, recovers the
Office's total cost for conducting all prioritized examinations.
Under section 10, micro entities are eligible to receive a 75
percent discount from the large entity fee for prioritized examination.
Here, the Office sets the large entity fee at cost ($4,000), instead of
further increasing the fee to subsidize the new micro entity discount.
The Office will recover this subsidy through other fees that are set
above cost recovery, rather than through a separate, higher, large
entity fee for prioritized examinations. The Office believes this
system will foster innovation and allow for ease of entry into the
patent system. Setting the large entity prioritized examination fee
further above cost would contradict this policy factor and hinder fast
patent protection for large entity applicants.
[[Page 4227]]
(2) Fees To Be Set Below Cost Recovery
There are eight fees that the Office sets below cost recovery that
meet the greater than plus or minus 5 percent and 10 dollars criteria.
The policy factors relevant to setting fees below cost recovery are
fostering innovation and offering patent prosecution options to
applicants. Applying these policy factors to set fees below cost
recovery benefits the patent system by keeping the fees low and making
patent filing and prosecution more available to applicants, thus
fostering innovation. Although many fees are increased from current fee
rates under this rule, the Office is not increasing ``pre-grant'' fees
(e.g., filing, search, and examination) to avoid creating a barrier to
entry as otherwise might have been created if fees were set to recover
the full cost of the activity. The fee schedule offers patent
prosecution options to provide applicants flexible and cost-effective
options for seeking and completing patent protection. This strategy
provides multipart and staged fees for certain patent prosecution and
contested case activities. A discussion of the rationale for each fee
adjustment follows.
Basic Filing, Search, and Examination--Utility:
Table 7--Basic Filing, Search, and Examination--Utility Fee Changes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees Final fees Dollar change Percent change
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Fee description Large (small) Large (small) Large (small) Large (small)
[micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic Filing Fee--Utility............... $390 $280 -$110 -28%
($195) ($140) (-$55) (-28%)
[N/A] [$70] [-$125] [-64%]
Utiliity Search Fee..................... $620 $600 -$20 -3%
($310) ($300) (-$10) (-3%)
[N/A] [$150] [-160] [-52%]
Utility Examination Fee................. $250 $720 +$470 +188%
($125) ($360) (+$235) (+188%)
[N/A] [$180] [+$55] [+$44%]
Total Basic Filing, Search, and Exam-- $1,260 $1,600 +$340 +27%
Utility................................
($630) ($800) (+170) (+27%)
[N/A] [$400] [-$230] [-37%]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 8--Basic Filing, Search, and Examination--Utility Fee Historical Cost Information
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FY 2011 $/% FY 2010 $/% FY 2009 $/%
Historical unit cost information of Total of Total of Total
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic Filing Fee--Utility....................................... $234/6% $243/6% $241/7%
Utility Search Fee.............................................. $1,521/43% $1,694/43% $1,520/41%
Utility Examination Fee......................................... $1,814/51% $1,969/51% $1,904/52%
-----------------------------------------------
Total Unit Cost............................................. $3,569/100% $3,906/100% $3,665/100%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A non-provisional application for a patent requires filing, search,
and examination fees to be paid upon filing. Currently, the large
entity basic filing, search, and examination fees for a utility patent
recover slightly more than one-third of the average unit cost for
processing, searching, and examining a patent application, while the
fee for a small entity application recovers around 17 percent of the
average unit cost. The Office subsidizes the below-price filing,
search, and examination fees through higher ``back-end'' fees, for
example, above cost issue and maintenance fees. The Office maintains
this ``back-end'' subsidy of ``front-end'' fees structure to achieve
the policy goal of fostering innovation.
The current fee rates and respective costs associated with each
stage of patent prosecution are out of alignment. For example, on
average, 94 percent of the costs associated with filing, searching, and
examining an application occur in the search and examination stages
(see Table 8). Approximately half of those costs are estimated to occur
in the examination stage (see Table 8), but only 20 percent of the
total filing, search, and examination fees are derived from the
examination fee (see Table 9). To adjust this fee structure and help
stabilize the USPTO funding model, the Office is increasing the total
filing, search, and examination fees and realigning the fee rates to
more closely track the cost pattern by stage of prosecution (i.e.,
filing, search, and examination), while keeping each stage below actual
cost.
Table 9--Utility Basic Filing, Search, and Examination--Current,
Proposed, and Final Fee Information
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current $/% of Final $/% of
Proposed fee information Total Total
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic Filing Fee--Utility........... $390/31% $280/17%
Utility Search Fee.................. $620/49% $600/38%
Utility Examination Fee............. $250/20% $720/45%
-----------------------------------
Total Fees...................... $1,260/100% $1,600/100%
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 4228]]
In this rule, the Office sets the combined total fee for filing,
search, and examination at $1,600. This adjustment keeps the cost of
entering the patent system at or below cost for large, small, and new
micro entity applicants--45 percent, 22 percent, and 11 percent of FY
2011 total cost, respectively. Likewise, the adjustment for filing,
search, and examination fees continues to ensure that these initial
fees remain a small part (10 percent) of the cost to apply for patent
protection when compared to the average legal fees to file for a
patent. The filing, search, and examination fees are also only 10
percent of the total fees paid for a patent through maintenance to full
term (i.e., filing, search, examination, issue, and maintenance).
The overall increase in filing, search, and examination fees
facilitates effective administration of the patent system, because it
encourages applicants to submit only the most thoughtful and
unambiguous applications, therefore facilitating examiners' ability to
provide prompt, quality non-final and final actions. At the same time,
the overall increase in filing, search, and examination fees helps to
stabilize the Office's revenue stream by collecting more revenue when
an application is filed from all patent applicants, instead of
collecting revenue when a patent is later published or issued from only
successful applicants. Also, while the Office increases application
fees, reducing the pre-grant publication and issue fees offsets these
increases.
As discussed above, based on economic indicators, the Office
projects a 5.0 percent growth rate in application filings for each year
from FY 2013 to FY 2017. Additionally, the Office recognizes that some
applicants may choose to reduce the number of applications filed in
response to this increase in fees. Based on elasticity estimates, the
Office anticipates that this impact will be relatively short-term,
lasting for the first two and a half years after the fee increase. The
Office estimated that applicants would file 1.3 percent fewer new
(serialized) patent applications during FY 2013 than the number
estimated to be filed in the absence of a fee increase (with new fee
schedule implementation for half the fiscal year). The Office estimated
that 2.7 percent fewer new patent applications would be filed during FY
2014 and 4.0 percent fewer new patent applications would be filed
during FY 2015 in response to the fee adjustment. Despite this decrease
in new patent applications filed when compared to the number filed
absent the fee increase, the Office estimated that the overall number
of patent applications filed would continue to grow each year, albeit
at a lower growth rate in FY 2013 through FY 2015. The Office estimated
that beginning in FY 2016, the growth in patent applications filed
would return to the same levels anticipated in the absence of a fee
increase. To the extent that there is some impact on filings, the
Office determined that the benefits of the fee changes outweigh the
temporary cost of fewer patent filings. The additional revenue
generated from the increase in fees provides sufficient resources to
decrease pendency. The reduction in pendency is estimated to increase
private patent value by shortening the time for an invention to be
commercialized or otherwise obtain value from the exclusive right for
the technology. Additional information about this estimate is available
at https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/fees.jsp, in a document
entitled ``USPTO Section 10 Fee Setting--Description of Elasticity
Estimates.'' The economic impact of this proposed adjustment is further
considered in the cost and benefit analysis included in the Regulatory
Impact Analysis, available at https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/fees.jsp.
It should be noted that utility patent fees are referenced in this
section to simplify the discussion of the fee rationale. However, the
rationale also applies to the filing, search, and examination fee
changes for design, plant, reissue, and PCT national stage fees as
outlined in the ``USPTO Section 10 Fee Setting--Table of Patent Fee
Changes.''
Request for Continued Examination (RCE)--First Request:
Table 10--First Request for Continued Examination (RCE) Fee Changes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees Final fees Dollar change Percent change
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Fee description Large (small) Large (small) Large (small) Large (small)
[micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
First Request for Continued Examination $930 $1,200 +$270 +29%
(RCE)..................................
($465) ($600) (+$135) (+29%)
[N/A] [$300] [-$165] [-35%]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 11--Request for Continued Examination (RCE) Historical Cost Information
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Historical unit cost information FY 2011 FY 2010 FY 2009
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Request for Continued Examination (RCE)................... $2,070 $1,696 $1,881
Percentage of RCE cost compared to the cost to process a 60% 43% 51%
new application..........................................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The historical unit cost information is calculated by subtracting the cost to complete a single application with
no RCEs from the cost to complete a single application with one RCE. A description of the cost components is
available for review in the ``Section 10 Fee Setting--Activity-Based Information and Costing Methodology''
document. It is reasonable to expect that the cost to the Office to complete a single RCE should be less than
the cost to complete a new application because an RCE is continuing from work already performed on the original
application. The Office's historical cost data demonstrates this, with the cost to process an RCE being, on
average, half of the cost to prosecute a new application.......................................................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
An applicant may file an RCE in an application that is under final
rejection (i.e., prosecution is closed) by filing a submission and
paying a specified fee within the requisite time period. Applicants
typically file an RCE when they choose to continue to prosecute an
application before the examiner, rather than appeal a rejection or
abandon the
[[Page 4229]]
application. In FY 2011 and FY 2012, about 30 percent of applications
filed were for RCEs. Generally, around 70 percent of RCE applications
filed in a year are for first RCEs and the remaining 30 percent are for
a second or subsequent RCE. Given this data, it is reasonable to expect
that most outstanding issues are resolved with the first RCE.
In this final rule, the Office divides the fee for RCEs into two
parts: (1) A lower fee for a first RCE; and (2) a second, higher fee
for a second or subsequent RCE. The Office divided this RCE fee
because, as stated before, 70 percent of RCEs are for the first RCE,
which indicates that applicants need modest additional time to resolve
the outstanding issues with the examiner. Multipart RCE fees
demonstrate how the Office seeks to facilitate effective administration
of the patent system and offer patent prosecution options to
applicants.
The large entity fee for the first RCE is set approximately 36
percent below cost recovery at $1,200 to advance innovation by easing
the burden on an applicant needing to resolve outstanding items with an
examiner. The USPTO calculated the large entity cost for an RCE at
$1,882 by averaging historical costs after estimating the incremental
cost to complete a single application with one RCE compared to the cost
to complete an application with no RCE. The RCE fee in the current fee
structure is set at 74 percent of the total fees for filing, search,
and examination ($930 divided by $1,260). The fee relationship of a
first RCE to total fees for filing, search, and examination set herein
remains the same at 75 percent ($1,200 divided by $1,600).
When an applicant does not agree with a final rejection notice, the
applicant has the option to file a notice of appeal as an alternative
to filing an RCE. The fee to file a notice of appeal is also set below
cost recovery and less than the fee set for the first, and second and
subsequent RCEs (see appeal fee information in a following section).
The USPTO chose this fee relationship to ensure all applicants have
viable options to dispute a final rejection when they believe the
examiner has erred. These patent prosecution options allow applicants
to make critical decisions at multiple points in the patent prosecution
process.
In addition to dividing the current RCE fee into two parts, the
Office is piloting other ways to address RCEs. Specifically, the Office
is operating two pilot programs that aim to avoid the need to file an
RCE by permitting: (i) An Information Disclosure Statement to be
submitted after payment of the issue fee; and (ii) further
consideration of after final responses.
The first initiative, called Quick Path Information Disclosure
Statement (QPIDS) Pilot, permits an applicant to file an IDS after a
final rejection and gives the examiner time to consider whether
prosecution should be reopened. If the items of information in the IDS
do not require prosecution to be reopened, the application will return
to issue, thereby eliminating the need for applicants to file an RCE.
The second initiative, called the After Final Consideration Pilot
(AFCP), authorizes a limited amount of non-production time for
examiners to consider responses filed after a final rejection with the
goal of achieving compact prosecution and increased collaboration
between examiners and stakeholders. The Office believes these two pilot
programs should reduce the need for RCEs and thereby enable applicants
to secure a patent through a single application filing.
Apart from these pilot programs, the USPTO is collaborating with
the PPAC on an RCE outreach effort. The objective of this initiative is
to identify the reasons why applicants file RCEs, identify any
practices for avoiding unnecessary RCEs, and explore new programs or
changes in current programs that could reduce the need for some RCEs.
The Office recently issued a request for comments on RCE practice in
the Federal Register (see 77 FR 72830 (Dec. 6, 2012)) as a part of this
multi-step approach to address concerns with respect to RCE practice
and engage in related efforts directed at reducing patent application
pendency.
Request for Continued Examination (RCE)--Second and Subsequent
Request (New):
Table 12--Second and Subsequent Request for Continued Examination (RCE) Fee Changes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees Final fees Dollar change Percent change
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Fee description Large (small) Large (small) Large (small) Large (small)
[micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Second and Subsequent Requests for $930 $1,700 +$770 +83%
Continued Examination (RCE) (NEW)......
($465) ($850) (+$385) (+83%)
[N/A] [$425] [-$40] [-9%]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 13--Request for Continued Examination (RCE) Historical Cost Information
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Historical unit cost information FY 2011 FY 2010 FY 2009
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Request for Continued Examination (RCE)................... $2,070 $1,696 $1,881
Percentage of RCE cost compared to the cost to process a 60% 43% 51%
new application..........................................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The historical unit cost information is calculated by subtracting the cost to complete a single application with
no RCEs from the cost to complete a single application with one RCE. A description of the cost components is
available for review in the ``Section 10 Fee Setting--Activity-Based Information and Costing Methodology''
document. It is reasonable to expect that the cost to the Office to complete a single RCE should be less than
the cost to complete a new application because an RCE is continuing from work already performed on the original
application. The Office's historical cost data demonstrates this, as the cost to process an RCE is on average,
half of the cost to prosecute a new application................................................................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As discussed previously, in this rule, the Office divides the fee
for RCEs into two parts: (1) A lower fee for a first RCE; and (2) a
second, higher fee for a second or subsequent RCE. Multipart RCE fees
demonstrate how the Office seeks to
[[Page 4230]]
facilitate effective administration of the patent system and offer
patent prosecution options to applicants. The Office divided this RCE
fee because, as noted above, approximately 30 percent of RCEs are for a
second or subsequent RCE, which indicates that most applicants
generally need only one RCE to resolve outstanding issues with the
examiner.
The Office sets the large entity fee for second and subsequent RCEs
at $1,700, which is about 10 percent below cost recovery. The USPTO
calculated the large entity cost for an RCE at $1,882 by averaging
historical costs after estimating the incremental cost to complete a
single application with one RCE compared to the cost to complete an
application with no RCE.
The Office recognizes that an RCE may be less costly to examine
than a new continuing application in certain situations. However, the
patent fee structure is designed such that the costs associated with
the processing and examination of a new or continuing application are
recovered by issue and maintenance fees, allowing for a fee
significantly below cost recovery. To avoid setting higher issue and
maintenance fees to offset the cost of processing second and subsequent
RCEs, the fees for those RCEs are set closer to cost recovery. The
Office determined that increasing the issue and/or maintenance fees to
offset lower than cost recovery second and subsequent RCEs fees would
cause the majority of filers (who do not seek more than one RCE) to
subsidize services provided to the small minority of filers who seek
two or more RCEs. The Office does not believe such subsidization would
be an optimal result.
As discussed earlier, when an applicant does not agree with a final
rejection notice, the applicant has the option to file a notice of
appeal, for which the fee is also set below cost recovery and less than
the fee proposed for the first, and second and subsequent, RCEs (see
appeal fee information in the following section). The USPTO chose this
fee relationship to ensure that all applicants have viable options to
dispute a final rejection when they believe the examiner has erred.
These patent prosecution options allow applicants to make critical
decisions at multiple points in the patent prosecution process.
Appeal Fees (Partially New):
Table 14--Appeal Fee Changes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees Final fees Dollar change Percent change
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Fee description Large (small) Large (small) Large (small) Large (small)
[micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notice of Appeal........................ $630 $800 +$170 +27%
($315) ($400) (+$85) (+27%)
[N/A] [$200] [-$115] [-37%]
Filing a Brief in Support of an Appeal $630 $0 -$630 -100%
in Application or Ex Parte
Reexamination Proceeding...............
($315) ($0) (-$315) (-100%)
[N/A] [$0] [-$315] [-100%]
Appeal Forwarding Fee for Appeal in $2,000 N/A N/A
Examination or Ex Parte Reexamination
Proceeding or Filing a Brief in Support
of an Appeal in Inter Partes
Reexamination (NEW)....................
NEW ($1,000) (N/A) (N/A)
[$500] [N/A] [N/A]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Appeal Fees................... $1,260 $800 -$460 -37%
(paid before Examiner Answer).......
($630) ($400) (-$230) (-37%)
[N/A] [$200] [-$430] [-68%]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Appeal Fees................... $1,260 $2,800 +$1,540 +122%
(paid after Examiner Answer).......
($630) ($1,400) (+$770) (+122%)
[N/A] [$700] [+$70] [+11%]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 15--Appeal Fee Historical Cost Information
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Historical unit cost information FY 2011 FY 2010 FY 2009
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notice of Appeal to Patent Trial and Appeal Board (PTAB).. $4,799 $4,960 $5,008
Filing a Brief in Support of an Appeal....................
Appeal Forwarding Fee.....................................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
An applicant who disagrees with an examiner's final rejection may
appeal to the PTAB by filing a notice of appeal and the required fee
within the time period provided. An applicant likewise may file a
notice of appeal after the applicant's claim(s) has/have been twice
rejected, regardless of whether the claim(s) has/have been finally
rejected. Further, an applicant may file a notice of appeal after a
first rejection in a continuing application if any of the claims in the
parent application were previously rejected.
Within two months from the date of filing a notice of appeal, an
appellant must file a Brief. Then, the examiner must file an Examiner's
Answer. After the Examiner's Answer is mailed, the appeal file is
forwarded to the PTAB for review.
Currently, a large entity applicant pays $630 to file a notice of
appeal and another $630 when filing a Brief--a total
[[Page 4231]]
of $1,260. These current fees only recover approximately 25 percent of
the Office's cost of an appeal. In this final rule, the Office
increases appeal fees to reduce the gap between fees and cost. At the
same time, the Office offers patent prosecution options to applicants
and stages the appeal fees to recover additional cost at later points
in time and thereby minimize the cost impacts on applicants associated
with withdrawn final rejections.
In the NPRM, the Office proposed to set a $1,000 notice of appeal
fee and a $0 fee when filing the brief. After evaluating comments
received from the PPAC and the public, the Office is adjusting the
notice of appeal fee down to $800 and setting the $0 fee when filing
the brief. The Office recognizes that after some notices of appeal are
filed, the matter is resolved, and there is no need to take the
ultimate step of forwarding the appeal to the PTAB for a decision. The
Office further sets a $2,000 fee to forward the appeal file--containing
the appellant's Brief and the Examiner's Answer--to the PTAB for
review. This fee is the same as the Office proposed in the NPRM. Under
this fee structure, 28 percent of the fee would be paid at the time of
notice of appeal, and the remaining 72 percent would be paid after the
Examiner's Answer, but only if the appeal is forwarded to the PTAB. The
Office estimates that less than 5 percent of applicants who receive
final rejections will pay the full fee ($2,800) required to forward an
appeal to PTAB. This fee structure allows the appellant to reduce the
amount invested in the appeal process until receiving the Examiner's
Answer. In fact, when prosecution issues are resolved after the notice
of appeal and before forwarding an appeal to the PTAB, a large entity
appellant would pay only $800 to obtain an Examiner's Answer, 37
percent less than under the current fee structure.
Staging the appeal fees in this manner allows applicants to pay
less in situations when an application is either allowed or reopened
instead of being forwarded to the PTAB. This patent prosecution option
allows applicants to make critical decisions at multiple points in the
patent prosecution process. Also, just as the Office is exploring ways
to minimize unnecessary RCE filings, the Office is likewise exploring
other options, including pilot programs, in an effort to reduce the
need to appeal to the PTAB.
Ex Parte Reexamination:
Table 16--Ex Parte Reexamination Fee Changes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees Final fees Dollar change Percent change
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Fee Description Large (small) Large (small) Large (small) Large (small)
[micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ex Parte Reexamination.................. $17,750 $12,000 -$5,750 -32%
(N/A) ($6,000) (-$11,750) (-66%)
[N/A] [$3,000] [-$14,750] [-83%]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 17--Ex Parte Reexamination Historical Cost Information
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Historical unit cost information FY 2011 FY 2010 FY 2009
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ex Parte Reexamination.................................... $19,626 $16,648 $17,162
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 18--Ex Parte Reexamination Prospective Cost Information
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Prospective cost information FY 2013
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supplemental Examination Fee Methodology for Final $17,750
Rule (77 FR 48828 (Aug. 14, 2012)) available at https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/supp_exam_fee_meth_fr.pdf.........................................
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Any person (including anonymously) may file a petition for the ex
parte reexamination of a patent that has been issued. The Office
initially determines if the petition presents ``a substantial new
question of patentability'' as to the challenged claims. If such a new
question has been presented, the Office will order an ex parte
reexamination of the patent for the relevant claims.
After noting a disparity between the previous ex parte
reexamination fee ($2,520) and the cost of completing the proceeding
($17,750), the Office increased the fee using its authority under 35
U.S.C. section 41(d). (See Changes To Implement the Supplemental
Examination Provisions of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act and To
Revise Reexamination Fees, 77 FR 48828 (Aug. 14, 2012)).
In the NPRM, the Office proposed setting the ex parte reexamination
fee at $15,000, which is 15 percent below the Office's cost of
conducting the proceeding, and introduced new small and micro entity
discounts for an ex parte reexamination (in accordance with section 10,
third party requestors are not eligible for the micro entity
discounts).
In this final rule, the Office further reduces the large entity fee
for ex parte reexamination from $15,000 (as proposed in the NPRM) to
$12,000, which is 32 percent below the Office's cost of conducting the
proceeding. Setting the fee below cost permits easier access to the ex
parte reexamination process, which benefits the patent system and
patent quality by removing low quality patents.
The ex parte reexamination fee is due at the time of filing,
however, it is in essence a two-part fee. First, part of the ex parte
reexamination fee helps to recover the costs for analyzing the request
and drafting the decision whether to grant or deny ex parte
reexamination. This is based on the fee set forth in 37 CFR 1.20(c)(7)
for a denied request for ex parte reexamination ($3,600, $1,800 for a
small entity, and $900 for a micro entity patentee). Second, the
remaining part of the fee helps to recover the costs for conducting ex
parte reexamination if the request for ex parte reexamination is
[[Page 4232]]
granted. This is based on the ex parte reexamination fee set forth in
37 CFR 1.20(c)(1) less the fee set forth in 37 CFR 1.20(c)(7) for a
denied request for ex parte reexamination ($12,000 less $3,600 equals
$8,400 for a large entity; $6,000 less $1,800 equals $4,200 for a small
entity; and $3,000 less $900 equals $2,100 for a micro entity
patentee).
Supplemental Examination:
Table 19--Supplemental Examination Fee Changes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees Final fees Dollar change Percent change
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Fee description Large ( small) Large ( small) Large ( small) Large ( small)
[micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Processing and Treating a Request for $5,140 $4,400 -$740 -14%
Supplemental Examination--Up to 20 (N/A) ($2,200) (-$2,940) (-57%)
Sheets................................. [N/A] [$1,100] [-$4,040] [-79%]
Ex Parte Reexamination Ordered as a $16,120 $12,100 -$4,020 -25%
Result of a Supplemental Examination (N/A) ($6,050) (-$10,070) (-62%)
Proceeding............................. [N/A] [$3,025] [-$13,095] [-81%]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Supplemental Examination Fees. $21,260 $16,500 -$4,760 -22%
(N/A) ($8,250) (-$13,010) (-61%)
[N/A] [$4,125] [-$17,135] [-81%]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 20--Supplemental Examination Prospective Cost Information
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Prospective cost information FY 2013
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supplemental Examination Fee Methodology for Final Rule (77 FR 48828
(Aug. 14, 2012)) available at https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/supp_exam_fee_meth_fr.pdf
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supplemental Examination Request *...................... $5,180
Supplemental Examination Reexamination.................. 16,120
---------------
Total Supplemental Examination Costs................ 21,300
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* In the final rule, the Office estimated its fiscal year 2013 cost for
processing and treating a request for supplemental examination to be
$5,180. The Office also estimated that the document size fees will
recover an average of $40 per request for supplemental examination.
Therefore, the Office added new Sec. 1.20(k)(1) to set a fee of
$5,140 for processing and treating a request for supplemental
examination (the estimated 2013 cost amount rounded to the nearest ten
dollars minus $40).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supplemental examination is a new proceeding created by the AIA
with an effective date of September 16, 2012 (see Changes To Implement
the Supplemental Examination Provisions of the Leahy-Smith America
Invents Act and To Revise Reexamination Fees, 77 FR 48828 (Aug. 14,
2012)). A patent owner may request a supplemental examination of a
patent by the Office to consider, reconsider, or correct information
believed to be relevant to the patent. This proceeding will help the
patent owner preempt inequitable conduct challenges to the patent. The
need for this proceeding arises only after a patent owner recognizes
that there is information that should have been brought to the
attention of the Office to consider or reconsider during the
application process, or information submitted during the application
process that needs to be corrected.
The current fees for the request for supplemental examination and
the ex parte reexamination ordered as a result of a supplemental
examination proceeding are $5,140 and $16,120, respectively, as set
using the Office's authority under 35 U.S.C. 41(d).
In the NPRM, the Office proposed to adjust supplemental examination
fees to 15 percent below cost at $18,000 ($4,400 for the request and
$13,600 for the reexamination). After updating the patent operating
plans and corresponding aggregate costs in response to public comments,
the Office determined that it could reduce the supplemental examination
fee further while continuing to ensure that the aggregate revenue
equals aggregate cost. In this rule, the Office is reducing the fee for
conducting an ex parte reexamination ordered as a result of a
supplemental examination to $12,100 and setting the total supplemental
examination fees at $16,500 ($4,400 for the request and $12,100 for the
reexamination), which is 22 percent below the Office's cost for these
services.
The Office believes these reduced fee amounts continue to be
sufficient to encourage applicants to submit applications with all
relevant information during initial examination, yet low enough to
facilitate effective administration of the patent system by providing
patentees with a procedure to immunize a patent from an inequitable
conduct challenge.
Inter Partes Review:
[[Page 4233]]
Table 21-- Inter Partes Review Fee Changes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees Final fees Dollar change Percent change
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Fee description Large (small) Large (small) Large (small) Large (small)
[micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Inter Partes Review Request--Up to 20 NEW $9,000 N/A N/A
Claims (Per Claim Fee for Each Claim in (N/A) (N/A) (N/A)
Excess of 20 is $200) (NEW)............ [N/A] [N/A] [N/A]
Inter Partes Review Post Institution NEW $14,000 N/A N/A
Fee--Up to 15 Claims (Per Claim Fee for (N/A) (N/A) (N/A)
Each Claim in Excess of 15 is $400) [N/A] [N/A] [N/A]
(NEW)..................................
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Inter Partes Review Fees (For $27,200 $23,000 -$4,200 -15%
Current Fees, Per Claim Fee for (N/A) (N/A) (N/A) (N/A)
Each Claim in Excess of 20 is $600) [N/A] [N/A] [N/A] [N/A]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 22--Inter Partes Review Prospective Cost Information
------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Prospective cost information FY 2013
------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Total Inter Partes Review cost calculation of $27,200 included in
Changes to Implement Inter Partes Review Proceedings, Post-Grant Review
Proceedings, and Transitional Program for Covered Business Method
Patents, 77 FR 48680 (Aug. 14, 2012) is available for review at https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR-2012-08-14/pdf/2012-17906.pdf. The Office
estimated that 35 hours of Judge time would be required during review
and used this as the basis for estimating the cost for the Inter Partes
Review. The IT-related costs are included in the Review Request portion
of the fee.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description Base cost Per claim cost
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Inter Partes Review Request--up to $10,500 > 20 = $200
20 claims..........................
Inter Partes Review Post Institution 16,700 > 15 = $400
Fee--up to 15 claims...............
-----------------------------------
Total Inter Partes Review Costs. 27,200 N/A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Inter partes review is a new trial proceeding created by the AIA
with an effective date of September 16, 2012 (see Changes to Implement
Inter Partes Review Proceedings, Post-Grant Review Proceedings, and
Transitional Program for Covered Business Method Patents 77 FR 48680
(Aug. 14, 2012). Inter partes review allows the Office to review the
patentability of one or more claims in a patent only on a ground that
could be raised under 35 U.S.C. 102 or 103, and only on the basis of
prior art consisting of patents or printed publications. The inter
partes review process begins when a third party files a petition nine
months after the grant of a patent. An inter partes review may be
instituted upon a showing that there is a reasonable likelihood that
the petitioner would prevail with respect to at least one claim
challenged. If the review is instituted and not dismissed, the PTAB
will issue a final determination within one year of institution. The
period can be extended for good cause for up to six months from the
date of one year after instituting the review.
In this final rule, the Office sets the inter partes review fees at
a level below the Office's cost recovery and improves the fee payment
structure. The Office sets four separate fees for inter partes review,
which a petitioner would pay upon filing a petition. The Office also
chooses to return fees for post-institution services should a review
not be instituted. Similarly, the Office establishes that fees paid for
post-institution review of a large number of claims will be returned if
the Office only institutes the review of a subset of the requested
claims.
The USPTO sets the fee for an inter partes review petition at
$9,000 for up to 20 claims. This fee would not be returned or refunded
to the petitioner even if the review is not instituted.
In addition, the USPTO sets a per claim fee of $200 for each claim
requested for review in excess of 20. This fee would not be returned or
refunded to the petitioner if the review is not instituted or if the
institution is limited to a subset of the requested claims.
The USPTO also sets the inter partes review post-institution fee at
$14,000 for a review of up to 15 claims. This fee would be returned to
the petitioner if the Office does not institute a review. Likewise, the
Office sets a per claim fee of $400 for review of each claim in excess
of 15 during the post-institution trial. The entire post-institution
fee would be returned to the petitioner if the Office does not
institute a review. The entire excess claims fee would be returned if
review of 15 or fewer claims is instituted. If the Office reviews more
than 15 claims, but fewer than all of the requested claims, it would
return part of the fee for each claim the Office did not review.
For example, under this final rule, if a party requests inter
partes review of 52 claims, the petitioner would pay a single fee up
front comprising two parts and totaling $44,200. The first part is for
determining whether to institute the review and would include the base
fee ($9,000) plus a fee of $200 for each of the additional 32 claims
(52 minus 20), which equates to an additional $6,400 for a total review
request fee of $15,400 ($9,000 plus $6,400). The second part of the fee
is for when the review is instituted and includes the base fee of
$14,000 plus a fee of $400 for each of the additional 37 claims (52
minus 15),
[[Page 4234]]
which equates to an additional $14,800 for a total post institution fee
of $28,800 ($14,000 plus $14,800). In addition, under this rule, if the
petitioner seeks review of 52 claims, but the Office only institutes
review of 40 claims, the Office would return $4,800 (it did not
institute review of the 41st through 52nd claim for which review was
requested). Alternatively, if the review is not instituted at all, the
portion of the fee covering the trial would be returned (i.e., the base
post-institution fee of $14,000 as well as the $14,800 for claims over
15, for a total of $28,800).
The Office sets these two claim thresholds--one for petitions (up
to 20 claims) and the other for the post-institution trials (up to 15
claims)--because it anticipates that it will not institute review of 25
percent of claims for which review is requested. The Office bases this
approach on its analysis of the initial inter partes reexaminations
filed after September 15, 2011, as well as the new opportunity for
patent owners to file a response to the petition before the Office
determines whether and for which claims to institute review.
This approach also considers certain policy factors, such as
fostering innovation by facilitating greater access to the inter partes
review proceedings and thereby removing low quality patents from the
patent system.
Post-Grant Review or Covered Business Method Patent Review:
Table 23--Post-Grant Review or Covered Business Method Patent Review Fee Changes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees Final fees Dollar change Percent change
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Fee description Large (small) Large (small) Large (small) Large (small)
[micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Post-Grant Review or Covered Business NEW $12,000 N/A N/A
Method Patent Review Request--Up to 20 (N/A) (N/A) (N/A)
Claims (Per Claim Fee for Each Claim in [N/A] [N/A] [N/A]
Excess of 20 is $250) (NEW)............
Post-Grant Review or Covered Business NEW $18,000 N/A N/A
Method Patent Review Post Institution (N/A) (N/A) (N/A)
Fee--Up to 15 Claims (Per Claim Fee for [N/A] [N/A] [N/A]
Each Claim in Excess of 15 is $550)
(NEW)..................................
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Post-Grant Review or Covered $35,800 $30,000 -$5,800 -16%
Business Method Patent Review Fees (N/A) (N/A) (N/A) (N/A)
(For Current Fees, Per Claim Fee [N/A] [N/A] [N/A] [N/A]
for Each Claim in Excess of 20 is
$800)..............................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 24--Post-Grant Review or Covered Business Method Patent Review
Prospective Cost Information
------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Prospective cost information FY 2013
------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Total Post-Grant Review cost calculation of $35,800 included in
Changes to Implement Inter Partes Review Proceedings, Post-Grant Review
Proceedings, and Transitional Program for Covered Business Method
Patents, 77 FR 48680 (Aug. 14, 2012) is available for review at https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR-2012-08-14/pdf/2012-17906.pdf. The Office
estimated that 50 hours of Judge time would be required during review
and used this as the basis for estimating the cost for the Post-Grant
Review. The IT-related costs are included in the Review Request portion
of the fee.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description Base cost Per claim cost
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Post-Grant Review or Covered $14,700 > 20 = $250
Business Method Patent Review
Request--up to 20 claims...........
Post-Grant Review or Covered 21,100 > 15 = $550
Business Method Patent Review Post
Institution Fee--up to 15 claims...
-----------------------------------
Total Post-Grant Review Costs... 35,800 N/A
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Post-grant review is a new trial proceeding created by the AIA with
an effective date of September 16, 2012 (see Changes to Implement Inter
Partes Review Proceedings, Post-Grant Review Proceedings, and
Transitional Program for Covered Business Method Patents, 77 FR 48680
(Aug. 14, 2012)). Post-grant review allows the Office to review the
patentability of one or more claims in a patent on any ground that
could be raised under 35 U.S.C. 282(b)(2) and (b)(3) in effect on
September 16, 2012. The post-grant review process begins when a third
party files a petition within nine months of the grant of a patent. A
post-grant review may be instituted upon a showing that it is more
likely than not that at least one challenged claim is unpatentable or
that the petition raises an unsettled legal question that is important
to other patents or patent applications. If the review is instituted
and not dismissed, the PTAB will issue a final determination within one
year of institution. This period can be extended for good cause for up
to six months from the date of one year after instituting the review.
In this final rule, the Office sets the post-grant review fee at a
level below the Office's cost recovery and improves the fee payment
structure. The Office sets four separate fees for post-grant review,
which the petitioner would pay upon filing a petition for post-grant
review. The Office also chooses to return fees for post-institution
services if a review is not instituted. Similarly, the Office
establishes that fees paid for a post-institution review of a large
[[Page 4235]]
number of claims will be returned if the Office only institutes the
review of a subset of the requested claims. The same structure and fees
apply for covered business method review.
The Office sets the fee for a post-grant review petition at $12,000
for up to 20 claims. This fee would not be returned or refunded to the
petitioner even if the review is not instituted by the Office.
In addition, the Office sets a per claim fee of $250 for each claim
in excess of 20. This fee would not be returned or refunded to the
petitioner if the review is not instituted, or if the institution is
limited to a subset of the requested claims.
The USPTO also sets a post-grant review post-institution fee at
$18,000 for post-institution review of up to 15 claims. This fee would
be returned to the petitioner if the Office does not institute a
review. Likewise, the Office sets a per claim fee of $550 for review of
each claim in excess of 15 during the post-institution review. The
entire fee would be returned to the petitioner if the Office does not
institute a review. The excess claims fees would be returned if review
of 15 or fewer claims is instituted. If the Office reviews more than 15
claims, but fewer than all of the requested claims, it would return
part of the fee for each claim that was not instituted.
For example, under this final rule, a party seeking post-grant
review of 52 claims would pay a single fee up front comprising two
parts and totaling $58,350. The first part is for determining whether
to institute the review and would include the base fee ($12,000) plus a
fee of $250 for each of the additional 32 claims (52 minus 20), which
equates to an additional $8,000 for a total review request fee of
$20,000 ($12,000 plus $8,000). The second part of the fee is for when
the review is instituted and includes the base fee of $18,000 plus a
fee of $550 for each of the additional 37 claims (52 minus 15), which
equates to an additional $20,350 for a total post institution fee of
$38,350 ($18,000 plus $20,350). In addition, under this rule, if the
petitioner requests review of 52 claims, but the Office only institutes
review of 40 claims, then the Office would return $6,600 (it did not
institute review of the 41st through 52nd claims for which review was
requested). Alternatively, if a review is not instituted at all, the
Office would return $38,350 ($20,350 for claims over 15, as well as the
base $18,000 post-institution fee).
The Office sets two different claim thresholds--one for petition
(up to 20 claims) and the other for the post-institution trials (up to
15 claims)--because it anticipates that it will not institute a review
of 25 percent of claims for which review is requested. The Office bases
this approach on its analysis of the initial inter partes
reexaminations filed after September 15, 2011, as well as the new
opportunity for patent owners to file a response to the petition before
the Office determines whether and for which claims to institute review.
The approach also considers certain policy factors, such as
fostering innovation through facilitating greater access to the post-
grant review proceedings and thereby removes low quality patents from
the patent system.
Pre Grant Publication (PGPub) Fee:
Table 25--Pre Grant Publication (PGPub) Fee Changes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees Final fees Dollar change Percent change
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Fee description Large (small) Large (small) Large (small) Large (small)
[micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Publication Fee for Early, Voluntary, or $300 $0 -$300 -100%
Normal Publication.....................
Publication Fee for Republication....... 300 300 0 0%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 26--Pre Grant Publication (PGPub) Historical Cost Information
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Historical unit cost information FY 2011 FY 2010 FY 2009
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Publication Fee for Early, Voluntary, or Normal Publication.. $181 $158 $243
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With certain exceptions, each nonprovisional utility and plant
patent application is published 18 months from the earliest effective
filing date. The fee for this pre-grant publication (PGPub) is paid
only after a patent is granted. If a patent is never granted, the
applicant does not pay the fee for PGPub. Once the Office determines
that the invention claimed in a patent application is patentable, the
Office sends a notice of allowance to the applicant, outlining the
patent application publication fees due, along with the patent issue
fee. The applicant must pay these publication and issue fees three
months from the date of the notice of allowance to avoid abandoning the
application.
Currently, the PGPub fee is set at $300 and collects over one and a
half times the cost to publish a patent application. The IP system
benefits from publishing patent applications; disclosing information
publicly stimulates research and development, as well as subsequent
commercialization through further development or refinement of an
invention. Therefore, a lower PGPub fee would benefit both applicants
and innovators in the patent system.
Given that publishing a patent application 18 months after its
earliest effective filing date benefits the IP system more than
individual applicants, the Office reduces the PGPub fee to $0. Reducing
this fee also helps rebalance the fee structure and offsets the
proposed increases to filing, search, and examination fees ($340
increase, less this $300 decrease is a net $40 increase--or 3 percent--
to apply for a patent and publish the application). However, to allow
the Office to recover sufficient revenue to pay for the projected cost
of patent operations in FY 2013, the effective date of the proposed
reduction to the PGPub fee is January 1, 2014.
The PGPub fee for republication of a patent application
(1.18(d)(2)) is not adjusted, but is set at the existing rate of $300.
The Office keeps this fee at its existing rate for each patent
application that must be published again after a first publication for
$0.
[[Page 4236]]
(3) Fees To Be Set Above Cost Recovery
There are two fees that the Office sets above cost recovery that
meet the greater than plus or minus 5 percent and 10 dollars criteria.
The policy factor relevant to setting fees above cost recovery is
fostering innovation. Back-end fees work in concert with front-end
fees. The above-cost, back-end fees allow the Office to recover the
revenue required to subsidize the cost of entry into the patent system
and reduce the backlog of patent applications. A discussion of the
rationale for each change follows.
Issue Fees:
Table 27--Issue Fee Changes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees Final fees Dollar change Percent change
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Fee description Large (small) Large (small) Large (small) Large (small)
[micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Utility Issue Fee....................... +$1,770 +$960 -$810 -46%
(+$885) (+$480) (-$405) (-46%)
[N/A] [+$240] [-$645] [-73%]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 28--Issue Fee Historical Cost Information
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Historical unit cost information FY 2011 FY 2010 FY 2009
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Utility Issue Fee............................. $257 $231 $224
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Once the Office determines that the invention claimed in a patent
application is patentable, the USPTO sends a notice of allowance to the
applicant outlining the patent application publication and patent issue
fees due. The applicant must pay the publication and issue fees three
months from the date of the notice of allowance to avoid abandoning the
application.
In setting fees due after completing prosecution at a level higher
than cost, front-end fees can be maintained below cost, thereby
fostering innovation. Currently, the large entity issue fee is set at
$1,770, which is seven times more than the cost of issuing a patent.
This fee recovers revenue, but it also poses a challenge to applicants
at the time of allowance. When the issue fee is due, patent owners
possess less information about the value of their invention than they
do a few years later. Lowering issue fees will help inventors
financially at a time when the marketability of their invention is less
certain. Additionally, setting the PGPub fee at $0 as discussed above,
and recovering the combined cost of publishing and issuing an
application through only the issue fee benefits small and micro entity
innovators. The 50 percent discount for small entities and 75 percent
discount for micro entities are not available for the publication fee,
but are available for the issue fee. Thus, there are benefits to both
the IP system and the applicant when the issue fees are set at an
amount lower than the current fee amount, but still above cost
recovery.
To both maintain the beneficial aspects of this back-end subsidy
model and realign the balance of the fee structure, the Office
decreases the large entity issue fee to $960. This amount is about
twice the cost of both publishing an application (which is set below
cost at $0) and issuing a patent. This fee adjustment is over a 50
percent decrease from the amount currently paid for both the PGPub and
issue fees together. The Office is adjusting the issue fee in two
steps. First, the Office sets the issue fee at $1,780 and makes
available a 50 percent discount for small entities and a 75 percent
discount for micro entities. Second, the Office decreases the large
entity issue fee to $960 effective January 1, 2014, and continues to
make available discounts for small and micro entities.
It should be noted that only utility issue fees are referenced in
this section to simplify the discussion of the fee rationale. However,
the rationale is applicable to the issue fee changes for design, plant,
and reissue fees as outlined in the ``USPTO Section 10 Fee Setting--
Table of Patent Fee Changes.''
Maintenance Fees:
Table 29--Maintenance Fee Changes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees Final fees Dollar change Percent change
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Fee description Large (small) Large (small) Large (small) Large (small)
[micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maintenance Fee Due at 3.5 Years (1st $1,150 $1,600 +$450 +39%
Stage)................................. ($575) ($800) (+$225) (+39%)
[N/A] [$400] [$-175] [-30%]
Maintenance Fee Due at 7.5 Years (2nd $2,900 $3,600 +$700 +24%
Stage)................................. ($1,450) ($1,800) (+$350) (+24%)
[N/A] [$900] [-$550] [-38%]
Maintenance Fee Due at 11.5 Years (3rd $4,810 $7,400 +$2,590 +54%
Stage)................................. ($2,405) ($3,700) (+$1,295) (+54%)
[N/A] [$1,850] [-$555] [-23%]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 4237]]
Table 30--Maintenance Fee Historical Cost Information
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Historical unit cost information FY 2011 * FY 2010 FY 2009
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maintenance Fee Due at 3.5 Years (1st Stage).................... .............. $1 $2
Maintenance Fee Due at 7.5 Years (2nd Stage).................... .............. 1 2
Maintenance Fee Due at 11.5 Years (3rd Stage)................... .............. 1 2
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Beginning in FY 2011, the Office determined that the maintenance fee activity was in support of the process
application fees activity and its associated fees. Therefore, the Office reassigned these costs accordingly,
and no longer estimates a unit cost for maintenance fee activities. Additional information about the
methodology for determining the cost of performing the Office's activities, including the cost components
related to respective fees, available at https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/fees.jsp#heading-1 in the
document titled ``USPTO Section 10 Fee Setting--Activity-Based Information and Costing Methodology.''
Maintenance fees must be paid at defined intervals--3.5 years, 7.5
years, and 11.5 years--after the Office grants a utility patent in
order to keep the patent in force. Maintaining a patent costs the
Office very little. However, maintenance fees benefit the Office and
the patent system by generating revenue that permits the Office to keep
front-end fees below cost and to subsidize the cost of prosecution for
small and micro entity innovators.
Additionally, maintenance fees will be paid only by patent owners
who believe the value of their patent is higher than the fees for
renewing their patent rights. On this score, setting early maintenance
fees lower than later maintenance fees mitigates uncertainty associated
with the value of the patent. As the value becomes more certain over
time, the maintenance fee increases because patent owners have more
information about the commercial value of the patented invention and
can more readily decide whether the benefit of a patent outweighs the
cost of the fee.
Therefore, under a progressively higher maintenance fee schedule, a
patent holder is positioned to perform an individual cost-benefit
analysis to determine if the patent is at least as valuable as the
maintenance fee payment. When the patent holder determines that the
patent benefit (value) outweighs the cost (maintenance fee), the holder
will likely continue to maintain the patent. Conversely, when the
patent holder determines that the benefit is less than the cost, the
holder likely will not maintain the patent to full term. When the
patent expires, the subject matter of the patent is no longer held with
exclusive patent rights, and the public may utilize the invention and
work to extend its innovation or commercialization. More information on
the economic costs and benefits of patent renewal can be found in the
rulemaking RIA, which is available for review at https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/fees.jsp.
The Office increases the first, second, and third stage maintenance
fees to $1,600, $3,600, and $7,400, respectively. These increases are
commensurate with the subsidies offered for prosecution of a patent
application and align with the fee setting strategy of fostering
innovation by setting front-end fees below cost. The increase also
ensures that the USPTO has sufficient aggregate revenue to recover the
aggregate cost of operations and implement goals and objectives.
(4) Fees That Are Not Set Using Cost Data as an Indicator
Fees in this category include those fees for which the USPTO does
not typically maintain historical cost information separate from that
included in the average overall cost of activities during patent
prosecution or did not refer to cost information for setting the
particular fee. Instead, the Office evaluates the policy factors
described in Part III. Rulemaking Goals and Strategies, above, to
inform fee setting. Some of these fees are based on the size and
complexity of an application and help the Office to effectively
administer the patent system by encouraging applicants to engage in
certain activities. Setting fees at particular levels can: (1)
Encourage the submission of applications or other actions which lead to
more efficient processing where examiners can provide, and applicants
can receive, prompt, quality interim and final decisions; (2) encourage
the prompt conclusion of prosecuting an application, resulting in
pendency reduction and the faster dissemination of patented
information; and (3) help recover costs for activities that strain the
patent system.
There are six types of fees in this category. A discussion of the
rationale for each proposed change follows.
Extension of Time Fees:
Table 31--Extension of Time Fee Changes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees Final fees Dollar change Percent change
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Fee description Large (small) Large (small) Large (small) Large (small)
[micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Extension for Response within 1st Month. $150 $200 +$50 +33%
($75) ($100) (+$25) (+33%)
[N/A] [$50] [-$25] [-33%]
Extension for Response within 2nd Month. $570 $600 +$30 +5%
($285) ($300) (+$15) (+5%)
[N/A] [$150] [-$135] [-47%]
Extension for Response within 3rd Month. $1,290 $1,400 +$110 +9%
($645) ($700) (+$55) (+9%)
[N/A] [$350] [-$295] [-46%]
Extension for Response within 4th Month. $2,010 $2,200 +$190 +9%
($1,005) ($1,100) (+$95) (+9%)
[N/A] [$550] [-$455] [-45%]
[[Page 4238]]
Extension for Response within 5th Month. $2,730 $3,000 +$270 +10%
($1,365) ($1,500) (+$135) (+10%)
[N/A] [$750] [-$615] [-45%]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If an applicant must reply within a non-statutory or shortened
statutory time period, the applicant can extend the reply time period
by filing a petition for an extension of time and paying the requisite
fee. Extensions of time may be automatically authorized at the time an
application is filed or requested as needed during prosecution. The
USPTO increases these fees to facilitate an efficient and prompt
conclusion of application processing, which benefits the Office's
compact prosecution initiatives and reduces patent application
pendency.
Application Size Fees:
Table 32--Application Size Fee Changes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees Final fees Dollar change Percent change
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Fee description Large (small) Large (small) Large (small) Large (small)
[micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Application Size Fee--For each $320 $400 +$80 +25%
Additional 50 Sheets that Exceed 100 ($160) ($200) (+$40) (+25%)
Sheets................................. [N/A] [$100] [-$60] [-38%]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Currently, the Office charges an additional fee for any application
where the specification and drawings together exceed 100 sheets of
paper. The application size fee applies for each additional 50 sheets
of paper or fraction thereof. The USPTO increases the application size
fee to facilitate an efficient and compact application examination
process, which benefits the applicant and the effective administration
of patent prosecution. Succinct applications facilitate faster
examination with an expectation of fewer errors.
Excess Claims:
Table 33--Excess Claims Fee Changes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees Final fees Dollar change Percent change
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Fee description Large (small) Large (small) Large (small) Large (small)
[micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Independent Claims in Excess of 3....... $250 $420 +$170 +68%
($125) ($210) (+$85) (+68%)
[N/A] [$105] [-$20] [-16%]
Claims in Excess of 20.................. $62 $80 +$18 +29%
($31) ($40) (+$9) (+29%)
[N/A] [$20] [-$11] [-35%]
Multiple Dependent Claim................ $460 $780 +$320 +70%
($230) ($390) (+$160) (+70%)
[N/A] [$195] [-$35] [-15%]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Currently, the Office charges a fee for filing, or later presenting
at any other time, each independent claim in excess of 3, as well as
each claim (whether dependent or independent) in excess of 20. In
addition, any original application that is filed with, or amended to
include, multiple dependent claims must pay the multiple dependent
claim fee. Generally, a multiple dependent claim is a dependent claim
which refers back in the alternative to more than one preceding
independent or dependent claim.
The patent fee structure has maintained excess claim fees since at
least 1982, and the result has been that most applications now contain
three or fewer independent claims and twenty or fewer total claims.
Applicants who feel they need more than this number of independent or
total claims may continue to present them by paying the applicable
excess claims fee. While the former excess claims fee amount encouraged
most applicants to present three or fewer independent claims and twenty
or fewer total claims, it was not sufficient to discourage some
applicants from presenting a copious number of
[[Page 4239]]
claims for apparent tactical reasons, nor did the former excess claims
fee reflect the excess burden associated with examining those claims.
See, e.g., Rules of Practice for Trials Before the Patent Trial and
Appeal Board and Judicial Review of Patent Trial and Appeal Board
Decisions, 77 FR 48612, 48659-60 (Aug. 14, 2012) (noting that the
number of claims often impacts the complexity of the request and
increases the demands placed on the deciding officials in
administrative proceedings). Thus, the Office is adopting excess claims
fee amounts that are aimed to permit applicants to include excess
claims when necessary to obtain an appropriate scope of coverage for an
invention, while deterring applicants from routinely presenting a
copious number of claims merely for apparent tactical reasons.
In this final rule, the Office sets the fees for independent claims
in excess of three to $420, for claims in excess of 20 to $80, and for
multiple dependent claims to $780. The Office also increased claim fees
to facilitate an efficient and compact application examination process,
which benefits the applicant and the USPTO through more effective
administration of patent prosecution. Filing applications with the most
prudent number of unambiguous claims will enable prompt conclusion of
application processing, because more succinct applications facilitate
faster examination with an expectation of fewer errors.
Correct Inventorship After First Action on the Merits (New):
Table 34--Correct Inventorship After First Action on the Merits Fee Changes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees Final fees Dollar change Percent change
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Fee description Large (small) Large (small) Large (small) Large (small)
[micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Correct Inventorship After First Action NEW $600 N/A N/A
on the Merits (NEW).................... ($300) (N/A) (N/A)
[$150] [N/A] [N/A]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
It is necessary for the Office to know who the inventors are to
prepare patent application publications, conduct examination under 35
U.S.C. 102 and 103, and prevent double patenting. Changes to
inventorship (e.g., adding previously unnamed persons as inventors or
removing persons previously named as inventors) cause additional work
for the Office. For instance, the Office may need to repeat prior art
searches and/or reconsider patentability under 35 U.S.C. 102 and 103,
as well as reconsider the possibility of double patenting.
In the NPRM, the Office proposed a $1,000 fee to correct
inventorship after the first action on the merits. In this final rule,
after carefully considering comments from the PPAC and the public, the
Office sets the fee to correct inventorship after the first action on
the merits at $600, 40 percent less than the $1,000 proposed in the
NPRM. The inventorship correction fee is set to encourage reasonable
diligence and a bona fide effort to ascertain the actual inventorship
as early as possible and to provide that information to the Office
prior to examination. The fee also will help offset the costs incurred
by the Office when there is a change in inventorship.
Additionally, in the NPRM, the Office proposed that the correction
of inventorship fee be paid in all circumstances when inventors were
added or deleted, because requiring the fee only to add inventors would
encourage applicants to err in favor of naming too many persons as
inventors, which would complicate the examination process (e.g., it
could complicate double patenting searches). In this final rule, the
Office is adding an exception when inventors are deleted due to the
cancellation of claims. This final rule requires a fee to accompany a
request to correct or change the inventorship filed after an Office
action on the merits, unless the request is accompanied by a statement
that the request to correct or change the inventorship is due solely to
the cancelation of claims in the application.
The Office appreciates that inventorship may change as the result
of a restriction requirement by the Office. Where inventorship changes
as a result of a restriction requirement, the applicant should file a
request to correct inventorship promptly (prior to first action on the
merits) to avoid this fee. Otherwise, the Office will incur the costs
during examination related to the change in inventorship.
Derivation Proceeding:
Table 35--Derivation Proceeding Fee Changes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees Final fees Dollar change Percent change
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Fee description Large (small) Large (small) Large (small) Large (small)
[micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Derivation petition fee................. $400 $400 $0 0%
(N/A) (N/A) (N/A) (N/A)
[N/A] [N/A] [N/A] [N/A]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A derivation proceeding is a new trial proceeding conducted at the
PTAB to determine whether an inventor named in an earlier application
derived the claimed invention from an inventor named in the
petitioner's application, and whether the earlier application claiming
such invention was authorized. An applicant subject to the first-
inventor-to-file provisions may file a petition to institute a
derivation proceeding only within one year of the
[[Page 4240]]
first publication of a claim to an invention that is the same or
substantially the same as the earlier application's claim to the
invention. The petition must be supported by substantial evidence that
the claimed invention was derived from an inventor named in the
petitioner's application.
In this final rule, the Office sets the derivation petition fee at
$400. The Office estimates the $400 petition fee will recover the
Office's cost to process a petition for derivation.
Assignments Submitted Electronically Fee (New):
Table 36--Fee Changes for Assignments Submitted Electronically
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees Final fees Dollar change Percent change
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Fee description Large (small) Large (small) Large (small) Large (small)
[micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity [micro] entity
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assignments Submitted Electronically $40 $0 -$40 -100%
(NEW).................................. (N/A) (N/A) (N/A) (N/A)
[N/A] [N/A] [N/A] [N/A]
Assignments Not Submitted Electronically $40 $40 $0 0%
(NEW).................................. (N/A) (N/A) (N/A) (N/A)
[N/A] [N/A] [N/A] [N/A]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: The current fee amount is $40 for submitting an assignment to the Office, regardless of method of
submission.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ownership of a patent gives the patent owner the right to exclude
others from making, using, offering for sale, selling, or importing
into the U.S. the invention claimed in a patent. Patent law provides
for the transfer or sale of a patent, or of an application for patent,
by an instrument in writing (i.e., an assignment). When executing an
assignment, the patent owner may assign (e.g., transfer) the total or a
percentage of interest, rights, and title of a patent to an assignee.
When there is a completed assignment, the assignee becomes the owner of
the patent and has the same rights of the original patentee. The Office
records assignments that it receives, and the recording serves as
public notice of patent ownership.
Assignment records are an important part of the business cycle--
markets operate most efficiently when buyers and sellers can locate one
another. If assignment records are incomplete, the business and
research and development cycles could be disrupted because buyers face
difficulty finding sellers, and potential innovators may not have a
thorough understanding of the marketplace they are considering
entering. The Office recognizes that complete patent assignment data
disseminated to the public provides certainty in the technology space
and helps to foster innovation.
Therefore, more complete patent assignment records will produce a
number of benefits for the public and IP stakeholders. The public will
have a more comprehensive understanding of which entities hold and
maintain U.S. patent rights. Patenting inventors and companies will
better understand the competitive environment in which they are
operating, allowing them to better allocate their own research and
development resources, more efficiently obtain licenses, and accurately
value patent portfolios.
Currently, a patent owner must pay $40 to record the assignment of
patent rights. During FY 2012, over 90 percent of assignments were
submitted electronically. This fee could be viewed as a barrier to
those involved in patent and application assignments. Given that patent
applications, patents, and the completeness of the patent record play
an important role in the markets for innovation and the long-term
health of the U.S. economy, the Office is setting two fees for
recording an assignment. When an assignment is submitted using the
Office's electronic system, the Office sets the fee at $0. When an
assignment is sent to the Office in a manner other than using the
Office's electronic system, the Office sets the fee at the current
amount of $40. Providing patent prosecution options for applicants
benefits a majority of owners who typically record assignments. In
addition, the patent prosecution options for applicants benefit the
overall IP system by reducing the financial barrier for recording
patent ownership information and facilitating a more complete record of
assigned applications and grants.
C. Fees With No Changes (or Changes of Less Than Plus or Minus 5
Percent and 10 Dollars)
The Office sets all other categories of fees not discussed above at
existing fee rates or at slightly adjusted rates (i.e., less than plus
or minus 5 percent and 10 dollars) rounded to the nearest ten dollars
by applying standard arithmetic rules. The resulting fee amounts will
be convenient to patent users and permit the Office to set micro entity
fees at whole dollar amounts when applying the fee reduction. These
other fees, such as those related to disclosing patent information to
the public (excluding the PGPub fee) and patent attorney/agent
discipline fees, are already set at appropriate levels to achieve the
Office's goals expressed in this rulemaking. A listing of all fees that
are adjusted in this rule is included in the Table of Patent Fee
Changes available at https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/fees.jsp#heading-1.
D. Overall Comparison of the Final Patent Fee Schedule to the Current
Fees
Overall, once effective, the total amount of fees under this final
rule added together to obtain a basic patent decreases when compared to
the total fees paid for the same services under the current fee
schedule. This decrease is substantial (23 percent) from application to
issue (see Table 37). When additional processing options such as RCEs
are included, the decrease becomes smaller after the first RCE (12
percent) and eventually begins increasing after a second RCE (5
percent) (see Tables 38 and 39). The staging of appeal fees in this
rule offers similar decreases in the total fees paid when filing a
notice of appeal. Under the final fee schedule, the total fees for both
filing an appeal and to obtain a basic patent decrease from the current
fee schedule (27 percent) (see Table 40). If the appeal is forwarded to
the PTAB for a decision after the Examiner's Answer, then the total
fees increase (17 percent) (see Table 40). Once an applicant has
obtained a basic patent,
[[Page 4241]]
the cost to maintain it remains substantially the same through the
second stage maintenance fee. However, at the third stage maintenance
fee, once the patent holder has more information on the value of the
patent, the total fees increase (24 percent) (see Table 41). This
structure reflects the key policy considerations of fostering
innovation, facilitating effective administration of the patent system,
and offering patent prosecution options to applicants. Additional
details about each of these payment structures are outlined below. In
this section, the Office assumes, for the purpose of comparison between
the current and final fee schedule, that all fees are as of their
stated effective dates in this final rule. For example, comparisons
between the current and final issue and PGPub fees are based on the
final fees as they will become effective beginning on January 1, 2014.
Further, to simplify the comparison among fee schedules, the time value
of money has not been estimated in the examples below.
1. Routine Application Processing Fees and First RCE Fees Decrease
The total amount paid for routine fees to obtain a basic patent
from application filing (i.e., filing, search, examination,
publication, and issue) under the final fee structure will decrease
compared to the current fee structure, as shown in Table 37. This
overall decrease is possible because the decrease in pre-grant patent
application publication and issue fees from $2,070 to $960 (a decrease
of $1,110) more than offsets the increase in large entity filing,
search, and examination fees from $1,260 to $1,600 (an increase of
$340). The net effect is a $770 (or 23 percent) decrease in total fees
paid under the final fee structure when compared to the current fee
structure. This fosters innovation by reducing the cost to obtain a
basic patent.
Table 37--Comparison of Final Patent Fee Schedule to the Current Patent
Fees From Filing Through Issue
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fee Current Final
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Filing, Search, and Examination..................... $1,260 $1,600
Pre-Grant Publication and Issue..................... 2,070 960
-------------------
Total............................................. 3,330 2,560
------------------------------------------------------------------------
When an application for a first RCE is submitted to complete
prosecution, the total fees from application filing to obtain a basic
patent continue to remain less than would be paid under the current fee
schedule. This overall decrease continues to be possible because of the
decrease in pre-grant patent application publication and issue fees.
The net effect of the final fee schedule, including a first RCE, is a
$500 (or 12 percent) decrease in total fees paid under the final fee
structure when compared to the current fee structure, as shown in Table
38.
Table 38--Comparison of the Final Patent Fees to the Current Patent Fees
With One RCE
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fee Current Final
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Filing, Search, and Examination..................... $1,260 $1,600
First RCE........................................... 930 1,200
Pre-Grant Publication and Issue..................... 2,070 960
-------------------
Total............................................. 4,260 3,760
------------------------------------------------------------------------
When adding a second RCE to prosecution, the total fees increase
slightly, by $270 (or 5 percent), as shown in Table 39.
Table 39--Comparison of the Final Patent Fees to the Current Patent Fees
With Two RCEs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fee Current Final
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Filing, Search, and Examination..................... $1,260 $1,600
First RCE........................................... 930 1,200
Second and subsequent RCE........................... 930 1,700
Pre-Grant Publication and Issue..................... 2,070 960
-------------------
Total............................................. 5,190 5,460
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Initial Appeals Fees Decrease
Instead of filing an RCE, an applicant may choose to file a notice
of appeal. When adding the notice of appeal and the brief filing fees
(allowing the applicant to receive the Examiner's Answer) to the fees
to obtain a basic patent, the total fees from application filing
decrease by $1,230 (or 27 percent) from the current total fees. If the
prosecution issues are not resolved prior to forwarding an appeal to
the Board, the fees increase because the Office proposes to recover
more of the appeals cost. In that instance, fees will increase by $770
(or 17 percent) more than would be paid today for an appeal decision.
However, under this final rule, the staging of fees allows the
applicant to pay less than under the current fee schedule in situations
where an application is either allowed or prosecution is reopened
before being forwarded to the Board.
Table 40--Comparison of the Final Patent Fees and Current Patent Fees,
With an Appeal
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fee Current Final
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Filing, Search, and Examination..................... $1,260 $1,600
Notice of Appeal and Filing a Brief................. 1,260 800
Pre-Grant Publication and Issue..................... 2,070 960
-------------------
Subtotal for Fees Paid Before Examiner's Answer... 4,590 3,360
Appeal Forwarding Fee............................... NEW 2,000
-------------------
Subtotal for Fees if Appeal is Forwarded to Board 4,590 5,360
for Decision.....................................
------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Maintenance Fees Increase
When a patent holder begins maintaining an issued patent, he or she
will pay $320 (7 percent) less than is paid under the current fee
schedule from initial application filing through the first stage. To
maintain the patent through second stage, a patent holder will pay $380
(5 percent) more than is paid today under the current fee schedule.
When a patent is maintained to full term, a patent holder will pay
$2,970 (24 percent) more than would be paid under the current fee
schedule. The most significant maintenance fee increase occurs after
holding a patent for 11.5 years, which is when a patent holder will be
in a better position to determine whether the benefit (value) from the
patent exceeds the cost (maintenance fee) to maintain the patent.
Table 41--Comparison of the Final Patent Fee Schedules to the Current
Fees, Life of Patent
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fee Current Final
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Filing, Search, and Examination..................... $1,260 $1,600
Pre-Grant Publication and Issue..................... 2,070 960
-------------------
Total Through Issue............................... 3,330 2,560
First Stage Maintenance--3.5 years.................. 1,150 1,600
-------------------
Cumulative Subtotal............................... 4,480 4,160
Second Stage Maintenance--7.5 years................. 2,900 3,600
-------------------
Cumulative Subtotal............................... 7,380 7,760
[[Page 4242]]
Third Stage Maintenance--11.5 years................. 4,810 7,400
-------------------
Total Fees for Life of Patent................... 12,190 15,160
------------------------------------------------------------------------
VI. Discussion of Comments
A. Patent Public Advisory Committee Fee Setting Report
Consistent with section 10(d) of the Leahy-Smith America Invents
Act, the PPAC submitted a written report setting forth in detail the
comments, advice, and recommendation of the committee regarding the
proposed fees published in the NPRM on September 24, 2012. The report
is available at https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/fees.jsp#heading-1. The Office considered the PPAC's comments, advice,
and recommendations on fees proposed in the NPRM before setting or
adjusting fees in this final rule, as further discussed below.
General Fee Setting Considerations
General Fee Setting Approach
PPAC Comment 1: The PPAC commented overall that the fees included
in the NPRM represent an improvement over the February 2012 Proposal.
The PPAC also endorsed an increase in fees above the level set by the
15 percent surcharge effective in 2011, recognizing that the current
level of receipts are insufficient to allow the Office to improve
patent operations, provide the service patent applicants deserve, and
make critical infrastructure improvements. The PPAC stated that it
endorses the fees in general, though it also believes some fees are
higher than expected for an initial fee setting effort.
Response: The USPTO appreciates the PPAC's endorsement of the
Office's plan to set fees to meet its aggregate costs, including costs
for implementing key strategic initiatives, such as to decrease patent
application pendency and reduce the patent application backlog, to
improve the quality of patent examination, and to update patent
information technology systems that benefit both the Office and
applicants. It is important for the Office to reduce the patent
application backlog so that the Office can maintain an optimal patent
application inventory that provides applicants with 10 months first
action pendency and 20 months total pendency. These pendency goals were
developed in consultation with patent stakeholders when the Office
established the Strategic Plan. To meet its aggregate costs, the Office
requires additional funds (2 percent increase in total aggregate
revenue) beyond the amount provided by the 15 percent surcharge. With
the increased fees, the Office will not only reduce the amount of time
it takes to examine a patent application, but also create a sustainable
funding model for the Office. Prior to AIA section 10 fee setting
authority, the Office was authorized to adjust certain statutory fees
only to reflect changes in the CPI for All Urban Consumers, and that
limited authority did not allow the USPTO to recover increased
processing costs or adjust to changes in demand for services related to
those fees. The Office responds to the PPAC's comments on the amounts
of particular fees in the sections below.
Behavioral Incentives
PPAC Comment 2: The PPAC advised that while some use of fees to
encourage or discourage behavior may be appropriate, significant use of
this ability to set fees at high levels to discourage actions is not
recommended because it is not clear that the USPTO will always take
into consideration the factors driving applicant behavior, and because
those factors may be at cross-purposes with particular desires of the
USPTO. The PPAC also commented that fee structures that depart from
strict cost recovery can engender either beneficial or perverse
incentives to all actors within our patent system.
Response: The Office fully and carefully considered factors
incentivizing both applicant and Office behavior in setting the final
patent fees. In doing so, the Office conducted considerable outreach to
stakeholders, and made numerous changes from its February 2012 proposal
as a result of input from stakeholders. The Office carefully explained
its rationale and motivation in the NPRM for each fee that the Office
proposed to change by more than 5 percent and more than ten dollars.
Additionally, as further explained in the RIA, the Office
considered and rejected a cost recovery fee structure because the
Office determined that a strict, fee-by-fee based cost recovery fee
structure would fail to foster innovation in accordance with the
Office's fee setting strategy. The Office found that using a strict
cost recovery model would greatly increase barriers to entry into the
patent system because filing, search, and examination fees would
increase significantly, resulting in a loss of private patent value due
to a decrease in the number of patent applications filed.
Simultaneously, maintenance fees would be set significantly lower and
patent holders would maintain their patents longer, reducing incentives
to release patents of minimal value into the public domain for others
to use for follow-on invention. The Office determined that it will
better effectuate its mission of fostering innovation by setting fees
to recover costs in the aggregate while incentivizing compact patent
prosecution. Where the Office deviated from cost recovery for a
particular fee, it has fully considered the behavioral effects of such
departures.
PPAC Comment 3: The PPAC commented that the Office should ensure
that applicants are not saddled with the cost of internal operational
inefficiencies, as that may reduce the Office's incentives to improve
its efficiency.
Response: The Office created the final fee structure in order to
set fees at optimal levels to improve the Office's services and to
enhance operational efficiency. The Office also continuously reviews
its own internal processes and behaviors to improve operational
inefficiencies. These regular reviews of internal operations and
behaviors were institutionalized as a priority. For example, the Office
established a Patent Process Reengineering Team (Team) in June 2010 to
review and evaluate pre-examination, examination, and post-examination
processes. The Team delivered redesigned and streamlined processes--
with recommendations for improvements--to USPTO senior leadership and
the Patents End-To-End (PE2E) software engineering team. Specifically,
the Team produced more than 250 individual process improvement
recommendations in the areas of: Increased electronic application
filing and management, processing standardization and consistency (with
both domestic and international standards), accurate and easy
measurement of core metrics, examination quality, customer
satisfaction, and reduced risk exposure. Where the best tool for
improvement included information technology, the Office incorporated
the recommendations for improved processes into the PE2E program
development plan.
The Office already implemented many of the Team's recommendations.
For example, the Office gained efficiency in the terminal disclaimer
process, resulting in pendency reduction for over 40,000 applications
by an average of 30 days. Also, the USPTO improved internal operations
and Office behavior through the First
[[Page 4243]]
Action Interview Pilot Program, which benefits applicants by advancing
the prosecution of applications and enhancing the interactions between
the applicant and examiner early in the process to facilitate a more
compact prosecution.
The Office will continue to evaluate all AIA and patent operational
procedures and make efficiency improvements accordingly. In addition,
the AIA requires the Office to consult with the PPAC annually to
determine if any fees set using section 10(a) should be reduced. After
such consultation, the Office may reduce fees. See AIA section 10(c).
In the future, the Office will work with the PPAC to determine if any
improvements in operational efficiency warrant a reduction in fees set
or adjusted in this rulemaking.
Fee Setting Elasticity
PPAC Comment 4: The PPAC commented that the proposed system of
slightly raising filing, search, and examination fees while lowering
the issue and publication fees, is sensible. The PPAC also comment that
the balance of fees distributed between the front-end and back-end
continues to be preserved so that the reduced front-end fees encourage
applicants to enter the patent system. The PPAC nevertheless advised
that raising pre-issue fees like filing, search, and examination may
still (at the margins) discourage some otherwise meritorious patent
filings. Based on its discussions with applicants, including large
corporations and small and start-up entities, the PPAC anticipated some
decrease in the demand for patent filings. The PPAC advised that
increases in fees will strain some patenting budgets and commented that
it continues to be concerned that fee changes will have a greater
impact on filing and payment of maintenance fees than projected. The
PPAC recognized that generating adequate funds is essential, yet
advised that it must be balanced with the public policy of ensuring
access to intellectual property coverage.
Response: The Office appreciates the PPAC's support for this
overall structure for fees. Although the Office shares the PPAC's
concern about any impact of increased filing, search, and examination
fees on the number of prospective patent applications filed, the
Office's elasticity analysis indicates that the potential impact is
small and that filings will likely continue to grow over the next five
years, even if at a somewhat lesser rate than if there were no fee
increases. Further, to the extent there is some impact on filings, the
Office believes that the benefits of the fee changes outweigh the
temporary cost of fewer patent filings. The additional revenue
generated from the increase in fees will provide sufficient resources
for the Office to reduce the backlog and decrease pendency. The
decrease in pendency is estimated to increase private patent value by
shortening the time for an invention to be commercialized or otherwise
obtain value from the exclusive right for the technology.
The Office also notes that filing, search, and examination fees are
increased, and issue and publication fees are decreased in this final
rule. As explained in detail in this rulemaking and the RIA, the
filing, search, examination, publication and issue fees, once effective
and taken together, are reduced by at least 23 percent for all
successful applicants (with a much greater reduction for small and
micro entity applicants), and this reduction may allow applicants on
limited budgets to file and prosecute more patent applications under
the new fee structure. Therefore, an applicant who expects a high
likelihood of an application being issued may be more likely to file a
patent application under the new fee schedule.
As discussed above, based on economic indicators, the Office
expects a 5.0 percent annual growth rate in filings for FY 2013 through
FY 2017. Based on elasticity computations, the Office conservatively
believes that the growth rate in application filings may be somewhat
lower (compared to the rate of growth in the absence of a fee increase)
in the first few years under this final rule. Along with this
rulemaking and the RIA, the Office provided an estimate of elasticity
to address whether and how applicants might be sensitive to price (fee)
changes, and included an estimate of the impact on application filing
levels. See ``USPTO Section 10 Fee Setting--Description of Elasticity
Estimates'' available at https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/fees.jsp#heading-1. The Office conservatively estimated that,
initially, the fees under the final rule would cause a small decrease
in the demand for patenting activity due to the fee adjustments (a 1.3
percent decrease in FY 2013, a 2.7 percent decrease in FY 2014, and a
4.0 percent decrease in FY 2015-FY 2017). Even with these short term
decreases at the margin, the Office still expects to receive an
increasing number of new (serialized) application filings during later
years. The Office has projected that it will take in sufficient
revenue, despite the elasticity of some fees, to recover aggregate
costs under the final fee schedule.
PPAC Comment 5: In reviewing the Office's experience with ``Track
1,'' the PPAC noted that fewer applicants participated in that program
than originally anticipated. The PPAC cautioned that the Track 1
experience seems relevant to the new programs under the AIA, and that
the Office's elasticity assumptions may be overly optimistic.
Response: Track 1 created a new and optional expedited examination
service for certain applicants who were willing to pay an extra fee.
The Office considered the effects of the Track 1 fee levels on
applicants' use of that service in its analysis of the fees in this
rulemaking. The Track 1 program experience is only of limited
usefulness when considering elasticity of fees in this final rule.
Unlike core application services, the Track 1 service is optional for
applicants. The Track 1 fee level was set by Section 11(h) of the AIA
and implemented by a rule that reflected that statutory provision.
Ordinarily for elasticity estimates about a service, there would need
to be some change in price and some observation about demand in the
face of that price change. With only one data point so far (the initial
fee set by the AIA), it is difficult to extrapolate meaningful
elasticity estimates from the Track 1 program to date.
Operating Reserve
PPAC Comment 6: The PPAC agreed that the creation of an operating
reserve is a sound business practice to allow for continuity of service
and the ability to complete long-term plans more effectively and
efficiently. The PPAC also commented that three months seems to be a
good size for the reserve. The PPAC, nevertheless, expressed concern
that access to spend all generated funds, as a part of the annual
appropriations process, is not assured under the AIA. The PPAC
recommended that the Office continue to grow the operating reserve
gradually, while also allowing for a longer period to monitor
Congressional support.
Response: The Office agrees with the PPAC that having an operating
reserve is a sound and needed business practice. The Government
Accountability Office's (GAO's) review of the USPTO's fee setting
process (reported to the Chairman of the Committee on Appropriations)
also substantiated the need for maintaining an operating reserve. The
GAO found that it ``is consistent with our previous reporting that an
operating reserve is important for fee-funded programs to match fee
collections to average program costs over time and because
[[Page 4244]]
program costs do not necessarily decline with a drop in fee
collections.'' (See New User Fee Design Presents Opportunities to Build
on Transparency and Communication Success, GAO-12-514R (Apr. 25, 2012)
available at https://www.gao.gov/products/GAO-12-514R.) An operating
reserve promotes confidence in the United States IP system by providing
a mechanism to absorb and respond to temporary changes in the economy
and USPTO's operating and financial environments. Without an operating
reserve, agencies can be unnecessarily thrown into short-term cash flow
stress like that which the USPTO experienced in FY 2009 due to the
economic recession and in FY 2010 due to the delay in the authorization
of spending authority for the fees collected from patent applicants
during the rebound from FY 2009.
An operating reserve consists of funds already available for the
USPTO to spend. Congress has already appropriated the money in USPTO's
operating reserve, and therefore no additional appropriation is
required for USPTO to use the operating reserve. Thus, the operating
reserve is available to ameliorate the short-term problem of under-
collection in a given year.
The Office also agrees with the PPAC that it is prudent to grow
this three-month operating reserve in a gradual manner. The fee
structure in this final rule seeks to achieve that prudent growth by
extending the period of growth by another year (to FY 2018), as
compared to the timeframe proposed in the September NPRM (FY 2017).
This extension of the time period for growing the operating reserve is
the result of reducing fee amounts in the final rule in response to
comments from the PPAC and the public and is consistent with the number
of patent examiners the Office plans to hire in FY 2013 to achieve a
``soft landing'' with respect to the patent application inventory and
workforce level as discussed further in the response to PPAC Comment 7.
Finally, as to whether the USPTO will be able to spend all funds
collected in excess of the USPTO's specified annual overall
appropriation amount, Section 22 of the AIA provides that such
collections are deposited in a new Patent and Trademark Fee Reserve
Fund (created by the AIA) that is available to the USPTO subject to
procedures provided in appropriations acts. In any given year, if the
USPTO collects fees beyond the specified annual overall appropriated
amount, those fees will be deposited into the Patent and Trademark Fee
Reserve Fund. In fiscal year 2012 (the first full year after AIA), the
USPTO appropriations bill included procedures permitting it to spend
fees deposited in the Patent and Trademark Fee Reserve Fund. The Office
has no reason to believe the same will not hold true for fiscal year
2013 and beyond. The Office will continue to work closely with Congress
to ensure full access to fees paid by patent applicants and patentees,
consistent with the AIA.
Pendency Goals
PPAC Comment 7: The PPAC commented that it supports decreasing
pendency, and stated that while the proposed decreased pendency times
are laudable, there is nothing magical about the pendency timeframes
(i.e., 10 months first action pendency and 20 months total pendency).
For future years, the PPAC advised that it will be important to reach a
properly balanced inventory level of patent applications pending at the
Office that is appropriate for the workforce level. The inventory
should be low enough to achieve desired decreased pendency and high
enough to accommodate potential fluctuations in application filings,
retention of examiners, and changes in RCE filings stemming from the
programs being instituted by the USPTO. The PPAC refers to this desired
end state as a ``soft landing.''
Response: Optimizing patent quality and timely issuance of patents
provides greater legal certainty. The longer it takes to review a
patent application, the longer it takes for the benefit of the IP
protection to accrue. Failure to complete the examination in a timely
manner creates uncertainty regarding the scope and timing of any IP
rights. This not only impacts patent applicants, but it also has a
negative impact on other innovators and businesses in that field that
are awaiting the outcome of the pending application.
As the IP environment becomes increasingly global, applicants are
increasing their foreign patent application filings in multiple
countries. Obtaining a first action about 10 months from filing
provides patent applicants with important information about the status
of their application so that they can determine whether to file in
other countries before the expiration of the 12-month date to maintain
priority. This leads to more strategic patent application filings and
reduces user resources spent on unnecessary filings in patent offices
worldwide.
The USPTO worked closely with stakeholders and responded to their
concerns in establishing the targets of 10 months first action pendency
and 20 months total pendency in the Strategic Plan. The PPAC gave its
support to these pendency timeframes in their 2009 Annual Report, which
commended then Secretary of Commerce Gary Locke and Under Secretary and
Director David Kappos for their efforts to reduce first action pendency
to ten months. PPAC likewise indicated in its report that the PPAC
would like to work with the Office and the innovation community to
reduce overall pendency to twenty months as the ultimate goal with
reasonable intermediate targets and timelines.
The Office has a long-term plan to reduce the patent application
backlog to a steady-state of about 350,000 unexamined applications, and
to decrease first action patent application pendency to 10 months and
total patent application pendency to 20 months. The Office agrees with
the PPAC regarding the need for a ``soft landing'' when planning for
these goals in the out years. The Office is very aware that as the
patent application backlog and pendency drop, it is important to ensure
that the Office reaches the right balance of application inventory and
staff size. The Office has considered the PPAC's comment and
reevaluated its long-term plan, recognizing the substantial progress
and efficiencies made to date and taking into account historically low
attrition rates, higher production levels, and the need to ensure that
continued backlog progress does not result in inventory levels
decreasing to a point where there is inadequate work on hand for some
employees. Thus, as an initial measure, the Office is reducing the
number of patent examiners it plans to hire in FY 2013 from 1,500 to
1,000. This change substantially reduces the risk of excessively low
inventory, yet also increases the possibility that it will take longer
to reach the ideal inventory and pendency levels. Under this approach,
patent production modeling indicates conservatively that the reduction
in hiring may cause ideal inventory levels to occur in FY 2016 and
patent application pendency targets for first action and total by FY
2016 and FY 2017, respectively. In response to comments and in an
abundance of caution, the Office is thus changing the timeframe in
which it estimates it will reach its ideal patent application inventory
target to FY 2016, first action patent application pendency target to
FY 2016, and the total patent application pendency target to FY 2017.
The Office recognizes that this adjustment keeps the Office on track
for meeting its goals while further avoiding any risk of excessively
low inventory.
PPAC Comment 8: The PPAC noted that a pendency timeframe of 10
months to first action and 20 months total pendency may result in
applicants and
[[Page 4245]]
examiners not being aware of some prior art at the time of the first
office action on the merits. As a result, the PPAC stated that the
Office might incorrectly issue a patent.
Response: Prior to 2000, the Office did not routinely publish
pending patent applications, and instead only publicly disclosed
pending applications under special circumstances. Since 2000, the
Office has generally published applications 18 months from their
earliest effective filing date. See 35 U.S.C. 122(b).
As noted in the response to the PPAC Comment 7, the first action
pendency and total pendency goals at 10 months and 20 months,
respectively, were developed in consultation with patent stakeholders
when the Office established the Strategic Plan. The Office appreciates
that a pendency goal of 10 months to first action may result in some
prior art (in the form of other applications) being published after
issuing the first Office action in a particular application. However,
prior to the adoption of 18-month publication in 2000, the Office
examined applications knowing that the full range of potential prior
art might not yet be available. And with the adoption of 18-month
publication, the only way the Office could avoid examining an
application before all applicable prior art had been published would be
to delay examination until after eighteen months from the priority date
of any potentially relevant application and/or revise 35 U.S.C. 122(b)
to eliminate the exceptions to 18-month publication. These are not
feasible options. Moreover, the risk of missing relevant prior art is
lessened because many applications are published in fewer than 18
months because the 18-month publication deadline is computed from the
earliest filed application, and many applications are outgrowths of an
earlier filed application. Because there is general support from the
Office's stakeholders on both decreasing pendency generally and the 10
month goal specifically, notwithstanding a limited risk of some prior
art not being known publicly, the Office has thus decided to maintain
10 months as the targeted date of a first Office action.
Individual Fee Categories
Prioritized Examination
PPAC Comment 9: The PPAC commented that the Office's efforts to
make the Track 1 option more accessible to applicants by lowering the
fee is an encouraging step, but advises that the Office should closely
monitor demand for Track 1 applications and offer additional downward
fee adjustments to determine the optimal fee rate and improve access to
this service.
Response: The Office will continue to monitor the demand for the
Track 1 prioritized examination program to see if the demand increases
with the decrease in the fee. At the same time, the Office will
continue to monitor the pendency associated with the traditional
examination path to ensure that any potential changes in the demand for
the Track 1 prioritized examination program do not impact the pendency
for the traditional examination path. The fee for the prioritized
examination program is intended to closely recover the cost of the
program so as not to impact the level of examination resources of the
traditional ``track.''
Request for Continued Examination (RCE)
PPAC Comment 10: The PPAC expressed a variety of operational
concerns about the way the Office perceives and handles RCEs as part of
the patent prosecution process. The PPAC advised that: (i) There are
incentives on both sides to file RCEs (applicants continue to need to
achieve allowance, examiners get further (albeit reduced) counts for
RCE prosecution, and the pendency of RCEs is not included in the
traditional pendency numbers); and (ii) the increasing backlog of RCEs
generates further patent term adjustments for a large number of
applicants. The PPAC recommended that the Office consider these factors
as it considers any proposed increase in RCE fees. These concerns also
underlie the PPAC's comment that RCE fees set too high may
disincentivize the Office to improve its efficiency. The PPAC
recommended that a small increase in the fee for an RCE might be
appropriate, but the fee should align more closely with the Office's
associated costs and the fee should be less than the fees for new or
continuing applications. The PPAC further recommended that the higher
fee for second and subsequent RCEs should be reduced because these RCEs
are easier and cheaper to examine and any number of continuations may
be filed at the same cost per continuation. The PPAC finally
recommended that the USPTO should continue to find ways to reduce
applicants' need for RCEs, rather than increase fees for filing an RCE.
Response: The Office appreciates the PPAC's comments about the
operational aspects of RCEs, and looks forward to continuing to work
with the PPAC on potential operational improvements. In setting the
proposed fee levels, the Office determined that approximately 70
percent of applicants that file an RCE file only one RCE. The first RCE
fee ($1,200 for large entities) was set at a level lower than both the
average historic cost of performing the services associated with an RCE
($1,882) and the fee for filing a continuing application ($1,600 for
large entities), as well as much lower than the average historic cost
of services associated with examining a new patent application
($3,713). Because the Office set the fee for the first RCE below the
cost to process it, the Office must recoup that cost elsewhere. Since
most applicants resolve their issues with the first RCE, the Office
determined that applicants that file more than one RCE are using the
patent system more extensively than those who file zero or only one
RCE. Therefore, the Office determined that the cost to review
applications with two or more RCEs should not be subsidized with other
back-end fees to the same extent as applications with a first RCE,
newly filed applications, or other continuing applications.
Nevertheless, the fee set for the second and subsequent RCE ($1,700 for
large entities) is still lower than the average historic cost of the
Office processing an RCE ($1,882), thus retaining the Office's
incentives to work toward additional examination efficiencies,
consistent with the PPAC's comments.
Regarding the relationship between RCEs and continuing
applications, the Office did not include a second, higher fee for
second and subsequent continuing applications because RCEs and
continuing applications are not completely interchangeable. The Office
increased the fee for second and subsequent RCEs ($1,700 for large
entities) to recover the cost associated with processing more than one
RCE and to keep the fee sufficiently close to the filing, search, and
examination fee for a continuing application ($1,600 for large
entities). The Office determined that the fee differential between a
continuing application and a second and subsequent RCE ($100) would
likely not be a significant factor in an applicant's choice between a
second or subsequent RCE and a continuing application, and instead the
differing characteristics in the two types of continuing applications
would be the overriding factor in whether the applicant files an RCE or
a continuing application. Moreover, RCEs are not subject to excess
claims or excess page fees. Thus, RCEs may cost less than continuations
in many instances.
While an RCE may be less costly to examine than a new continuing
application in certain situations, the
[[Page 4246]]
patent fee structure is designed such that the costs associated with
the processing and examination of a new or continuing application are
also recovered by issue and maintenance fees, allowing for lower than
cost recovery continuing application fee amounts. The Office continued
this subsidization design with the fee for a first RCE. In fact, the
fee for a first RCE ($1,200 for large entities) is set at 75 percent
($1,200 divided by $1,600) of the total fees for filing, search, and
examination set herein. This fee relationship is the same as exists in
the current fee structure because an RCE fee is 74 percent of the total
fees for filing, search, and examination ($930 divided by $1,260). To
avoid charging higher issue and maintenance fees to offset the cost of
processing second and subsequent RCEs, the fees for those RCEs are
instead set closer to cost recovery. Increasing the issue and/or
maintenance fees to offset lower than cost recovery second and
subsequent RCEs would cause the majority of filers (who do not seek
more than one RCE) to subsidize services provided to the small minority
of filers who seek two or more RCEs. The Office does not believe such
subsidization would be an optimal result.
The Office understands the PPAC's operational point that a higher
inventory and longer pendency of RCEs could generate additional PTA.
The Office notes that the RCE fees set in this rule will generate the
revenue necessary to reduce inventory and pendency levels overall so as
to potentially reduce the amount of PTA earned.
Regarding the variety of operational concerns that centered on
examination practices associated with second office actions and final
rejections, second office actions in current practice are not
automatically made final. In an instance where the examiner introduces
a new ground of rejection that is neither necessitated by applicant's
amendment of the claims nor based on information submitted in an
information disclosure statement filed during the period set forth in
37 CFR 1.97(c) with the fee set forth in 37 CFR 1.17(p), another non
final action is appropriate. If the applicant receives a final action
that they believe to be premature, the question should be raised to the
examiner and/or supervisory patent examiner (SPE) while the application
is still pending before the primary examiner. The issue of whether a
final rejection is premature is not sufficient grounds for appeal, or
basis of complaint before the Patent Trial and Appeal Board. It is
rather reviewable by petition under 37 CFR 1.181. Additionally, the
applicant has the option to request an interview with the examiner,
consistent with MPEP 713, and to request a review of identified matters
on appeal in an appeal conference prior to the filing of an appeal
brief.
Regarding pendency calculations, the Office presents multiple
application pendency numbers on the Patent Dashboard in the USPTO Data
Visualization Center at https://www.uspto.gov/dashboards/patents/main.dashxml. There, the Office publishes traditional total pendency
both with and without RCEs, as well as the pendency for RCEs alone. The
Office also publishes the backlog for RCEs. The Office presents data on
the growth in RCE filings, the inventory of RCEs, and the pendency
associated with RCEs. The USPTO is continuing efforts to reduce the
number of situations in which applicants might be required to file RCEs
to address the existing backlog of pending unexamined RCEs. The USPTO
initiated two new pilot programs--the AFCP and the QPIDS Pilots--as a
means to reduce RCE filings (see https://www.uspto.gov/patents/init_events/index.jsp). While it is still too early to predict the
effectiveness of these programs, short-term analysis has shown that
each pilot is already having a positive impact on reducing the need to
file a RCE.
In addition to these on-going efforts, the USPTO is continuing
training efforts to emphasize compact prosecution practices such as
interview training. The USPTO is also collaborating with the PPAC on an
RCE outreach effort. The objective of this initiative is to identify
reasons for filing RCEs, identify practices for avoiding unnecessary
RCEs, and explore new programs or changes in current programs that
could reduce the need for RCEs. As a part of this effort, the Office
recently issued a request for comments on RCE practice in the Federal
Register (see 77 FR 72830 (Dec. 6, 2012)). This multi-step approach to
address stakeholder concerns with respect to RCE practice is directed
at reducing patent application pendency, including the impact of RCEs
on such pendency.
Appeals
PPAC Comment 11: The PPAC commented that the Office's elimination
of the fee for the submission of a brief is a positive step forward.
The PPAC otherwise commented that appeal fees in general are too high
given that some applicants must file an appeal due to examination
problems. The PPAC also commented that a Notice of Appeal is frequently
utilized as an extension of time and that the Office should set the fee
to recognize this usage. The PPAC also commented that in some instances
applicants are forced to pay extensions of time or file a notice of
appeal due to slow Office treatment of an after final submission. The
PPAC recommended lowering the Notice of Appeal fee to around its
current post-surcharge amount (for example $750), and charging the
increased amount for forwarding the brief to the Board.
Response: The Office appreciates the PPAC's support for eliminating
the fee for submitting an appeal brief. Also, the Office is
implementing the PPAC's recommendation for lowering the Notice of
Appeal fee in this final rule. The Office is lowering the fee for a
Notice of Appeal to $800 (large entity) from the $1,000 (large entity)
proposed in the NPRM and the Office will leave the fee for forwarding
an appeal to the PTAB at the originally proposed $2,000 (large entity).
Given the high cost to the Office of the appeals process, the fee
adjustments are necessary to decrease the gap between cost of the
appeal service and fee in order to improve the financial sustainability
of the Office. As appeals are sometimes necessary due to differences of
opinion between an applicant and the examiner, the Office has coupled
the higher fees with a new staged fee structure to ease the cost impact
on applicants when prosecution is reopened following submission of the
appeal brief. The Office estimates that about two-thirds of applicants
who appeal final rejections will pay only the $800 (large entity)
notice of appeal fee, which is less than would be paid in the same
situation under the current fee structure ($1,260 for large entities).
The Office likewise estimates that only one-third of applicants who
appeal final rejections will pay the additional $2,000 appeal
forwarding fee, which, in total with the notice of appeal fees ($800
plus $2,000 equals $2,800), is 43 percent less than the average
historical cost of providing appeal services ($4,922). The Office
recognizes that total fees to receive an appeal decision from the PTAB
will more than double. However, the Office estimates that less than 5
percent of applicants who receive final rejections will be paying both
the notice of appeal and the appeal forwarding fee.
Regarding appeals being filed due to examination problems, in the
appeals decided on their merits by the PTAB, over 65 percent result in
affirmance of at least some of the rejected claims (see https://www.uspto.gov/ip/boards/bpai/stats/receipts/fy2012_sep_e.jsp). This
data demonstrates that the PTAB is affirming a larger percentage of
rejected claims than it reverses. The Office
[[Page 4247]]
believes that the affirmance rate would be much lower if there were
significant problems with the examination process.
Likewise, Office data shows there is not a large problem with the
timely treatment of an after final submission. During FY 2012, after
final amendments were acted upon by the Office in an average of 8.8
days, and only 4.6 percent took over four weeks to be addressed. In
fact, 60 percent of after final amendments were addressed within one
week. Also, if an applicant files a response to a final rejection
within two months of the date of the final rejection, the shortened
statutory period will expire at three months from the date of the final
rejection or on the date the advisory action is mailed, whichever is
later, thus minimizing the need for any extensions.
PPAC Comment 12: The PPAC recommended that the Office enhance its
provisions for resolution of problems in the examination of
applications. For example, the PPAC recommended that the Office permit
real-time applicant participation in pre-appeal brief conferences or a
more robust ombudsman or SPE review of cases.
Response: The internal processes for conducting both pre-appeal and
appeal conferences are undergoing an in-depth internal review. The
Office is currently evaluating process improvement recommendations. In
the meantime, the current process addresses some of the comments raised
by the PPAC. For example, a Technology Center-designated conferee, a
SPE, and the examiner participate in pre-appeal or appeal conferences
to review the applicant's remarks and the examiner's rejections. In
addition, when the Patents Ombudsman Program receives an inquiry from
an applicant/attorney/agent regarding a legitimate problem in the
prosecution of an application, an Ombudsman Representative in the
Technology Center (TC) handling that application will request that the
SPE review the application with particular attention on the issue
raised. As appropriate, a Quality Assurance Specialist (QAS) in that TC
also might get involved at the request of the SPE. Once the SPE has
reviewed the application, he/she will close the loop directly with the
applicant/attorney/agent who initiated the inquiry.
Ex Parte Reexamination
PPAC Comment 13: The PPAC noted that the fee for an ex parte
reexamination increased significantly, from $2,520 to $17,750, and was
proposed to be reduced to $15,000 in the NRPM. The PPAC questioned why
the Office did not see the disparity between costs and fees for ex
parte reexamination earlier, and work with Congress to correct the
disparity.
Response: The ex parte reexamination fees were adjusted on a cost
recovery basis in the supplemental examination final rule using
authority in 35 U.S.C. 41(d) because fees for this new AIA service were
required to be in place one year from the AIA's enactment (September
16, 2012), and because the Office would not finish with the section 10
rulemaking by that date. (See Changes to Implement the Supplemental
Examination Provisions of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act and to
Revise Reexamination Fees, 77 FR at 48831 and 48851). Given that
supplemental examination and ex parte reexamination are such closely
related services, the Office elected to adjust the fee for filing a
request for ex parte reexamination and to set a fee for petitions filed
in ex parte and inter partes reexamination proceedings to more
accurately reflect the cost of these processes when it set the fees for
supplemental examination. The Office has been aware of the disparity
between its costs for conducting ex parte reexamination and the former
ex parte reexamination fee for a number of years. The Office, however,
wanted to ensure that this disparity was not unique to one or a few
fiscal years before moving to adjust reexamination fees. Accordingly,
the Office did not seek to adjust the ex parte reexamination fees
earlier.
PPAC Comment 14: The PPAC questioned why ex parte reexamination has
a high cost when it is a procedure with minimal processes (for example,
it involves no testimony and no interaction with third parties). The
PPAC noted that the cost [fee] for reviewing the petition ($1,800) is
higher than the proposed fee for the entire initial examination
($1,600) and commented that the costs related to all aspects of the ex
parte reexamination process seem high. The PPAC recommended that there
should be ways to provide for more straight forward decision-making and
streamline the review process to lower costs.
Response: Petitions in reexamination proceedings generally involve
issues of greater complexity and greater number of issues than other
patent-related petitions. See Changes to Implement the Supplemental
Examination Provisions of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act and to
Revise Reexamination Fees, 77 FR at 48837. As a result, these
proceedings are more expensive on average for the Office to administer.
Nonetheless, after updating the patent operating plans and
corresponding aggregate costs in response to public comments, the
Office determined it could reduce the ex parte reexamination fee while
continuing to ensure that the aggregate revenue equals aggregate cost.
In this final rule, the Office is reducing the fee for ex parte
reexamination (proposed at a total of $15,000 for large entities) to
$12,000 (large entity), which is 32 percent below the Office's cost for
these services. The Office also notes that this rulemaking applies
small and micro entity reductions to the ex parte reexamination fee,
resulting in discounts of 50 percent for small entities and 75 percent
for micro entity patentees.
PPAC Comment 15: The PPAC advised that the Office should construct
a more streamlined, pay-as-you-go approach to reexamination. The PPAC
recommended that the Office break the ex parte reexamination fee into
two parts: (1) Petition; and (2) reexamination. If nonpayment for
reexamination following the grant of a petition is a concern, the PPAC
recommended several methods to ensure that the Office receives payment.
Response: The ex parte reexamination fee is in essence a two-part
fee: (1) Part of the ex parte reexamination fee helps to recover the
costs for analyzing the request and drafting the decision whether to
grant or deny ex parte reexamination; this is based on the fee set
forth in 37 CFR 1.20(c)(7) for a denied request for ex parte
reexamination ($3,600, $1,800 for a small entity, and $900 for a micro
entity patentee); and (2) the remaining part of the fee helps to
recover the costs for conducting ex parte reexamination if the request
for ex parte reexamination is granted; this is based on the ex parte
reexamination fee set forth in 37 CFR 1.20(c)(1) less the fee set forth
in 37 CFR 1.20(c)(7) for a denied request for ex parte reexamination
($12,000 less $3,600 or $8,400 for a large entity; $6,000 less $1,800
or $4,200 for a small entity; and $3,000 less $900 or $2,100 for a
micro entity patentee). Rather than adopt a pay-as-you-go approach in
ex parte reexamination, the Office adopted a process of charging the
total fee up front and then refunding the balance of the fee if the
request for ex parte reexamination is denied. This approach avoids the
delays and complications of collecting a separate fee for conducting ex
parte reexamination if the request for ex parte reexamination is
granted. While PPAC's other payment collection suggestions may be
valid, the Office's historical approach of collecting the full fee in
advance, and issuing refunds as needed, completely avoids the delays
and risks related to nonpayment of fees following the grant of a
request for ex
[[Page 4248]]
parte reexamination and helps ensure efficient processing of an ex
parte reexamination.
Supplemental Examination
PPAC Comment 16: The PPAC commented that the fees for supplemental
examinations are too high. The PPAC questioned the Office's underlying
cost assumptions, suggesting that the basis of the estimate should have
been limited to patentee-initiated reexaminations, not all ex parte
reexaminations. The PPAC recommended that the Office publish estimates
of historic costs for patentee-initiated reexaminations for comparison
purposes.
Response: The supplemental examination fees were set on a cost
recovery basis in the final rule to implement supplemental examination.
See Changes to Implement the Supplemental Examination Provisions of the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act and to Revise Reexamination Fees, 77 FR
48828 (Aug. 14, 2012). The supplemental examination final rule adopted
fees for supplemental examination as follows: (1) $5,140 for processing
and treating a request for supplemental examination; (2) $16,120 for
conducting ex parte reexamination ordered as a result of a supplemental
examination; (3) $170 for each non-patent document between 21 and 50
pages in length; and (4) $280 for each additional 50-page increment or
a fraction thereof, per document. See id. at 48831 and 48851. The cost
calculations relating to the supplemental examination final rule were
published by the Office (``Cost Calculations for Supplemental
Examination and Reexamination'') at https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/patents.jsp#heading-9. The Office does not separately
track the time taken by the examiners to process and analyze patentee-
initiated ex parte reexaminations versus third party-requested ex parte
reexaminations. The Office determined via consultation with the Central
Reexamination Unit (CRU) managers that the examiner time required for
patentee-initiated requests and third party-requested ex parte
reexaminations is about the same, and thus the costs to the Office for
either type of request for ex parte reexamination are about the same.
See page 13 of ``Cost Calculations for Supplemental Examination and
Reexamination''.
The NPRM proposed to adjust supplemental examination fees to
reduce, below full cost recovery, both the fee for processing and
treating a request for supplemental examination and the fee for
conducting ex parte reexamination ordered as a result of a supplemental
examination, in total by 16 percent. After updating the patent
operating plans and corresponding aggregate costs in response to public
comments, the Office determined it could reduce the supplemental
examination fee further while continuing to ensure that the aggregate
revenue equals aggregate cost. In this final rule, the Office is
reducing the large entity fee for conducting ex parte reexamination
ordered as a result of a supplemental examination (proposed at $13,600)
to $12,100. Therefore, this final rule sets the total fees for
supplemental examination at $16,500 ($4,400 for processing and treating
a request for supplemental examination plus the $12,100, excluding any
applicable document size fees), which is 23 percent below the Office's
cost for these services. Any reductions beyond this level would require
increases to other fee(s) to ensure the overall fee structure provides
cost recovery in the aggregate. This rulemaking also sets forth small
(50 percent) and micro entity (75 percent) reductions to all of the
supplemental examination fees.
PPAC Comment 17: The PPAC recommended that a pay-per-reference
system for each reference over twelve submitted in a supplemental
examination request would be more effective than the currently proposed
maximum reference rule. The PPAC also recommended that the Office
should permit a patentee one supplemental examination request per
issued patent, regardless of the number of references submitted.
Response: The procedures governing the supplemental examination
process provided for in the AIA were adopted in the supplemental
examination final rule. See Changes to Implement the Supplemental
Examination Provisions of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act and to
Revise Reexamination Fees, 77 FR 48828 (Aug. 14, 2012). As explained in
that rule, the Office placed a limit on the number of items of
information that may be submitted with a request for supplemental
examination because the Office must conclude a supplemental examination
within three months of the date on which the request for supplemental
examination is filed. The Office set the limit at twelve items of
information because ninety-three percent of the requests for ex parte
reexamination filed in FY 2011 included twelve or fewer documents. See
Changes to Implement the Supplemental Examination Provisions of the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act and to Revise Reexamination Fees, 77 FR
at 48830. This rulemaking addresses only the fee for supplemental
examination (reducing it by 23 percent and adding a small entity
discount of 50 percent and a micro entity discount of 75 percent), and
does not propose to change the requirements for a request for
supplemental examination, such as the number of items of information
that may be included in a request for supplemental examination.
PPAC Comment 18: The PPAC commented that many in the applicant
community view supplemental examination as akin to reviews of
information disclosure statements (IDSs) after a final rejection. With
that usage in mind, the PPAC recommended that the fees for supplemental
examination be reduced to levels similar to original examination fees.
Response: The Office determined that the supplemental examination
process is more analogous to an ex parte reexamination process than a
review of an IDS after a final rejection. In both supplemental
examination and ex parte reexamination, the Office must determine
whether a substantial new question of patentability is raised in the
request within three months of the filing date of the request.
Supplemental examination, however, is further enhanced to involve the
review of information in addition to the patents and printed
publications provided for in ex parte reexamination practice.
Therefore, in the supplemental examination final rule, the Office based
its estimate of the cost of supplemental examination proceedings on its
costs for ex parte reexamination proceedings.
Inter Partes Review, Post-Grant Review, and Covered Business Methods
Review
PPAC Comment 19: The PPAC commented that the new inter partes
review, post-grant review, and covered business method review request
and institution fees are the right balance between cost recovery and
incentive for use. The PPAC supported the Office's decision to set
these fees at the proposed rates, even though the PPAC received several
public comments suggesting that high fees would lessen the use of these
proceedings to remove improperly granted patents from the patent
system. The PPAC commented that it supports the USPTO's decision to
break the fee into two parts, but advises the Office to consider a more
granular pay-as-you-go approach.
Response: The Office appreciates the PPAC's support for the inter
partes review, post-grant review, and covered business method review
fee rates. The AIA requires that the Office establish
[[Page 4249]]
fees for inter partes review, post-grant review, and covered business
method review to be paid by the person requesting the review. The fees
paid by the person requesting the review are to be set considering the
aggregate costs of the review. The statutory framework requires the
full fee to be paid in advance and refunds issued as needed. Therefore,
the Office is not instituting a pay-as-you-go fee structure for these
services.
PPAC Comment 20: The PPAC commented that the Office has resisted
calls for more structured and automatic discovery in the inter partes
review, post-grant review, and covered business method review
proceedings and that this will be the most significant driver of costs
for these contested cases. The PPAC recommended that the Office work to
streamline the structure of proceedings.
Response: The Office's final rules for inter partes review, post-
grant review, and covered business method review affirmatively embrace
the calls for more structured and automatic discovery by providing for
mandatory initial disclosures, default cross-examination times, a model
order regarding e-discovery, and guidelines for cross-examination. See
Changes to Implement Inter Partes Review Proceedings, Post-Grant Review
Proceedings, and Transitional Program for Covered Business Method
Patents, 77 FR 48680 (Aug. 14, 2012). Additionally, the final rules
provide that the parties to a contested case may agree to discovery
amongst themselves as a way of streamlining the structure and conduct
of the proceeding. The Office will be monitoring these new services and
will consider feedback from the user community on how the services are
being implemented and whether any improvements can be made to these
procedures.
Maintenance Fees
PPAC Comment 21: The PPAC commented that it generally supports the
maintenance fee scheme proposed in the NPRM and that individual fees
are reasonable because patentees should have a better sense of the
value of the intellectual property as time progresses after patent
grant. However, the PPAC questioned the fee increase proposed for the
third stage maintenance fee. The PPAC advised that the increase to the
third stage maintenance fee may have a greater adverse effect on demand
(and therefore revenue) than the Office projected. Given the AIA's
requirement to review fees at least annually, the PPAC recommended that
the Office closely monitor the effects of the third stage maintenance
fee increase and make adjustments to the fee level as needed.
Response: The Office appreciates PPAC's general support for the
maintenance fee changes, and agrees with the need for continuous future
monitoring. The Office will work with the PPAC to review available data
on maintenance fee payments on a regular basis, and will be prepared to
make adjustments to the fee levels as needed. The Office recognizes the
PPAC's concern with the third stage maintenance fee in particular and
will continue to monitor whether there is any adverse effect on demand
due to the increase in that fee. The Office has closely considered this
potential effect in its aggregate revenue calculation and analysis of
elasticity associated with paying maintenance fees. The Office notes
that the third stage maintenance fee is assessed when the patent holder
should have maximum information about the value of the patent and can
best make an informed decision about whether the value of that patent
justifies the amount of the fee when considering the expected future
income from the protection. Further, the increase in the third stage
maintenance fee allows the Office to provide a fee structure where
earlier fees, paid when the patentee has much less information about
the value of the patent, can be reduced, so as to reduce the barriers
to filing a patent application. By contrast, lowering the third stage
maintenance fee would necessitate raising an earlier stage fee in order
to remain at overall cost recovery.
Excess Claims
PPAC Comment 22: The PPAC commented that the increase in excess
claim fees is unwarranted due to the relative ease with which excess
claims can be searched by examiners, the necessity of more claims of
varying scope in today's legal environment, and the fact that other
patent offices allow applicants to take advantage of multiple dependent
claims. The PPAC recommends that the fees be reduced from the rates
proposed in the NPRM.
Response: The Office realizes that excess claims can be useful to
inventors in today's legal environment, but points out that excess
claiming is a burden to the patent system and the Office. Excess
claiming slows the examination process and increases patent application
pendency, without contributing materially to the Office's goal of
fostering innovation. The Office therefore concluded that an increase
in fees for excess claims will benefit the patent system and the
Office.
Moreover, the patent fee structure has had a fee for ``excess
claims'' (i.e., independent claims in excess of three and total claims
in excess of twenty) since at least 1982, and the result is that most
applications now contain three or fewer independent claims and twenty
or fewer total claims. Applicants who feel they need more than this
number of independent or total claims may continue to present them by
paying the applicable excess claims fee. While the former excess claims
fee amount encouraged most applicants to present three or fewer
independent claims and twenty or fewer total claims, it was not
sufficient to discourage some applicants from presenting a copious
number of claims for apparent tactical reasons, and nor did the fees
reflect the excess burden associated with examining those claims. See,
e.g., Rules of Practice for Trials Before the Patent Trial and Appeal
Board and Judicial Review of Patent Trial and Appeal Board Decisions,
77 FR 48612, 48659-60 (Aug. 14, 2012) (noting that the number of claims
often impacts the complexity of the request and increases the demands
placed on the deciding officials in administrative proceedings). Thus,
the Office is adopting excess claims fee amounts designed to permit
applicants to include excess claims when necessary to obtain an
appropriate scope of coverage for an invention, but to deter applicants
from routinely presenting a copious number of claims merely for
tactical reasons.
Finally, while U.S. practice does not permit a multiple dependent
claim to depend from another multiple dependent claim (35 U.S.C.
112(e)), this does not impact the applicable excess claims fee as a
multiple dependent claim or any claim depending therefrom is considered
a separate dependent claim for purposes of computing the required
excess claims fee. See 35 U.S.C. 41(a)(2)(B).
Oath and Declaration Fees and Correct Inventorship
PPAC Comment 23: The PPAC applauded the Office's elimination of the
fee for filing an oath or declaration, first proposed in February 2012.
The PPAC also stated that the $1,000 fee to correct inventorship is
unwarranted, commenting that a fee for changing inventorship stemming
from a restriction requirement or amendments to the claims does not
seem appropriate and that enlargement of inventorship (which might
require a further search) is what matters. The PPAC recommended that
the Office charge a fee only to correct inventorship that adds an
inventor after the first Office action.
[[Page 4250]]
Response: Changes to inventorship (e.g., adding previously unnamed
persons as inventors or removing persons previously named as inventors)
after examination has started can cause additional work for the Office.
This additional work is necessary regardless of whether the change to
the inventorship is the correction of an error in naming inventors, or
is due to changes to the claims resulting from an amendment during
examination. The inventorship correction fee also is necessary to
encourage a bona fide effort to ascertain the actual inventorship as
early as possible and to provide that information to the Office prior
to examination. However, after carefully considering comments from the
PPAC and the public, the Office is reducing the change of inventorship
fee in this final rule to $600 (large entity) from the $1,000 (large
entity) fee proposed in the NPRM. After this reduction, the revenue
generated by this fee will continue to offset the costs incurred by the
Office when there is a change in inventorship. Additionally, the Office
proposed for this fee to be paid when inventors are added or deleted,
because requiring the fee only to add inventors will encourage
applicants to err in favor of naming too many persons as inventors,
which would complicate the examination process (e.g., it could
complicate double patenting searches). After further consideration of
the PPAC report and other public comments, in this final rule, the
Office is requiring a fee to accompany a request to correct or change
the inventorship filed after the Office action on the merits, unless
the request is accompanied by a statement that the request to correct
or change the inventorship is due solely to the cancelation of claims
in the application.
B. Public Comments in Response to the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
The Office received 28 written submissions in response to the
proposed rulemaking from intellectual property organizations, not-for-
profit or academic or research institutions, law firms, and
individuals. The summaries of comments and the Office's responses to
the written comments follow.
General Fee Setting Considerations
General Fee Setting Approach
Comment 1: Several commenters expressed support for the Office's
overall fee setting approach, including the goals for implementing a
sustainable funding model and optimizing patent timeliness (i.e., first
action pendency of 10 months and total pendency of 20 months) and
quality. Specifically, one commenter stated that the fee changes are a
step in the right direction. Another commenter supported the Office's
efforts to reduce the patent application and appeal backlog and
commended the Office's success to date. Noting that extended patent
application pendency hinders progress and weakens the motivation to
invent, one of the commenters stated that the proposed fees will
benefit the USPTO and help expedite the application process for those
seeking a patent, thereby advancing technology.
Response: The USPTO appreciates the endorsement from the commenters
and is committed to achieving the goals developed in consultation with
the stakeholder community as set forth in the Strategic Plan. The fee
schedule in this final rule provides the Office with a sufficient
amount of aggregate revenue to recover the aggregate cost of patent
operations while implementing key strategic initiatives, such as
decreasing patent application pendency, reducing the patent application
backlog, improving the quality of patent examination, and updating
patent information technology systems. The decrease in pendency,
reduction in the backlog, and improvement in patent information
technology systems will speed the delivery of innovative goods and
services to market and facilitate economic growth and the creation of
jobs. Likewise, improving the quality of patent examination strengthens
the U.S. patent system.
Comment 2: A commenter stated that the patent application pendency
targets of first action pendency of 10 months by FY 2015 and total
pendency of 20 months by FY 2016 reflect appropriate long-term goals
for the Office. The commenter further stated that applicants will
benefit from the early indication of the likely scope of patent
coverage and the speedier issuance of a patent, which can allow them to
more confidently invest in the commercialization of (or obtain
financing for) their innovations. The commenter suggested that
competitors of the patentee also will benefit by knowing where they may
safely target their commercial activities and investments. The
commenter continued to support the pendency goals by explaining that
patent applicants need an indication of their prospects for receiving a
patent in time for them to consider whether and where to file outside
the United States. The commenter explained that under the Paris
Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property, applicants have
only one year in which to file and claim the priority of their first
filing--for applicants who did not first file a provisional application
or other priority application--and that receiving a first action at 10
months will allow them to decide whether to file abroad and to take
steps to achieve such filings. The commenter stated strong support for
the 10 months first action pendency and 20 months total pendency goals
and welcomed the proposed lengthening of the timeframes for achieving
the goals. The commenter further stated that the Office should not need
to change the 10 and 20 month patent application pendency goals in
order to provide a ``soft landing'' (in reference to the PPAC Fee
Setting Report). Instead, the commenter suggested that the Office has
many other tools (e.g., increasing/decreasing overtime, monitoring
filing activity, or adjusting hiring) at its disposal to calibrate the
throughput in specific art areas and is confident that the Office can
reasonably achieve both the pendency goals and a ``soft landing.''
Response: The Office appreciates the feedback and endorsement for
the 10 and 20 pendency month goals, which were developed in
consultation with the stakeholder community when the Office established
the Strategic Plan. As part of the Office's planning for achieving
these goals and a ``soft landing'' for the optimal patent application
inventory level, the Office has recalibrated its short-term plans to
take into consideration comments from the public as well as new
information, such as higher examiner production levels, historically
low attrition rates, and the substantial progress the Office has
already achieved to date. Consistent with plans to manage a ``soft
landing'' and avoid an excessively low inventory, the Office has
changed the timeframe in which it estimates it will reach its ideal
pendency goals to FY 2016 and FY 2017 for first action pendency and
total pendency, respectively, but with the recognition that the USPTO
may well be within 1 to 2 months of its goal (or that it may fully
reach it) in FY 2015 and FY 2016, respectively.
Comment 3: One commenter questioned why the Office incorporated the
cost of a photocopy at $.25 per page and the cost of a black and white
copy of a patent at $3.00 into its fee setting process under the AIA,
given that the Office's costs for providing these services has not
changed in years.
Response: The Office included the fees associated with a photocopy
($.25 per page) and a black and white copy of a patent ($3.00) into the
patent fee schedule. The Office is setting the fees at the existing fee
rates because the Office's data in support of the unit cost
[[Page 4251]]
for these services is not current. Therefore, the Office determined it
was best to set the fees at existing rates until such time that it
assesses more current information.
Comment 4: A commenter questioned the need for a $200 electronic
filing incentive.
Response: Section 10(h) of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act
(AIA) provides for the establishment of a $400 ($200 for small entity)
fee for any patent application filed by mail, rather than via the
Office's electronic filing system (EFS-Web). The overriding purpose for
this fee is to encourage applicants to file electronically, which
facilitates more effective administration of the patent system. The
Office began collecting the electronic filing incentive fee on November
15, 2011, and does not have the authority to change the fee established
by the AIA. Once the fee is collected by the USPTO, it must be
deposited in the United States Department of the Treasury and is not
available to the USPTO for spending.
Comment 5: A commenter suggested that the Office's continued
reliance on a fee schedule that is heavily dependent on post-allowance
fees is flawed and continues to put the Agency in an unstable financial
position. A commenter argued that the optimal fee schedule should
consider the incentives and social welfare of patent applicants and
society as well as the USPTO's need for financial sustainability. The
commenter proposed that the Office consider further increasing filing,
search, and examination fees to better align these fees with the costs
of these services and to decrease the Office's reliance on post-
allowance fees. Further, the commenter stated that being overly
dependent on post-allowance fees that only materialize if the Office
decides to grant patent applications creates an incentive for the
Office to grant an unnecessarily large number of patents and
potentially invalid patents. The commenter cited a forthcoming academic
study that supports this theory.
Response: As noted in this rulemaking, Congress and the USPTO have
long promoted a fee structure that fosters innovation by removing
barriers to entry into the patent system through lower front-end fees
(set well below cost) and higher back-end fees. The lower front-end
fees facilitate entry into the patent system, and in so doing,
encourage the disclosure of information on new inventions and ideas to
the public. Higher back-end fees not only help to recoup costs incurred
at the front-end of the process, but also foster innovation by
encouraging patent holders to assess the costs and benefits of
maintaining their patent at various points over the 20 year term of the
patent (i.e., 3.5 years, 7.5 years, and 11.5 years) when maintenance
fees are due. This helps to ensure that low value patents are released
back into the public domain for subsequent commercialization. The
Office carefully considered many factors discussed in this final rule
to determine that the increases to filing, search, and examination fees
are adequate to secure the needed aggregate revenue to recover
examination costs while continuing to foster innovation.
The Office has conducted extensive short- and long-term analyses of
historical costs using the Office's activity-based cost data, budget
execution data, allowance rates, strategic and operational goals, and
elasticity estimates to mitigate risks to its financial stability.
These analyses revealed that the vast majority of the USPTO's past
financial stressors were the result of unforeseeable circumstances that
were typically short-term in nature (e.g., receiving an authorized
spending level lower than that requested of Congress, proposed
surcharges or fee rate increases that were not enacted, unanticipated
dips in revenue due to broader economic conditions, etc.). These kinds
of pressures were generally felt within a given fiscal year, and were
best addressed through fiscal year spending adjustments. Attempting to
mitigate these pressures by increasing allowance rates would have done
nothing to alleviate such short-term concerns, because the maintenance
fees would not have been collected until years later. The operating
reserve presented in this final rule better establishes a sustainable
funding model to respond to these types of short-term circumstances.
Moreover, the Office's fee schedule and financial positions are not
the drivers of patent examination practice. While there is a direct
correlation between the number of patents granted and future
maintenance fee collections, patent examiners make independent
patentability determinations in accordance with statutory requirements
by comparing the prior art to the claimed invention as a whole, without
regard to budgetary pressures of the USPTO. Furthermore, the training
patent examiners receive is not varied depending on the Office's fee
structure or financial status.
Lastly, with regard to the ``forthcoming academic study,'' the
commenters acknowledged that they ``cannot absolutely conclude * * *
that the Office's fee structure has truly caused an increase in
granting behavior.'' The Office also points out that there is no data
or policy basis to support the argument that examination practices are
the result of the Office's fee structure or financial position.
Comment 6: A commenter suggested that while a financially
constrained USPTO could increase fees in an effort to cover its
expenses, the duration of the fee setting process limits the ability of
the Office to immediately augment its revenue through fee increases.
Thus, the commenter suggested that the Office may turn to granting
patents in an effort to increase fee collections, even with fee setting
authority.
Response: The Office does not and will not grant more patents as a
financial tool to increase fee collections. As discussed in Comment 5,
above, the statutory requirements governing patent examination do not
permit such a strategy. In addition, the Office considered the timeline
for setting and adjusting fees under the AIA in its financial plans. In
the event the Office finds itself unexpectedly financially constrained,
the Office will adjust spending accordingly and use the operating
reserve if needed to manage through the timeframe required to adjust
fees.
Comment 7: A commenter suggested that the Office divert maintenance
fees to a special fund which would be limited to subsidizing the
filing, search, and examination costs for small and micro inventors.
Response: The Office does not have the legal authority to create a
special fund in which to deposit maintenance fees. However, under the
fee structure included in this final rule, maintenance fees paid by
large, small, and micro entity inventors (patentees) will be used in
part to subsidize the filing, search, and examination costs for all
applicants including small and micro entity inventors.
Comment 8: A commenter suggested that the Office should reduce the
proposed fee levels. The commenter noted that as proposed in the NPRM,
routine patent fees through issue decrease by 22 percent. The commenter
added however, that when factoring in the total fees paid through third
stage maintenance, total fees paid increase by 26.3 percent in FY 2013
and 20.9 percent in FY 2014 when the issue fee decrease becomes
effective. The commenter further encouraged the Office to accelerate
the effective dates of several fees, including the issue fee estimated
in the NPRM to take effect on January 1, 2014.
Response: The commenter is correct in stating that, once effective,
the
[[Page 4252]]
routine patent fees through issue for a large entity proposed in the
NPRM decreased by 22 percent (decreases by 23 percent in this final
rule), whereas in FY 2014, when coupled with the three maintenance
fees, the total fees increased by 26 percent (increases by 24 percent
in this final rule). This is consistent with the policy factor of
fostering innovation, which guided decisions for setting the proposed
fee levels. That is, the Office proposed to set front-end fees below
cost and set back-end fees above cost to recoup the front-end subsidy.
A front-end subsidy encourages patent application filings and the
disclosure of new technology to foster innovation.
When setting the effective date for fee changes, the USPTO takes
various factors into consideration, including the number of patent
applications it expects to receive and the amount of work it expects to
process (e.g., an indicator for workload of patent issue fees). This
enables the USPTO to calculate the aggregate revenue for each fiscal
year. To allow the Office to recover sufficient revenue to pay for the
projected costs for FY 2013, the effective date of the proposed
reduction to the issue fee and a few other fees has been set at January
1, 2014. Accelerating this effective date would put the Office at risk
of collecting insufficient revenue in FY 2013 to meet its operating
expenses.
Finally, based on the current timeline for examining and issuing a
patent, the delayed implementation date for the reduction in the issue
and publication fees (January 1, 2014) generally aligns with the timing
of the increase in filing, search, and examination fees so that patent
applicants paying the current (lower) filing, search, and examination
fees prior to FY 2013 will continue to pay the current (higher) issue
and publication fees. On the other hand, successful patent applicants
benefiting from the reduced issue and publication fees in FY 2014 will
be more likely to have paid the increased filing, search, and
examination fees effective shortly after the publication of this final
rule.
Comment 9: A commenter noted that the Office's goal of ``fostering
innovation'' fails to take into account the externalities that marginal
(i.e., low value) patents impose on producing companies, other
innovators, and the public, which over time contribute to the failure
of the disclosure function by lowering the quality of patents.
Response: The USPTO is committed to optimizing the quality of the
patents it issues, as well as the timeliness. As noted in the Strategic
Plan, the Office has taken numerous actions to measure and improve
quality. Through collaboration with the PPAC, and with participation
from the entire patent community, the USPTO developed a comprehensive
set of metrics that are used to monitor patent quality from start to
finish. These quality metrics are reported to stakeholders on a monthly
basis via the performance dashboard on the USPTO's Web site (see the
Patent Dashboard in the USPTO Data Visualization Center available at
https://www.uspto.gov/dashboards/patents/main.dashxml).
In addition, one of the policy factors contemplated in USPTO fee
setting is to foster innovation by providing fee levels that encourage,
not discourage, innovation. Economic evidence has shown that patents
are one important means by which innovators can profit from their
research and development efforts, and the patent filing decision
normally comes at the beginning of the innovation process, when
uncertainty over commercial viability is highest. The fee setting
approach adopted by the Office allows for more experimentation earlier
in the process by innovators, while also recognizing that other fees
charged later in the process (i.e., issue and maintenance fees) will
require the innovator to make decisions about the economic value of
continuing with the patenting process. In this way, and through the
added investment that the USPTO fee structure will allow the Office to
make in improving quality and timeliness of examination, the system
will minimize the sort of marginal patents mentioned as a concern in
the comment.
Relatedly, disclosure, both in quality and in the timeliness of
arrival, is also improved by the new fee structure, since the
innovation community will receive better information, earlier in time.
Finally, increased maintenance fees, as set in this final rule, should
help to mitigate the externalities created by marginal patents. If the
patents are truly of a low-value, patent holders will elect not to
maintain them for as long, thus making them available in the public
domain sooner than they might have been under a lower maintenance fee
schedule.
Comment 10: A commenter is concerned that shifting fees to be
higher at the front-end and lower at the back-end will ultimately
discourage some applicants from filing otherwise worthy patent
applications, and will impede the dissemination and publication of
potentially useful inventions, removing them from public discourse. The
commenter suggested reducing filing, search, and examination fees and/
or shifting a higher proportion of the fees to the back end.
Response: While the filing, search, and examination fees in the
final fee schedule increase, once effective, the total basic fees for
obtaining a patent (i.e., filing, search, examination, publication, and
issue) decrease by 23 percent. As discussed in the Office's response to
PPAC Comment 4, the Office shares the commenters concern about the
impact of increased filing, search, and examination fees on the number
of prospective patent applications filed. However, the Office's
elasticity analysis indicates that the potential impact is small and
that filings will continue to grow over the next five years, even if at
a somewhat lesser rate for the first few years. Additionally, while
some applicants may choose not to file low value patent applications
due to the increased combined filing, search, and examination fees,
there are other means by which an applicant may disclose his or her
invention (e.g., manufacturing the product). Therefore, when combined
with the above mentioned elasticity analysis, the Office expects that
the impact to public disclosure will not be significant. Further, to
the extent there is some impact on filings, the Office has determined
that the benefits of the fee changes outweigh the temporary cost of
fewer patent filings. The additional revenue generated from the
increase in fees provides sufficient resources to decrease patent
application pendency. The reduction in patent application pendency is
estimated to increase private patent value by shortening the time for
an invention to be commercialized or otherwise obtain value from the
exclusive right for the technology. Given this overall benefit to the
patent system taken as a whole, the Office is setting and adjusting the
total filing, search, and examination fees ($1,600 for a large entity)
as proposed in the NPRM.
Comment 11: A commenter commended the Office for its willingness to
be flexible in the application of its new fee setting authority. The
commenter also urged the Office to keep the overarching goal of patent
quality in the forefront of the discussion with the pendency and fiscal
goals. The commenter further stated that the user community remains
open to supporting reasonably justified fee increases and procedural
changes that are aimed at producing high quality, valid, and
enforceable patents.
Response: The USPTO appreciates the commenter's support for its
exercise of fee setting authority. The USPTO's first strategic goal is
to optimize patent quality and timeliness. To fulfill this goal, the
Office established a set of
[[Page 4253]]
strategic objectives to decrease patent application pendency and reduce
the patent application backlog, as well as to measure and improve
patent quality. Over the past several years, the Office has made
significant progress on a set of initiatives that aim to improve patent
quality. In collaboration with the patent examiners' union, the Office
has developed a new work credit system that gives examiners more time
to review the merits of patent applications before making their
decisions. The Office also implemented new performance standards that
place a greater emphasis on examiners interacting with applicants
earlier in the process in order to clarify claims and enhance the
quality of patent reviews. At the same time, the Office is committed to
building a highly-skilled and capable examining corps, implementing
improved hiring practices with a focus on recruiting experienced IP
professionals, and providing comprehensive training to both new and
experienced examiners.
As the Office implements these and other quality initiatives it is
ensuring accountability and tracking progress by initiating 21st
century analysis, measurement, and tracking of patent quality. Indeed,
the Office developed a comprehensive set of metrics that are used to
monitor quality from start to finish. These quality metrics are
reported to stakeholders on a monthly basis via the performance
dashboard on the USPTO's Web site. See https://www.uspto.gov/dashboards/patents/main.dashxml.
Comment 12: The Office received several comments about the patent
application pendency goals and the relationship to the availability of
prior art. One commenter suggested that the USPTO's goal to reduce
first action pendency to 10 months may have the unintended consequences
of increasing the uncertainty of the patenting process and potentially
reducing the quality of patents, given that there may be ``hidden''
prior art since patent applications are not published until 18 months
after the filing date. The commenter recommended that either the first
action pendency goal be relaxed to 20 months, or that the USPTO allow
applicants to postpone paying search and examination fees for up to 18
months. Another commenter disagreed with this idea asserting that the
statement in the PPAC Fee Setting Report regarding the possibility that
there may be prior art that is unknown to both an applicant and the
Office under the patent application pendency goals of 10 and 20 months
is not persuasive. The commenter further explained that while it is
true that claims may be allowed that could later be found unpatentable
based on subsequently published prior art, the situation has existed
for years and patent applicants and the public have enhanced mechanisms
to bring such prior art to bear on such claims.
Response: The Office agrees with the second commenter's approach to
pendency goals and prior art. As noted in the Office's response to PPAC
Comment 8, the Office recognizes that some prior art may not be
available to the Office before the first Office action on the merits;
however, the Office has general support from stakeholders for pursuing
a 10 month first action pendency and believes that the risk is
mitigated because many patent applications are published in fewer than
18 months. The 18-month publication deadline is computed from the
earliest filed application, and many applications are outgrowths of an
earlier filed application, which increases the probability that the
prior art was already published. Regarding the suggestion to postpone
paying search and examination fees for up to 18 months, ``staging'' of
fee payments is an idea that the Office may explore in the future.
Given the significant change in the revenue stream for a fee structure
modification of this magnitude, the Office believes it is better to
first achieve greater financial stability through a sufficient
operating reserve and then solicit feedback and ideas from the public
via a formal request for comments regarding staged fees. Moreover, the
realignment of the individual fees for filing, search, and examination
to their respective costs in this final rule prepares the Office to
entertain a future staged fee schedule if it was a structure the Office
and its stakeholders determined was viable.
Comment 13: A commenter questioned the Office's conclusion that
application filings will increase as a result of the proposed changes,
especially for small entities. Another commenter suggested that the
increased patent fees will discourage independent inventors from filing
applications and maintaining patents.
Response: Under the final patent fee structure, large and small
entities will pay increased filing fees (i.e., fees for filing, search,
and examination). This is counter-balanced in that most successful
applicants, regardless of entity status and once effective, will pay
less in fees (23 percent for large entities) through the issuance of
their patent under the new fee structure. Additionally, the micro
entity discount will become available with the new fee structure,
mitigating costs significantly for a subset of small entities. However,
the Office recognizes that the increased filing fees for large and
small entities may discourage some applicants from filing applications.
The Office accounted for this impact through the analysis of
elasticity. Using publicly available data, the Office incorporated
elasticity estimates into its projections and forecasts. The data used
does not permit the Office to disaggregate elasticity effects by entity
size (e.g., large, small, or micro). The increase in filing fees to
large and small entities is expected to reduce moderately the
anticipated growth rate of future patent application filings in the
short term, but it is not expected to cause a decline in the total
number of new (serialized) application filings. The Office expects that
filing levels, including for micro entities, will return to the same
levels anticipated (across all entity sizes) in the absence of a fee
increase by FY 2016. This analysis is described in detail in the
supplemental document on elasticity available at https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/fees.jsp.
Comment 14: One commenter believed that higher fees should be
accompanied with good or better published patent content. The commenter
suggested that the Office use fees to maintain its current high quality
of patent data, specifically text accuracy.
Response: Providing high quality patent data and information is a
priority for the USPTO. The new patent fee structure is designed to
ensure that the USPTO generates sufficient revenue to recover its
aggregate costs, including those costs associated with the Office's
multi-year effort to improve its patent IT systems. Through the PE2E
modernization effort, the USPTO will improve both the efficiency and
effectiveness of its patent IT systems and business processes, while at
the same time continue providing high quality patent information to the
public.
The PE2E system seeks to improve the USPTO's image-to-text
conversion capabilities. To do so, the USPTO plans to engage a number
of solutions moving forward that will further enhance the Office's
character recognition capabilities and the accuracy of the converted
text. In addition to better enabling the Office to convert documents to
text, PE2E is exploring ways to receive text directly from the
applicant, with a focus on solutions that will both minimize the burden
on USPTO's stakeholders and improve the quality of text received by the
Office.
[[Page 4254]]
Comment 15: A commenter believes that the increased fees would have
a negative impact on many businesses. The commenter stated that some
companies may have to use research and development money to cover the
cost of patent fee increases. The commenter claimed that this diversion
of resources would inhibit innovation and job creation in America's
technology sector. Additionally, the commenter noted that the proposed
fees increase the total cost of filing, prosecuting, and maintaining
patents, and that the Office already increased most of its fees by 15
percent in 2011 and then again in October 2012. The commenter
recommended that the fees for filing, prosecuting, and maintaining a
patent be held constant at the current level and extra claims fees also
remain constant until the CPI justifies another increase.
Response: The Office analyzed the costs and benefits of this final
fee schedule and three alternative fee schedules in comparison to the
Baseline (status quo or current fee schedule) in the RIA. See https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/fees.jsp. The Office determined that
it must increase fees to meet its aggregate costs while implementing
key strategic initiatives, including costs to reduce patent application
pendency and the backlog, to improve the quality of patent examination,
and to update patent information technology systems that benefit both
the Office and the applicant. The Office understands that innovation is
critical for economic growth and national competitiveness because it
brings new goods and services to market. The Office weighed the cost of
increasing fees against the benefit of reducing the patent application
backlog so that the Office can provide applicants with 10 months first
action pendency and 20 months total pendency. The Office also
recognizes that there may be a reduction to the growth of new
application filings; however, the Office has also determined that the
benefits of the fee changes outweigh the temporary cost of slower
growth in patent filings. The fee structure set forth in this final
rule thus encourages innovation and facilitates job creation.
To meet its aggregate costs, the Office requires additional funds
(2 percent increase in total aggregate revenue) beyond the amount
provided by the 15 percent surcharge. The additional revenue generated
from the increase in fees provides sufficient resources to decrease
patent application pendency, and the reduction in pendency is estimated
to increase private patent value by shortening the time for an
invention to be commercialized or otherwise obtain value from the
exclusive right for the technology.
Comment 16: One commenter suggested that the Office retrain
administrative staff to become operational staff (i.e., patent
examiners) in order to clear the backlog and to reduce overhead.
Response: For patent examiner positions, the USPTO recruits
engineers, chemists, microbiologists, physicists, and biologists that
have successfully completed all requirements for an undergraduate or
higher degree at an accredited college or university. In addition, for
some disciplines, the USPTO specifies a minimum number of hours of
required course content. For candidates seeking employment above entry
level, the Office requires professional experience in an appropriate
field, graduate education in the field, and/or law school.
The USPTO's administrative personnel generally have educational
backgrounds that do not qualify them to fulfill patent examiner
positions, e.g., accounting, economics, statistics, etc. Moreover, it
is impossible to run an agency without personnel who perform human
resources, information technology and other administrative functions
necessary to the operation of the Office. Finally, administrative
personnel meeting the patent examiner requirements have applied and
become examiners in the past and may continue to apply for vacant
patent examiner positions.
The Office anticipates that the new fee schedule will provide
sufficient revenue to hire the optimal number of patent examiners
needed to reduce the patent application backlog and decrease patent
application pendency. Further, the Office will continue to seek cost
savings and greater efficiency from its entire staff, including
administrative personnel.
Comment 17: A commenter suggested that the Office's cost estimate
of $1,860 for a patent search is too high, at least in part, because of
inefficient operations.
Response: The Office provides the historical costs of the major
patent fees, including the methodology used to determine the cost of
the fees in a supplemental document entitled, ``USPTO Section 10 Fee
Setting--Activity-Based Information and Costing Methodology'' available
at https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/fees.jsp#heading-1. This
document shows the search fee costs associated with the examination of
a patent application for FY 2009 ($1,520), FY 2010 ($1,694) and FY 2011
($1,521) in addition to further detail on the activity costs and the
fee calculations.
In 2009, the USPTO's cost management program was recognized as a
federal best practice in an independent review, and the Office
continues to use these best practices to calculate the cost data that
has informed the fee setting process. In addition to using sound cost
accounting practices, the Office continues to regularly review its
annual requirements-based operating budgets and long-range plans to
ensure that the Office operates efficiently. Further, the AIA includes
a mandate for the Director of the USPTO to annually consult with the
PPAC on the ``advisability of reducing any fees'' (see section 10(c)).
This annual consultation will be informed by both cost accounting data
and any efficiency gains the Office realizes while providing patent
services.
Operating Reserve
Comment 18: The Office received several comments about building the
three-month operating reserve too quickly. One of the commenters stated
that contributing 3 percent to 7 percent of collected fees each year
builds the operating reserve too quickly at a high cost to current
applicants who face budget constraints. Similarly, another commenter
stated that since applicants are already paying higher fees in order to
help meet the USPTO's other goals, the operating reserve should be
built more gradually to avoid current applicants carrying too much of
the burden. A commenter further stated that carefully building and
managing a three-month operating reserve is a reasonable fiscal goal
and that the commenter appreciated the balanced approached of the
modification in the NPRM from the February 2012 proposal, specifically
lengthening the target date for achieving full-funding by two years.
However, the commenter also stated that a $200 million increase planned
for the operating reserve in FY 2014 in the NPRM is too aggressive and
suggested a more appropriate goal would be to permit the operating
reserve to achieve the three-month goal over six years. Finally,
another commenter further suggested that the plan for building the
operating reserve is too quick and establishing a longer timeframe
would permit the USPTO to lower the fees for post-grant proceedings,
making these prosecution options more accessible to small businesses
and non-profit entities.
Response: The Office welcomes support for its financial
sustainability and operating reserve goals. As noted in the response to
PPAC Comment 6, the
[[Page 4255]]
Office extended the growth period of the three-month operating reserve
by one year (to FY 2018) compared to the timeframe proposed in the
NPRM. The Office believes that this timeframe achieves a reasonable
balance between growth that is gradual enough to limit the burden on
applicants and rapid enough to reach the target reserve and provide
necessary financial stability in a reasonable timeframe. Additionally,
in this final rule, the Office sets fees for two proceedings at lower
amounts than were proposed in the NPRM. These fee reductions are for ex
parte reexamination (from $15,000 to $12,000) and reexamination ordered
as a part of supplemental examination (from $13,600 to $12,100).
Comment 19: A commenter expressed concerns that building the
operating reserve so quickly could make it a convenient target for
congressional confiscation of fees, and another commenter suggested
that the USPTO consider delaying build-up of its operating reserve
until such time that any potential fee diversion by the Congress is
prohibited. A different commenter suggested that the Office should take
every precaution to ensure the fees paid by users are not vulnerable to
sequestration or diversion and, if either becomes a reality, the Office
should immediately stop building the operating reserve until a
mechanism can be found to protect the funds.
Response: As noted in the response to PPAC Comment 6, the AIA
mitigates the issue of fee diversion by stipulating that USPTO's excess
collections are to be deposited into the new Patent and Trademark Fee
Reserve Fund rather than into the general Treasury, and are available
for USPTO purposes as provided for in the Office's annual
appropriations bill. The Office will continue to work closely with
Congress to ensure full access to fees paid by patent applicants and
patentees, consistent with the AIA. In addition, as previously
mentioned, the Office has slowed the growth of the operating reserve.
Comment 20: A commenter noted that there may be several potential
surges in fee activity during the course of implementing the AIA, which
would likely lead to ``bubbles'' of fee payments that could be used as
a source of funds for building the operating reserve.
Response: The Office anticipates ``bubbles'' of fee payments in
advance of this new fee schedule taking effect, similar to the surge in
collections experienced in late FY 2011 after the passage of the AIA
and the implementation of the 15 percent surcharge in FY 2012. Unlike
the ``bubble'' at the end of FY 2011, however, the ``bubbles'' that the
Office anticipates for FY 2013 as a result of this final rule and for
FY 2014 relating to implementation of those fees set to take effect on
January 1, 2014, will be experienced within the respective fiscal
years. These anomalies (``bubbles'') are considered in the Office's
projected FY 2013 and FY 2014 aggregate revenue collections, including
the estimated operating reserve levels.
Small, Micro, and Independent Inventor Matters
Comment 21: The Office received several comments about the impact
of fees on small entities and the provision of small and micro entity
discounts. One commenter questioned whether the USPTO is providing
micro entities with a 75 percent discount. Several commenters expressed
support for small and micro entity fees, and some welcomed any further
fee reductions, with one commenter proposing that the discount for
small entities should be increased to one-third of large entity fee
rates instead of one-half. A commenter stated that it is inconsistent
to allow small entities (and micro entities) to file applications with
reduced filing fees but not allow reduced reexamination fees. One
commenter expressed general support for the fee proposal, particularly
for the manner in which the rule allocates fees based on an applicant's
ability to pay (e.g., large entities pay more) and the front-end/back-
end subsidy structure. Lastly, one commenter recommended that the USPTO
set aside a small fraction of large entity fee collections for outreach
to small businesses.
Response: Congress authorized micro entity fee reductions and an
enhanced list of small entity fee reductions to permit greater access
to the patent system by these entities. Section 10(b) of the AIA states
that the ``fees set or adjusted under subsection (a)'' for the
specified patent services ``shall be reduced by 50 percent with respect
to the application of such fees to any small entity that qualifies for
reduced fees under section 41(h)(1) of title 35, United States Code.''
(Pub. L. 112-29, section 10). Therefore, the Office has no legal
authority to change the size of the discount for small entities from 50
percent. Section 10(g) of the AIA further reduced the fee burden for
some small entities by adding section 123 to chapter 11 of title 35 to
define a new micro entity class of applicants. Section 10(b) of the AIA
further states that ``fees set or adjusted under subsection (a)'' for
the specified patent services ``shall be reduced by 75 percent with
respect to the application of such fees to any micro entity as defined
in section 123.''
Under the authority of section 10(b) of the AIA, the Office sets
small and micro entity fee rates for filing, searching, examining,
issuing, appealing, and maintaining patent applications and patents;
these rates amount to a 50 percent reduction for small entities and a
75 percent reduction for micro entities. Fee reductions for
reexamination services are included under the authority of section
10(b). In this final rule, the Office sets or adjusts 351 patent fees,
including 94 small entity fees set at a reduction of 50 percent and 93
micro entity fees set at a reduction of 75 percent from the large
entity fee amounts.
The USPTO continues to work with companies, legal associations,
inventor organizations and others to provide inventors and small
businesses with contacts, information and assistance. The Office
supports several programs to help both small businesses and independent
inventors, including the Small Business Education Campaign and pro bono
programs. More information on these programs and others designed to
support small businesses is available at https://www.uspto.gov/smallbusiness/about/ and also https://www.uspto.gov/inventors/proseprobono/index.jsp.
The AIA directs the USPTO to work with intellectual property law
associations across the country to establish pro bono programs for
financially under-resourced inventors and small businesses. A pilot
program in Minnesota was launched in June 2010 to provide legal
services to help such individuals and businesses obtain solid patent
protection. Another pro bono pilot program was launched in Denver
during FY 2012. More regional pro bono programs are planned for 2013.
Outreach to small businesses and independent inventors is included in
the Office's annual patent operating budget, so a portion of all fees
collected contributes to this outreach effort.
Comment 22: Several commenters suggested that discounts to small
and micro entities should be extended to inter partes reviews, post-
grant reviews, and covered business method patent reviews, with one of
the commenters asserting that if the fees are too high, small and micro
entities will be driven out of the market in favor of large
corporations. One of the commenters disagreed with the USPTO's
interpretation of section 10(b) of the AIA, and argued that neither the
text of section 10(b) nor any other provision of the AIA limits the
USPTO from offering reduced fees or lowering fees for
[[Page 4256]]
services not enumerated in that section. The commenter stated that,
even if the USPTO's interpretation is correct, the Director has broad
authority to lower fees for the administrative trials to allow greater
access for entities such as small businesses and non-profits that may
otherwise not be able to participate. Other commenters suggested
providing non-profit organizations similar or greater discounts on
post-grant review and inter partes review fees, with one commenter
suggesting these proceedings would be prohibitively expensive for non-
profit organizations. Another commenter applauded the Office's work to
reduce certain fees (from those set under the Office's section 41(d)(2)
authority), especially the ex parte reexamination fees for small and
micro entities. However, the commenter expressed concern that the
proposed fees would create a disincentive for some third parties (e.g.,
public interest groups) to challenge patents, and urged the Office to
provide reduced fees for small and micro entities, specifically for
not-for-profit organizations.
Response: The express authority of section 10(b) refers to fees for
supplemental examination, reexamination, and petition, but not to
administrative trials like inter partes review, post-grant review, and
covered business methods review. Further, because the administrative
trials are new services for which the Office has no historical cost
basis, setting these fees too far below their prospective cost is
risky. The Office designed the new procedures around Congressional
intent for the AIA. In many cases, these services are an alternative to
even more expensive litigation. Further, many of these services,
including post-grant review and inter partes review, provide for
refunds if the Office does not elect to institute a proceeding, which
could significantly lower the cost.
The Office's authority to set fees is coupled with the requirement
that aggregate patent revenue must recover the aggregate cost of patent
operations. As the Office collects and analyzes more data about the
cost of patent operations for these new services, the Office will
continually reassess the fairness and adequacy of the fee schedule to
both achieve the needed aggregate revenue and remain aligned with the
Office's strategic and operational goals and policy priorities--
including fostering innovation.
In addition, the Office also established staged fees for appeals
and RCEs, which aim to reduce the upfront cost of patent services for
all entities, but especially those eligible for a fee reduction.
Finally, the pendency gains that the Office aims to realize as a result
of the additional revenue will be beneficial to all entities--including
not-for-profit entities and public interest groups, as demonstrated by
the positive net benefit presented in the RIA. (See the RIA at https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/fees.jsp). Although non-patent
holders will not accrue monetary benefits from the reduction in
pendency, the rest of society stands to gain other benefits (e.g.,
decreased uncertainty) as described in the RIA.
Comment 23: A commenter stated that the criteria to qualify for
micro entity status are too restrictive, specifically the limitation on
the number of prior patent applications due to prior employment
situations and the income requirements. The commenter suggested
eliminating the limit related to not being named on more than four
previously filed patent applications and raising the income requirement
to four or five times the median household income.
Response: The AIA established the criteria under which an applicant
may qualify for micro entity status (see 35 U.S.C. 123). This final
rule sets fee levels, which in applicable instances include micro
entity discounts as set forth in section 10(b) of the AIA. This final
rule does not alter the eligibility requirements set forth in the law.
In a separate final rule, the Office set forth rules of practice
pertaining to how an applicant can qualify for micro entity discounts.
See Changes to Implement Micro Entity Status for Paying Patent Fees, 77
FR 75019 (Dec. 19, 2012). 35 U.S.C. 123(a)(2) has a criterion for micro
entity status that requires the applicant ``has not been named as an
inventor on more than 4 previously filed patent applications, other
than applications filed in another country, provisional applications
under section 111(b), or international applications filed under the
treaty defined in section 351(a) for which the basic national fee under
section 41(a) was not paid.'' 35 U.S.C. 123(b) states that ``[a]n
applicant is not considered to be named on a previously filed
application for purposes of subsection (a)(2) if the applicant has
assigned, or is under an obligation by contract or law to assign, all
ownership rights in the application as the result of the applicant's
previous employment.'' 35 U.S.C. 123(a)(3) states that a micro entity
is one who ``did not * * * have a gross income, as defined in section
61(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, exceeding 3 times the
median household income for that preceding calendar year.'' The Office
does not have the authority to eliminate the previously filed
application limit or expand the income level because both are set by
statute. However, the law does not apply to applications filed due to
prior employment situations if the applicant has assigned, or is under
an obligation by contract or law to assign, all ownership rights in the
application as the result of the applicant's previous employment.
Comment 24: A commenter asked the Office to estimate how much it
would cost a small or micro entity to claim eligibility for these
discounts.
Response: The AIA established the bases under which an applicant
may establish micro entity status (see 35 U.S.C. 123). While this final
rule sets fee levels, it does not establish the procedural requirements
for asserting small or micro entity status. To pay reduced patent fees
as a small entity, the entity must merely assert small entity status
using the same procedures in place today. Specifically, a small entity
may make this assertion by either checking a box on the transmittal
form, ``Applicant claims small entity status,'' or by paying the small
entity fee exactly. In a separate rulemaking (see Changes to Implement
Micro Entity Status for Paying Patent Fees, 77 FR 75019 (Dec. 19,
2012)), the Office set out the procedures pertaining to claiming micro
entity status. These procedures are designed to align with, to the
extent feasible, the corresponding small entity procedures. A micro
entity must certify in writing that he or she meets the criteria
delineated in the AIA. In both cases, the burden to establish small or
micro entity status is nominal (making an assertion or submitting a
certification).
Comment 25: A commenter questioned the Office's assumption that all
foreign individuals will qualify for micro entity fee reductions.
Response: The Office does not assume that all foreign patent
applicants will qualify for micro entity discounts. The introduction of
micro entities required the Office to refine its fee payment workload
and fee collection estimates. The Office estimated the size of the
micro entity population by making certain calculations about how many
applicants would likely qualify under each of the criteria set forth in
the law (see sections 123(a) and (d)) using the best available data. In
making these estimates, the Office considered several factors,
including historical data on patents granted. The Office began with
patent grant data, because the best available biographic data on
applicant type (e.g., independent inventor and domestic universities)
comes from patent grant data in the Office's database.
[[Page 4257]]
As noted previously, individuals (not companies or organizations)
accounted for a very small portion of utility patent grantees in FY
2011. Only 5.0 percent (11,068) of granted patents went to individuals
in the U.S., and 1.9 percent (4,206) of granted patents went to
individuals from other countries. Designation as an individual is based
on being listed in the USPTO database without being associated with a
company. By the Office's own records, in FY 2011, individuals from
other countries received 4,206 utility patents. The Office's Patent
Application Locating and Monitoring (PALM) database reports that 62
percent of both foreign and domestic small entity applicants filed
fewer than 5 applications in FY 2009. The Office combined these
statistics to estimate that only 2,608 (62 percent of 4,206) of foreign
individuals would meet the joint standard of being an individual and
having filed fewer than five applications. Then, the Office concluded
that about 97 percent of American households fall under the maximum
income threshold for micro entity eligibility. Given that household
income in the United States is greater than that of most foreign
countries, it is reasonable to project that all foreign applicants
applying as individuals who meet the other standards for micro entity
eligibility are not likely to be disqualified on income alone. All
foreign patent applicants will have to specifically qualify by the
requirements set forth in 35 U.S.C. 123 in order to be eligible for the
micro entity discount.
Comment 26: A commenter stated that proposals for the reduction of
certain Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT) fees aimed at making the
international patent system more accessible to small and micro entities
are generally welcomed, provided that such reductions are affordable
for the Office and that the administration of such fee reductions is
manageable and proportionate.
Response: The Office remains committed to making the patent system
more accessible to small and micro entities both domestically and
abroad. Given the Office's mandate to ensure that aggregate revenue
recovers aggregate cost, the Office conducted the necessary analysis to
conclude that providing fee reductions for certain PCT services is both
affordable and consistent with the Office's goals. The Office does not
anticipate a large administrative burden for its own operations or
those of other Receiving Offices. The Office will continue to work with
its international partners to balance support for small and micro
entities with the effective administration of global patent systems.
For example, in response to concerns raised by one of the Office's
international counterparts, the Office is setting the effective date
for the international phase fees established in Sec. 1.445 and Sec.
1.482 in this final rule as (including small and micro entity
discounts) January 1, 2014, to provide sufficient time between
publication of the final rule and the fee effective date to allow
consequential changes to be made to international forms, procedures,
and associated systems.
Comment 27: A commenter stated that the means for claiming fee
reductions on PCT services as a small entity must be easy to understand
and operate by people of any nationality or residence, both for the
applicant/agent and for the receiving Offices handling the
international application. The commenter added that if a form is to be
used, it would be preferable to allow an agent making a filing to check
a box on behalf of the applicants without requiring further signatures
from each one.
Response: In response to the comments suggesting that the fee
reductions should be simple to understand and operate, the final rule
amends section 1.27(c)(3) to allow small entity status to be
established in international applications by payment of the exact
amount of the small entity transmittal fee set forth in Sec.
1.445(a)(1) or by payment of the small entity search fee set forth in
Sec. 1.445(a)(2) to a Receiving Office other than the United States
Receiving Office in the exact amount established for that Receiving
Office under PCT Rule 16. Small entity status can additionally be
established by written assertion as previously provided for in section
1.27(c)(1). With regard to establishment of micro entity status, the
Office will make available a form for use in certifying an applicant's
entitlement to micro entity status.
Comment 28: A commenter suggested that it is not practical for a
Receiving Office to verify whether the claim for micro or small entity
status is valid in an international application filed under the PCT.
The commenter suggested that the Office should make clear what will
happen if the United States International Searching Authority has
reason to question an assertion of small or micro entity status made in
an international application filed with a foreign Receiving Office.
Response: The Office will generally not question applicant's
assertion to small entity status. (See, e.g., 37 CFR 1.27(f) and MPEP
509.03 (VIII) ``Normally, the Office will not question a claim to
status as a small entity.'') Similarly, the Office plans to generally
rely on applicant's certification of micro entity status and will
ordinarily not require any additional documents from the applicant
concerning the applicant's entitlement to claim micro entity status.
However, any attempt to fraudulently establish status as a micro or
small entity shall be considered fraud practiced or attempted on the
Office. See, e.g., section 1.27(h).
Comment 29: One commenter suggested that at least six months would
be needed from notice of the final requirements of the system to
properly implement instructions, forms, and systems for the execution
of payment of small and micro entity fees and establishing small or
micro entity status in international applications for which the Office
acts as a Receiving Office, International Searching Authority, or
International Preliminary Examining Authority.
Response: In response to this comment, the Office is setting the
effective date for the international phase fees established in Sec.
1.445 and Sec. 1.482 in this final rule (including small and micro
entity discounts) as January 1, 2014, in order to provide for
sufficient implementation time.
Comment 30: A commenter suggested that the proposed fee schedule
saddled large entities with more than a fair share of the fee burden,
at least for maintenance fees. The commenter urged the Director of the
USPTO to use his discretion (granted in 35 U.S.C. 123(e)) to eliminate
the 75 percent micro entity discount for maintenance fees.
Response: The Office aims to foster innovation for all entities,
and fee reductions are one of the tools that the Office uses to achieve
this policy. Fee reductions are established by the AIA at Section
10(b), and the Office does not have the authority to eliminate the
reductions set by the AIA. Also, maintenance fees are a critical
component of the USPTO's funding stream given the Office's policy of
setting front-end fees below cost and back-end fees above cost. (See
the Office's response to PPAC Comment 21 for more information.)
Additionally, the fee burden to large entities for micro entity
maintenance fees is not very large, especially because: (1) Micro
entities must first qualify as small entities; and (2) the projected
population of micro entities is small. As noted in this final rule, the
Office estimates that 31 percent of small entity applications will be
micro entity applications (see Part IV. Fee Setting Methodology). Small
entities are already a relatively small portion of patent
[[Page 4258]]
applicants--approximately 25 percent over the past five years (see
Table 53)--so the population of micro entity applicants is expected to
be less than 10 percent (25 percent of 31 percent equals 7.75 percent),
and the population of micro entity maintenance fee payers would be even
smaller. Further, the dollar differential between small and micro
entities over all three stages of maintenance fee payments is just over
$3,000. (The total of maintenance fee payments through the third stage
is $6,300 for small entities compared to $3,150 for micro entities.)
Legal Considerations
Comment 31: One commenter stated that there was not adequate time
for the public to submit comments in response to the fee proposal.
Another commenter requested additional time to prepare comments on the
fee proposal.
Response: The Office reasonably believes 60 days was sufficient
time for public comment. The Office notes that it first set forth a fee
proposal on February 7, 2012, and then it held two public hearings in
collaboration with the PPAC. Additionally, the PPAC collected written
comments in response to the February 2012 fee proposal, which the
Office reviewed and made available for public review. Finally, the
Office provided a 60-day period for written comments following
publication of the NPRM, in addition to the PPAC public hearings and
earlier comment period and numerous roadshows across the country to
provide the public an opportunity to receive further information and to
ask questions of the Office concerning the fee proposal.
Comment 32: A commenter stated that the Office must consider the
Independent Offices Appropriations Act (IOAA), 31 U.S.C. 9701, both
explicitly and in pari materia, in setting fees. The commenter asserts
that the IOAA applies and that the USPTO's fees amount to taxes insofar
as the fees are based on anything other than the IOAA and cost to the
USPTO associated with the individual service.
Response: The IOAA is a general government-wide user fee statute
adopted in 1951. It is a permissive statute and intended for agencies
to use in fee setting where Congress has not provided more specific fee
setting authority. Where statutes independent of the IOAA provide
specific statutory authority for user fees, those statutes control
based on the terms of their own coverage and limitations. See Bunge
Corp. v. U.S., 5 Cl. Ct. 511, 515-16 (1984), aff'd mem., 765 F.2d 162
(Fed. Cir. 1985) (``The IOAA was intended to serve an interstitial
function, providing fee setting authority where Congress has not
otherwise authorized the agency to collect fees * * *. It would be
inconsistent with this purpose to hold that the IOAA applies where an
agency acts pursuant to a different, more specific grant of fee setting
authority.'') Here, the USPTO has separate and specific fee setting
authority provided by Section 10 of the AIA. Given the specific fee
setting authority Congress provided to the USPTO in Section 10 of the
AIA, the USPTO does not need to use the IOAA for this fee setting.
Finally, the IOAA and section 10 cannot be read in pari materia,
contrary to the commenter's suggestion. The IOAA has several
significant limitations that apply to fee setting under the terms of
that statute, including some limitations to require that each fee be
set to recover the cost of the corresponding service. Section 10 does
not impose these limitations and is fundamentally different than the
IOAA. Specifically, whereas the IOAA requires that each individual fee
be set for cost recovery, section 10 does not compel cost recovery on
an individual fee basis, but rather explicitly permits fees to be set
to recover ``aggregate estimated costs'' of the patent operations. In
addition, while the IOAA assigns fees to the general treasury, section
10 fees are kept by the USPTO.
Comment 33: A commenter stated that the proposed fees exceed the
authority of the AIA. Specifically, the commenter states that the AIA
provides no authority for allowing the USPTO to set or adjust fees on
any basis other than cost of the service provided. For example, the
commenter posits that the USPTO may not set individual fees above cost
based on policy reasons. The commenter also states that the Office's
authority is limited to making adjustments that are supported by cost
data while retaining a reasonable semblance of the relative levels of
existing fees.
Response: The commenter's suggestions are contrary to the plain
language of the AIA. The AIA permits individual patent fees to be set
or adjusted to encourage or discourage particular services, so long as
the aggregate revenues for all patent fees match the aggregate costs of
the patent operation. The comment would read into the AIA limitations
that do not exist and that are inconsistent with the AIA.
Comment 34: A commenter noted that the agency must comply with the
Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 500, et seq. in setting Section
10 fees.
Response: The Office agrees that the Office must comply with the
rulemaking requirements of the Administrative Procedures Act in setting
Section 10 fees. As demonstrated in this section and in this rulemaking
as a whole, the USPTO has complied with these requirements.
Individual Fees
Prioritized Examination Fee
Comment 35: A commenter suggested that the proposed reduced fee for
Prioritized Examination is still too high, and recommended that the
USPTO lower this fee to $2,000 to encourage participation in the
program.
Response: In this final rule, the Office is lowering the fee for
prioritized examination from $4,800 to $4,000. The Office aims to
increase access to prioritized examination while ensuring that the
large entity fee remains at cost recovery. Currently, USPTO cost data
does not support the suggested $2,000 fee. The Office's cost
calculation for prioritized examinations is available in the proposed
rule published in the Federal Register. (See Changes To Implement the
Prioritized Examination Track (Track I) of the Enhanced Examination
Timing Control Procedures, 76 FR 59050 (Sept. 23, 2011)). As noted in
the Office's response to PPAC Comment 9, the Office will continue to
monitor participation in the prioritized examination program to assess
whether demand increases with a decrease in the fee, and whether there
is any adverse impact on pendency of applications in the traditional
examination ``track.''
Basic Filing, Search, and Examination Fees
Comment 36: One commenter asserted that the Office understates the
cost of filing a patent application. In particular, the commenter
believes that the NPRM misled the public to believe that a fee which
actually goes up by 27 percent appears to go down by 62 percent. The
commenter suggested that filing fees are confusing because fees ``due
on filing'' include filing, search, and examination fees, instead of
solely the ``filing'' fee.
Response: The NPRM states that the basic filing fee for utility
applications decreases by 28 percent for large entities. The utility
search fee decreases by 3 percent for large entities, and the utility
examination fee increases by 188 percent for large entities when
compared to the current patent fee schedule. The net result of the
changes to these three components is a 27 percent increase ($340) in
the total filing, search, and examination fees for large entity utility
applications. See
[[Page 4259]]
Setting and Adjusting Patent Fees, 77 FR 55028 (Sept. 6, 2012),
specifically Table 4 at 55039 and Table 9 at 55043-55044.
The USPTO separated the single fee paid at filing into filing,
search, and examination components as part of the 21st Century
Strategic Plan that was submitted to the Congress in 2003. The result
was to create a more optimal alignment of fees with services, and
provide the applicant with more information about the services being
received. However, throughout the proposed rule and this final rule,
the Office refers to the three fees collectively as the basic ``front-
end'' fees and clearly states that the total of all three fees is due
at filing.
Request for Continued Examination (RCE) Fees
Comment 37: Several commenters expressed concerns about the
increase in RCE fees and operational issues surrounding patent
examination and RCEs. Several comments expressed support for the
Office's continued efforts to reduce the number of RCEs, but suggested
that even more work is needed. One commenter appreciated the reduction
of the first RCE fee in the NPRM from the February 2012 proposal to the
PPAC, but noted that the second and subsequent RCE fee continues to be
nearly double the fee currently in place. The commenter further noted
that the moderated fee continues to be high when compared to the costs
to examine a case from scratch or to examine a continuation. Several
commenters cited issues with examining practices as a reason for
increased RCE filings, including improper final rejections,
inexperienced examiners, and an examiner's failure to effectively
engage with an applicant. The commenter believed that a punitive
subsequent RCE fee will not resolve the issue of applicants filing
multiple RCEs. One commenter suggested that, given the number of new
examiners hired, the RCE fee should be incrementally increased once the
overall experience level of the examining corps increases and quality
examination is ensured.
Response: The Office carefully considered the decisions to
differentiate between fees for filing a first RCE and filing second or
subsequent RCEs and whether to increase the RCE fee above its current
level. As noted in the final rule, those considerations included
historical cost information, historical RCE filing trends, aggregate
revenue needs, and patent examination practices (by the Office and
applicants). See response to PPAC Comment 10.
On the issue of the overall experience level of the examining
corps, the Office took into account the average grade level of the
patent examining corps when calculating costs. The Office will continue
to monitor the quality of examination through its quality metrics that
are published on the USPTO Data Visualization Center at https://www.uspto.gov/dashboards/patents/main.dashxml.
Comment 38: Some commenters expressed concerns about the way the
Office dockets RCEs. Two commenters suggested that the Office consider
docketing RCEs like other amended cases (i.e., the same scheduling as
responses to office actions) to advance rather than delay prosecution.
Alternatively, one commenter suggested the Office could use the amended
case docket for those applicants who pay the higher fee for an RCE and
continue placement on the continuing new case docket for those
applicants who pay the current RCE fee amount.
Response: As a result of the recent Count System Initiative
changes, RCEs are being reprioritized within their current docket
category based upon their effective filing date, which will move older
RCEs ahead for action sooner than other cases in the same category.
Comment 39: A commenter stated that the decision to accept an
amendment after final rejection is often at the examiner's discretion
and, therefore, so is the need for an RCE. The commenter suggested
that: (1) Examination practices be standardized so that all examiners
will accept an amendment without an RCE if an amended claim is found to
be patentable; and (2) the AFCP be formally adopted. Another commenter
suggested that the Office create a new procedure for a ``single review
RCE'' or a ``one more action'' procedure with a lower fee than is
currently charged for an RCE. The commenter envisioned this procedure
as an opportunity for an examiner, in exchange for some portion of a
count, to consider art the examiner has newly identified or for an
applicant to put claims in condition for appeal. The commenter further
explained that an examiner could update the search following an
agreement after final on potentially allowable subject matter, all
without requiring a full RCE with a delayed track and multiple actions.
The commenter further suggested that the application should be
maintained on the amended case docket (response to office action
scheduling), or an even faster docket, and treated as an amendment
after final with some count benefit to the examiner. The commenter
recognized the similarity of this procedure to some of the ongoing
efforts of the Office (specifically the AFCP), but suggested this
procedure would be available as a matter of right and with a lower fee
than a current RCE (but higher than the pilot program, which does not
currently require payment of additional fees to the Office).
Response: In response to this public comment, the Office reviewed
data on applications having an after final reply followed by an RCE
filing. The data shows that more than 50 percent of all RCEs are filed
with no prior submission after final (i.e., no amendment that attempts
to place the application in condition for allowance). It is noted that
the AFCP should have the effect of motivating more applicants to file
after final replies for additional consideration. After a final
rejection is made by the examiner, the applicant must do one of three
things to avoid abandonment: (1) File a reply that places the
application in condition for allowance; (2) file a notice of appeal; or
(3) file an RCE in compliance with 37 CFR 1.114. The data suggests that
many applicants elect option (3) over option (1). Absent a timely filed
after final amendment that permits issuance of a patent (i.e., an
amendment that leaves no pending claim subject to a rejection) the
application must be regarded as abandoned, unless a notice of appeal or
RCE is timely filed. In situations when an after final amendment may
make some but not all claims allowable, the current procedures provide
a check box (number 6) on the Advisory Action form that allows an
examiner to indicate that a claim(s) amended after final would be
allowable if submitted in a separate, timely filed amendment canceling
the non-allowable claim(s). A copy of the current Advisory Action form
is found on page 700-88 of the MPEP, Eighth Edition, Revision 9. With
regard to the ``single review RCE'' or ``one more action'' concepts,
such suggestions are outside the scope of this rulemaking, but to the
extent that these suggestions can be implemented consistent with 35
U.S.C. 132 and 133, they will be given consideration.
Comment 40: One commenter stated that it is important for the
Office to deal with the ``hidden'' RCE backlog because ``one gets what
one measures.'' The commenter suggested that the pendency goals should
be established taking into account RCEs (e.g., X months from filing to
final disposition of RCEs, and Y months for traditional total pendency
including RCEs), which would establish a clear focus on the backlog of
RCEs and would keep the user community fully apprised of the Office's
progress in
[[Page 4260]]
bringing that backlog under control. The commenter suggested that these
goals should be tracked and reported side-by-side with the 10- and 20-
month traditional pendency goals.
Response: The Office presents multiple application pendency numbers
on the Patent Dashboard in the USPTO Data Visualization Center
available at https://www.uspto.gov/dashboards/patents/main.dashxml.
There, the Office publishes traditional total pendency both with and
without RCEs, as well as the pendency for RCEs alone. The Office also
publishes the backlog for RCEs. The Office further presents data on the
growth in RCE filings, the inventory of RCEs, and the pendency
associated with RCEs. See response to PPAC Comment 10 for additional
information about the Office's efforts to respond to issues concerning
RCEs, including the backlog.
Appeal Fees
Comment 41: Two commenters stated that the total for appeal fees
($3,000) is too high given the percentage of reversals on appeals (50
percent per one commenter and 80 percent or more per the other
commenter). The commenters stated that the proposed two-part fee
structure should be further realigned so that the initial fee is lower
and the final fee due after receipt of the examiner's answer is the
largest component of the appeal fees. Further, one of the commenters
explained that many appeals are terminated prior to the applicant
filing an appeal brief so the single fee for the notice of appeal
($1,000) is excessive, and it should be eliminated or greatly reduced.
The commenter also questioned the proposed $1,000 fee due upon filing a
Notice of Appeal, stating that a number of appeals are pursued due to
inexperienced examiners and/or poor rejection quality and that the fee
increase might discourage meritorious appeals.
Response: In this final rule, the Office is implementing the
recommendation to reduce the proposed appeal fees so that meritorious
appeals are not discouraged. This final rule lowers the fee for a
Notice of Appeal to $800 (large entity) from the $1,000 (large entity)
proposed in the NPRM. This is much lower than the current $1,260 (large
entity) fee for the combined services of filing a Notice of Appeal and
filing an appeal brief because the fee for filing an appeal brief is
eliminated under the new structure. The fee for forwarding an appeal to
the PTAB remains the same as proposed in the NPRM ($2,000 for large
entities). Many applicants will pay less under the new structure
because the forwarding fee will only apply to those that forward an
appeal to the PTAB, which is estimated to be about 5 percent of
applicants who receive a final rejection. However, the Office notes
that these fees are set 43 percent below the cost of providing these
services ($4,922 average historical cost). Therefore, decreasing the
gap between the total cost incurred and the total fees charged is
critical to recovering costs in the aggregate for the appeals process.
For more information, please refer to the response to PPAC Comments 11
and 12.
The Office recognizes that applicants may in some cases need to
appeal an examiner's decision and welcomes suggestions on improving the
process. As noted in the response to PPAC Comment 11, the Office's data
shows that in appeals decided on their merits by the PTAB, over 65
percent result in affirmance of at least some of the rejected claims
(see https://www.uspto.gov/ip/boards/bpai/stats/receipts/fy2012_sep_e.jsp).
Ex Parte Reexamination Fees
Comment 42: Several commenters stated that the $15,000 fee for ex
parte reexamination is too high. One of the commenters proposed that ex
parte reexaminations applied for by the owner of the patent and ex
parte reexaminations ordered as a result of a supplemental examination
should both not exceed $2,900. (A $2,900 fee is approximately 15
percent above the fee for ex parte reexaminations that was effective
prior to September 16, 2012, the effective date of the final rule. See
Changes to Implement the Supplemental Examination Provisions of the
Leahy-Smith America Invents Act and to Revise Reexamination Fees, 77 FR
48828 (Aug. 14, 2012)). The commenter further suggested that a patent
owner is paying maintenance fees, which should subsidize the cost of
owner-initiated ex parte reexaminations.
Response: To achieve sufficient cost recovery while meeting the
rulemaking goal to facilitate effective administration of the patent
system, and given the long-term disparity between the fee and the cost,
the Office must increase the reexamination fee. An analysis of the
Office's ex parte reexamination costs revealed that the previous $2,520
ex parte reexamination fee did not recover the Office's costs for that
service. In fact, the Office's costs are approximately seven times the
amount of the previous fee ($2,520) for an ex parte reexamination,
which demonstrates that minor increases (10-15 percent) to the previous
fee would also be insufficient. However, in response to comments from
the PPAC and the public, the Office is reducing the fee for ex parte
reexamination (proposed at a total of $15,000 for large entities) to
$12,000 (large entity) in this final rule, which is 32 percent below
the Office's cost for these services.
The Office appreciates the suggestion that maintenance fees (which
are paid for by the patent owner) subsidize reduced fees for ex parte
reexaminations applied for by the patent owner. The fees in this final
rule must overall be set, nevertheless, so that total aggregate revenue
equals the total aggregate cost of patent operations. The fee structure
sets many fees below the cost of processing and recovers the lost
revenue from back-end fees such as maintenance fees, which are set
above cost. If the Office were to reduce the fee for ex parte
reexaminations, the Office would need to increase other fees to offset
the lost revenue. In this final rule, the Office decided to set the ex
parte reexamination fee so that the additional costs for this service
are borne not by all patent holders (through the payment of maintenance
fees as a commenter suggested), but instead only by those patent owners
who require ex parte reexaminations. An applicant is not required to
use the ex parte reexamination process. Finally, in this final rule,
the Office sets reduced fee rates for small entity ($6,000) and micro
entity patentees ($3,000) that require an ex parte reexamination to
permit greater access to the ex parte reexamination process.
Comment 43: Several commenters questioned the Office's cost basis
for the reexamination fee. Some questioned why the ex parte
reexamination fee was not more closely aligned with other patent
services like a full initial examination, prioritized examination, or
prosecuting an ex parte patent application. One of the commenters
argued that a reexamination is generally more focused and limited than
a full initial examination and questioned why the cost for ex parte
reexamination is more than four times the cost for an initial search
and examination. The commenter suggested that either the Office is
using costing assumptions that are much too cautious, or the Office
should apply its focus to reigning in the cost of ex parte
reexamination. One of the commenters stated that the Office's cost for
prosecuting an ex parte patent application is only $3,569, and said
that this makes the $15,000 proposed fee for an ex parte reexamination
excessive. Another commenter suggested that ex parte reexamination is
more closely related to prioritized examination given the expedited
nature of the service and
[[Page 4261]]
the need for one or more examiner interviews.
Response: As stated in the response to PPAC Comment 14, requests
for ex parte reexamination generally contain issues that are more
complex than may be present in a typical patent application. As to the
comparison of ex parte reexamination with prioritized examinations,
applications under prioritized examination are required, in addition to
including payment of the $4,000 fee (large entity) set in this rule, to
contain no more than 4 independent claims, and no more than 30 total
claims, in order to maintain prioritized status. In contrast, in ex
parte reexamination practice, there is no limit on the number of patent
claims that may be requested to be reexamined. Furthermore,
applications under prioritized examination receive, on average, a final
disposition within twelve months of prioritized status being granted.
However, in ex parte reexamination practice, the Office must make a
determination whether the request raises a substantial new question of
patentability within three months after the filing date of each
request.
Nonetheless, after updating the patent operating plans and
corresponding aggregate cost estimates in response to public comments,
the Office determined it can reduce the ex parte reexamination fee
further. In this final rule, the Office is reducing the fee for ex
parte reexamination from $15,000 to $12,000 (large entity). The Office
also notes that this rulemaking applies small and micro entity
reductions to the ex parte reexamination fee, resulting in discounts of
50 percent for small entities and 75 percent for micro entity
patentees.
Comment 44: A commenter suggested that the ex parte reexamination
fee should be deferred until reexamination is ordered, so as to reduce
the initial costs on patent owners. Another commenter suggested that it
would be appropriate to apply a two-stage fee for the ex parte
reexamination fee.
Response: As explained in greater detail in the response to PPAC
Comment 15, the Office elected not to adopt a pay-as-you-go approach to
the ex parte reexamination fee, even though it is essentially a two-
part fee, to ensure fee payment and completion of the reexamination in
a timely manner.
Supplemental Examination Fees
Comment 45: Two commenters questioned the rationale that setting a
high fee for supplemental examination would encourage applicants to
submit all relevant information during initial examination. One
commenter believed that the magnitude of the supplemental examination
fee is inconsistent with the congressional intent in creating this
process, which the commenter believes was to allow a patentee, without
limitation, to bring to the USPTO's attention information relevant to
the patent. The commenter felt that the USPTO's stated reason for
setting the supplemental examination fee above cost is inconsistent
with the policy objective of securing a complete, high-quality, and
expeditious initial examination of a patent application. Instead, the
commenter stated that making supplemental examination more accessible--
not less--encourages expeditious initial examination by serving as a
back-up plan, allowing applicants to submit pertinent information
later, thereby reducing the tendency to ``over disclose'' at the front-
end of the process. The other commenter suggested that patentees will
use supplemental examination properly and efficiently and that the fee
should be lowered to promote greater access to the procedure.
Response: In the final rule to implement supplemental examination,
the supplemental examination fees initially were set on a cost recovery
basis, as required by 35 U.S.C. 41(d). See Changes to Implement the
Supplemental Examination Provisions of the Leahy-Smith America Invents
Act and to Revise Reexamination Fees, 77 FR 48828 (Aug. 14, 2012). The
supplemental examination final rule set a fee of $5,140 for processing
and treating a request for supplemental examination, and a fee of
$16,120 for conducting ex parte reexamination ordered as a result of a
supplemental examination, resulting in a total fee of $21,260
(excluding any applicable document size fees). The cost calculations
relating to the supplemental examination final rule were published by
the Office (``Cost Calculations for Supplemental Examination and
Reexamination'') on its Web site at https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/patents.jsp#heading-9.
In response to stakeholder feedback, and after updating and
carefully reviewing the aggregate cost and aggregate revenue of patent
operations, the Office determined that it could reduce these fees in
this final rule to $4,400 and $12,100, respectively, resulting in a
total fee of $16,500 (excluding any applicable document size fees),
which is 23 percent below the Office's costs for providing these
services. In addition, the Office set reduced fee rates in this final
rule for small ($8,250) and micro ($4,125) entities to permit greater
access to the supplemental examination process.
Per the requirements of section 10 of the AIA, the fees in this
final rule are structured so that total aggregate revenue equals the
total aggregate cost of patent operations. The fee structure sets many
fees below cost and recovers the lost revenue from other fees, which
are set above cost. As such, if the Office were to further reduce the
fee for supplemental examination, the Office would have to increase
other fees to offset the lost revenue. The Office determined not to
further subsidize the cost of this service, as it would require the
entire patent applicant community to bear the cost of services utilized
by a limited number of patentees.
Comment 46: A commenter questioned whether the supplemental
examination fee proposed by USPTO is justified, and suggested that
supplemental examination fees should be no more than those charged for
filing ($280) and searching ($600) reissue applications, since the
USPTO's expenses for these processes should be similar. As such, the
commenter suggested that the large entity supplemental examination fee
be no more than $880. Another commenter questioned the Office's
rationale for setting supplemental examination fees at $18,000, given
that a patentee requesting supplemental examination is required to
provide a separate explanation of the relevance and manner of applying
each item of information to each claim of the patent. The commenter
stated that this fee stands in contrast to the average historical cost
of less than $4,000 incurred by the Office where it independently
conducts a complete search and examination. Another commenter suggested
a total fee of $3,120 (the total fees for examining and issuing a
reissue application) for conducting an ex parte reexamination following
supplemental examination.
Response: The supplemental examination process is more analogous to
the ex parte reexamination process than to a reissue proceeding. In
both supplemental examination and ex parte reexamination, the requester
provides a separate explanation of the relevance and manner of applying
each item of information to each claim of the patent, and the Office
must determine whether a substantial new question of patentability is
raised in the request within three months of the filing date of the
request. Further, supplemental examination is enhanced beyond ex parte
reexamination to involve information beyond the patents and
[[Page 4262]]
printed publications and beyond issues of anticipation and obviousness
provided for in ex parte reexamination practice. Therefore, the Office
based its estimate of the cost of supplemental examination proceedings
on its costs for ex parte reexamination proceedings ($17,750), making
adjustments as needed. See responses to Comments 42 and 45 for more
information about how the Office set the fee for supplemental
examination under 35 U.S.C. 41(d).
Comment 47: A commenter suggested that ``staging'' the fees for
supplemental examination would be preferable to charging the fees for
the supplemental examination request and ex parte reexamination if
ordered initially and then refunding the fee for reexamination when it
is not ordered.
Response: The Office has not adopted a pay-as-you-go approach,
because that approach introduces risks related to nonpayment of fees
and procedural delays related to collecting a separate fee after the
Office grants a request for ex parte reexamination. See the Office's
response to PPAC Comment 17 for more information.
Comment 48: A commenter noted that a fee structure that permitted a
patent owner to secure Office consideration, reconsideration, or
correction of all desired items of information in one supplemental
examination would be more reasonable than the current fee structure
where a patent owner can secure Office review of only up to 12 items of
information in a single supplemental examination request and must
pursue additional supplemental examinations for additional items of
information. The commenter recommended that the Office set an
additional fee for each item of information over 12.
Response: The supplemental examination procedure was designed to
enable patent owners to present items of information for consideration,
reconsideration, or correction. The Office is required to conduct and
conclude supplemental examination within three months after a request
is filed. In order to meet this timeframe, the Office is setting a
limit of twelve items of information that a patent owner may submit to
the Office in each request. The purpose of this limit is to strike a
balance between the needs of the patent owner and the ability of the
Office to timely conclude the proceeding. There is, however, no limit
to the number of issues that these twelve items of information can
raise, or to the number of separate requests for supplemental
examination of the same patent that a patent owner can file at any
time.
Even though the basis for most inequitable conduct allegations is
typically far fewer than ten items of information, the Office raised
the limit to 12 items of information in response to the public's
comments. A review of ex parte reexamination requests filed in FY 2011
revealed that the requester relied on twelve or fewer documents in at
least 93 percent of the requests. In addition, the Office is mindful of
the time necessary for examiners to analyze the items of information
submitted, particularly since the items are not limited to patents and
printed publications, and since each item may raise multiple issues.
Accordingly, the supplemental examination final rule limited the number
of items of information to 12 to establish a procedure that not only is
practical, but also enables an examiner to fully, comprehensively, and
timely analyze all submitted items of information and issues to
accurately determine whether there is a substantial new question of
patentability.
Comment 49: Some commenters questioned the Office's cost basis for
the reexamination fee. One commenter questioned whether the Office
based its prospective cost determination on the historical costs of all
ex parte and inter partes reexaminations instead of only patentee-
initiated reexaminations, which are the closest corollaries to
supplemental examination.
Response: As noted in the Office's response to PPAC Comment 16, the
Office does not separately track the time taken by examiners to process
and analyze patentee-initiated ex parte reexaminations versus third
party-requested ex parte reexaminations. The Office will continually
monitor the actual costs associated with reexamination proceedings as
this information becomes available and use it to inform future fee
setting efforts.
Inter Partes Review, Post-Grant Review, Covered Business Method Patent
Review Fees
Comment 50: Several commenters noted that post-grant review and
inter partes review are new proceedings that are based on prospective
costs (rather than historical costs). Specifically, one commenter
suggested that the Office may have been too cautious in its estimates
of prospective costs for post-grant review and inter partes review. The
commenters recommended that the Office reevaluate the cost calculations
for these proceedings as information from actual proceedings becomes
available and adjust the fees once the true cost is known by
experience.
Response: The Office recognizes that the stated costs for the post-
grant review and inter partes review proceedings are based on
prospective costs informed by the Office's managerial cost accounting
data rather than historical costs. (See the Office's methodology to
determine the cost of patent services in a supplemental document
entitled, ``USPTO Section 10 Fee Setting--Activity-Based Information
and Costing Methodology'' available on the USPTO Web site at https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/fees.jsp#heading-1.) As information
on the actual cost of these proceedings becomes available, the Office
will revisit the costs and fees for these proceedings, as suggested by
the commenters, to ensure the respective fees are set at the
appropriate levels.
Comment 51: A commenter suggested that the post-grant review and
inter partes review proceedings are overly complex and should require
only three major submissions to the Board--the initial petition, the
patent owner's response, and the petitioner's responsive comments. The
commenter stated this type of a proceeding would establish a more
streamlined and efficient set of rules that would produce significantly
lower costs and fees for petitioners.
Response: The AIA requires the Office to establish a procedure that
involves more submissions than suggested by the commenter. For
instance, 35 U.S.C. 313 provides that ``the patent owner shall have the
right to file a preliminary response to the petition.'' Also 35 U.S.C.
316(a) and 326(a) require the Office to establish procedures to permit
the parties to submit supplemental information and allow the patent
owner to amend the claims. Therefore, the USPTO cannot adopt the
commenter's suggestion.
Comment 52: A commenter supported the Office's decision in post-
grant and inter partes review proceedings to split the fees into a fee
for the initial petition and a fee for proceeding after grant of a
petition. Several commenters suggested that the Office should establish
fees for other milestones, or ``stage'' the payment of separate fees,
during these proceedings, such as at the request for an oral hearing
and for a rehearing, thereby further reducing front-end costs and
matching fees commensurate with the Office's work. One commenter
suggested that the lack of this staging was a ``missed opportunity.''
Several commenters also supported additional fees during the
proceedings for late-filed and additional motions, especially motions
for supplemental discovery, because these actions could pose costs
[[Page 4263]]
on both the Office and the opposing party.
Response: The AIA requires that the Office establish fees for inter
partes review, post-grant review, and covered business method review to
be paid by the person requesting the review. The fees paid by the
person requesting the review are to be set considering the aggregate
costs of the review. A ``pay-as-you-go'' approach would require patent
owners to pay for some of the costs associated with the review, which
is inconsistent with the statutory framework. In addition, if
petitioners were required to pay for costs associated with additional
submissions by patent owners, this could encourage patent owners to
file additional submissions merely to increase costs for the
petitioner.
Comment 53: A commenter suggested that the Office consider
increased fees for late filed motions to amend (e.g., after patent
owner response), unless there is a new rejection, because such motions
inject uncertainty and greater cost into the proceedings.
Response: In prescribing the administrative trial final rules, the
Office considered the effect of the regulations on the economy, the
integrity of the patent system, the efficient administration of the
Office, and the ability of the Office to timely complete proceedings.
Those rules provide that late motions to amend may only be authorized
when there is a good cause showing or a joint request of the petitioner
and the patent owner to materially advance a settlement. Therefore,
late motions to amend that impact the Office's ability to timely
complete proceedings would be rare. Moreover, charging for late motions
would require patent owners to pay for some of the costs associated
with the reviews, which is inconsistent with the statutory framework.
Comment 54: A commenter expressed support for the reduction in
inter partes review fees from the fees set under 35 U.S.C. 41(d)(2).
Another commenter expressed concern that many small businesses and non-
profits will not have the financial capital to pay large upfront fees
for administrative trial proceedings under the proposed fee structure.
As a result, they will turn to the classic district court litigation
option (at a projected cost between $500,000 and $3.9 million per
party) because of the ability to spread-out fees, even though that
option is overall more expensive and less efficient. Because Congress
intended the administrative trial proceedings to be a less expensive
alternative to litigation, the commenter recommended that the USPTO
change the structure of these fees to provide an option that
distributes the fees over time throughout the course of the
proceedings. Additionally, the commenter suggested that the proper
benchmark for these fees is not merely a lower cost than litigation,
but rather is a fee structure accessible to all.
Response: The Office appreciates the commenter's support for the
fee reductions made in this final rule as compared to fees previously
set for the administrative trials under 35 U.S.C. 41(d). In this final
rule, as proposed in the September NPRM, the Office sets the fees for
inter partes review and post-grant review below cost recovery at what
amounts to a 15 percent discount from the fees originally set under
section 41(d)(2) authority.
Regarding the distribution of fees throughout an administrative
trial proceeding, the AIA requires that the fees for inter partes
review and post-grant review be paid at the time of filing the
petition. See 35 U.S.C. 312(a)(1) and 322(a)(1). Adopting a ``spread-
out'' fee system as suggested by the commenter would be contrary to the
statute and congressional intent. Further, administrative trials before
the Office will be conducted faster than district court litigation that
on the average take a few years because, in the absence of good cause,
the Office is required to issue the final determination in the review
no later than one year after institution. See 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(11) and
326(a)(11). Therefore, the benefit of distributing the fees over such a
short time period would not be significant. Finally, in a ``spread-
out'' fee system, the petitioner could cause unnecessary delays through
late payment or failure to pay required fees.
Comment 55: A commenter stated that the proposed fees for
administrative trial proceedings (e.g., inter partes review, post-grant
review, and the transitional program for covered business patents) are
too high for small businesses and non-profits. The commenter argued
that the high fees for these proceedings would make them inaccessible
to many stakeholders. The commenter therefore recommended that the
USPTO revise the fee schedule to ensure accessibility to all
stakeholders. Lower fees, the commenter argued, would better satisfy
Congress's intent that proceedings be broadly accessible and the goal
of creating a healthier, more efficient patent system.
Response: As noted in the Office's response to Public Comment 22,
the administrative trials are new services for which the Office has no
historical cost basis. Setting the fees for these often complex and
potentially costly services too far below their prospective costs is
risky. In addition, the scope of section 10(b) of the AIA does not
include the administrative trial services, which means that the Office
cannot set small and micro entity fees for these services. The reduced
fees in this final rule attempt to make these proceedings more
accessible while recognizing the need to facilitate effective
administration of the patent system. The Office will continually
revisit the fees for these services to determine the right balance
between the fee and the cost.
Comment 56: A commenter argued that the fees for challenging each
claim in excess of 20 in administrative trial proceedings are too high
for small businesses and non-profits, and noted that the proposed fee
structure would also create harmful incentives for patent applicants by
rewarding applications containing numerous claims. The commenter gave
the example that, for a post-grant review on a patent with 200 claims,
the petition fees alone would amount to $174,000 and the petitioner
must also incur additional costs relating to discovery. The commenter
expressed concern that these high fees and the claim-based fee
structure would make the new post-grant proceedings inaccessible for
small businesses and non-profit organizations.
Response: As previously discussed, the Office does not have
statutory authority to provide a small or micro entity discount on fees
for administrative trials. Additionally, in the Office's experience
with administrative trials in the first few months after they became
available, petitioners are not challenging an excessively large number
of claims. The Office received a total of 80 petitions from September
16, 2012, through November 30, 2012, and only 23 petitions challenged
more than 20 claims (29 percent, 23 out of 80). The highest number of
excess claims challenged thus far was 58 claims, which is far from the
200 claims discussed in the commenter's example. In the petitions that
challenge 20 claims or less, the average number of challenged claims
was 11 claims, which is well below the 20 claims permitted without
excess claims fees.
The current experience in the number of challenged claims in inter
partes review and covered business review is entirely consistent with
historical data for reexaminations, i.e., that large number of claims
are not often challenged even where one fee covers all claims
challenged. (See Response to Comment 238 in Trial Final Rule, 77 FR
48612, 48668 (Aug. 14, 2012)). Moreover, a party need not challenge all
[[Page 4264]]
claims in a patent, such as when only certain claims are alleged to be
infringed by the party challenging the patent. Finally, the fee charged
is to recover the total extra cost to the Office to review the larger
number of claims, and given the balanced nature of the fee structure,
if this fee did not recover costs, other fees would have to be
increased.
Comment 57: A commenter expressed concern that while there are $600
and $800 fees per excess claims in inter partes review and post-grant
review respectively, the fee is only $80 for claims in excess of 20 in
a patent application. Therefore, the commenter argued that this would
create an incentive for applicants to file applications with large
numbers of patents claims in order to make it inaccessible for small
businesses and non-profit organizations to challenge their patent
through the new administrative trial procedures. By shutting out small
businesses and non-profit organizations as third party challengers, the
commenter asserted that the fee structure would have a negative effect
on patent quality and innovation.
Response: To date, the percentage of patents being challenged is
very small. Through November 2012, the Office received a total of 80
petitions for review. In contrast, the Office issues more than 10,000
patents per month. Adding one claim in each of the patents would cost
orders of magnitude more than paying for review of an additional claim
given the large difference in the number of reviews relative to the
number of patents. Furthermore, the review fees are set considering the
total cost of conducting the proceedings. Setting the fees further
below cost would require other patent applicants, namely innovators, to
subsidize patent challengers since the aggregate cost of the Office
must be recovered. The AIA requires that the fees for inter partes
review and post-grant review be paid by the person requesting the
review at the time of filing the petition. See, e.g., 35 U.S.C. 311 and
312(a)(1). Finally, as previously discussed, the Office does not have
statutory authority to provide a small or micro entity discount on fees
for inter partes review and post-grant review.
Comment 58: One commenter criticized the fee structure as
subsidizing the prosecution of invalid patents. Because the costs of
review are borne by the challenger, even when the patent is shown to be
invalid, the commenter argued that the challenger pays the full price
for performing a public service to remedy a problem created by the
patent applicant and the Office. The commenter suggested that the
Office establish a fee-shifting regime for inter partes reviews, post-
grant reviews, and covered business method patent reviews to address
this free rider problem. Specifically, the commenter argues, if a
patent is invalidated, the patent owner should be required to abandon
the patent, commit to reimburse the challenger, or pay the costs and
fees associated with the challenger's petition. In this way, the fee
schedule would create the right incentives for applicants to undertake
due diligence for the technology they claim to have invented.
Response: The AIA requires that the fees for inter partes review
and post-grant review be paid by the person requesting the review at
the time of filing the petition. See, e.g., 35 U.S.C. 311 and
312(a)(1). This final rule to reset those fees under the new authority
in section 10 of the AIA does not provide for changing the entity
paying the fee but rather the amount paid by the entity requesting
review. Adopting a system as suggested by the commenter would be
inconsistent with the statute and congressional intent.
Maintenance Fees
Comment 59: A commenter expressed support for reasonable
subsidization of selected patent-related services with income from
maintenance fees, but suggested that the Office revisit its decision to
impose such large maintenance fee increases. The commenter suggested
that companies will have to counterbalance the maintenance fee
increases with a decrease in application filings, which may have an
unintended impact on USPTO operations.
Response: The Office's proposed fee structure is designed to
generate enough aggregate revenue to recover the aggregate cost of
patent operations and support American innovation with low entry fees
and a mechanism to release information into the public domain once a
patent holder deems the value of their innovation is lower than the
fees needed to maintain protection. The USPTO has carefully considered
the effect of each of the fee changes in this final rule on the demand
for the Office's services through an elasticity analysis and other
reviews as described above. As discussed in response to PPAC Comment
21, the Office will continually monitoring fees after this initial fee
setting effort.
Comment 60: A commenter questioned the Office's rationale for
increasing the three maintenance fees at different rates. The commenter
suggested that the USPTO reconsider these increases and provide a
practical fee schedule with a clearer, more specific rationalization.
Response: Keeping front-end fees below cost necessitates an
increase in post-issuance fees. The Office selected a staged increase
in maintenance fees, so that patent holders will pay higher maintenance
fees later in the life of their patents, at a time when they can make
more informed decisions regarding their patents' value in the
marketplace.
Excess Claims Fees
Comment 61: A commenter suggested that the Office's excess claims
fees are illogical and too high. The commenter also questioned the
rationale for thresholds of 20 total claims and three independent
claims.
Response: The fee difference between total claims in excess of
twenty and independent claims in excess of three is based on the fact
that an independent claim requires a completely separate prior art
patentability determination. This requires more examination effort than
required for a dependent claim, because the dependent claim is
allowable over the prior art given that the claim from which it depends
is allowable over the prior art. For example, if an applicant cancels 3
independent claims and presents 17 new independent claims, to cover 17
dependent claims that were previously allowed and are now rewritten in
independent form, the applicant will receive 20 completely separate
prior art patentability determinations (17 for the current independent
claims and three for the independent claims previously presented and
now canceled). Thus, requiring an applicant in this situation to pay
for 14 independent claims in excess of three is reasonable. An
applicant can avoid this situation by drafting claims in a chain from
the broadest to which the applicant feels he/she is entitled to the
narrowest the applicant is willing to accept, rather than drafting a
set of dependent claims which all depend from an independent claim. To
avoid excess claims fees, the applicant could also have canceled the
original 3 independent claims, redrafted only 3 of the 17 dependent
claims in independent form, and changed the dependency of the remaining
14 claims. Also, after calculating the aggregate cost of patent
operations as compared to the aggregate revenue generated from the
patent fee schedule contained in this final rule, the Office determined
that the excess claims fees will remain at the rate proposed so that
other fees do not need to be increased to generate additional aggregate
revenue to cover the aggregate cost of patent operations.
[[Page 4265]]
Comment 62: A commenter stated that the 70 percent increase in the
excess independent claim fees does not reflect the realities of
prosecution practices and should be reduced. The commenter further
suggested that most unrelated independent claims would be removed from
the application through restrictions, leaving a closely related set of
claims that would pose little additional burden to examiners. A second
commenter stated that the increase in the excess independent claim fees
does not reflect the realities of using a variety of claim types and
scope during patent prosecution and should be reduced. The commenter
explained that in technologies where multiple restriction requirements
are often imposed, using high fees to prevent the filing of all claims
necessary for a complete restriction requirement can effectively
deprive applicants of the safe harbor for restricted claim groups under
35 U.S.C. 121.
Response: As set forth in MPEP 804, claims that are unrelated
(e.g., unconnected in design, operation, and effect) are generally
subject to restriction. Because independent claims in most applications
are at least related, restriction requirements are usually based on a
determination by the examiner that the claims are distinct. Therefore,
the commenter's observation offers little relief from the burden
imposed by excessive independent claims. The deterrent effect that 35
U.S.C. 41 has provided against excess claims has been insufficient in
the past. In view of the increasing rate of application filings and an
increasing long term trend of more applications containing an excessive
number of claims, the Office stated in 1998 that ``the problem with
applications containing an excessive number of claims is now reaching a
critical stage.'' See Changes to Implement the Patent Business Goals,
Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, 63 FR 53497, 53507 (Oct. 5,
1998). In addition to helping the Office meet its policy goals of
reducing application processing time, application pendency, and
examination burden, the increase in excess claims fees is also
justified because fees paid by applicants filing a large number of
claims will be more commensurate with the resources the Office must
expend examining the large number of claims. For a detailed explanation
on this topic, see the Office's response to PPAC Comment 12.
Comment 63: A commenter stated that the proposed fee increase for
excess claims from $250 to $420 is excessive. The commenter also
suggested that the number of independent claims that may be presented
without incurring a fee is too low, given that more than three
independent claims are often necessary to effectively cover the varying
aspects of a single invention. Another commenter noted that the Office
does not provide historic costs for consideration of claims and it is
not clear why a fourth independent claim would cost $420 to examine.
Response: The Office realizes that excess claiming can be
strategically useful to inventors in today's legal environment, but
notes that excess claiming can be a significant burden to the patent
system and the Office. The Office set the excess claims fees after
carefully considering its policy goals of reducing application
processing time, application pendency, and examination burden, and
after considering how the increase in excess claims fees will allow the
Office to recover the resources it must expend examining large numbers
of claims. For a detailed explanation on this topic, see the Office's
response to PPAC Comment 22.
Correct Inventorship Fee
Comment 64: Several commenters suggested that the $1,000 fee for
correcting inventorship after issuance of a first action on the merits
is not appropriate in all cases. Two commenters noted that where claims
are limited by amendments or restrictions during examination, inventors
are commonly removed. Three commenters suggested that the fee would be
more appropriate when an inventor is added to an application after the
first action, but all expressed continued support for the fee's
elimination or reduction. Another commenter stated that an applicant
may need to remove inventors after the Office requires a restriction of
claims. The commenter stated that applicants are often able to make
these changes using Application Data Sheets, thereby removing the
Office's expense in updating records. In these and related cases, the
commenter suggested that the Office consider eliminating the fee or
having a reduced fee where the applicant in good faith could not have
anticipated such a requirement or could not have taken alternative
action (e.g., correction via the Application Data Sheet).
Response: After considering the comments submitted about the
correct inventorship fee, the Office is reducing the fee to $600 (large
entity rate) from the $1,000 fee proposed in the NPRM. Also, the Office
has decided not to assess this fee if an applicant submits a statement
that the request to correct or change the inventorship is due solely to
the cancelation of claims in the application. See fee rationale at Part
V. Individual Fee Rationale for more background information about this
fee. For further explanation about why this fee will be charged in the
various circumstances identified above by commenters, see the Office's
response to PPAC Comment 23.
Assignment Fees
Comment 65: A commenter recommended that the USPTO either (1)
provide an automated assignment recordation framework by linking the
Electronic Filing System (EFS-Web) and the Electronic Patent Assignment
System (EPAS), or (2) authorize the transfer of a patent from the
inventor to the original applicant without the recordation of an
assignment.
Response: 37 CFR 1.46(b)(1) provides that for assignee-applicants,
evidence of the assignment or obligation to assign should be recorded
in the Office ``no later than the date the issue fee is paid in the
application.'' Accordingly, assignment recordation is not a
prerequisite for the transfer of rights in an application from an
inventor to an assignee. With regard to linking EFS-Web and EPAS, the
Office has already instituted a process that allows the Office to
transfer data from one system to the other for the limited purpose of
facilitating the filing of ``assignment statements'' in patent
applications. An ``assignment statement'' is an assignment that
contains the information and statements of an oath or declaration. As
explained in the AIA Inventor's Oath or Declaration Quick Reference
Guide, the patent application must first be filed via EFS-Web. Then,
preferably on the same day the application was filed via EFS-Web, the
assignment-statement should be recorded in EPAS. There is a box in EPAS
that the applicant must check in order to notify the Office that the
assignment statement is being used as the inventor's oath or
declaration. The Office will then place a copy of the assignment
statement into the application file. The Guide is available at https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/inventors-oath-or-declaration-quick-reference-guide.pdf.
VII. Discussion of Specific Rules
In this section the Office provides tables of all fees set or
adjusted in the final rule. To permit the reader to crosswalk the fee
changes contained in this final rule with individual fee amounts
contained in the Office's fee schedule (see https://www.uspto.gov/web/offices/ac/qs/ope/fee100512.htm), Tables 42 through 52 contain a
distinct row for each individual grouping of fee
[[Page 4266]]
codes (i.e., large, small, and micro entity). Therefore, when multiple
types of fees are contained within the same CFR section (e.g.,
application size fees at 1.16(s)), the Office lists each type of fee
and its associated fee code separately (e.g., utility, design, plant,
reissue, and provisional application size fees). Thus, where
appropriate, the CFR sections are repeated for each of the respected
fee codes in the tables.
When rules are added or modified for reasons other than fee amount
changes, the Office provides explanatory language after the respective
table summarizing the fee amount changes (i.e., Sec. 1.17 fees for
correction of inventorship).
Title 37 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Parts 1, 41, and 42
are amended to read as follows:
Section 1.16: Sections 1.16(a) through (s) are amended to set forth
the application filing, excess claims, search, examination, and
application size fees for patent applications filed as authorized under
section 10 of the Act. This section would no longer distinguish between
applications filed before or after December 8, 2004, because section 11
of the AIA no longer makes the distinction. The changes to the fee
amounts indicated in Sec. 1.16 are shown in Table 42.
Table 42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees (dollars) Final fees (dollars)
CFR section Fee code Description ----------------------------------------------------------------
Large Small Large Small Micro
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.16(a)................................. 1011/2011/3011 Basic Filing Fee--Utility.. 390 195 280 140 70
1.16(a)................................. 4011 Basic Filing Fee--Utility N/A 98 N/A 70 N/A
(electronic filing for
small entities).
1.16(b)................................. 1012/2012/3012 Basic Filing Fee--Design... 250 125 180 90 45
1.16(b)................................. 1017/2017/3017 Basic Filing Fee--Design 250 125 180 90 45
(CPA).
1.16(c)................................. 1013/2013/3013 Basic Filing Fee--Plant.... 250 125 180 90 45
1.16(d)................................. 1005/2005/3005 Provisional Application 250 125 260 130 65
Filing Fee.
1.16(e)................................. 1014/2014/3014 Basic Filing Fee--Reissue.. 390 195 280 140 70
1.16(e)................................. 1019/2019/3019 Basic Filing Fee--Reissue 390 195 280 140 70
(CPA).
1.16(f)................................. 1051/2051/3051 Surcharge--Late Filing Fee, 130 65 140 70 35
Search Fee, Examination
Fee or Oath or Declaration.
1.16(g)................................. 1052/2052/3052 Surcharge--Late Provisional 50 25 60 30 15
Filing Fee or Cover Sheet.
1.16(h)................................. 1201/2201/3201 Independent Claims in 250 125 420 210 105
Excess of Three.
1.16(h)................................. 1204/2204/3204 Reissue Independent Claims 250 125 420 210 105
in Excess of Three.
1.16(i)................................. 1202/2202/3202 Claims in Excess of 20..... 62 31 80 40 20
1.16(i)................................. 1205/2205/3205 Reissue Claims in Excess of 62 31 80 40 20
20.
1.16(j)................................. 1203/2203/3203 Multiple Dependent Claim... 460 230 780 390 195
1.16(k)................................. 1111/2111/3111 Utility Search Fee......... 620 310 600 300 150
1.16(l)................................. 1112/2112/3112 Design Search Fee.......... 120 60 120 60 30
1.16(m)................................. 1113/2113/3113 Plant Search Fee........... 380 190 380 190 95
1.16(n)................................. 1114/2114/3114 Reissue Search Fee......... 620 310 600 300 150
1.16(o)................................. 1311/2311/3311 Utility Examination Fee.... 250 125 720 360 180
1.16(p)................................. 1312/2312/3312 Design Examination Fee..... 160 80 460 230 115
1.16(q)................................. 1313/2313/3313 Plant Examination Fee...... 200 100 580 290 145
1.16(r)................................. 1314/2314/3314 Reissue Examination Fee.... 760 380 2,160 1,080 540
1.16(s)................................. 1081/2081/3081 Utility Application Size 320 160 400 200 100
Fee--For Each Additional
50 Sheets That Exceeds 100
Sheets.
1.16(s)................................. 1082/2082/3082 Design Application Size.... 320 160 400 200 100
Fee--For Each Additional 50
Sheets That Exceeds 100
Sheets.
1.16(s)................................. 1083/2083/3083 Plant Application Size Fee-- 320 160 400 200 100
For Each Additional 50
Sheets That Exceeds 100
Sheets.
1.16(s)................................. 1084/2084/3084 Reissue Application Size... 320 160 400 200 100
Fee--For Each Additional 50
Sheets That Exceeds 100
Sheets.
1.16(s)................................. 1085/2085/3085 Provisional Application 320 160 400 200 100
Size Fee--For Each
Additional 50 Sheets That
Exceeds 100 Sheets.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 4267]]
Section 1.17: Sections 1.17(a)(1) through (a)(5), (c), (e) through
(i), (k) through (m), and (p) through (t) are amended and (d) and
(e)(2) are added to set forth the application processing fees as
authorized under section 10 of the Act. The changes to the fee amounts
indicated in Sec. 1.17 are shown in Table 43.
Table 43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees (dollars) Final fees (dollars)
CFR section Fee code Description ----------------------------------------------------------------
Large Small Large Small Micro
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.17(a)(1).......................... 1251/2251/3251 Extension for Response Within 150 75 200 100 50
First Month.
1.17(a)(2).......................... 1252/2252/3252 Extension for Response Within 570 285 600 300 150
Second Month.
1.17(a)(3).......................... 1253/2253/3253 Extension for Response Within 1,290 645 1,400 700 350
Third Month.
1.17(a)(4).......................... 1254/2254/3254 Extension for Response Within 2,010 1,005 2,200 1,100 550
Fourth Month.
1.17(a)(5).......................... 1255/2255/3255 Extension for Response Within 2,730 1,365 3,000 1,500 750
Fifth Month.
1.17(c)............................. 1817/2817/3817 Request for Prioritized 4,800 2,400 4,000 2,000 1,000
Examination.
1.17(d)............................. NEW Correct Inventorship After N/A N/A 600 300 150
First Action on Merits.
1.17(e)(1).......................... 1801/2801/3801 Request for Continued 930 465 1,200 600 300
Examination (RCE) (1st
request) (see 37 CFR 1.114).
1.17(e)(2).......................... NEW Request for Continued N/A N/A 1,700 850 425
Examination (RCE) (2nd and
subsequent request).
1.17(f)............................. 1462/2462/3462 Petitions Requiring the 400 N/A 400 200 100
Petition Fee Set Forth in 37
CFR 1.17(f) (Group I).
1.17(g)............................. 1463/2463/3463 Petitions Requiring the 200 N/A 200 100 50
Petition Fee Set Forth in 37
CFR 1.17(g) (Group II).
1.17(h)............................. 1464/2464/3464 Petitions Requiring the 130 N/A 140 70 35
Petition Fee Set Forth in 37
CFR 1.17(h) (Group III).
1.17(i)(1).......................... 1053/2053/3053 Non-English Specification...... 130 N/A 140 70 35
1.17(i)(2).......................... 1808 Other Publication Processing 130 N/A 130 N/A N/A
Fee.
1.17(i)(2).......................... 1803 Request for Voluntary 130 N/A 130 N/A N/A
Publication or Republication.
1.17(k)............................. 1802 Request for Expedited 900 N/A 900 450 225
Examination of a Design
Application.
1.17(l)............................. 1452/2452/3452 Petition to Revive Unavoidably 630 315 640 320 160
Abandoned Application.
1.17(m)............................. 1453/2453/3453 Petition to Revive 1,890 945 1,900 950 475
Unintentionally Abandoned
Application.
1.17(p)............................. 1806/2806/3806 Submission of an Information 180 N/A 180 90 45
Disclosure Statement.
1.17(q)............................. 1807 Processing Fee for Provisional 50 N/A 50 N/A N/A
Applications.
1.17(r)............................. 1809/2809/3809 Filing a Submission After Final 810 405 840 420 210
Rejection (see 37 CFR
1.129(a)).
1.17(s)............................. 1810/2810/3810 For Each Additional Invention 810 405 840 420 210
to be Examined (see 37 CFR
1.129(b)).
1.17(t)............................. 1454/2454/3454 Acceptance of an 1,410 N/A 1,420 710 355
Unintentionally Delayed Claim
for Priority, or for Filing a
Request for the Restoration of
the Right of Priority.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Correction of Inventorship: The Office sets the fee to correct
inventorship after the first action on the merits at $600 to encourage
reasonable diligence and a bona fide effort to ascertain the actual
inventorship as early as possible and to provide that information to
the Office prior to examination. As discussed in Part V. Individual Fee
Rationale, the fee will not be required when inventors are deleted and
the request to correct or change inventorship is accompanied by a
statement that the request to correct or change the inventorship is due
solely to
[[Page 4268]]
the cancelation of claims in the application.
Section 1.17(d) is added, as follows: For correction of
inventorship in an application after the first action on the merits:
By a micro entity (Sec. 1.29)............................ $150.00
By a small entity (Sec. 1.27(a))......................... 300.00
By other than a small or micro entity...................... 600.00
Request for Continued Examination (RCE): As discussed in Part V.
Individual Fee Rationale, section of this final rule, the Office
divides the fee for RCEs into two parts: (1) A lower fee for a first
RCE; and (2) a second, higher fee for a second or subsequent RCE.
Section 1.17(e) is amended as follows: To request continued
examination pursuant to Sec. 1.114:
(1) For filing a first request for continued examination pursuant
to Sec. 1.114 in an application:
By a micro entity (Sec. 1.29)............................ $300.00
By a small entity (Sec. 1.27(a))......................... 600.00
By other than a small or micro entity...................... 1,200.00
(2) For filing a second or subsequent request for continued
examination pursuant to Sec. 1.114 in an application:
By a micro entity (Sec. 1.29)............................ $425.00
By a small entity (Sec. 1.27(a))......................... 850.00
By other than a small or micro entity...................... 1,700.00
Section 1.18: Sections 1.18(a) through (f) are amended to set forth
the patent issue fees as authorized under section 10 of the Act. This
section now distinguishes between issue and publication fees paid
before or after January 1, 2014. The changes to the fee amounts
indicated in Sec. 1.18 are shown in Table 44.
Table 44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees (dollars) Final fees (dollars)
CFR section Fee code Description ----------------------------------------------------------------
Large Small Large Small Micro
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.18(a)(1).......................... 1501/2501/3501 Utility Issue Fee, paid on or 1,770 885 960 480 240
after January 1, 2014.
1.18(a)(1).......................... 1511/2511/3511 Reissue Issue Fee, paid on or 1,770 885 960 480 240
after January 1, 2014.
1.18(a)(2).......................... 1501/2501/3501 Utility Issue Fee, paid before 1,770 885 1,780 890 445
January 1, 2014.
1.18(a)(2).......................... 1511/2511/3511 Reissue Issue Fee, paid before 1,770 885 960 480 240
January 1, 2014.
1.18(b)(1).......................... 1502/2502/3502 Design Issue Fee, paid on or 1,010 505 560 280 140
after January 1, 2014.
1.18(b)(2).......................... 1502/2502/3502 Design Issue Fee, paid before 1,010 505 1,020 510 255
January 1, 2014.
1.18(c)(1).......................... 1503/2503/3503 Plant Issue Fee, paid on or 1,390 695 760 380 190
after January 1, 2014.
1.18(c)(2).......................... 1503/2503/3503 Plant Issue Fee, paid before 1,390 695 1,400 700 350
January 1, 2014.
1.18(d)(1).......................... 1504 Publication Fee for Early, 300 N/A 0 N/A N/A
Voluntary, or Normal
Publication, paid on or after
January 1, 2014.
1.18(d)(2).......................... 1504 Publication Fee for Early, 300 N/A 300 N/A N/A
Voluntary, or Normal
Publication, paid before
January 1, 2014.
1.18(d)(3).......................... 1505 Publication Fee for 300 N/A 300 N/A N/A
Republication.
1.18(e)............................. 1455 Filing an Application for 200 N/A 200 N/A N/A
Patent Term Adjustment.
1.18(f)............................. 1456 Request for Reinstatement of 400 N/A 400 N/A N/A
Term Reduced.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Publication Fees: As discussed in Part V. Individual Fee Rationale,
the Office is not adjusting fee for republication of a patent
application (1.18(d)(2)). The Office keeps this fee at its existing
rate for each patent application that must be published again after a
first publication for $0.
Section 1.18 is amended by revising paragraph (d) to include:
(1) Publication fee on or after January 1, 2014............ $0.00
(2) Publication fee before January 1, 2014................. 300.00
(3) Republication fee (Sec. 1.221(a)).................... 300.00
Section 1.19: Sections 1.19(a) through (g) are amended to set forth
the patent document supply fees as authorized under section 10 of the
Act. The changes to the fee amounts indicated in Sec. 1.19 are shown
in Table 45.
[[Page 4269]]
Table 45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees (dollars) Final fees (dollars)
CFR section Fee code Description ----------------------------------------------------------------
Large Small Large Small Micro
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.19(a)(1)............................. 8001 Printed Copy of Patent w/o Color, 3 N/A 3 N/A N/A
Delivery by USPS, USPTO Box, or
Electronic Means.
1.19(a)(2)............................. 8003 Printed Copy of Plant Patent in 15 N/A 15 N/A N/A
Color.
1.19(a)(3)............................. 8004 Color Copy of Patent (other than 25 N/A 25 N/A N/A
plant patent) or SIR Containing
a Color Drawing.
1.19(a)(1)............................. 8005 Patent Application Publication 3 N/A 3 N/A N/A
(PAP).
1.19(b)(1)(i)(A)....................... 8007 Copy of Patent Application as 20 N/A 20 N/A N/A
Filed.
1.19(b)(1)(i)(B)....................... 8008 Copy of Patent-Related File 200 N/A 200 N/A N/A
Wrapper and Contents of 400 or
Fewer Pages, if Provided on
Paper.
1.19(b)(1)(i)(C)....................... 8009 Additional Fee for Each 40 N/A 40 N/A N/A
Additional 100 Pages of Patent-
Related File Wrapper and (Paper)
Contents, or Portion Thereof.
1.19(b)(1)(i)(D)....................... 8010 Individual Application Documents, 25 N/A 25 N/A N/A
Other Than Application as Filed,
per Document.
1.19(b)(1)(ii)(A)...................... 8007 Copy of Patent Application as 20 N/A 20 N/A N/A
Filed.
1.19(b)(1)(ii)(B)...................... 8011 Copy of Patent-Related File 55 N/A 55 N/A N/A
Wrapper and Contents if Provided
Electronically or on a Physical
Electronic Medium as Specified
in 1.19(b)(1)(ii).
1.19(b)(1)(ii)(C)...................... 8012 Additional Fee for Each 15 N/A 15 N/A N/A
Continuing Physical Electronic
Medium in Single Order of
1.19(b)(1)(ii)(B).
1.19(b)(1)(iii)(A)..................... 8007 Copy of Patent Application as 20 N/A 20 N/A N/A
Filed.
1.19(b)(1)(iii)(B)..................... 8011 Copy of Patent-Related File 55 N/A 55 N/A N/A
Wrapper and Contents if Provided
Electronically or on a Physical
Electronic Medium.
1.19(b)(2)(i)(A)....................... 8041 Copy of Patent-Related File 55 N/A 55 N/A N/A
Wrapper Contents That Were
Submitted and Are Stored on
Compact Disk or Other Electronic
Form (e.g., compact disks stored
in artifact folder), Other Than
as Available in 1.19(b)(1);
First Physical Electronic Medium
in a Single Order.
1.19(b)(2)(i)(B)....................... 8042 Additional Fee for Each 15 N/A 15 N/A N/A
Continuing Copy of Patent-
Related File Wrapper Contents as
Specified in 1.19(b)(2)(i)(A).
1.19(b)(2)(ii)......................... 8043 Copy of Patent-Related File 55 N/A 55 N/A N/A
Wrapper Contents That Were
Submitted and are Stored on
Compact Disk, or Other
Electronic Form, Other Than as
Available in 1.19(b)(1); If
Provided Electronically Other
Than on a Physical Electronic
Medium, per Order.
1.19(b)(3)............................. 8013 Copy of Office Records, Except 25 N/A 25 N/A N/A
Copies of Applications as Filed.
1.19(b)(4)............................. 8014 For Assignment Records, Abstract 25 N/A 25 N/A N/A
of Title and Certification, per
Patent.
1.19(c)................................ 8904 Library Service.................. 50 N/A 50 N/A N/A
1.19(d)................................ 8015 List of U.S. Patents and SIRs in 3 N/A 3 N/A N/A
Subclass.
1.19(e)................................ 8016 Uncertified Statement re Status 10 N/A 10 N/A N/A
of Maintenance Fee Payments.
1.19(f)................................ 8017 Copy of Non-U.S. Document........ 25 N/A 25 N/A N/A
[[Page 4270]]
1.19(g)................................ 8050 Petitions for Documents In Form AT COST N/A AT COST N/A N/A
Other Than That Provided By This
Part, or In Form Other Than That
Generally Provided by Director,
to be Decided in Accordance With
Merits.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 1.20: Sections 1.20(a) through (k) are amended to set forth
the reexamination fees, disclaimer fees, maintenance fees, and
supplemental examination fees as authorized under section 10 of the
Act. The changes to the fee amounts indicated in Sec. 1.20 are shown
in Table 46.
Table 46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees (dollars) Final fees (dollars)
CFR section Fee code Description ----------------------------------------------------------------
Large Small Large Small Micro
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.20(a)............................. 1811 Certificate of Correction...... 100 N/A 100 N/A N/A
1.20(b)............................. 1816 Processing Fee for Correcting 130 N/A 130 N/A N/A
Inventorship in a Patent.
1.20(c)(1).......................... 1812 Request for Ex Parte 17,750 N/A 12,000 6,000 3,000
Reexamination.
1.20(c)(3).......................... 1821/2821/3821 Reexamination Independent 250 125 420 210 105
Claims in Excess of Three and
also in Excess of the Number
of Such Claims in the Patent
Under Reexamination.
1.20(c)(4).......................... 1822/2822/3822 Reexamination Claims in Excess 62 31 80 40 20
of 20 and Also in Excess of
the Number of Claims in the
Patent Under Reexamination.
1.20(c)(6).......................... 1824 Filing a Petition in a 1,930 N/A 1,940 970 485
Reexamination Proceeding,
Except for Those Specifically
Enumerated in Sec. Sec.
1.550(i) and 1.937(d).
1.20(c)(7).......................... 1812 For a Refused Request for Ex 830 N/A 3,600 1,800 900
parte Reexamination Under Sec.
1.510 (included in the
request for ex parte
reexamination fee at
1.20(c)(1)).
1.20(d)............................. 1814/2814 Statutory Disclaimer, Including 160 80 160 N/A N/A
Terminal Disclaimer.
1.20(e)............................. 1551/2551/3551 Maintenance Fee Due at 3.5 1,150 575 1,600 800 400
Years.
1.20(f)............................. 1552/2552/3552 Maintenance Fee Due at 7.5 2,900 1,450 3,600 1,800 900
Years.
1.20(g)............................. 1553/2553/3553 Maintenance Fee Due at 11.5 4,810 2,405 7,400 3,700 1,850
Years.
1.20(h)............................. 1554/2554/3554 Maintenance Fee Surcharge--3.5 150 75 160 80 40
Years--Late Payment Within 6
Months.
1.20(h)............................. 1555/2555/3555 Maintenance Fee Surcharge--7.5 150 75 160 80 40
Years--Late Payment Within 6
Months.
1.20(h)............................. 1556/2556/3556 Maintenance Fee Surcharge--11.5 150 75 160 80 40
Years--Late Payment Within 6
Months.
1.20(i)(1).......................... 1557/2557/3557 Maintenance Fee Surcharge After 700 N/A 700 350 175
Expiration--Late Payment is
Unavoidable.
1.20(i)(2).......................... 1558/2558/3558 Maintenance Fee Surcharge After 1,640 N/A 1,640 820 410
Expiration--Late Payment is
Unintentional.
[[Page 4271]]
1.20(j)(1).......................... 1457 Extension of Term of Patent.... 1,120 N/A 1,120 N/A N/A
1.20(j)(2).......................... 1458 Initial Application for Interim 420 N/A 420 N/A N/A
Extension (see 37 CFR 1.790).
1.20(j)(3).......................... 1459 Subsequent Application for 220 N/A 220 N/A N/A
Interim Extension (see 37 CFR
1.790).
1.20(k)(1).......................... 1826 Processing and Treating a 5,140 N/A 4,400 2,200 1,100
Request for Supplemental
Examination.
1.20(k)(2).......................... 1827 Ex Parte Reexamination Ordered 16,120 N/A 12,100 6,050 3,025
as a Result of a Supplemental
Examination Proceeding.
1.20(k)(3)(i)....................... 1828 For Processing and Treating, in 170 N/A 180 90 45
a Supplemental Examination
Proceeding, a Non-Patent
Document Over 20 Sheets in
Length, per Document Between
21-50 Pages.
1.20(k)(3)(ii)...................... 1829 For Processing and Treating, in 280 N/A 280 140 70
a Supplemental Examination
Proceeding, a Non-Patent
Document Over 20 Sheets in
Length, per Document for Each
Additional 50 Sheets or
Fraction Thereof.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 1.21: Sections 1.21(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(4), (a)(5), (a)(7),
(a)(8), (a)(9), (a)(10), (e), (g) through (k), and (n) are amended to
set forth miscellaneous fees and charges as authorized under section 10
of the Act. This section includes a fee related to the enrollment of
registered patent attorneys and agents (see Sec. 1.21(a)(7)), the
collection of which has been stayed since 2009. See www.uspto.gov/ip/boards/oed/practitioner/agents/forregisteredpractitioners.jsp. In the
calculations for this rulemaking, the Office has assumed that it will
not collect these fees. The Office also has published a separate Notice
of Proposed Rulemaking in the Federal Register, Changes to
Representation of Others Before the United States Patent and Trademark
Office, 77 FR 64190 (Oct. 18, 2012), in which it has proposed to remove
these fees entirely. Although that rulemaking may remove the fee
entirely, it will not affect this rulemaking since the Office has
assumed in this rulemaking that it will not collect the fee. The
changes to the fee amounts indicated in Sec. 1.21 are shown in Table
47.
Table 47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees (dollars) Final fees (dollars)
CFR section Fee code Description ----------------------------------------------------------------
Large Small Large Small Micro
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.21(a)(1)(i)............................... 9001 Application Fee (non- 40 N/A 40 N/A N/A
refundable).
1.21(a)(1)(ii)(A)........................... 9010 For Test Administration by 200 N/A 200 N/A N/A
Commercial Entity.
1.21(a)(1)(ii)(B)........................... 9011 For Test Administration by the 450 N/A 450 N/A N/A
USPTO.
1.21(a)(2).................................. 9003 Registration to Practice or 100 N/A 100 N/A N/A
Grant of Limited Recognition
under Sec. 11.9(b) or (c).
1.21(a)(2).................................. 9025 Registration to Practice for 100 N/A 100 N/A N/A
Change of Practitioner Type.
1.21(a)(4).................................. 9005 Certificate of Good Standing 10 N/A 10 N/A N/A
as an Attorney or Agent.
1.21(a)(4)(i)............................... 9006 Certificate of Good Standing 20 N/A 20 N/A N/A
as an Attorney or Agent,
Suitable for Framing.
1.21(a)(5)(i)............................... 9012 Review of Decision by the 130 N/A 130 N/A N/A
Director of Enrollment and
Discipline under Sec.
11.2(c).
1.21(a)(5)(ii).............................. 9013 Review of Decision of the 130 N/A 130 N/A N/A
Director of Enrollment and
Discipline under Sec.
11.2(d).
[[Page 4272]]
1.21(a)(7)(i)............................... 9015 Annual Fee for Registered 118 N/A 120 N/A N/A
Attorney or Agent in Active
Status.
1.21(a)(7)(ii).............................. 9016 Annual Fee for Registered 25 N/A 25 N/A N/A
Attorney or Agent in
Voluntary Inactive Status.
1.21(a)(7)(iii)............................. 9017 Requesting Restoration to 50 N/A 50 N/A N/A
Active Status from Voluntary
Inactive Status.
1.21(a)(7)(iv).............................. 9018 Balance of Annual Fee Due upon 93 N/A 100 N/A N/A
Restoration to Active Status
from Voluntary Inactive
Status.
1.21(a)(8).................................. 9019 Annual Fee for Individual 118 N/A 120 N/A N/A
Granted Limited Recognition.
1.21(a)(9)(i)............................... 9020 Delinquency Fee for Annual Fee 50 N/A 50 N/A N/A
1.21(a)(9)(ii).............................. 9004 Reinstatement to Practice..... 100 N/A 100 N/A N/A
1.21(a)(10)................................. 9014 Application Fee for Person 1,600 N/A 1,600 N/A N/A
Disciplined, Convicted of a
Felony or Certain
Misdemeanors under Sec.
11.7(h).
1.21(e)..................................... 8020 International Type Search 40 N/A 40 N/A N/A
Report.
1.21(g)..................................... 8902 Self-Service Copy Charge, per 0.25 N/A 0.25 N/A N/A
Page.
1.21(h)(1).................................. NEW Recording Each Patent N/A N/A 0 N/A N/A
Assignment, Agreement or
Other Paper, per Property if
Submitted Electronically.
1.21(h)(2).................................. 8021 Recording Each Patent 40 N/A 40 N/A N/A
Assignment, Agreement or
Other Paper, per Property if
not Submitted Electronically.
1.21(i)..................................... 8022 Publication in Official 25 N/A 25 N/A N/A
Gazette.
1.21(j)..................................... 8023 Labor Charges for Services, 40 N/A 40 N/A N/A
per Hour or Fraction Thereof.
1.21(k)..................................... 8024 Unspecified Other Services, AT COST N/A AT COST N/A N/A
Excluding Labor.
1.21(k)..................................... 9024 Unspecified Other Services, AT COST N/A AT COST N/A N/A
Excluding Labor.
1.21(n)..................................... 8026 Handling Fee for Incomplete or 130 N/A 130 N/A N/A
Improper Application.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 1.21 is amended by revising paragraph (h) as follows: For
recording each assignment, agreement, or other paper relating to the
property in a patent or application, per property:
If submitted electronically, on or after January 1, 2014... $0.00
If not submitted electronically............................ 40.00
Section 1.27: Section 1.27(c)(3) is amended to provide that the
payment of the exact amount of the small entity transmittal fee set
forth in Sec. 1.445(a)(1) or the small entity international search fee
set forth in Sec. 1.445(a)(2) to a Receiving Office other than the
United States Receiving Office in the exact amount established for that
Receiving Office pursuant to PCT Rule 16 will also be treated as a
written assertion of entitlement to small entity status. This change
applies the national practice of permitting an applicant to obtain
small entity status by payment of certain national fees in the small
entity amount to international applications.
Section 1.27 is amended to include the following language at
paragraph (c)(3):
Assertion by payment of the small entity basic filing, basic
transmittal, basic national fee, or international search fee. The
payment, by any party, of the exact amount of one of the small entity
basic filing fees set forth in Sec. 1.16(a), 1.16(b), 1.16(c),
1.16(d), 1.16(e), the small entity transmittal fee set forth in Sec.
1.445(a)(1), the small entity international search fee set forth in
Sec. 1.445(a)(2) to a Receiving Office other than the United States
Receiving Office in the exact amount established for that Receiving
Office pursuant to PCT Rule 16, or the small entity basic national fee
set forth in Sec. 1.492(a), will be treated as a written assertion of
entitlement to small entity status even if the type of basic filing,
basic transmittal, or basic national fee is inadvertently selected in
error.
* * * * *
Section 1.445: Sections 1.445(a)(1)(i), and (a)(2) through (a)(4)
are amended to set forth the international application transmittal and
search fees as authorized under section 10 of the Act. This section now
distinguishes between issue and publication fees paid before or after
January 1, 2014. The changes to the fee amounts indicated in Sec.
1.445 are shown in Table 48.
[[Page 4273]]
Table 48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees (dollars) Final fees (dollars) Effective Jan.
-------------------------- 1, 2014
CFR section Fee code Description --------------------------------------
Large Small Large Small Micro
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.445(a)(1)(i)(A) and (B)................... 1601 PCT International Stage 240 N/A 240 120 60
Transmittal Fee.
1.445(a)(2)(i) and (ii)..................... 1602 PCT International Stage Search 2,080 N/A 2,080 1,040 520
Fee--Regardless of Whether
There is a Corresponding
Application (see 35 U.S.C.
361(d) and PCT Rule 16).
1.445(a)(3)(i) and (ii)..................... 1604 PCT International Stage 2,080 N/A 2,080 1,040 520
Supplemental Search Fee When
Required, per Additional
Invention.
1.445(a)(4)(i) and (ii)..................... 1621 Transmitting Application to 240 N/A 240 120 60
International Bureau to Act
as Receiving Office.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Correction of Inventorship: Section 1.48 is amended to add a new
paragraph that will require the fee set in Sec. 1.17(d) when inventors
are deleted, except for when the request to correct or change
inventorship is accompanied by a statement that the request to correct
or change the inventorship is due solely to the cancelation of claims
in the application.
Section 1.48 is amended by adding the following language at
paragraph (c): Any request to correct or change the inventorship under
paragraph (a) of this section filed after the Office action on the
merits has been given or mailed in the application must also be
accompanied by the fee set forth in Sec. 1.17(d), unless the request
is accompanied by a statement that the request to correct or change the
inventorship is due solely to the cancelation of claims in the
application.
Section 1.482: Sections 1.482(a)(1) and (a)(2) are amended to set
forth the international application preliminary examination fees as
authorized under section 10 of the Act. This section now distinguishes
between issue and publication fees paid before or after January 1,
2014. The changes to the fee amounts indicated in Sec. 1.482 are shown
in Table 49.
Table 49
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees (dollars) Final Fees (dollars) Effective Jan.
-------------------------- 1 2014
CFR Section Fee code Description --------------------------------------
Large Small Large Small Micro
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.482(a)(1)(i) (A) and (B)................. 1605 PCT International Stage 600 N/A 600 300 150
Preliminary Examination.
Fee--U.S. was the ISA........
1.482(a)(1)(ii) (A) and (B)................ 1606 PCT International Stage 750 N/A 760 380 190
Preliminary Examination.
Fee--U.S. was not the ISA....
1.482(a)(2) (i) and (ii)................... 1607 PCT International Stage 600 N/A 600 300 150
Supplemental Examination Fee
per Additional Invention.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 1.492: The fee amounts in Sec. 1.492(a), (b)(1) through
(b)(4), (c)(1), (c)(2), (d) through (f), (h), (i) and (j) are amended
to set forth the basic national, excess claims, search, examination,
and application size fees for international patent applications
entering the national stage as authorized under section 10 of the Act.
The changes to the fee amounts indicated in Sec. 1.492 are shown in
Table 50.
Table 50
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees (dollars) Final fees (dollars)
CFR Section Fee code Description ----------------------------------------------------------------
Large Small Large Small Micro
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.492(a)................................... 1631/2631 Basic PCT National Stage Fee. 390 195 280 140 70
1.492(b)(1)................................ 1640/2640 PCT National Stage Search 0 0 0 0 0
Fee--U.S. was the ISA or
IPEA and All Claims Satisfy
PCT Article 33(1)-(4).
1.492(b)(2)................................ 1641/2641 PCT National Stage Search 120 60 120 60 30
Fee--U.S. was the ISA.
[[Page 4274]]
1.492(b)(3)................................ 1642/2642 PCT National Stage Search 500 250 480 240 120
Fee--Search Report Prepared
and Provided to USPTO.
1.492(b)(4)................................ 1632/2632 PCT National Stage Search 630 315 600 300 150
Fee--All Other Situations.
1.492(c)(1)................................ 1643/2643 PCT National Stage 0 0 0 0 0
Examination Fee--U.S. was
the ISA or IPEA and All
Claims Satisfy PCT Article
33(1)-(4).
1.492(c)(2)................................ 1633/2633 National Stage Examination 250 125 720 360 180
Fee--All Other Situations.
1.492(d)................................... 1614/2614 PCT National Stage Claims-- 250 125 420 210 105
Extra Independent (over
three).
1.492(e)................................... 1615/2615 PCT National Stage Claims-- 62 31 80 40 20
Extra Total (over 20).
1.492(f)................................... 1616/2616 PCT National Stage Claims-- 460 230 780 390 195
Multiple Dependent.
1.492(h)................................... 1617/2617 Search Fee, Examination Fee 130 65 140 70 35
or Oath or Declaration After
Thirty Months From Priority
Date.
1.492(i)................................... 1618/2618 English Translation After 130 N/A 140 70 35
Thirty Months From Priority
Date.
1.492(j)................................... 1681/2681 PCT National Stage 320 160 400 200 100
Application Size Fee--for
Each Additional 50 Sheets
that Exceeds 100 Sheets.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 41.20: Sections 41.20(a) and (b) are amended to set forth
the appeal fees as authorized under section 10 of the Act. The changes
to the fee amounts indicated in Sec. 41.20 are shown in Table 51.
Table 51
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees (dollars) Final fees (dollars)
CFR Section Fee code Description ----------------------------------------------------------------
Large Small Large Small Micro
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
41.20(a)................................... 1405 Petitions to the Chief 400 N/A 400 N/A N/A
Administrative Patent Judge
under 37 CFR 41.3.
41.20(b)(1)................................ 1401/2401 Notice of Appeal............. 630 315 800 400 200
41.20(b)(2)(i)............................. 1402/2402 Filing a Brief in Support of 630 315 0 0 0
an Appeal in an Application
or Ex Parte Reexamination
Proceeding.
41.20(b)(2)(ii)............................ NEW Filing a Brief in Support of N/A N/A 2,000 1,000 500
an Appeal in an Inter Partes
Reexamination Proceeding.
41.20(b)(3)................................ 1403/2403 Request for Oral Hearing..... 1,260 630 1,300 650 325
41.20(b)(4)................................ NEW Forwarding an Appeal in an N/A N/A 2,000 1,000 500
Application or Ex Parte
Reexamination Proceeding to
the Board.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Appeal Fees: As discussed in Part V. Individual Fee Rationale, the
Office is adjusting the fee structure for appeal fees to recognize that
after some notices of appeal are filed, the matter is resolved, and
there is no need to take the ultimate step of forwarding the appeal to
the PTAB for a decision. The Office is setting a new fee to forward an
appeal in an application or ex parte reexamination proceeding to the
PTAB for review.
Section 41.20(b) is amended by adding a new paragraph (4).
Section 41.37: Section 41.37 is amended by revising paragraphs (a)
and (b).
Section 41.45: Section 41.45.
Section 42.15: Sections 42.15(a) through (d) are amended to set
forth the inter partes review and post-grant review or covered business
method patent review of patent fees as authorized under section 10 of
the Act. The changes to the fee amounts indicated in Sec. 42.15 are
shown in Table 52.
[[Page 4275]]
Table 52
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current fees (dollars) Final fees (dollars)
CFR section Fee code Description ----------------------------------------------------------------
Large Small Large Small Micro
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
42.15(a)(1)............................. 1406 Inter Partes Review Request Fee-- 27,200 N/A 9,000 N/A N/A
Up to 20 Claims.
42.15(a)(2)............................. NEW Inter Partes Review Post- N/A N/A 14,000 N/A N/A
Institution Fee--Up to 15 Claims.
42.15(a)(3)............................. 1407 In Addition to the Inter Partes 600 N/A 200 N/A N/A
Review Request Fee, for
Requesting Review of Each Claim
in Excess of 20.
42.15(a)(4)............................. NEW In addition to the Inter Partes N/A N/A 400 N/A N/A
Post-Institution Fee, for
Requesting Review of Each Claim
in Excess of 15.
42.15(b)(1)............................. 1408 Post-Grant or Covered Business 35,800 N/A 12,000 N/A N/A
Method Patent Review Request Fee--
Up to 20 Claims.
42.15(b)(2)............................. NEW Post-Grant or Covered Business N/A N/A 18,000 N/A N/A
Method Patent Review Post-
Institution Fee--Up to 15 Claims.
42.15(b)(3)............................. 1409 In Addition to the Post-Grant or 800 N/A 250 N/A N/A
Covered Business Method Patent
Review Request Fee, for
Requesting Review of Each Claim
in Excess of 20.
42.15(b)(4)............................. NEW In Addition to the Post-Grant or N/A N/A 550 N/A N/A
Covered Business Method Patent
Review Post-Institution Fee, for
Requesting Review of Each Claim
in Excess of 15.
42.15(c)(1)............................. XXXX Derivation Petition............... 400 N/A 400 N/A N/A
42.15(d)................................ 1411 Request to Make a Settlement 400 N/A 400 N/A N/A
Agreement Available.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 42.15: Section 42.15 is added.
VIII. Rulemaking Considerations
A. Regulatory Flexibility Act
The USPTO publishes this Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
(FRFA) as required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C.
601, et seq.) to examine the impact of the Office's rule to implement
the fee setting provisions of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act (Pub.
L. 112-29, 125 Stat. 284) (the Act) on small entities.
Under the RFA, whenever an agency is required by 5 U.S.C. 553 (or
any other law) to publish a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM), the
agency must prepare a FRFA, unless the agency certifies under 5 U.S.C.
605(b) that the rule, if implemented, will not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. See 5 U.S.C.
604, 605. The Office published an Initial Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis (IRFA), along with the NPRM, on September 6, 2012 (77 FR
55028). The Office received no comments from the public directly
applicable to the IRFA, as stated below in Item 2.
1. A Statement of the Need for, and Objectives of, the Rule
The objective of the rule is to implement the fee setting
provisions of section 10 of the Act by setting or adjusting patent fees
to recover the aggregate cost of patent operations, including
administrative costs, while facilitating effective administration of
the U.S. patent system. The Act strengthened the patent system by
affording the USPTO the ``resources it requires to clear the still
sizeable backlog of patent applications and move forward to deliver to
all American inventors the first rate service they deserve.'' H.R. Rep.
No. 112-98(I), at 163 (2011). In setting fees under the Act, the Office
seeks to secure a sufficient amount of aggregate revenue to recover the
aggregate cost of patent operations, including for achieving strategic
and operational goals, such as reducing the current patent application
backlog, decreasing patent application pendency, improving patent
quality, upgrading patent business IT capability and infrastructure,
and implementing a sustainable funding model. As part of these efforts,
the Office will use a portion of the patent fees to fund a patent
operating reserve, a step toward achieving the Office's financial
sustainability goals. In addition, the Office includes multipart and
staged fees for requests for continued examination and appeals, both of
which aim to foster innovation and increase prosecution options.
Additional information on the Office's strategic goals may be found in
the Strategic Plan, available at https://www.uspto.gov/about/stratplan/USPTO_2010-2015_Strategic_Plan.pdf. Additional information on the
Office's goals and operating requirements may be found in the annual
budgets, available at https://www.uspto.gov/about/stratplan/budget/fy13pbr.pdf. The legal basis for the rule is section 10 of the Act.
2. A Statement of the Significant Issues Raised by the Public Comments
in Response to the Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, a Statement
of the Assessment of the Agency of Such Issues, and a Statement of Any
Changes Made in the Proposed Rule as a Result of Such Comments
The Office did not receive any public comments in response to the
IRFA. The Office received comments about fees in general as well as
particular fees, including comments about the applicability of certain
fees to small entities. Overall, the comments expressed support for the
discounts to
[[Page 4276]]
small entities. However, some comments questioned why the discounts
could not be larger or applicable to additional fees, and other
comments requested that the requirements to qualify as a small or micro
entity be relaxed. The Office responded to these comments with
additional explanations of the statutory requirements that do not
permit the Office to make such changes. Details of those comments are
discussed and analyzed above in Part VI. Discussion of Comments.
3. The Response of the Agency to Any Comments Filed by the Chief
Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration in Response
to the Proposed Rule, and a Detailed Statement of Any Change Made to
the Proposed Rule in the Final Rule as a Result of the Comments
The Office did not receive any comments filed by the Chief Counsel
for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration in response to the
proposed rule.
4. A Description of and an Estimate of the Number of Small Entities to
Which the Rule Will Apply or an Explanation of Why No Such Estimate Is
Available
SBA Size Standard
The Small Business Act (SBA) size standards applicable to most
analyses conducted to comply with the RFA are set forth in 13 CFR
121.201. These regulations generally define small businesses as those
with less than a specified maximum number of employees or less than a
specified level of annual receipts for the entity's industrial sector
or North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code. As
provided by the RFA, and after consulting with the SBA, the Office
formally adopted an alternate size standard for the purpose of
conducting an analysis or making a certification under the RFA for
patent-related regulations. See Business Size Standard for Purposes of
United States Patent and Trademark Office Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis for Patent-Related Regulations, 71 FR 67109 (Nov. 20, 2006),
1313 Off. Gaz. Pat. Office 60 (Dec. 12, 2006). The Office's alternate
small business size standard consists of the SBA's previously
established size standard for entities entitled to pay reduced patent
fees. See 13 CFR. 121.802.
Unlike the SBA's generally applicable small business size
standards, the size standard for the USPTO is not industry-specific.
The Office's definition of a small business concern for RFA purposes is
a business or other concern that: (1) Meets the SBA's definition of a
``business concern or concern'' set forth in 13 CFR 121.105; and (2)
meets the size standards set forth in 13 CFR 121.802 for the purpose of
paying reduced patent fees, namely, an entity: (a) Whose number of
employees, including affiliates, does not exceed 500 persons; and (b)
which has not assigned, granted, conveyed, or licensed (and is under no
obligation to do so) any rights in the invention to any person who made
it and could not be classified as an independent inventor, or to any
concern that would not qualify as a nonprofit organization or a small
business concern under this definition. See Business Size Standard for
Purposes of United States Patent and Trademark Office Regulatory
Flexibility Analysis for Patent-Related Regulations, 71 FR 67109 (Nov.
20, 2006), 1313 Off. Gaz. Pat. Office at 63 (Dec. 12, 2006).
If a patent applicant self-identifies on a patent application as
qualifying as a small entity for reduced patent fees under the Office's
alternative size standard, the Office captures this data in the Patent
Application Location and Monitoring (PALM) database system, which
tracks information on each patent application submitted to the Office.
Small Entities Affected by This Rule
Small Entity Defined
The Act provides that fees set or adjusted under section 10(a)
``for filing, searching, examining, issuing, appealing, and maintaining
patent applications and patents shall be reduced by 50 percent'' with
respect to the application of such fees to any ``small entity'' (as
defined in 37 CFR 1.27) that qualifies for reduced fees under 35 U.S.C.
41(h)(1). 125 Stat. at 316-17. 35 U.S.C. 41(h)(1), in turn, provides
that certain patent fees ``shall be reduced by 50 percent'' for a small
business concern as defined by section 3 of the SBA, and to any
independent inventor or nonprofit organization as defined in
regulations described by the Director.
Micro Entity Defined
Section 10(g) of the Act creates a new category of entity called a
``micro entity.'' 35 U.S.C. 123; see also 125 Stat. at 318-19. Section
10(b) of the Act provides that the fees set or adjusted under section
10(a) ``for filing, searching, examining, issuing, appealing, and
maintaining patent applications and patents shall be reduced * * * by
75 percent with respect to the application of such fees to any micro
entity as defined by [new 35 U.S.C.] 123.'' 125 Stat. at 315-17.
35 U.S.C. 123(a) defines a ``micro entity'' as an applicant who
certifies that the applicant: (1) Qualifies as a small entity as
defined in 37 CFR 1.27; (2) has not been named as an inventor on more
than four previously filed patent applications, other than applications
filed in another country, provisional applications under 35 U.S.C.
111(b), or Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT) applications for which the
basic national fee under 35 U.S.C. 41(a) was not paid; (3) did not, in
the calendar year preceding the calendar year in which the applicable
fee is being paid, have a gross income, as defined in section 61(a) of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 61(a)), exceeding three
times the median household income for that preceding calendar year, as
most recently reported by the Bureau of the Census; and (4) has not
assigned, granted, conveyed, and is not under an obligation by contract
or law, to assign, grant, or convey, a license or other ownership
interest in the application concerned to an entity exceeding the income
limit set forth in (3) above. See 125 Stat. at 318.
35 U.S.C. 123(d) also defines a ``micro entity'' as an applicant
who certifies that: (1) The applicant's employer, from which the
applicant obtains the majority of the applicant's income, is an
institution of higher education as defined in section 101(a) of the
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001(a)); or (2) the applicant
has assigned, granted, conveyed, or is under an obligation by contract
or law, to assign, grant, or convey, a license or other ownership
interest in the particular applications to such an institution of
higher education.
Estimate of Number of Small Entities Affected
The changes in the rule apply to any entity, including a small or
micro entity, that pays any patent fee set forth in the final rule. The
reduced fee rates (50 percent for small entities and 75 percent for
micro entities) apply to any small entity asserting small entity status
and to any micro entity certifying micro entity status for filing,
searching, examining, issuing, appealing, and maintaining patent
applications and patents.
The Office reviews historical data to estimate the percentages of
application filings asserting small entity status. Table 53 presents a
summary of such small entity filings by type of application (utility,
reissue, plant, design) over the last five years.
[[Page 4277]]
Table 53--Number of Patent Applications Filed in Last Five Years *
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FY 2012 ** FY 2011 FY 2010 FY 2009 FY 2008 Average
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Utility:
All........................... 530,915 504,089 479,332 458,901 466,258 488,014
Small......................... 132,198 126,878 122,329 113,244 116,891 122,367
% Small....................... 24.9 25.2 25.5 24.7 25.1 25.1
Reissue:
All........................... 1,212 1,139 1,138 1,035 1,080 1,125
Small......................... 278 265 235 237 258 255
% Small....................... 22.9 23.3 20.7 22.9 23.9 22.0
Plant:
All........................... 1,181 1,106 1,013 988 1,331 1,123
Small......................... 576 574 472 429 480 506
% Small....................... 48.8 51.9 46.6 43.4 36.1 45.1
Design:
All........................... 32,258 30,270 28,577 25,575 28,217 28,975
Small......................... 15,806 14,699 15,133 14,591 14,373 14,921
% Small....................... 49 48.6 53.0 57.1 50.9 48.66
Total:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
All....................... 565,566 536,604 510,060 486,499 496,886 519,236
Small..................... 148,858 142,416 138,169 128,501 132,002 138,049
% Small................... 26.3 26.5 27.1 26.4 26.6 26.6
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* The patent application filing data in this table includes RCEs.
** FY 2012 application data are preliminary and will be finalized in the FY 2013 Performance and Accountability
Report (PAR).
Because the percentage of small entity filings varies widely
between application types, the Office has averaged the small entity
filing rates over the past five years for those application types to
estimate future filing rates by small and micro entities. Those average
rates appear in the last column of Table 53, above. As discussed
previously in this Final Rule, the Office estimates that the number of
patent applications filed will increase annually (despite fee
increases), and the Office estimates that small entity filing rates
also will continue to grow for the next five years.
The Office forecasts the number of projected patent applications
(i.e., workload) for the next five years using a combination of
historical data, economic analysis, and subject matter expertise. The
Office estimates that UPR patent application filings would grow by 5.0
percent each year beginning in FY 2013 and continuing through FY 2017.
The Office forecasts design patent applications independently of UPR
applications because they exhibit different behavior. The Office
previously estimated that design patent application filings would grow
by 2.0 percent each year beginning in FY 2013 and continuing through FY
2017. These filing estimates, however, were established prior to an
analysis of elasticity based on fee adjustments. The FY 2013
President's Budget (page 36, ``USPTO Fee Collection Estimates/Ranges'')
further describes the Office's workload forecasting methodology, which
involves reviewing economic factors and other relevant indicators about
the intellectual property environment. Exhibit 12 of the Budget
presents additional performance goals and measurement data, including
the forecasted patent application filing growth rate as described
above.
Using the estimated filings for the next five years, the average
historic rates of small entity filings, and the Office's elasticity
estimates, Table 54 presents the Office's estimates of the number of
patent application filings by all applicants, including small entities,
over the next five fiscal years by application type. As stated in Part
V. Individual Fee Rationale of this final rule, and taking into account
elasticity, the Office estimated that applicants would file 1.3 percent
fewer new (serialized) patent applications during FY 2013 than the
number estimated to be filed in the absence of a fee increase (with new
fee schedule implementation for half the fiscal year). The Office
further estimated that 2.7 percent fewer new patent applications would
be filed during FY 2014, and 4.0 percent fewer new patent applications
would be filed in FY 2015, in response to the fee adjustment. Beginning
in FY 2016, the Office estimated that the growth in new patent
applications filed would return to the same levels anticipated in the
absence of a fee increase. The Office's estimate of the number of
patent application filings by small entities represents an upper bound.
Some entities may file more than one application in a given year.
The Office has undertaken an elasticity analysis to examine how fee
adjustments may impact small entities, and in particular, whether
increases in fees would result in some such entities not submitting
applications. Elasticity measures how sensitive patent applicants and
patentees are to fee amounts or changes. If elasticity is low enough
(demand is inelastic), then fee increases will not reduce patenting
activity enough to negatively impact overall revenues. If elasticity is
high enough (demand is elastic), then increasing fees will decrease
patenting activity enough to decrease revenue. The Office analyzes
elasticity at the overall filing level across all patent applicants
regardless of entity size. Additional information about elasticity
estimates is available at https://www.uspto.gov/aia_implementation/fees.jsp#heading-1 in the document entitled ``USPTO Section 10 Fee
Setting--Description of Elasticity Estimates.'' Table 54 reflects
estimates for total numbers of applicants, including the portion of
small entity applicants. These estimates include reductions in the
application growth rate (as described in the previous paragraph) based
on the estimated elasticity effect included in Table 2 of the
aforementioned Description of Elasticity Estimates document. This
estimated elasticity effect is multiplied by the estimated number of
patent applications in the absence of a fee increase to obtain the
estimates in Table 54. See the appendix on elasticity for additional
detail on the Office's elasticity estimates and methodology.
[[Page 4278]]
Table 54--Estimated Numbers of Patent Applications in FY 2013-FY 2017
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FY 2012
(current) FY 2013 FY 2014 FY 2015 FY 2016 FY 2017
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Utility:
All........................... 530,915 548,307 566,524 585,187 614,503 645,285
Small......................... 132,198 94,668 98,430 102,776 107,926 113,333
Reissue:
All........................... 1,212 685 679 673 693 714
Small......................... 278 109 108 107 110 113
Plant:
All........................... 1,181 1,034 1,025 1,015 1,025 1,035
Small......................... 576 371 368 364 368 371
Design:
All........................... 32,258 31,994 31,910 31,810 32,446 33,095
Small......................... 15,806 11,038 11,009 10,974 11,194 11,418
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total:
All....................... 565,566 582,020 600,138 618,685 648,667 680,129
Small..................... 148,858 106,186 109,915 114,221 119,598 125,235
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. A Description of the Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping and Other
Compliance Requirements of the Rule, Including an Estimate of the
Classes of Small Entities Which Will Be Subject to the Requirement and
Type of Professional Skills Necessary for Preparati